America : being the latest, and most accurate description of the new vvorld containing the original of the inhabitants, and the remarkable voyages thither, the conquest of the vast empires of Mexico and Peru and other large provinces and territories : with the several European plantations in those parts : also their cities, fortresses, towns, temples, mountains, and rivers : their habits, customs, manners, and religions, their plants, beasts, birds, and serpents : with an appendix containing, besides several other considerable additions, a brief survey of what hath been discover'd of the unknown south-land and the arctick region : collected from most authentick authors, augmented with later observations, and adorn'd with maps and sculptures / by John Ogilby ...

The Third Book, CONTAINING A DESCRIPTION OF PERUANA, OR, Southern America. (Book 3)

CHAP. I.

* 1.1HAving compleated our Description of Mexicana, or Nor∣thern America, being that great Peninsula which lies North∣ward of the Isthmus, or Straight of Darien, together with all the Islands on the North side of the Equinoctial Line, we come now to the Southern Part, otherwise call'd Peruana, from Peru the chief Kingdom thereof, being the other great Peninsula, which lies Southward of the aforesaid Straight: It is generally resembled to the form of a Pyra∣mid revers'd; the Basis whereof, that is to say, the more Southerly parts of it to∣wards Magellanica and the Straights, extend themselves largely both East and West, becoming more sharp and streight towards the North, and those parts by which it is joyn'd to Mexicana: in the whole it is suppos'd to contain a Circuit of seventeen thousand Miles at least, and is water'd with four of the greatest Rivers of the World, besides abundance of lesser Streams, which issuing from the Andes and other Mountains of the Countrey, do run from all Parts both into the North and South Sea, much fertilizing the Countreys through which they pass; the four principal are these following:

* 1.21. Orellana, so call'd from the first Discovery thereof by Franciscus de Orellana, otherwise the River of Amazons, from a Generation of warlike Women, who (as the Tradition goes) inhabited certain Countreys lying upon the Banks thereof. This

riseth in the Province of Peru, and runneth a Course of little less than five thou∣sand Miles, discharging it self at last into the North Sea, through a Channel, as some say, of threescore Leagues broad, and yet with such a violent Current or Stream, that it is said to keep its natural colour and taste almost thirty Miles in the Sea.

2. Orenoque, by some call'd Raliana, from Sir Walter Raleigh, who endeavor'd to discover it, a River of the Province of Guiana, whose Head or Spring is not yet dis∣cover'd: It is said to be Navigable a thousand Miles together by the tallest Ships, and no less than two thousand by Pinnaces and smaller Vessels, and dischargeth it self likewise into the North Sea by sixteen several Channels or Mouths, making thereby several Islands; some whereof are said to be of good bigness, and to lie at a distance of a hundred Miles or more one from the other.

3. Maragnon, a River of a yet larger Course than any of the former, being, as 'tis said, no less than six thousand Miles from its Head, which is out of the Andes in Peru, to its Fall, which is likewise into the North Sea about Cape Blanco, by a Chan∣nel of seventy Leagues in breadth.

4. Rio de la Plata, otherwise call'd Paraguay, a River of two thousand Miles Course, and falling as the rest into the North Sea, by a Channel of threescore Miles over, and about thirty Degrees Southward of the Line, towards the Straights of Magellane.

* 1.3The Andes, or Mountains before mention'd being the most noted, and biggest of all America, and indeed of the whole World, and thought by Cortesius to be the same with Sephar, spoken of in the tenth Chapter of Genesis, run above a thousand Leagues in length from Timama, a Town of New Granada in the Province of Po∣payan, and are in the narrowest place about twenty Leagues broad; and also of equal heighth with, if not higher than Caucasus it self: the Ascent to them is un∣passable, except in very few places, by reason of craggy Precipices, and wild over∣grown pathless Woods, serving onely for a shelter to Serpents and other poysonous Animals, which are there so numerous, that a whole Army of one of the Kings of Peru is reported to have been destroy'd by them; and what-ever People there are inhabiting in any of these Woods and Fastnesses, must needs be in the very utmost degree of rude and brutish salvageness.

Some divide Southern America into Peruviana and Brasiliana: Peruviana they sub∣divide into Terra Firma and Peru; Brasiliana into Brasile and Paraguay: But the most receiv'd and commodious Division is into these particular Provinces following, all of them wealthy and large, viz. 1. Castella Aurea, or Golden Castile. 2. Nova Granada, or The New Kingdom, as they call it. 3. Peru, specially so call'd. 4. Chile. 5. Para∣guay. 6. Brasile. 7. Guiana. 8. Lastly Paria, with some lesser Islands adjoyning to all or most of these Provinces, and commonly reckon'd as part of them.

CHAP. II. Castella Aurea, otherwise call'd Terra Firma.

* 1.4CAstella del Oro, as the Spaniards call it, or Golden Castile, taketh up all the rest of the Isthmus, or Straight of Darien, which hath not been yet spoken of, being bounded Eastward, and to the North-East, with the Atlantick Ocean; and on the West with Mare del Zur, and some part of Veragua; Southward it hath the

new Kingdom of Granada. It is call'd sometimes Terra Firma, because it was one of the first parts of firm Land which the Spaniards touch'd upon, after they had pass'd so many Islands, as seem'd for some time to block up, and bar them from the Continent of America: It is subdivided into these inferior Provinces or Coun∣treys, viz. 1. Panama. 2. Darien. 3. Nova Andaluzia. 4. St. Martha. 5. Lastly, the little Province De la Hacha.

The chief Rivers of the Province of Panama are 1. Chagre, as it was antiently call'd,* 1.5 but afterwards from the great number of Crocodiles that harbor in it, Rio de La∣gartos, falling into the North Sea between Nombre de Dios and Porto Bellano. 2. Sar∣dinilla. 3. Sardina. 4. Rio de Colubros, so call'd from the abundance of Snakes breeding thereabouts. 5. Rio de Comagre, which falls into the same Sea. 6. Chepo, famous in times past for its Gold-Sands. 7. Rio de Balsas, whose Banks are shaded with good Timber-Trees. 8. Rio de Congo, which falls into St. Michaels Bay.

SECT. II. Panama.

* 1.6PAnama, commonly call'd The District, or Circle of Panama, is bounded Eastward with the Gulf, or Bay of Urraba, by which it is separated from the rest of the Continent of this Southern part of America; on the West it hath Veragua, one of the Provinces of Guatimala; being on both the other sides wash'd with the Sea: It is suppos'd to contain in length from Carthagena and Popayan, to the Confines of Veragua, about eighty or ninety Leagues, in breadth not above threescore in any part; and where it is narrowest, viz. betwixt the City of Panama and Nombre de Dios, if measur'd by a right Line, not above six or seven over from Sea to Sea. It lieth almost under the Equinoctial Line, but a few Degrees Northward of it, and therefore somewhat hot, and by the neighborhood of both Seas subject to a foggy and gross Air, in comparison of some other parts; so that it is not counted generally so healthful a Countrey, especially for Strangers, and in Summer-time.

* 1.7The antient Division of Panama, according to the Lordships of the Casiques that then Govern'd, were these following: Careta, Aila, Comagre, Chiam, Coyba, Chame, Chiru, Nata, Tobre, Trota, Haylia, Burica, and Escotia, where the South Sea with the Spring-Tides flowing over the Plains, at its return being hardned by the Sea, is turn'd into Salt; but as it hath always hapned in all other Countreys of the World, that with the alteration of Government, the Division, of the Countrey, and the Names of Places have totally chang'd, so also here the antient Division of Regions and Territories must give place to the Modern.

* 1.8The antient Inhabitants of these Parts were a very warlike People, the Women always accompanying their Husbands in the Wars. They us'd to hang on the tops of their Standards the Bones of their greatest Heroes, thereby to animate their Sol∣diers. Their Arms consisted of poysonous Arrows, Stone Swords, and Pikes made of the Palm-Trees. They also carried with them the Idol Chiapa, to whom they Offer'd living Children at the beginning of their Wars, and afterwards making Merry with the Flesh, anointed the Image with the Blood: Moreover, if they re∣turn'd home Conquerors, they spent several days in all manner of Debaucheries, as Drinking, Singing, Dancing, Cutting their Prisoners Throats, with their Blood also anointing their Image. But if they were conquer'd, then they invented new Offerings to reconcile themselves with their Idol.

* 1.9The chief Towns and Places which the Spaniards inhabit here, are 1. Panama,

the chief City of the Province, being also a Bishop's See, which is Suffragan to the Arch-bishop of Lima, and the ordinary Residence of the Governor and Courts of Justice for these Parts: It is seated likewise upon the South Sea, and so near, that at High-water the Ships are said to Ride even under the Walls. Through this Town the Wealth both of Peru and Spain passeth once every Year; from Spain by Nombre de Dios and Porto Bello, from whence whatsoever Merchandise or other Commodi∣ties come from Spain, are Transported to Panama by Land, and from thence by Sea to all the Parts of Peru; and by Panama whatsoever comes from Peru, is sent into Spain: It hath commonly a strong Garrison of Soldiers in it, and is doubtless a Place otherwise well fortifi'd, being of so great importance. From the Haven Pericos three Ways lead to Panama, the first along a Bridge over a River, whose Banks are great Fortifications to the City, the rather because the River is deep, and next it a Pool over-grown with Weeds. The Way from Nombre de Dios plain and without Woods, is wash'd by the Brook Levendero. The third runs along over a Stone Bridge and Champain Grounds, that extend from the Haven Pericos to the City. Eastward from Panama appear seven Royal Houses on a Rock, wherein the Courts of Judicature are kept. Five hundred Rods into the Sea lies an Island re∣sembling a Half-Moon, and the Haven wherein the Ships when they unlade cast Anchor, there being else not Water enough for laden Barques, and all lie dry the Tide being out: At the Mouth thereof stands a woodden Sconce. The Places Venta de Cruze, Chagre, Quebrada, and Ballano, are also fortifi'd against any Invasion, where else an Enemy might easily Land: But the strictest Watch is kept at the River Chagre, which Westward below Nombre de Dios falling into the Northern Ocean, brings the Ships up to Venta de Cruze, from whence a Way scarce five Leagues long leads to Panama. The Spanish Commodities consisting most in Meal, Oyl, Biskets, Cloth and Silk, are all brought from Nombre de Dios along the same Way; or else in Winter when they cannot stem the Current of the River Chagre, then they bring their Goods by Land, not without great danger of being taken by the run-away Negro's, who set upon them out of the Woods with poyson'd Darts and Arrows; and as many Spaniards as they take, so many several ways they put them to death, because they formerly in the time of their Servitude were us'd with all imaginable Cruelties. The Provisions sold here at a reasonable Rate are Maiz, Peruan-Meal, Poultrey, Honey, Cattel, Swine, Oranges, Lemmons, Cabbage, and all manner of Garden Herbs or Plants. Round about the fore-mention'd Royal Houses lie Bul∣warks, with a strong Castle on one side. A fair Cathedral denotes the Place to be a Bishop's See: And the Franciscans, Dominicans, and Monks of the Order De la Merced, inhabit several fair Cloysters here. Two Leagues Westward is the Haven Pericos, which being secur'd from all Winds by three high Isles that lie before it, is the chief Harbor in which the Peruan Plate-Fleet (consisting most in small Barques) comes to an Anchor before they touch at Panama. The Countrey is for the most part Mountainous, and in many places sends forth stinking Damps out of muddy Pools; yet in some places are Savanna Grounds for Cattel to Graze in. The Air would also be more unhealthful, if it were not clear'd by the Winds which blow from the Sea. From July to October there fall continual Rains, mix'd with terrible claps of Thunder. The Inhabitants often recreate themselves in Hunting wild Hogs, with Nets made of the Brambles call'd Nequen or Henachen, and that after a strange manner: for they set on fire the Bushes all about the place where they sup∣pose the Game to lie, which to shun the Fire runs into their Nets; so that the same Bushes are both their shelter and destruction, as affording Material to make the Nets wherein they are taken. Besides other Birds the Woods also abound with

Pheasants and Turtle-Doves; and amongst Beasts, those that carry their Young about them in a Bag, as also wild Cats. The Sea abounds with Fish, and produces Crocodiles of a large size, by the Spaniards call'd Lagartos. The Trees are seldom without Leaves, but bear little or no Fruit.

2. Nombre de Dios, which hath broad Streets, high woodden Houses, and a fair Church: It extends from East to West along the Northern Ocean, in the middle of a great Wood on Moorish Ground, having a great Fen on the West; being situ∣ate under an unwholsom Climate, it hath occasion'd the death of many People. The Merchants which dwelt here had also Habitations in Panama, (the rest of the Houses being most of them Inns for Strangers) from whence as soon as they had gotten an Estate they went to Spain. The Countrey round about lies under Water in many places. The Oranges, Cassada-Roots, and the like, which grow here, oc∣casion many Distempers to those that eat of them. In the Harbor, which hath on each side a Ridge of Rocks, on which lies decay'd Forts, the Sea is often-times so turbulent, that the Ships are forc'd to Ride at six Anchors apiece. Eastward from the City a fresh-Water River falls into the Haven, on whose Banks stand seve∣ral Garden-Houses and Orchards. Anno 1595. Sir Francis Drake arriving here, found a Mill beyond the City; not far from which on a Hill stood a Watch-house, of which having made himself Master, he set fire on the Town Nombre de Dios, as also on all the Vessels that were in the Harbor. The original of the Name Nombre de Dios was on this occasion, viz. Diego Niquesa setting Sail with three Ships out of the Haven Carthagena to the Golden Countrey Veragua, was surpris'd by a violent Storm, in which two Ketches, Commanded by Lupus de Olano and Peter Umbria were driven out of sight, whilest he suffer'd shipwrack, and getting ashore, rang'd up and down in a desolate Countrey, where he found no other Food but Roots, till at last he met with Olano; when the Famine began to increase amongst them in such a nature, that being scarce able to carry their Arms, many of them were kill'd by the Inhabitants with poyson'd Arrows, insomuch that of seven hundred there remain'd scarce ninety: Niquesa shipp'd as many of them in a new Vessel which they had made as it could possibly carry, and promis'd to fetch the rest off from Veragua as soon as he had discover'd a Place fit to be inhabited: The first Place he Landed at was Puerto Bello; from whence being necessitated by the Indians who gather'd toge∣ther to Retreat Aboard, not without the loss of several Men, he set Sail to the Pro∣montory Mormor, beyond which he Anchor'd in a secure Haven; where, as he was going ashore he call'd to his Men, saying, Saltiamo in tierra al Nombre de Dios, that is, Let us Land in the Name of God, and casting up a Fort against the Assaults of the Na∣tives, call'd it Nombre de Dios.

3. St. Philip, or Puerto Bello, so denominated by Christopher Columbus from its Haven lying along the North Sea, wonderful convenient and secure, by reason of the good Ground for Anchoring, and a Creek in the same, defended from all sorts of Winds; and which being surrounded with Woods, hath much over-flow'd Land about it, as also abundance of good Gravel for Ballast; for which and several other Reasons, the famous Architect Baptista Antonelli advis'd the Spanish King, to build this City for a Staple of Trade (in stead of Nombre de Dios, which was found unhealthy) having pitch'd upon an excellent Situation for it, viz. on a Plain at the Foot of a Hill, where there are three fresh Rivulets, meeting with a fruitful and hot Countrey: wherefore his Advice being taken, they first built a Fort at the Mouth of the Haven, put five Guns into the same to defend the new City, and on the Shore a strong Tower with eight Drakes: Moreover, the Rocks along the Shore, and close Woods about the Haven prevent the Landing of an Enemy: But at

the very time that this City was just begun to be built, Sir Francis Drake having burnt Nombre de Dios, ran into the Haven Puerto Bello, where he found ten Houses, besides the Governors Palace, and a Castle whose Breast-works which the Spaniards had lately rais'd of Timber, Stone, and Earth, were all demolish'd by the English: But the Spaniards have since re-built the same, and fortifi'd the Haven, with two strong Castles, notwithstanding in the Year 1661. it was surpriz'd and taken by the English under the Command of Captain Parker, and the Governor Petro Melendez taken Prisoner.

4. Nata, commonly call'd St. Jago de Nata, situated on the West side of this Pro∣vince, upon Mare del Zur, or The South Sea, about thirty Leagues distant from Panama, towards the Borders of Veragua.

5. Acla, a Town upon the same Coast, but lying South-East of Nombre de Dios: It was at first onely a Fort built by Peter de Arias, but afterwards grew up into a small City, of which at present there is nothing remaining but the remembrance of the famous Vasquez Nunnez, Beheaded by his Father-in-law Arias.

6. Lastly, La Crux Real, a few Leagues distant from Panama, for the most part inhabited by a sort of Negro's call'd Simmerones.

Along the North Coast of Panama are two small woody Islands call'd Cattiva and Comagre, lying low in the Water; also the Isle De Pines, which rises high out of the Sea near the Main Land.

* 1.10On the Southern Coast are Isole de las Perlas, or The Isles of Pearls, about twenty five in number, but indeed rather Rocks than Islands, excepting two, viz. Taroreque and Del Rios where in former times the Indians took great store of Pearls, by diving for them to the bottom of the Sea; and they were esteem'd of greater value and ex∣cellence than those of Cubagua, and great profit was made of them by the Spaniards, till by their Cruelties exercis'd upon the Natives through excessive greediness, they depopulated the Islands, and lost that altogether of which before they were so in∣satiable: they are now onely inhabited by a few Moors and other Slaves, who keep Cattel there for their Masters.

* 1.11It will not seem amiss to conclude our Description of Panama with a short Ac∣count of the English Captain John Oxenham's Exploits in these Parts: He being in∣cited by the Treasure which Sir Francis Drake fetch'd from hence, resolv'd to Steer for the Northern Coast of Panama, where he hal'd his Ship of a hundred and twenty Tun on Shore, and cover'd the same with Trees, buried his Guns, and march'd with two Field-Pieces and seven Men up into the Countrey, and was by the Indians conducted to a River which falls into the South Sea, where he built a Pinnace of forty five Foot long, and Sailing into the South Sea, Landed on Tararequi, one of the Islands of Pearls; where he soon after took a Peruan Barque with sixty thousand pieces of Gold, store of Wine and Bread, and the day following another which came from Lima, loaden with a hundred thousand Pound in Silver Bars, and some Pearls; with which being enrich'd he return'd to the Main: The Governor of Panama being inform'd of it, put a hundred Soldiers into four Barques, besides a considerable number of Negro Slaves; over which Juan de Ortego having the chief Command, was inform'd at Tararequi what Course the English had steer'd; where∣upon he pursu'd them to the River whither they were gone, which falling with three Arms into the Sea, they could not have known which way the English went, unless they had seen some Feathers of Fowls driving in the Mouth of the least Branch, by which they judg'd that they were not far off; therefore Rowing up they found after four days Journey the Pinnace hal'd on Shore, and watch'd by six Men, who were order'd to stand Sentinel, whereof one being shot by the Spaniards,

the other five fled; whom Ortega pursuing, found half a League from the Shore a Hut made of Boughs, wherein the Booty lay, which he speedily carried to his Barques; but Captain Oxenham inform'd hereof, fell with two hundred Indians up-the Spaniards, who having a Wood on their Backs made such advantage thereof, that eleven English were slain, and seven taken, and had not the rest fled, they had all been either kill'd or taken Prisoners: Those that were taken inform'd Ortega that they had been at difference amongst themselves about dividing the Booty, which was the reason of their staying so long: moreover, they discover'd where and how their Ship lay; all which the Governor of Panama writ to Nombre de Dios; from whence four Sail were immediately sent to find out the Ship and the buried Guns, as also to take all such English as they should find preparing of Boats or Barques, and bring them to Panama; whereupon very many were taken, who were all mise∣rably slain, except a few Youths.

SECT. III. Darien.

* 1.12DArien, which by some Authors not being thought considerable enough to make a distinct Province, is reckon'd one and the same with, or at least part of, Panama, hath on the North the District or Circle of Panama; on the South, the new Kingdom of Granada; Eastward it is bounded with the Gulf of Urraba abovesaid, and some part of the River Darien, which giveth Name to the Province; and to the West, with the South Sea; of a more temperate Air by far than that of Panama, and a Soil so admirably fruitful and lusty, that they say Me∣lons, Cucumbers, and generally all other Fruits of the Garden, are ripe and fit to gather within twenty days or less, after their first sowing, but very much infested by noxious Creatures, as Lyons, Leopards, wild Cats, Crocodiles, Serpents, and Bats, after whose Bitings a Man bleeds to death, unless he washes the Wound well with Sea-water, or stop it with hot Ashes; and no less by the unwholsomness of the Air, which is infested by the many stinking Damps that arise from the muddy Pools. The Inhabitants are sickly, and seeming generally to be troubled with the Yellow Jaundice, never attain to a great Age: they go naked, the Men onely co∣vering their Privities with a Shell or Cotton-Cloth: The Women wear a Cloth which reaches from the Middle down to their Knees, but if Women of Quality, to their Feet.

* 1.13The Spaniards have many years ago made themselves Masters of this Province of Darien, in which Alphonsus Fogeda built the City Sebastian, which was inhabited till a Spanish Knight call'd Ancisius, Anno 1510. built Antiqua, and made it a Bishop's See, which by reason of the unwholsomness of the Place was remov'd to Panama, when Vasquez Nunnez discover'd the Southern Ocean, Anno 1590. because Antiqua lay on a low Ground between high Mountains, where the Sun burnt exceedingly, and the Way to the South Sea, being three Leagues from thence, it was very trou∣blesom to convey Merchandise thither.

But a worse Accident befell the Town St. Cruiz, which being built by the Spanish Captain Peter de Arias, was ruin'd by the Indians.

The chief Rivers are 1. Darien,* 1.14 which gives Name both to the Province and the Provincial Town, and falls into the Gulf of Urraba, being a large Arm of the Sea, eight Leagues over at the Mouth thereof. 2. Rio de las Redas, which runs in like manner through the Province of Nova Andaluzia, and falls also into the same Gulf.

So likewise doth 3. Rio de la Trepadera. 4. Corobaci. 5. Beru, chiefly remarkable up∣on this Consideration, that some curious Etymologists have endeavor'd to derive the Name of Peru from this River, by the alteration onely of the initial Letter.

* 1.15The chief, and indeed the onely Town of this Tract is Darien, built as aforesaid by Encisus, a Spanish Adventurer, and by him call'd St. Maria Antiqua, and by others The Antique of Darien, being one of the first Towns that were built by the Spaniards on the firm Land; though there are who make mention of two other small Towns or Villages, the one nam'd at least, if not built by the Spaniards, viz. Los Angelos, scarce inhabited at present by any but the Salvages; the other an antient Town of the Natives, call'd Bizu.

SECT. IV. New Andaluzia.

* 1.16EAstward of Darien and the Gulf of Urraba, lieth the Countrey of New Andalu∣zia, otherwise call'd Carthagena, from the Name of its principal City: On the East it hath the Countrey call'd St. Martha; on the North, the Main Ocean; and New Granada towards the South. It is for the most part a Mountain∣ous Countrey, and full of Woods, which they say yield abundance of Rozen, Gums, and some very good Balsams; also a sort of Long-pepper, much sharper than that of East-India. But the Plains, by reason of much Rain, to which the Countrey is subject, especially for some times of the year, of but a spewy and cold Soil. The Spaniards at their first coming found it a rich Countrey, not so much from the Na∣ture and Profits of the Soil (though it be said to have some Mines in it, and those of Gold) but by reason of a certain Opinion and Respect, which the Americans of these Parts are generally said to have born towards this Countrey, insomuch that they would be brought and buried there from other Places very remote; and accord∣ding to the Custom of the Countrey, not without good store of Gold and other Jewels, according to the Quality and Condition of the Person that was buried; of which the Spaniards soon gain'd Intelligence, and in ransacking the Graves and Monuments of the Dead, are suppos'd to have found an infinite Mass of Treasure: but those Mines are long since exhausted.

* 1.17The Inhabitants of old suffer'd great prejudice by Tygers and Serpents; yet nevertheless this Countrey was very populous before the Spaniards arrival here; the Natives wore Cotton Aprons before, and Golden Rings about their Arms and Legs, as also Strings of Pearl, and the like. The Women here, as in the rest of these Parts, went with their Husbands into the Wars, and behav'd themselves valiantly, shooting poyson'd Arrows, insomuch that Martin Ambesus took a Maid, Anno 1509. who had kill'd twenty eight Spaniards.

* 1.18To the Province Carthagena belongs also the Countrey Urraba, which is so fruit∣ful, that all kind of Spanish Trees and Seeds grow better here than in Spain: Besides which it hath its own Fruit, as also abundance of Pine and Palm-Trees, whose Leaves serve for Brooms. The Guaiana-Tree bears a sharp kind of Fruit like a Lemmon, the Guaravana a kind of Cittrons, the Mameisa a Fruit not unlike an Orange, but tasting like a Melon, and the Hovos a great Plum.

Their Gardens abound with the Root Batata, whose Leaves send forth several Strings, which over-spreading the Ground fasten in the Earth, and take new Roots; it is yellow without, and whitish within, and bears pale green Flowers, which at last turn to a Cod full of Seed. These Roots roasted in hot Ashes, exceed our Eu∣ropean

[illustration] view of Cartagena

CARTAGENA

Turnip; and beaten and put in Water till it works over, makes a Drink, with which the Indians Drink and Carouse till they are Drunk.

* 1.19Moreover, Urraba abounds in Venison, Fish, and all sorts of ravenous Creatures, as Tygers, Lyons, and a particular strange Beast as big as an Ox, having an Ele∣phants Nose, Horses Feet, and hanging Ears.

The Trees likewise swarm with Birds; and especially near Lakes or Pools breed Pheasants and Parrots, of which some are bigger than Capons, others no bigger than Chickens.

* 1.20Against Urraba juts the Mountain Abibe, whose length Westward remains un∣known; the breadth thereof in some places is about twenty Leagues; it hath many Ways which cannot be travell'd with Horses. The top of this Mountain is uninhabited; but along the Valleys, which are many and large, dwelt formerly a People that possess'd great Riches in Gold, which they gather'd out of Rivulets that fell Westward from the tops of the Mountains. It Rains here almost all the year long, which makes the Ways very bad for Travellers to pass.

At the Foot of this Mountain, towards the South, lie two small antient Casique∣doms, if we may so call them, formerly inhabited by a valiant People, call'd Tarabe de Zenu, whether chiefly the dead Bodies were brought from all the adjacent Countreys, to be buried in great State, as hath been before intimated.

* 1.21The principal Towns and Places of note are 1. Charthagena, (so call'd either from the resemblance of its Situation with the City Carthagena in the Kingdom of Murcia belonging to Old Spain, or because the first Inhabitants were Citizens of the said City) which was begun to be built Anno 1532. by Peter de Heredia, but fully fini∣shed by Georgio Robledo, eight years after the first Foundation thereof was laid. This Episcopal Metropolis is on the North wash'd by the North Sea over a plain shallow Ground; on the Land side the Sea flows through a narrow Bay by the City towards the Lake Canupote, which ebbs and flows equal with the Ocean, and receives and discharges its Water through two Pipes which lie under along Bridge,* 1.22 joyning Carthagena to the Main Coast. This City boasted long since above five hundred Stone Houses, being divided into twenty six large Streets, whereof four are six hundred and twenty Paces long: behind each House is a Garden; and the Church appears above all the other Buildings: The Dominicans Cloyster is also fairly built; neither is the Franciscans inferior to it, who also possess a second Edi∣fice on the Main Continent over the Bridge. The Custom-house and Court where the Courts for the whole Province of Carthagena art kept, are also stately Structures. The Haven hath two Entrances, the chiefest whereof lies half a League Eastward from the City, and the Western, call'd La Boca, is as far again; both very dange∣rous, because of the many blind Rocks that lie before them. Anno 1585. when Sir Francis Drake took Carthagena by Storm, the whole was fortifi'd with Sconces, be∣sides two Forts for the better security thereof, whereof one lock'd up the narrow Mouth of the Haven with a strong Chain; not far from which stood an Abbey, Dedicated to the Franciscans, and Wall'd round about; since which they have se∣veral Out-works, Forts and Towers, to prevent all foreign Invasions. The City grows wealthy daily by the Peruan Plate-Fleet putting in there before they go to Spain, and especially by the Trade from New Granada along the River Magdalena. The Island before the Haven, antiently call'd Codega, now Carex, inhabited by Fisher-men when the Spaniards Landed there, is now desolate, the remainder of those that were destroy'd by them being fled to wild places from the Spaniards Cru∣elties; notwithstanding the People hereabouts were valiant enough to Engage with them. But since the Devastation made by Sir Francis Drake, Carthagena hath

receiv'd a more fatal Blow; for it was scarce fully repair'd, when five French Pri∣vateers burnt the City to Ashes: which Mischief was occasion'd by a Spanish Sea∣man, who being whipt by Command of the Governor, resolving for Revenge, went from Spain to France, and conducted the fore-mention'd Ships to Carthagena, where he reveng'd himself on the Governor; for finding him asleep, he first wak'd him, and after having told him of his causing him to be Whipt, he kill'd him. The Booty which the Spaniards carried from thence at that time amounted to above a hundred and fifty thousand Ducats.

* 1.232. Tolu, by the Spaniards now call'd St. Jago, twelve Leagues distant from Car∣thagena, a Place memorable for the excellent Balsam which is brought from thence, and commonly call'd The Balsam of Tolu; it is gather'd in a Spoonful of black Wax, stuck under the Hole cut in the Bark of a low Pine-Tree, out of which in hot Weather runs a Golden colour'd Gum, very soveraign, and of an excellent smell.

3. St. Crux de Mopox, a neat Town, seated a little above the confluence of the two Rivers, St. Martha and Magdalena, which waters this Province.

4. Baranca de Nolambo, a Place of great Traffick, especially for all Commodities of the new Kingdom of Granada; it standeth upon the Banks of the River Magda∣lena, and about six Leagues distant from the Sea.

5. Buena Vista, otherwise call'd St. Sebastian de Buena Vista, a Town commodi∣ously seated upon, a rising Ground not far from the Gulf of Urraba, or the Sound of Darien, about a League and a half from the Sea.

6. Villa de St. Maria, thirty Leagues Southward of Carthagena.

* 1.24The Province of Carthagena is stor'd with many Brooks and great Rivers, amongst which the Stream Cauca falls into the River Magdalena, beyond Popayan near Mopox.

The River Zenu, which gives Denomination to the above-mention'd Ter∣ritory, makes a very convenient Harbor with its Mouth, where much Salt is to be had.

The Daria, which runs between Panama and Carthagena into the Inlet Urraba, gives its Denomination to the foregoing Province, through which it also runs, as hath been already mention'd.

The River which for its greatness is call'd Rio Grande, or Magdalena, (because it was discover'd on the Day Consecrated to that Saint) falls with such force into the Northern Ocean, about twenty three Leagues Eastward from Carthagena, that run∣ning two Leagues broad and ten long into the Sea, it retains its freshness of Water; in which there lying many Rocks, makes the same very dangerous for Ships. In the Mouth of the Haven lies an Island, which is divided by the River, the widest and most frequented Channel of which respects St. Martha, where those that carry the Merchandise up this Stream to New Granada, spend two Moneths in Toeing, when∣as they come from thence in three Weeks.

Thunder and Lightning rages here many times after a terrible manner from Midnight till Morning. In January there falls also abundance of Rain, which gli∣ding from the Mountains swells the River exceedingly.

SECT. V. St. Martha.

* 1.25ST. Martha, so call'd from the chief City of the Province, is border'd on the West with New Andaluzia; on the East, with Rio de la Hacha; on the North, with the Ocean; and on the South, with New Granada; It is about three∣score and ten Leagues in length, and not much less in breadth: It was antiently distributed into several little Seignories, Govern'd by Casiques, or petty Princes, viz. Pozigueica, Betoma, Buritaca, Chimola, inhabited by valiant Men and beautiful Wo∣men, and above all the rest, Tairona, (whose People for a long time maintain'd War against the Spaniards) lying at the Foot of the high Mountains Sierras Nevadas, whose snowy Crowns are seen thirty Leagues off at Sea, and run along in a conti∣nu'd Ridge through Peru and Chili to the Straights of Magellan.

This Countrey was Discover'd, and part of it Planted, Anna 1524. by Roderic de Bastredas, who afterwards was murder'd in his Sleep by his own People.

* 1.26The Sun shines so exceeding hot near the Sea-coast, that there is no enduring of the same; but up in the Countrey the snowy Mountains occasion great Cold, and in Harvest and October it Rains exceedingly, whereas at other times it is very dry Wea∣ther, and the Winds blow generally out of the East or North-East, yet the Land-Breezes coming out of the West bring sometimes Rains with them. From the Mountains, which are stony and barren, fall many Brooks and Rivers, which wa∣ter divers Plains, the Grass and other Plants of which are often blasted by violent Storms; nevertheless Oranges, Lemmons, Granates, and all sorts of Spanish Garden Fruits grow here in great plenty. The Woods afford likewise Pigeons, Partridges, Venison, and the like; the Rivers all manner of Fish, which are seen to swim in great numbers twenty Yards under the Water, especially in the Haven St. Martha, near which formerly liv'd many Fisher men, who with Nets made of tough Twigs pleited together, caught such plenty of Fish, that they furnish'd all their Neighbors. The High-ways are made dangerous by Lyons, Tygers, and Bears.

* 1.27The Countrey Buritaca affords the Inhabitants Gold; Tairona, excellent Stones against Bleeding and the Gravel, Jasper, Porphyr, and Gold; the Valley Tunia, many rich Emeraulds, which Stones us'd to be in great esteem before America pro∣duc'd such great numbers of them. Acosta relates, That a Spaniard desiring to know the Price of an Emerauld, shew'd two to an Italian Jeweller, who valu'd the one at a hundred, the other at three hundred Ducats; but soon after seeing a Chest full of them, said they were scare worth a Ducat apiece; and that the Sute which the Roman Lady wore, being beset with Emeraulds, and valu'd at four hundred thousand Du∣cats, would not sell now for half so much. This Stone or Jewel exceedingly fortifies the Sight, wherefore the Emperor Nero represented the bloody Encounters of Fen∣cers in an Emerauld. It is also judg'd to be good against the Falling-sickness, wherefore the Indians hang them in their Noses to this day, and adorn their Idols with them; they grow in stony Rocks along Veins, not unlike Crystal, and in time obtain a glittering Greenness; the biggest of them that are found in this Age are most esteem'd of in Genua. The Emerauld Pillar, which as a wonderful Orna∣ment stood in Hercules's Temple in the City of Tyrus, being very famous amongst the Antients, was without doubt no more than a green Stone; and perhaps of the same Material, was the Pillar erected by the Arabian King Miramamolines, in the Ca∣thedral at Corduba. But the great fame of these Emeraulds incited Gonzalvez Zimenes,

Governor of St. Martha, to leave his Place and seek for them; to which end he Sail'd up the Rivulet Gayra with two Ketches and forty five Spaniards, who meeting with the Casique Bagotta, got much Gold of him, and afterwards went to the Valley Tessuca; of which Simandoca being Governor, conducted Ximenez twenty three Leagues farther to an Emerauld Rock, from whence he return'd exceedingly enriched; the rumor of which spreading up and down, made several travel thi∣ther; amongst whom was Peter di Lugo, Governor of Terra Firma, who sending for Aid from Carthagena, fought his way to Bagotta, who resisted him for some time, till at last being defeated he made Peace with them for a considerable quantity of Gold;* 1.28 which when Peter di Lugo had receiv'd, not regarding his Word, he plun∣der'd all the Countrey, and having committed all imaginable Cruelties on the Na∣tives, return'd home with an invaluable Mass of Gold and Emeraulds to St. Mar∣tha.* 1.29 Not long after the Welsares, German Knights, came from Venezuela, (which Ci∣ty the Emperor Charles the Fifth Morgag'd to them Anno 1518.) and travell'd through the snowy Mountains of St. Martha with Indian Guides, whose Instru∣ctions following, they digg'd many Emeraulds out of the Valley Funia; the Inha∣bitants of which affrighted at the sight of the Strangers, hang'd themselves out of despair, though naturally valiant, and ingenious in working in Tapestry the shapes of Tygers, Lyons, and other Beasts, and painting on the Walls of their Houses variety of Figures of divers colours, covering their Floors with Mats neatly pleited of Rushes. They fed on Fish, Venison, and Mans-flesh, and also on the Roots Agies, tasting like Chesnuts, Yuca, Maiz, Batata, and Cassada.

* 1.30The chief Cities and Places of principal note in this Province are 1. St. Martha, which gives Denomination to the whole Province, it stands built at the North Sea, which makes a large and convenient Harbor, being defended from the Winds by high Mountains and two Isles, is a Bishop's See, and hath a large Cathedral. The Houses built of Canes are cover'd with Palmito-Trees, and some with woodden Shingles, The Haven hath neither Fort nor Castle to defend it, because there is no Trade but with the Indians, which bring Earthen Ware and Cotton Clothes to sell; and because the Spanish Ships seldom come hither, the Place is much gone to decay, and the more, because it is no way defended against any Assault of an Ene∣my, which the French, and afterwards the English, under the Command of Sir Francis Drake, and the following Year under Captain Anthony Shirley took advantage of, and plunder'd and burnt the City.

2. Teneriff, built on the Banks of the River Magdalena, forty Leagues from St. Martha.

3. Tamalameque, otherwise call'd Villa de las Palmas, twenty Leagues South of Te∣neriff, lying on a high stony Ground; between which are plain Pastures for Cattel, surrounded with high Woods, as also Pools made by the over-flowing of the Ri∣vers, whose Banks are inhabited by the Indians, who are much addicted to Sleep and Drinking. The Pools before mention'd produce abundance of Fish, as also Cro∣codiles, and the terrible Manati before describ'd.

4. Ocanna, which hath an Inland Haven.

5. Ramada, formerly call'd New Salamanca, standing at the Foot of the Mountain call'd Sierras Nevadas. This Town is famous for its Copper and Brass Mines.

6. Cividad de los Reyes, which built in the Valley Upari, stands on the Shore of the mighty River Guataporeya, where from the beginning of January till May the Eastern Breezes moderate the Heat, otherwise intolerable: But the continual Rains there∣about occasions the Quartan Ague, and many such like Distempers. The Natives hereabouts, salvage and valiant, would never submit to the Spaniards. The peculiar〈…〉〈…〉

* 1.31The peculiar Plants of this Place are the Tree Xagua, which bears a Fruit like a Raisin, which dry'd and ground yields exceeding good Meal for Bread.

* 1.32The Root Scorzonera, which cures the Bitings of Serpents. The Indians also use the Tail of a Serpent for a Remedy against the same Evil, as they take Tobacco against the Falling-sickness, and snuff the Powder in at their Nostrils, and drink the Juice thereof to cause Loosness.

* 1.33The chief Rivers of this Province, are 1. Polomino, so call'd from a Spanish Cap∣tain, that was drown'd there with his Horse, falling from the Sierras Nevadas.

2. Guatupori, whose Water causes the Bloody-flux and Loosness, which again is cur'd by the same Water drunk with beaten Cinamon. Guatupori reckons many Rivulets, amongst which the Cesar and Budillo are both large, deep, and abounding with Fish.

Near the City Los Reyes are three great Water-pits, triangular between stony Cliffs; nigh which a Tradition goes, That of old there lurk'd a terrible Serpent, which at times devour'd a thousand People; insomuch that none durst dwell there∣abouts, till certain Spaniards having the hardiness and curiosity to go seek out this Serpent, heard a great noise in the Pits, but saw nothing like the fore-mention'd Animal.

Here are likewise several Fountains of Pitch and Tar.

SECT. VI. Rio de la Hacha.

* 1.34Rio de la Hacha is the Name of a little Province lying on the North-East of St. Martha, wash'd on all other parts with the Waters of the Main Ocean, or with the Gulf or Bay of Venezuela.

* 1.35The chief Towns of this Province, are 1. A small Town call'd De la Hacha, which gives Denomination to the said Province, having no convenient Haven, but otherwise seated in a Soil very rich and fertile, not onely of all sorts of Fruits and Plants, especially such as are brought from Spain, but likewise in many Mines of Gold, Gems of a large size and great value, and many excellent Salt-Wiches, as they call them; it is eight Leagues distant from Salamanca aforesaid, and eighteen frome Cape Villa, the most Westerly Point or Foreland of the Bay of Venezuela; and with the rest had the hap to be surpris'd and pillag'd by the English with Sir Francis Drake in the Year 1595. who refus'd twenty four thousand Ducats, which the Go∣vernor proffer'd him for the Pearls he had taken.

2. Rancheria, six Leagues Eastward of La Hacha, inhabited chiefly by Pearl-Fishers, or such as get their Living for the most part by Fishing for Pearl; which was wont to be good on these Coasts.

3. Tapia, five Leagues from La Hacha, and considerable, for that the adjacent Parts were laid waste by the English, to revenge the perfidiousness of the Governor of Salamanca, refusing to pay the four thousand Ducats he had promis'd, upon Con∣dition of their sparing the Town.

* 1.36The last King of those that Govern'd in any of these Provinces of Terra Firma, was Abibeca, who could not be won to come down from his Palace, which he had on the top of a Tree, till a Spanish Officer, one Francisco de Vanquez began to lay an Ax to the Root thereof.

After Didaco Niquesa, Alphonso Oreda, and Anciso, had made very large Discove∣ries in these Provinces, Valboa was the first that discover'd the Way to the South-Sea.

CHAP. III. New Granada.

* 1.37THe new Kingdom of Granada, as 'tis commonly call'd, was for the most part both discover'd and conquer'd by Gonsalvo Ximenes, about the Year 1536. and with so good success, that in less than a years space, the whole Countrey was quietly setled under the Spaniards Government, and the Captain with his small Company had made shift to gather together such a Mass of Treasure as may seem almost incredible, viz. from the Reguli, or petty Princes of those Coun∣treys, whom he had either destroy'd or made Tributary. But a more particular Relation of Ximenes his Journey take as followeth:

* 1.38Being sent out by Peter Ferdinando de Lugo, to discover the Countreys that lay along River Magdalena, he travell'd upon the right side or it with great trouble; for not onely the brambly Woods, Moors, and deep Brooks, made the Way excee∣ding bad to be travell'd, but also the Inhabitants, who fell upon him from their Ambuscades: yet at last he reach'd Tora, which Name he chang'd into Pueblo de los Bracos, because four Rivers unite their Waters there. Here ordering his Brigan∣tines which were come up the River to cast their Anchors, he judg'd it convenient to stay all the Winter, because the swoln Rivers had drown'd the adjacent Coun∣trey. Ximenes observing that the Indians fetch'd Salt from the Sea-side, judg'd that the Countrey was inhabited, and therefore in fair Weather march'd up to the Mountain Opou, behind which he found a Countrey full of Salt-pools, which pro∣duc'd Cakes of Salt. And somewhat farther the Province Govern'd by the Casique Bogata, who at first resisting the Spaniards, was soon put to flight, when he heard the noise of the Guns. The Panches divided from Bogata's Countrey by a small Moun∣tain, also maintaining continual Wars with him, suffer'd the Spaniards unmo∣lested to travel through their Countrey, and the Valley La Trompetta, to a high bar∣ren Mountain, on the top of which Ximenes found several Emeraulds; and going from thence fell upon the Casique Tunia, and three days Journey farther, upon the Governors Sagamosa and Diutama; from which three Countreys he carried above a hundred and ninety thousand pieces of fine Gold, fifty five thousand pieces of in∣different Gold, and eighteen hundred Emeraulds; all which the Spaniards left behind with Guards whilest they went back to Bogata, whom they found lying dead of his Wounds on a high Hill: But Sagipa, Bogata's Successor, receiv'd Ximenes with great Civility, to engage his Assistance against his Neighbors the Panches; which he did not refuse him: but afterwards he fell most perfidiously upon the said Sagipa, whom he caus'd to be Executed, because he either could not, or would not discover where those Riches were which Bogata had left behind him. After he had pillag'd the little Region Neyba, and brought into subjection the whole Countrey, he gave it the Name of New Granada, from Granada the place of his Nativity, being the chief City of the Kingdom of Granada in Spain, and built the City Santa Fe; which done, he quitted the Place, upon information that Sebastian de Bevalcazar coming from Popayan, was seeking a Way Northward; and not long after him Nicholas Federman follow'd, each claiming New Granada as their Right, whereas Ximenes alledg'd, That the first Discovery thereof was to be ascribed to him onely: at last Agree∣ing, they resolv'd that it should be at the King of Spain's disposal.

* 1.39The antient Inhabitants, nam'd Moxas, divided their Countrey into two chief Principalities, viz. Bogota and Tunica, which before the Spaniards Arrival were each under their particular Casique or Prince. The Men were of a good proportion; the Women also handsomer, and of a fairer Complexion than their Neighbors: Their Habit also consisted of black, white, and divers colour'd Cotton Cloaks, and some also had Bonnets of the same. The temperateness of the Climate makes little difference between Winter and Summer. Their Houses were of Planks, and cover'd with long Rushes. Their chiefest Food was Maiz and Cassave, which first grows on Stalks as large as Canes, containing very large and weighty Spikes or Ears, each Ear generally yielding seven hundred Grains, which are Planted in hot and moist Ground; one Bushel Sow'n, generally produces three hundred. But the Maiz is distinguish'd into a courser or finer sort, which last is call'd Moroche, the Leaves and Canes whereof afford a wholsom Provender for Horses, and the Corn, Bread for the Inhabitants, who make it several ways; for sometimes they boyl it in Water, and at other times parch it in Ashes, or grind it to Meal, which kneading in∣to Dough, they make into Cakes, Biskets, and the like: Moreover, Maiz steep'd in Water, and after being boyl'd and set a working, makes a very strong Liquor. They also use Cassada, which they make of the Root Yuca, which being large and thick, is cut in pieces, grated, and all its Juice, which is deadly poyson, being press'd out, is Bak'd in thin Cakes. There is likewise another sort of Yuca, which hath not so poysonous a Juice, keeping good a long time, and is both wholsom, and of a good taste. The Natives of old liv'd much upon the Roots Yomus, and Cubias, all sorts of Venison, Fowls, and Fish, which the Rivers and Lakes afford in great abundance. Those that are left of the Natives, are a deceitful, crafty, and ingenious sort of People, very apt to learn Art, and to Trade with Salt to Rio Grande, and the Mountain Opou.

Besides Copper and Steel-Mines; this Countrey hath also several of Gold; and the Fields produce all manner of Plants.

* 1.40The Panchas which remain are yet a salvage People, but their Countrey is an in∣different fertile Soil, though not in all places alike; for those which border upon Tunia fed much heretofore on Pismires; of which some being long, have double Wings, others lesser and without Wings; which last sort being roasted, are ac∣counted a great Dainty; and a speedy Remedy against the Distemper of the Gravel. There are also a sort of venomous Pismires, which stinging a Man, cause a swell∣ing and great itching, and these are call'd Tayoques, whose Stings are cur'd by a Plaister of bruis'd Pismires.

* 1.41The Countrey is bounded on the North with Castella Aurea aforesaid; on the West, with Mare del Zur; on the East, with Venezuela; the Southern parts of it being not well discover'd, by reason of certain huge and unpassable Mountains, which block it up wholly on that side, save onely where a Passage is kept open in∣to the Province of Peru, specially so call'd: It containeth in length about a hun∣dred and thirty Leagues, and not much less in breadth, being for the most part a very healthful Countrey, and abounding in Mines of the best sort of Metal, besides others of Brass and Iron. It is subdivided into these two Provinces, viz. Granada and Popayana.

SECT. II. Granada.

* 1.42GRanada, specially so call'd, is a Countrey of a very temperate and good Air, as hath been before observ'd, neither subject to over-much Cold, nor to extremity of Heat; which is the more to be admir'd by reason of its near∣ness to the Line, from which it is distant Northward but a very few Degrees.

* 1.43The Towns and Places of chief importance are, 1. St. Foy, commonly call'd St. Foy de Bogota, which was the old Name of this Province, and to distinguish it from another St. Foy, in the Countrey of New Mexico above mention'd. It is the Me∣tropolis and Capital City of this Province, an Arch-bishop's See, and the ordinary Residence of the Governor, built by the above-mention'd Gonsalvo Ximenes upon the Lake call'd Guatavita, and hath been long since inhabited by above six hundred Families of Spaniards.

2. St. Michael, twelve Leagues Northward of St. Foy, and a well Traded Town. The Indians that dwell about this Place being above five thousand, pay great Tri∣bute yearly. Not far from hence lies the Lake Guatavita, where the Inhabitants in former times Offer'd much Gold to their Idols.

3. Tocaima, fourteen Leagues Westward from St. Foy, within a Territory which antiently belong'd to the Panches, who yet possess the worst part of it, lying still wild and unreduc'd: It is situate on the Banks of the great River Pati, which falls into the Rivulet Magdalena.* 1.44 This City, which enjoys the benefit of a wholsom Cli∣mate, is surrounded with Mines of Gold, Copper, Silver, and Lead. And besides the Fruits of the Countrey, all Spanish Plants thrive exceedingly after once Planted; and though Sheep will not breed here, yet Kine, Hogs, and Goats increase daily, but are often devour'd by Tygers, Lyons, and Bears. The Woods produce Nut-Trees, Cedars, Guaiacum, or Pock-Wood, and the wonderful Tree Zeyba, whose Leaves fall off every twelve hours, and grow again. The Fowls of this Countrey are ma∣ny and several. Near the City are sulphurous Fountains, whose Waters cure Scabs and Leprosie. In the Valleys also flow Springs of salt Water, which thrown on Herbs, turns to Rozen and Pitch, and is good to make Boats tight. The tops of the Mountains are continually cover'd with Snow, notwithstanding some of them vomit forth horrible Flames and Ashes, which are blown several Leagues over the Countrey. The vicissitude of the Weather occasions two Summers and two Win∣ters; the first Summer begins in December, and the second in June; the first Winter accordingly begins in March, and the other in October. This alteration of Seasons is not distinguish'd by any change of Heat or Cold, but the continuance of fair Weather during the Summer, and in the Winter, of such terrible Hurricanes, that blow from North to South, or from South to North, with such Thundering and Lightning, as if the end of the World were at hand. The chiefest Trees that grow here are Cedars, and one that bears exceeding great Almonds. The Quaque also bears a pleasant Fruit about the bigness of a Goose-Egg; and the Fig-Tree, Figs as large as Oranges. The Agnapa which grows here is of such a nature, that an Euro∣pean sleeping under it, swells exceedingly, but an Indian bursts. The Bark and Sprigs of the Hobo, which grows high and round, serve against Swellings and Ul∣cers, and occasion also Loosness. Sugar-Canes grow also here in great abundance, amongst which feed certain Beasts like Hogs, whose Navels grow on their Backs; and large Stags. The Fountains in most places of this Countrey run with salt

[illustration] map of Northwestern South America

TERRA FIRMA et NOVUM REGNUM GRANATENSE et POP••AYAN

Water; and sometimes Salt is found betwen fresh-Water Brooks. The Natives, who are valiant, subtile, and well proportion'd, are since their giving over eating of Mans-flesh much increas'd, and many of them forsaking their Heathenish Idola∣try, have embrac'd the Roman-Catholick Religion.

4. La Palma, built Anno 1572. in a certain Territory, the People whereof were antiently call'd Musi and Colymae.

5. Trinidad, which is indeed the antient Tudela renew'd, or a City sprung out of the Ruines thereof. This Tudela stood on the Shore of the River Zarbi, which run∣ning between high Mountains, makes the Rivulet Turatena, and in the same Terri∣tory as La Palma above mention'd, viz. of the Musi & Colymae, by whom the Spaniards, who had here a Colony, were so exceedingly molested, that they deserted the same, together with their Governor Peter de Orsua: yet not long after the forsaken Place was again re-built by the Name of Trinidad; but that Place proving incommodi∣ous, was again abandon'd, and a new Trinidad built, where now it is to be seen on a convenient place Eastward from the high and cold Mountain Paramo. From seve∣ral rich Gemmaries thereabouts are digg'd store of Emeraulds, Crystal like Dia∣monds, white Marble, and the Beryl, especially on the Mountains Ytoco and Abipi.

6. Tunia, having a Territory about it, to which it gives Denomination; It lies on a high Hill, from whence the Church and two Cloysters of the Dominican Fry∣ers are seen at a great distance. Here also is kept the greatest Market in New Granada.

7. Pampelona, sixty Leagues distant from St. Foy to the North-East, abounding with Cattel and Gold.

8. Merida, surrounded with Corn-Fields, the farthest Town of this Province North-Eastward towards Venezuela.

9. Belez, which though it suffers great prejudice by a burning a Mountain that vomits Fire and Stones, and also Thunder and Lightning, is the greatest Residence of several Orders of Fryers.

10. Marequita, otherwise call'd St. Sebastian del Oro, which lies under a hot Cli∣mate, and hath much Pasture.

11. Ybague, the Habitation chiefly of Dominicans.

12. La Vittoria de los Remedios; and 13. Juan de los Lanos, or St. John of the Plains, seated in a rich Nook of the Countrey, where there are good Silver and Gold-Mines.

The Merchandise that come to these Towns, are brought up the River Magdalena in Canoos of sixty Foot long.

SECT. III. Popayana.

* 1.45POpayana, the other part of this new Kingdom, is border'd on the West with part of Granada last spoken of, from which the River St. Martha divides it for the most part: On the North it hath Nova Andaluzia, or Carthagena; on the West, Mare del Zur; and on the South, Quito, or rather some unreduc'd Countreys lying betwixt them both; It extends in length above a hundred Leagues from North to South, but in breadth, betwixt the River and the South Sea, not much above forty or fifty. The Countrey is said to be a little too much subject to Rain, yet not so, but that the fertility of the Soil answers the industry of the Inhabitants in most places very well.

Sebastian de Bevalcazar, Governor of Quito, marching Anno 1536. with a Company of Spaniards to Otabalo, where the Countrey Papayan begins, was often set upon by the Natives from their Ambuscades, and the many Inconveniences which he suf∣fer'd for want of Provisions, and trouble of travelling over the high Mountains, had necessitated him to return, had he not been resolutely bent to discover the Countrey; to which purpose marching on leisurely, he came into the heart of Popayan, where his wearied People sufficiently resting themselves amidst a fruitful Countrey, where they found pleasant Fruit-Trees, Houses full of Provisions, and fresh Rivers, which glided from the Mountain Andes, and some of the Rivulets also affording Gold, were encourag'd to build several Villages; in which nevertheless they made no Settlement, either because they could not get Gold enough, or else being driven from thence by the valiant Natives.

* 1.46The Places of chief note in it, are 1. Popayan, situate on the Banks of a fair Ri∣ver, but not nam'd, and in the midst of a Plain in a place of great Wealth, and en∣joying a good Air. The original of the Name Popayan is from the Casique who Go∣vern'd there at the time of the Spaniards first Arrival. It is a Bishop's See, and the ordinary Residence of the Governor of the Province. The chief Buildings are the Cathedral, and a Monastery of the Fryers De la Merced. The Savanna Grounds to∣wards the North feed many fat Cattel. The Fields produce the best American Maiz. Some of the adjacent Mountains either vomit Smoak, Flames, great Stones, or scald∣ing Water, leaving a Salt behind it. Beyond the City Popayan the great River Mag∣dalena takes its original in the Valley Cali, where several Brooks gliding from the Mountain Andes, inhabited by the Cocunocos, unite their Waters.

2. Antiochia, otherwise call'd St. Fides de Antiochia, on the Borders of New Anda∣luzia, and about a hundred Leagues from Popayan. In the midst of a small Territory to which it gives Name, in the Valley Nore, between the River Magdalena and Daria, wash'd by Rivulets, whose Sands are Golden, and whose Banks are shaded with all sorts of Fruit-Trees. The Inhabitants white and very rational, sleep in the Night under the open Skye: Their Houses are built a good distance from the High∣ways; near which the Pastures feed abundance of Sheep. The Pools breed plenty of Fish, and the Mines store of Gold, especially in the Mountain Buritica.

3. Caramanta, seated likewise on the Banks of the River St. Martha, within a little Province also of the same Name; the Inhabitants whereof being valiant and strong go naked, and dwell in little Huts, make white Salt out of a Fountain and a little Lake: they generally go to Antiochia in six hours, which is forty five Leagues, so swift runs the Stream.

4. St. Anne, in the Cantred or Hundred of Anzerma, a Town neatly situate upon the side of an Hill betwixt two Rivers, and in the midst of Plain no less pleasant than fertile: It was so call'd by Bevalcazar, because the Indians of this Place name the Salt Anzer; it is surrounded with Villages and Woods on a high Plain between two Rivers. The Air being exceeding hot, lightens generally every day.

5. The Village Pueblo Llana, which is inhabited by little People, who Trade in Salt, and have also Golden Rivulets. Near this Place is the Valley Aburra, consist∣ing of many fruitful Plains, moistned by several Rivers; the Inhabitants whereof at the Spaniards first coming thither, hang'd themselves, with their Wives and Children.

6. St. Jago de Arma, built in a Wood of Palm-Trees, so nam'd from the Terri∣tory in which it standeth, rich and famous for its Mines of Gold, which it is said to have many and very good: The Ground round about being Mountainous, hath several Rivers, the chiefest whereof call'd Di Arma, is dangerous to cross, especially

in Winter. The unwholsom Air hereabouts occasions many Sicknesses. Amongst other Fruits that grow in this County, is the Pytahaya, which whoe're eats, voids Urine as red as Blood. Adjacent to it are the little Provinces Paucuran, Pozo, and Picara, which possess Golden Mines: also the Territory Carrapa, which hath high and rugged Land, and many Rivulets: likewise the County Quimbaya, which a∣bounds with thick and long Canes, wherewith the Natives build their Houses; in the hollow Bodies of these Canes the wild Bees gather store of Honey; and amongst them breed also exceeding great Lyons, the four-footed Beast Chuca, which carries its Young in a Bag, Stags, Rabbets and Guadaquinajes, which being bigger than Hares, are exceeding good Meat. The Mountain Nevada, wonderful high, and smoaking continually, produces the golden Rivers Tacurumbi & De la Cequo. Twenty Leagues or more distant from St. Jago is, 7. Carthago, the chief City of Quimbayaes, and by which the aforesaid Rivers run. The temperate Climate here gives Health and long Life to the Inhabitants, who have several Fountains of salt. Water, and the Fruit Caymito, not unlike a Peach, black within, having little Kernels, and a Juice which Dyes so deep, that it can scarce be wash'd off. Horses and Cows they have likewise very plentiful. Carthago it self stands in a pleasant Plain between two Rivulets; the Ways that lead to the same are very dirty, because of the continual Rain which falls there, with Lightning and Thunder. A League beyond the City flows the Stream Consota; near which lies a Lake, out of which Salt is made.

8. The City Cali, the Residence for the Governor and Collector, lying under a hot Climate in a plain Valley at a River, which falling from the Mountain; glides to the Stream Magdalena. Round about the same dwelt antiently several People, viz. the Gorrones, so call'd, because they nam'd a Fish Gorron, the Chancos, Giants, with long Faces and broad Foreheads, the Aarbacoas, Agnales, and Los Timbas, inhabi∣ting among barren Mountains; but most of them were slain by the Spaniards, or destroy'd by one another, few onely escaping to the tops of the Mountains. The Countrey also swarms with wild Beasts, which have also devour'd many of the Inhabitants, both Indians and Spaniards.

9. The Haven Bonaventure, situate in a deep Inlet, about which live some Fa∣milies which send the Commodities that come from New Spain to Popayan, Cali, and other Places; and though there be a Way along by the River Dagua, convenient for Mules and Horses to travel, yet it is seldom us'd, because the Cattel are so wea∣ried out with the long Journey, that they cannot go through with their Loads; wherefore they employ the Indians to carry their heavy Burthens over the Moun∣tains, which they do for a small Reward.

10. St. Juan de Pasto, giving Denomination to the Countrey about it, and being built on the pleasant Plains of the Valley Atris, is situate in a wholsom Climate, and is moistned by several Fountains and the River Angasmayo, the Boundary of Peru. The Spaniards have several Houses here, and breed store of Cattel, and espe∣cially Hogs. They have likewise Sugar-Mills, with which they make abundance of Sugar. The antient Inhabitants were salvage, deform'd, and of little Reason.

11. Timana, giving Denomination to the Countrey about, is plac'd under a hot Climate, yet the Inhabitants live long; they drive a great Trade with Thred spun out of the Herb Pita; and also with Sweet-meats, Fruits Preserv'd with Honey and Sugar, and especially a Kernel not unlike an Almond. In their Gardens they Plant the Herb Cocoa, which they chew constantly for the strengthning of their Hearts. Near Pita is a Mountain with Load-stones; and somewhat farther the Habitations of the valiant Yalcones in the Valley Aquirya, the Paezes, Pixaos, and Manipos, which so molested the Spaniards, that they forc'd them, to forsake the Towns Neyra, St. Vincent, and Ville de los Angelos.

12. Guadalajara de Buga; and 13. Sebastian de la Plata, built on a Plain near the River Guali; the Countrey about which is exceedingly troubled with Earthquakes, and the Inhabitants with their Neighbors the Nineres, who bring the Flesh of their Prisoners to Sale in the publick Shambles.

14. Almague, built on a high Mountain, and lying under a cool Climate, is sur∣rounded with fruitful Fields, which feed store of Cattel, and enrich'd with several Gold-Mines.

15. Juan de Truxillo, which the Indians call Yscance.

16. Madrigall; 17. Chapanchipa; 18. Malaga; and 19. Agreda; the Mountains about which inclose store of Gold.

Between the Promontory De Corrientes and the Island Palmas, are the Rivers Sali∣nas and Balsas, which fall into the Southern Ocean; St. Juan, whose Banks are in∣habited by a salvage People which dwell in the tops of the Trees, because the Ri∣ver oftentimes overflows the Countrey. They sowe Pease and Beans, and catch Fish, but buy other Provisions, with Gold.

* 1.47Against the Mouth of this River St. Juan lies the Isle Gorgona, three Leagues in circumference, which is compar'd to Hell, because of the dismal Woods which are upon it, barren Mountains, Millions of Musticho's, whose Stings are intolerable, and never-ceasing Rain, insomuch that the Sun never shines upon it.

* 1.48West-South-West from Gorgona lies the round Island Del Gallo, about a League in circumference; it is divided by several Rivers, and round about Planted with Trees, on which the Indians dwell as at the River St. Juan.

CHAP. IV. Peru.

* 1.49PEru, so call'd, as some think, from the River Beru afore mention'd, in the Southern part of America, was antiently a great and mighty Kingdom, as Mexico in the Northern, and fell under the Power of the Spaniards much af∣ter the same manner that the Kingdom of Mexico did, viz. through the Dissentions and Differences amongst the People themselves, as in the History of this considera∣ble part of the New World will be related at large hereafter.

The Kingdom of the Kings of Cusco, which in some sence, and by some Writers upon occasion, is call'd The Kingdom of Peru, was extended by the last Inca or King, Huayna Capac, from North to South above a thousand Leagues together, compre∣hending not only a great part of the Province of Chile towards the South, but also the new Kingdom of Granada, and divers other Provinces to the North; but Peru, properly so call'd, containeth little more than half so much, viz. six hun∣dred Leagues in length, and about fifty or threescore in breadth, except onely in some places, as in the Countrey of Chacopoyas, where 'tis thought it may be a hun∣dred Leagues from the Andes to the South Sea: It lieth between the first and fifth Degrees of Southern Latitude, and is bounded on the East and North-East with that vast Ridge of Mountains which they call the Andes; on the West it is wash'd with Mare del Zur; on the North it hath the Countrey of Popayan; and on the South, Chile: It is commonly divided into three parts, which they call The Plains, The Hill-Comtrey, and The Andes; the Plains are that part of the Countrey which lie

[illustration] map of Peru

PERV

along upon the Sea-Coast, being for the most part a meer Level without any Hills at all. The Sierra, as they call it, or Hill-Countrey, is that part of Peru which is part∣ly mountainous and partly plain, fertile and well inhabited in both. The Andes are so high, rocky, and inaccessible, that they are scarce inhabited at all but by Salva∣ges, save onely upon the skirts of them. The Plains from the Sea-shore to the Hill-Countrey, are for the most part about ten Leagues over or broad, upon which it scarce raineth all the year long. The Hill-Countrey is commonly twenty Leagues in breadth where narrowest; and from September to April hath Rain, the rest of the Year generally being fair Weather; but on the Andes, which take up all the rest of the Countrey of Peru, it raineth almost continually all the year long. In the Hill-Countrey their Summer begins in April, as is said, and ends in September; but in the Plains it begins in October, and ends in May; so that in the space of a day a Man may feell both Summer and Winter; be scorch'd with excessive Heat in the Morn∣ing, and yet well nipt with Cold before Night. The Andes generally are cover'd with thick Woods and wild Forrests. The Hill-Countrey is for a great space naked and open; the Plains in many places sandy and dry, and would be much more scorch'd with Heat than they are, but for the neighborhood of the Sea, which affords them many cooling Gales from the South and South-West Winds, whose property, al∣though it be natural in other parts to be tempestuous, to bring Rain and foul Wea∣ther, yet here there is nothing but Serenity and fair Sun-shine days all the year long, although these Winds blow almost without ceasing upon the Countrey, and no other at any time, whereas the Sierra, or Hill-Countreys have Wind from every Coast, and such as bringeth all sorts of Weather with it, Rain, Hail, Frost, Snow, great claps of Thunder,* 1.50 &c. The Countrey affordeth not so much Cattel of the breed of Europe as some other Provinces of America; but in stead of Kine and Sheep, the Woods and Pastures are replenish'd with multitudes of the Vicugnes and Pacos, which are of no less Profit and Service. The Pacos here are said to be as big as some young Hei∣fers of two years old, bearing a Fleece like Sheep, and their Flesh no less pleasant than the Mutton of Europe. But the great Wealth of this Countrey lies out of sight in the bowels of the Earth, viz. in those rich and (as they may seem) inexhaustible Mines both of Gold and Silver, which, as 'tis well known, the Countrey of Peru affordeth more than any other Province of America besides. The Sierra opens into large Valleys, amongst the chiefest whereof are Xauxa, Andaguailas, and Yucay, all of them well inhabited and fruitful. Below Cusco the Mountains Andes and those of Sierra run a greater distance than elsewhere one from the other, leaving the great Plain Callao in the middle. Moreover, several sandy Wilds, without Water, Herbs, Trees, or any living Creature, except Birds, extend from Tumbez to Taparaca. From the Valleys flow several Rivers into the Southern Ocean. On the Mountain Pira is a Fountain call'd Puchio, which springs in the Night,* 1.51 but is quite dry in the Day∣time. Also near the chief City Quito in the Valley Chilo,* 1.52 is a Fountain whose Wa∣ters boyl faster or slower according as any one speaks softer or louder; and when not a word is spoken, it stirs not at all. If any thing exceed this for strangeness,* 1.53 it is a Rock in the Province Concuchos, which is all compos'd of black and white Stones, which are so neatly plac'd by Nature, as if Art had done a Master-piece, in the exact placing of them one between another: but the chiefest thing belong∣ing to it worthy of admiration, is a wonderful power either to heal or hurt; for if the black Stones in this Rock be touch'd by any, they cause immediate Death; whenas the white ones cure all manner of Sicknesses, and being digg'd out, leave a Seed behind them, out of which grow new Stones to fill up the empty place.

Iuca Garcilasso, Extracted from the Peruvian Kings, tells us concerning Plants, That

[illustration]

he saw a Raddish which a Man with both Arms could scarce embrace, and that under the shade of their Leaves, Horses might stand. But of all the Peruan Fruit the Cocoa is the crown, which grows on Trees of a Fathom long in hot and moist Grounds of the Valleys between Andes and Sierra; from whence it is carried to the Sea-Coast in long Baskets by Companies of three or four thousand at a time on the Backs of the Sheep Pacos. Before the Spaniards coming hither none might chew Cocoa without the Governor's leave: A handful thereof chew'd and suck'd in the Mouth, enables a Man to travel two days without any other Sustenance, and mix'd with burnt Bones or Chalk, it is accounted an excellent Dish; there is such extraordi∣nary plenty of them, that the Inhabitants spend yearly 90000 Baskets of the Leaves in Pottage. The Peruans also esteem Mamayes, a Fruit which grows round, not un∣like a Peach, with two Stones, hard Rinds, and a well-rellish'd Pulp within, which dipt in Sugar is a great Dainty; they grow for the most part in the Islands. The Guaiyavas bears a wholsom and delicious Fruit like a large Plumb. The Palto, a Tree with many Boughs, bears a Fruit resembling a Pear, having a hard Rind, and within the Pulp a great Stone. The Fruit which grows on the Annona hath out∣wardly the same shape, but white within, and hath many black Kernels, which taste very deliciously. The Fruit Andas, so call'd from the desolate Peruan Moun∣tains on which they grow, resemble the fore-mention'd Cocoa, but differ from the East-Indian, because they are full of hard shell'd Almonds, the like whereof grows on the Tree Cachapoyas, which are not inferior to any European Fruits that grow on Trees; in that part of Peru which hath its Name from that Fruit is the best sort, being ex∣ceedingly devour'd by Monkies, who plucking the Cachapoya Almonds from their Stalks, throw them on the Ground to break their prickly Shells, that so they may eat the Kernels without hurt. The Mille-Tree, being a sort of Grapes, furnishes with Wine. But the greatest benefit the Inhabitants receive is by their Sheep Pacos and Moromoros, which carry great Loads, and feed on what they find by the Way; their Flesh is good and wholsom, and being either Smoak'd or Salted, keeps good a considerable time; their Wool dress'd affords Cumbi, of which they make fine

Table-clothes and Tapestry, which on both sides is alike. The chiefest Weavers liv'd formerly at Copachica, near the great Lake Titicacu: They Dye their Wool with the Juice of boyl'd Herbs. It seems also strange to consider what Loads the fore∣mention'd Sheep carried, for besides all sorts of Merchandise, they convey'd the Silver from Potosi to Arica, a Way of sixty three Leagues; but in former times they brought it as far again to Arequipa; and though they carried two thousand Bars at a time, amounting to above thirty thousand Ducats, yet they had no other Guard but a few Herdsmen, who driving them slept with them in the Nights under the bare Skie, yet lost none of their Riches, but when the bald Sheep call'd Moromoros, being wearied with their Loads, standing still, stretch'd put their Necks, and looking on their Drivers; on a sudden ran up into the Mountains, by which means the Silver was oft-times lost, if they were not suddenly shot. The woolly Sheep Pacos have also strange Tricks, for they often fall down under their Loads, and cannot be got up again, but must be let alone till they rise of themselves. So soon as one of the Sheep hath gotten the Mange (which the Peruvians call Tecarache,) they bury them alive to prevent farther Infection.

* 1.54The antient Natives, though differing in Language and Customs, yet went all Apparell'd after the same fashion, the Men cover'd themselves with a shirt, which came down below their Knees, and over that a Cotton Cloak; the Women wore woollen Coats down to their Ancles: Their Head-Ornaments were different ac∣cording to an inviolable Compact between the Natives of several Provinces; for some were wrought, some plain, some divers colour'd Caps, with two, three, or no Feathers, according to the Custom of the Place: They were generally of a middle Stature; but those that were near the Equinoctial Line lesser.* 1.55 Their Histo∣ries make mention also of Gyants, who formerly inhabited the Promontory St. Helena, were each four times bigger than an ordinary Man, and fed not onely on the greatest Sea-Monsters, but devour'd each of them thirty Peruvians at a Meal. The Stone Images of these Gyants are at this day to be seen not far from Puerto Viejo. They likewise kept for a long time Annual Feast-Days, on which they la∣mented the loss of the Gyants, which (as they say) was as followeth:

A Youth glittering in glory like the Sun descended from Heaven, and breath'd Fire, which rending the Rocks so terrifi'd the Giants, that they fled into a deep Cave, where they were all kill'd.

* 1.56Cornelius Whitefleet relates, That Helvius, Governor of Puerto Viejo, being stirr'd up by the Report of the fore-mention'd Images, caus'd all the Graves to be broke open, in some of which he found Bones, which they suppos'd to be Whale-Bones, had not the Sculls manifested the contrary.

* 1.57Concerning the original of the Kingdom of Peru the Natives give this Account of it: That the most antient Inhabitants flock'd together like wild Beasts, with∣out constant Abodes, Customs, Laws, or Governors, which salvageness is still re∣tain'd in many Parts, amongst the Brasilians, Chunches, Chiruguanes, Yscayungus, Piloco∣nens, most of the Floridans, Chinchemeco's, and others, which degenerate from all Hu∣manity. In time when some kind of Government began to be observ'd, it was ra∣ther Popular than Monarchical; yet generally those that were most powerful, va∣liant and subtile, bore the greatest sway: Amongst whom the first that five Ages since Commanded over the Inhabitants of the Valley Cusco, was Ingaroca, a subtile and politick Person, who built the Fort Pucora, Eastward near the Foot of the Mountain Andes, that so he might bridle the People which inhabited in those Parts between the Rivers, Moors, and Lakes, where the remainders of the Fort are to be seen at this day: Moreover, he conquer'd all the Countrey along the Sou∣thern

Ocean towards the North and South, giving out that he was extracted from one of the seven Ingas (by which Name the Peruan Kings have been styl'd ever since) which came out of the Cave Pacaritambo,* 1.58 where they were preserv'd against the Deluge (of which the Heathens in America had long since an obscure knowledge,) and restor'd the drowned Families; wherefore every one not onely obey'd, but paid him Tribute, and bound themselves to receive of him the true Religion, which they desir'd he would teach them, as none knowing the same better than he, whom they look'd upon as Extracted from the Ingas. Amongst these Ingas the chie∣fest was said to be Mangocapa, who, according to their fabulous Tradition, climb'd through the Window Tambo out of the Cave Pacaritambo, and produc'd two Families, viz. Hunan Cusco, and Urin Cusco; from the first whereof Ingaroca affirm'd him∣self Descended, and having first made himself Master of all the Countreys about Cusco, rais'd the Family Vicaquiquirao, and laid out a great part of his Revenues upon Gold and Silver Utensils, and Ornaments for his Person and House, which he in his last Will charg'd that none of his Successors should inherit, nor dwell in his Palace, but that every one should build a new Habitation for themselves: He also erected divers Golden Idols.

Some Authors begin this Dynastie of the Kings of Peru in a very different manner, making Mango Capa to be the first thereof, and to have been Succeeded by his Son Chincaroca, which cannot but be the same with this Ingaroca here mention'd. Yaguar∣guoqu (that is,* 1.59 Crier of Blood, because on a time being Commander, and taken Pri∣soner, out of vexation and exceeding grief he cried Blood) Succeeding him after his Death, rais'd the Family Aocaillipanaca, and was Succeeded by his eldest Son, the wealthy Viracocha Inga,* 1.60 of whom, when the Spaniards conquer'd Peru, went a Re∣port, that great Riches lay buried in the Earth with him; wherefore Gonzalus Pi∣zarrus tortu'd the Natives after an inhumane manner, to know of them where the Grave of the said Inga was; at last obtaining his Desire, he digg'd for the Body, which he found so well Embalm'd, that it seem'd to live, but no Gold with it; wherefore Pizarrus deceiv'd in his expectation, burnt the Corps; the Ashes where∣of the Indians gathering in Urns, worshipp'd, though when he liv'd the Vulgar were much incens'd at him, for taking upon him the Name of Viracocha, who was their supream God and Creator of all things; but he pacifi'd them, saying, That Viracocha appearing to him in a Dream, had commanded him to take that Name up∣on him.

* 1.61The fourth Inga, call'd Pachacuto Yupangui succeeded in the Throne after the Death of his eldest Brother, who was slain in a Field-Battel against the Changas, inhabiting the Valley Andaguailas, where the Peruan Army was utterly defeated, few of them onely escaping by flight; among whom was Yupangui, who perswaded the rest to a subtile Design, by alledging, That the Almighty Creator, angry at their Destru∣ction, had reveal'd many Secrets to him, viz. That the Creator in Heaven was call'd Viracocha Pachayachachie; That he resented it very ill; That whereas he for∣merly made Heaven, Sun, Moon, Stars, and Men, none worshipp'd him for it, but in stead of him they reverenc'd the Sun, Thunder, and the Earth, who had their Beings from him; That he would shew his Power against the victorious Changas by an unexpected Assistance of an invisible Army. This being believ'd of every one, stirr'd up the Peruans far and near, insomuch that in a short time a vast Army being rais'd, presented themselves to Yupangui, who made good use thereof; and also told them that Viracocha had decreed in Heaven, that he Yupangui should be his Vicegerent on Earth; which the Army believing, set the Peruan Crown which they had taken from his Father, on his Head: Thus promoted, he march'd against

the Changas, whom in a bloody Battel he conquer'd, and brought them all under his Obedience: Moreover, he made his Soldiers believe, that they were not the Con∣querors, but invisible Men, whom Viracocha had sent, and who could be seen by none but himself; and that after the Battel they were turn'd into Stones, which they must seek for. Whereupon they gathering a great number of Stones on the Mountains,* 1.62 Yupangui call'd them Pururancas, and order'd that they should be worshipp'd, and carried with them into the Field whensoe're they fought another Battel, hoping thereby to stir up his Soldiers to be couragious, who firmly believ'd, that with the visible Stones walk'd invisible Heroes that would certainly assist them. This Ima∣gination wrought so much, that Yupangui's Army assur'd of Victory with the help of the Stones, went on undauntedly on all Designs, insomuch that being fear'd by all the adjacent People, he forc'd them all to submission. This Yupangui rais'd the Family Yuaupococa, and plac'd a great Golden Image call'd Indyllapa on a Golden Chariot, which since was religiously worshipp'd, and afterwards carried to Caxa∣malca, for a Ransom of the Peruvian King Attabaliba, whom the Spanish General Pizar∣rus kept Prisoner, and at last Strangled. The Councellor Polus opening Yupangui's Grave, found the Body Embalm'd, and no way defaced, but the Eyes cover'd with thin Golden Plates, and on his Head appear'd the Scar of a Stone which had been thrown at him; and though the Body had lain eighty years in the Grave, yet it seem'd rather living than dead, being onely a little grey. This Corps, as also seve∣ral other Inga's, the Marquess Camette brought from Cusco to Lima, so to prevent the Peruvians worshipping of them.

Yupangui after his Decease was succeeded by Sopa Inga, and he by his Son of the same Name, who rais'd the Family Ayoac Aillo: The last (for nothing worthy of memory was done by either of them) was succeeded by Guaynacava,* 1.63 a wealthy and valiant young Man, who was no sooner setled on the Throne, but he manag'd all things with great prudence, maintain'd War with several People, and conquer'd the Kingdom of Quito, four hundred Leagues beyond Cusco, whither after his Death his Body was carried, and buried in the famous Temple of the Sun, but his Entrails were buried in Quito not without many bloody Offerings, thousands of his Servants Sacrificing themselves at his Grave willingly, that so they might serve their Prince in the other World. The invaluable Treasures which he left behind him were care∣fully hid by the Peruvians till the Spaniards conquer'd that Countrey: The pav'd Ways, magnificent Buildings, and strong Castles, testifie as yet the Power of this Inga; wherefore in his life-time he was honor'd as a God. His Mother Mamaoclo liv'd to see above three hundred of her Children's Children, all Extracted from her Son Guaynacava.

* 1.64The chief of the Family Tanebamba were Huascar and Attabaliba, Sons to Guaynaca∣va, (both by the Coya, or lawful Queen, however some have deliver'd to the contrary) who falling at variance betwixt themselves, resolv'd to decide the Quarrel by a Field-Battel, in which Attabaliba, being the youngest, was Conqueror. This Civil War was at the heighth when the Spaniards invaded Peru, which they could ne∣ver have conquer'd, had not the Realm been so divided. During Attabaliba's Im∣prisonment by Pizarrus, his two Generals, Quizaniz and Chilicuchima, took the Inga Huascar (formerly call'd Tito Cusi Gualpa, Attabaliba's Brother) in Cusco,* 1.65 and carrying him to the Valley Sacfahuana, burnt him alive. It is set down as remarkable, that Huascar after his being vanquish'd, made great Offerings to Viracocha, thereby to gain his assistance in his extremity against Attabaliba; when he was inform'd, that a strange People which came from a remote Place over the Seas, had defeated Atta∣baliba's Army, and taken him Prisoner: From which News Huascar taking courage,

call'd the Spaniards Viracochas, and judg'd that they were come from Heaven to his Delivery, and the more, because his Brother had spilt so much Blood already: for Attabaliba had not onely slain the Prince Atoco, which led Huascar's Army, with three thousand two hundred Men, and drank out of Atoco's Skull tipt with Gold, but had also pluck'd out the Harts of above a thousand Children, which the Cann∣rites sent with Palm-Boughs to him, to desire Peace.

* 1.66After Attabaliba's and Huascar's Decease, Mango Inga their Brother drove all the Spaniards out of Cusco, whither they not long after coming with new Forces, neces∣sitated Mango, not without the loss of many Men, to take his flight up into the Mountain Vilcabamba, where he Setling, his Successors Reign to this day, secur'd from any Invasion by the natural strength of the Place. But the Inga Saritopa co∣ming from the fore-mention'd Mountain, submitted himself to the Spaniards, who allow'd him the Valley Yucay to dwell peaceably in; but the rest of the Family of the Inga's that fell into the Hands of the Spaniards, were all of them kill'd in Cusco, not without great grief of the old Inhabitants, to see so antient and noble a Family, by which they had been Govern'd in great State for three hundred years together, put to death by common Executioners.

* 1.67The City Cusco, which was the Royal Seat of all the Peruvian Kings, was made more splendid than ever before, by Guayanacava, of whom Augustine de Tarrate, descri∣bing his Magnificence, relates, That when his Queen was Deliver'd of a Son, who was to succeed in the Throne, Guayanacava kept a great Feast for twenty days toge∣ther, and on that day when the Child was to be Nam'd, a Golden Chain, each Link of which was as big as a Hand, and contain'd in all seven hundred Foot in length, was carried by twenty Peruvians to the Temple.

* 1.68The Succession of the Inga's was after this manner: The Inga's keeping many Concubines had many Children by them, none of which could lay claim to the Peruvian Crown, but onely the Son begotten on the Coya, or Queen, being generally the Kings own Sister, (whom they accounted lawful for them to Marry, as in antient times did the Egyptian Kings) Inherited the Realm, unless the Inga had a lawful Bro∣ther, who Inherited before the Son, though born of a Coya; or if the said Brother had a Son, he obtain'd the deceased Uncles Crown before him, who in apparence was the elder Heir.

The same Succession was also observ'd by other Governors, which the Peruvians call Curaca's.

* 1.69The Burials of their Kings were perform'd with great solemnity; and the Trea∣sures which they left behind were bestow'd in building of magnificent Guaha's, which were Temples or religious Houses, where a kind of solemn Worship was to be perform'd, to celebrate the Memory of the Deceased. Some part of the Trea∣sure was also distributed amongst the Inga's Servants; but the Successor inherited not the least Mite of what his Predecessor had gotten, but was forc'd, according to an antient Law, to build himself a new Palace, and purchas'd anew every thing else belonging to it.

* 1.70Their Crown or Diadem was onely a fine red woollen Coif with a Tassel, that hung down over their Foreheads, which other meaner Princes wore hanging on their right Ear.

* 1.71Their Coronations were also kept in great Pomp and State, the Nobility and Priests coming from all parts of the Countrey to Cusco, besides an innumerable mul∣titude of common People.

The Noblemens Presents to the Inga's consisted chiefly of Gold and Silver Ves∣sels, fine Cloth call'd Cumbi, all sorts of Sea-shells, and stately Plumes of Feathers of inestimable value.

Thousands of Sheep differing in colour serv'd for Offerings: moreover, the Chief Priest sacrific'd a Child before the Image of Viracocha, on whom with great Reverence he cry'd, O great God Viracocha, we Offer you this Child, that you may keep our Realm in Peace, aid us in time of War, prosper our Inga in all his Undertakings, make him more powerful and greater than any of his Predecessors, and grant him wisdom to Govern this vast Countrey.

* 1.72No People in the World can be more respective, and shew greater Reverence to their Kings, than the Peruvians: for there were never any heard of in this Countrey that ever Rebell'd against their Prince; the reason of which was chiefly, because they always Govern'd with great Justice and Mildness, placing Governors over the re∣spective Countreys and Provinces, according to their several Divisions, greater or lesser, with subordinate Power one under another, so that they Rul'd with great strictness, punishing with Death both Drunkenness and Theft. Moreover, the Ingas observ'd a prudent way in Government, viz. They kept their Subjects con∣tinually employ'd: The ordinary sort of Persons of subdu'd Provinces were sent to remote Countreys, and the Governors thereof kept at the Court in Cusco; and Princes Descended of the Royal Blood sent in their Places to Govern the new got∣ten Dominions: they divided the Inhabitants into Companies, plac'd one to Command over ten, another over a hundred, and a greater Officer over a thousand, and at last a Prefect or Major-General, over ten thousand; every one of which Officers were to bring in an Account every Week to the supream Governor, who was always of the Inga's Family, what Men dy'd of their number, or how many were born, a present Estimate of every ones Stock, in Cattel or otherwise, and all remarkable Transactions that hapned. On the high Feast-day they were all to appear at Court, and to bring in the Revenues gather'd out of their Substitute Countreys. The main Division of the Countrey was into four grand Pro∣vinces, call'd Tahucantinsuyos, according to the four Ways that went from Cusco through the whole Realm, viz. Chinchasuyo towards the North, Coclasuyo towards the South, Andesuyo towards the East, and Condesuyo towards the West. The Col∣lectors were divided into Hanansayos, Upper-Collectors, and Urinsayos, or Under-Collectors. The Quipocomayos, or Accomptants, could ••ast up exactly with Buttons, not onely what every Province, but also what each Man was to pay, and that ac∣cording to the ability of the Countrey and Person.

* 1.73Many were the stately Temples, invincible Castles, magnificent Palaces, and other wonderful Structures built by the Ingas, the chiefest whereof stood in Cusco, Tiaguanaco, and Tambo; the Builders whereof were sent for by turns out of the ad∣jacent Countreys, from which they brought exceeding great Stones, most of them thirty eight Foot long, eighteen broad, and six thick, which were so neatly joyn'd to∣gether with Mortar or Iron-work, that a whole Edifice seem'd to be one entire Stone. Their Bridges that led cross the Rivers were made of Flags and Rushes, fastned to each Shore with great Ropes. The like Bridge lay cross the deep Mouth of the Lake Chicuito, on which great Bundles of the Rushes Toto being ty'd together, and cover'd with Straw, so strengthen'd the Bridge, that great Loads were safely carried over the same.

* 1.74No Prince ever possess'd so much Riches and Splendor as an Inga of Peru, each Countrey presenting him with what was most esteem'd amongst them; the Chiches bringing Sweet-woods; the Lucanas, strong Sedan-Carriers; the Chumbibilcas, brave Dancers; and so accordingly every Countrey provided him with what they best esteem'd, besides the usual Tributes which they paid.

Those which digg'd the Gold and Silver out of the Mines, had Meat, Drink,

and Clothing from the Inga, though at other times he enjoy'd the Labors of his Subjects for nothing.

* 1.75When at any time he conquer'd a Countrey by force of Arms, he made them pay three several sorts of Tribute; the first was bestow'd in religious Offices. Each Guaca or Chappel receiv'd also a Revenue from the late conquer'd Countreys, the Fruit of which serv'd for Offerings to their chief God Pachayachachu, the Sun, their Thunderer Chuquilla, and to the Souls of the Deceased, and for Food for the Priests. The Religion through the whole Realm agreed with that which was ob∣serv'd in Cusco. But the second Tribute fell to the Inga's Family, or Relation and Soldiers. Those who Till'd the Inga's Ground, Sung before him in Festival Clothes. That which could not be spent in the Court was laid up in Store-houses for ten years together, against a scarcity should happen. Aged People, Widows, and such as were decrepid, paid no Tribute. The third part was for the Poor, which had eve∣ry Year a piece of Ground allow'd them to make use of as they pleas'd. In unfruit∣ful Years they receiv'd an Allowance out of the Store-houses before mention'd.

* 1.76So likewise the Pasture, Meadows, and Arable Land was order'd for three se∣veral Uses, one third for religious Uses, a second for the Inga's, and the last for the Poor. The Sheep being shorn on a certain Day, yielded the Poor a certain quan∣tity of Wooll to make them Clothes. As soon as any Beast grew Mangy (which the Peruvians call'd Carache) they burnt them alive, so to prevent the spreading of it farther. Those that belong'd to the Inga's Family, wore all Clothes made of the finest Wooll, and the coursest, call'd Tabasca, was distributed among the Vulgar.

* 1.77Besides this good Order of Government, it is wonderful to observe the Peruvians manner of Living, each learning from their Infancy not onely a Trade, but all things which they accounted necessary in House-keeping, as Weaving, Tilling of Land, building of Houses, and making of Tools requisite for both; so that they never made use of one another on any Account. Moreover, Master Artists, who work'd more for Pleasure than Gain, dwelt apart, being Silver-smiths, Painters, Musicians, and Dancers.

* 1.78Their Habits were heretofore of one fashion through the whole Realm, onely the Covering of their Head were several, by which the People of one Countrey were distinguish'd from the other, according to an inviolable Law made many Ages since; some therefore wore thin Caps, others broad Pleits, others little Hats, others round Bonnets, others woven Caps, and the like.

* 1.79Their Post-Stages, call'd Chasquis, were little Houses, each standing a League and a half from one another, wherein dwelt certain Officers, who with extraordinary speed convey'd the Inga's Letters from one Chasquis to the other; after which man∣ner in two days time they convey'd a Letter a hundred Leagues. But since the Spa∣niards conquer'd this Countrey, that Convenience was lost, till the tenth Peruvian Vice-Roy Martin Enriques re-establish'd the same; for he allow'd a Sallary to those Posts, that they might with speed convey all Letters and Packets from one to the other, being distant, according to his Establishment, four Leagues.

* 1.80Lastly, the Ingas maintain'd strict Laws in criminal Affairs; for as they did not neglect to encourage noble Atchievements (for whoe're had done a valiant Act in the Wars, was made Governor of a Countrey, or had a certain quantity of Land given him, or Married one of the Inga's Family;) so likewise they severely punish'd all Malefactors: for Murderers, Thieves, and Adulterers suffer'd Death without Mercy; yet they allow'd store of Concubines, and it was free for any one to Lie with his Neighbor's Concubine, but Death to have to do with any Man's lawful Wife, who were serv'd by the Concubines.

* 1.81When a Bridegroom Betrothed himself to his Bride, he gave her (and put them on himself) a pair of Shoes call'd Ajota, not unlike those of a grey Fryer, which were lin'd with Cotton if she were a Maid, but with Leaves if a Widow, who ne∣vertheless being generally younger than the Man, was to Mourn a whole year in Black for her deceased Husband; till the expiration of which time she was not to Marry another. Governors of Provinces and other Officers of State, receiv'd their Wives from the Ingas, who enquiring out the beautifullest and most accomplish'd Virgins they could hear of, put the Ajota on their Feet, and gave them to such Per∣sons as they most fancied; after which if they committed Adultery they were cer∣tainly put to death. The Marrying of Brothers and Sisters was also forbid, till the Inga Topa Yupangui, Father to Guaynacava broke that Law, by Marrying his own Sister Mamoello, and made ah Order that the Ingas onely should have that liberty; nay, when he lay on his Death-bed, he strictly charg'd his Son Guaynacava to take his own Sister Goya Cuissilmay to Wife; and this incestuous Marriage produc'd Huascar and Attabaliba, (though some say Attabaliba was begotten on a Concubine) in whose time the Peruvian Kingdom went to ruine. Guaynacava also permitted the common People to Marry their Sisters of the Fathers side, but not of the Mothers.

* 1.82The Peruvian Houses were antiently for the most part light and small; and for their Table they made but little preparation, satisfying themselves with a little Beer made of Rice, Bread bak'd of Maiz, dry'd Flesh, Fish, and Roots.

In their Wars they us'd Slings, Darts, Arrows, Lances, Pikes, Halberds, Pole-Axes, and Shields.

* 1.83Their Funerals were also solemnly kept, especially those of Persons of Quality, the Corps was carried out on a brave Chair, from which he was put into the Ground, with two of his Concubines whom he best affected, and also three Ser∣vants, Gold and Silver Vessels, Maiz, and the Liquor Chica, which the nearest Re∣lation spurted into his Mouth through a Cane; all which they did that the Decea∣sed might make use thereof in the other World. But before the Funeral the Relati∣ons Mourn'd over the Corps several days, and after the Body was Interr'd, they plac'd the Picture of the Deceased upon the Grave: but the meaner sort of Peo∣ple had the Tools belonging to their Trade; and Soldiers their Arms plac'd on the same.

* 1.84In their Religion they had various Fancies; their prime God Viracocha bore se∣veral Denominations, and amongst others he was call'd Pacachame, or Pachayacha∣chick, by which he was signifi'd to be the Creator of Heaven and Earth; as al∣so Usapu, that is, Wonderful. In honor to this Pacachama stood formerly a magnifi∣cent Temple about four Leagues from Lima, where the Ruines still manifest its for∣mer glory, it being the Place where the Devil answer'd the Priests, who stood with their Backs towards the Image of Pacochame, bowing their Heads to the Ground, and showing many antick Tricks. The second Temple stood near Cusco, in which the Inga's had plac'd the Images of all the Gods and Goddesses that were worshipp'd in Peru; and before each Image stood an Altar: the chiefest of them, call'd Puachao, consisting of massie Gold, was Dedicated to the Sun, on whose Forehead the Sun was Engraven on a Plate, which afterwards fell into the Hands of the Spanish Cap∣tain Mancius Sierra de Lequizamo; but because he lost the same one Night at Gaming, this Proverb was rais'd upon it, Lequizamo lost the Sun before it rose, because he got the Plate on which the Sun was Engraven in the Afternoon, and lost the same in the Night: The Temple it self, built of great Stones, curiously joyn'd together in Mosaick Work, and within link'd with Golden Plates of a Finger thick, stood full of Golden Chappels and Altars; round about it were several Galleries, into which

[illustration]

the Priests and Priestesses Chambers open'd. Near the River Ticiquaque a third Temple, Consecrated to the Sun.

* 1.85This kind of Idolatry was common to the Peruvians, with several other Nations of the antient Heathens, as hath been before observ'd, which made them mock at the Spaniards when they told them of a Crucifi'd Saviour, saying they had a splendid God, who appear'd to them in glory every Morning. In the third Temple near the River Taciquaque in Peru, which exceeded the other two, they worshipp'd Thunder by the Name of Chuquilla, Catuilla, and Intillapa, which the Peruvians believ'd to be a Man that Commanded the Air, and who being Arm'd with a Club and Sling, throws down Rain, Hail, and Snow from the Clouds, and shooting Bullets through the lower Region, causes Thunder and Lightning: They worshipp'd him after the same manner as they did Viracocha and the Sun, with holding up of a thing like a Glove, and sometimes Offering, especially in Cusco, living Children: Also they ador'd the Earth of which they made the Goddess Bathamama; also Mamacocha, the God of the Sea. The Rainbowe, which the Ingas carried between two Ser∣pents for their Arms, was also religiously worshipp'd. Amongst the Stars they imagin'd Colca, by us call'd Aries, or the Ram, as chief; yet held several others of peculiar Denomination, in veneration, of which they crav'd such things as they wanted. The Shepherds ador'd the Star Nereuchilla, or Capricorn, whom they judge to Rule over the Beasts. Others worshipp'd Machacuay, which the European Astrono∣mers call the Serpent, as commanding Serpents and Dragons, that they might re∣ceive no hurt from them. Tygers, Lyons, and Bears, were Rul'd by the Star Chu∣quichinchag; wherefore those who would walk free from those ravenous Beasts, lifted up folded Hands to the Constellations representing the same. They believ'd that there was no Creature living on Earth, whose Likeness the Heavens could not afford; and that those which were on Earth were under the influence of those in Heaven: from hence proceeded the Names of the Stars Chacana, Topatatca, Ma∣mana, Mirma, and others. They likewise attributed a kind of Divinity to Fountains, Rivers, Rocks, Mountains, some kinds of Herbs, Roots, and especially the Papas,

of a strange shape, and had a veneration for all manner of Creatures that were of an unusual form. When they travell'd they strew'd Shoes, Plumes of Feathers, and Cocoa in all cross Ways and tops of Hills, by them call'd Apachitas; and if they want the fore-mention'd things, then they throw a Stone for an Offering, from whence it proceeds, that in all cross Ways, and on the tops of Hills, lie heaps of Stones, which are accounted holy.

The like fond veneration of Stones the Saracens are said antiently to have had, upon a Tradition, That Abraham had enjoy'd Agar upon a Stone, and that accord∣ing to Euthymius and Libanius, he ty'd his Cammel to a Stone when he went to Offer his Son Isaac.

The Images of their deceased Ingas, which they call'd Guaoiqui, were had in great honor, and carried with them to the Wars, and up and down in Processionings, and call'd upon for fruitful Seasons.

* 1.86The Immortality of the Soul, the giving of Punishments to the Wicked, and of Rewards to those that do well, was generally believ'd amongst the Peruvians, but not the Resurrection of the Dead. Many suffer'd themselves to be buried with their Friends, that they might accompany them to the other World. When the Inga Guaynacava was buried, above a thousand of his Courtiers Sung several Songs, kept a great Feast, and went with great joy to be buried with him, that so they might serve their King on the other side of the Mountains. They Offer'd likewise a great number of Children, and with their Blood cross'd their Faces from one Ear to ano∣ther: But this barbarous Offering was never us'd but at the Death of prime Per∣sons of Quality; for the meaner sort of People set onely Meat on the Graves, and gave the Dead two Sutes of Apparel, put Money in their Mouthes and Hands; for they believ'd that the Souls ranging up and down from place to place, suffer'd many inconveniences.

* 1.87The Peruvian Images consisted generally of Gold, Silver, Stone, or Wood, all of them strangely deform'd: Some of them were said to give Responces like the Oracle at Delphos and Dodona, chiefly in the Temple Pacachama, whose greatness is suf∣ficiently manifest by the Ruines of its Walls beyond Lima, where Franciscus Pizarrus got an invaluable Treasure. Each Peruvian Province had a Temple, besides which, in the Cities, Villages, and Hamlets, were Chappels of Ease, into which the Priests went at Night with their Backs towards the Idol, bended Heads and Bodies; in which posture they requested to know future Events, and were many times answer'd (if we may believe their Reports) in a terrible Voice. The great Temple at Cusco, wherein the Ingas had plac'd all the Peruvian Idols, is now turn'd into a Dominican Cloyster. In each Province of Peru was also a Nunnery (if we may so term it) or Ha∣bitation of devoted Virgins, call'd Allaguau, ie. A House of the Choicest,* 1.88 over which was plac'd a Governor nam'd Appopanaca, to whom none durst deny their Daughters; some of which were styl'd Wives of the Sun, and others Servant-Maids to the same: The Wives Cloth'd in Embroyder'd Coats, adorn'd the Temple, whilest the Maids kept clean the Walls and Floor. When they attain'd to fourteen Years of Age, some were chosen out from the rest, and oblig'd to perpetual Virginity and soli∣tude of Life in their Chappels; which sacred Obligation if they broke by suffering any to Lie with them, they were buried alive after the manner of the Vestal Virgins, the Ceremony whereof is related by Plutarch: Others were oblig'd to make daily Offerings; others to make peculiar Sacrifices for the Inga's Health, and happy Events in War; many also were employ'd in the Court-Service to wait upon the Inga's Wife or Concubines; and those being absolv'd from their Vow, were oft∣times Married to Courtiers. These Nunneries were Endow'd with great Revenues

from the Chacaras,* 1.89 or Church-Lands. Their Offerings were (for sometimes they Offer'd to their Idols the highly esteem'd Herb Cocoa, Maiz, several colour'd Plumes, Sea-Monsters, Gold and Silver Images of Beasts, fine Clothes call'd Cumbi, Sweet∣wood, and Tallow to burn) either to have success in their Journeys, Trades, or for the preservation of Health, or to obtain a plentiful Harvest. But their usual Offer∣ings were Cuces, a sort of Toads, which were eaten by the Peruvians. When they were to do any Business of consequence, then Persons of Quality kill'd their Sheep Pacos, not without strange observation of the colour and number of them, as also of the time; all which things well consider'd, they took the Sheep and laid it cross their right Arm, turn'd the Face thereof towards the Sun, and mutter'd several words to themselves according to the colour; for if it was spotted grey, they spoke to Chuquilla, or Thunder; if white and short Fleec'd, to the Sun; if well Fleec'd, to Viracocha. In Cusco they Offer'd daily a short-fleec'd Sheep to the Sun in this manner: Making a great Fire call'd Vibbacaronca, the Priests threw the Sheep and four Baskets of Cocoa into it. Their Sacrifices Cozocovicca and Sapovicca, to ob∣tain Conquests, were also very strange: for they gather'd out of Puna (which is a desolate place) several sorts of Brambles and Bushes nam'd Ganilli, which being all set on fire, they went about the Fire with round Stones in their Hands, on which were painted Serpents, Lyons, Toads, and Tygers, crying, Usachum, grant us Conquest, together with this Prayer, Destroy, O Creator, the power of our Enemies Gods; which said, several starv'd Sheep were brought out, which for that reason they call'd Urca; whose Hearts having torn out they began their Prayers afresh, saying, Mighty Viracocha, thus do thou pull out the Hearts of our Enemies. For the prosperity of the Ingas they kill'd in an open Field black Dogs, by them call'd Appurucos, whose Flesh was eaten with many Ceremonies by People appointed for that purpose. They made Offerings also to the Fountains, Rivers, Brooks, and Sea-shells, under pretence that those Shells were Daughters of the Ocean, and the Ocean the Father of Streams and Springs; when they had Sow'n their Fields, their Priests, chose to that Office, went from House to House to gather such Offerings as every one was pleas'd to give; which they laid at the Banks of several Sluces, at the time when the Water began to rise there, thinking by that Oblation to keep them from over-flowing their Lands, and washing away their Seed. In all places where two Rivers joyn'd together they wash'd themselves, having first bedaub'd themselves all over with stamp'd Maiz; and afterwards look'd upon themselves as well purg'd from Sin; which power they ascrib'd to their Baths. To strangle Children between four and ten years of Age was never us'd, unless upon the Inga's being sick, or when he receiv'd the Royal Tassel, that from the death of the Children he might receive Health, or Reign prosperously. The fore-mention'd Nuns that were chose to at∣tend on the King's, were also strangled when the Inga was sick; nay, sometimes a Father would Offer his Son to Viracocha, on the Sun-Priest's suggestion, That by his Son's death he would recover from his Sickness, Praying to the foremention'd Dei∣ty, that they would be pleas'd to save the sick Father, because the Son had with his Death paid for his Fathers.

This kind of Cruelty the Devil seem'd to prompt the Heathens to, by making use of Abraham's Example, who prepar'd his Son Isaac for a Sacrifice on Mount Moria; and that it was a Practice amongst the antient Ammonites and Moabites, and other Heathens (by which even the Children of Israel were apt to be seduc'd) appears from the Scripture it self: the Ceremonies of which bruitish Customs, with the seven Brazen Chambers of Moloch, may be seen describ'd by Rabbi Solomon.

* 1.90The high Feast Capacrayne, which the Peruvians kept in the first Moneth Rayme,

[illustration]

agreeing with our December, deserves serious observation: for as long as the Feast lasted, no Stranger was suffer'd to Lodge in Cusco, whither they all flock'd again after the Feast was over, to receive Cakes made by the Mamaconas (an Order of Nuns) of Maiz and the warm Blood of a white Ram, and were distributed by cer∣tain Priests (Extracted from the Royal Family Iluqui Yupangui) who carrying them up and down in Golden Dishes, gave every one of a Company one, saying at the delivery of it, If you do not Reverence the Sun and Inga, this Food will witness against you to your Ruine; but if you worship them, then their Bodies will by this Pledge be united to yours: after which those that had eaten of the Cakes promis'd Obedience, and thank'd the Sun and Inga for their Food.

At the fore-mention'd Chasquis a course was taken to carry all that desir'd, to eve∣ry Temple through the whole Kingdom of Peru, where the Inhabitants receiv'd them with great Reverence, having before confess'd all their sins to their Yahuries, or Father-Confessors,* 1.91 who being chosen to that Office with a great deal of Ceremo∣ny, impos'd greater or lesser Penances, according to the sins of the Penitent: those that were suspected to have conceal'd any of their sins, were put to cast Lots, or had the Entrails of the Beasts which they had kill'd to that purpose consulted about them, and thereby were discover'd if they had conceal'd any of their sins; which when∣ever it hapned, the Priests falling upon the false Penitents, thump'd them with a Stone on their Backs so long, till they had confess'd all their Faults, which the Priest was not to reveal on pain of Death, but to make Expiatory Offerings. The sins about which they were Examin'd, were chiefly Theft, Murder, Adultery, prepa∣ring of Poyson, or sleighting their Inga or Gods; for each of which Transgressions they had several kinds of Punishments. When the Inga fell sick, all People in ge∣neral were forc'd to come and make Confession of their sins; also every one went to his Confessor when he was in trouble, or expected some Misfortune to befall him: The Inga himself Confess'd his sins to none but the Sun, which he desir'd to re∣late to Viracocha, and to beg pardon of him for the same, which done, he bath'd him∣self in a running Stream, and cry'd, I have made my sins known to thee, O Sun; do thou,

O River, wash away mine Iniquities, and discharge them into the Sea, that they may never be more laid to my charge: which custom of Bathing, call'd Opacuna; wa•• also us'd by all other Penitents.* 1.92 A Father losing his Son by Death, was censur'd for a great Sinner, wherefore he could not be permitted to be Confess'd before he had been whipp'd with Nettles by a cetain ill-look'd Officer appointed for that end; after which their Fathers Ychuris enjoyn'd such Penances as they thought fit; some were order'd to fast several days; others to pay rich Garments, Silver, Gold, or the like; others receiv'd a certain number of Blows; some were condemn'd to live on the Moun∣tains, excluded from the society of all Men. If their Sorcerers at any time fore∣told a Fathers Death, then he immediately Sacrifis'd his Son, that with his Death he might buy his own Life.* 1.93 No People were more respected than their Sooth∣sayers, as Men that could discover private Thefts, Accidents that hapned in re∣mote Countreys, and also future Events, and so far their Credit amongst the Vulgar carried them, that they undertook to tell the Spaniards when their Countrey-men should be Conquerors, and when defeated in the War they maintain'd against the Netherlanders. There were also cunning Women, who making themselves dead Drunk with Chica, with which they mix'd the Herb Viloa, and afterwards coming to themselves again, answer'd all the Questions that were proposed to them.

* 1.94The Peruvians kept two sorts of Feasts, the first at certain times, the others on special occasions; the set-Feasts were kept Monethly; on the first Moneth Rayme, agreeing with our last Moneth December, as aforesaid, they kept the great Feast Ca∣pacrayme, on which they brought Multitudes of Sheep and Lambs for Burnt-offer∣ings, besides Silver and Gold. Not far from the Fire stood three Carv'd Images of the Sun, and three others representing Thunder; and this was generally the Day of the Installation of the young Inga's, which was after this manner: The chief Priest boring a Hole through his Ear, cover'd the upper part of his Body with the holy Cloth Guaras, whilest the inferior Priests whipt him with knotted Cords, and painted his Face with the Blood. During these Ceremonies no Stranger was suf∣fer'd to remain in Cusco, but after the Feast was ended they all return'd, and as be∣fore, receiv'd Cakes bak'd of Maiz and Blood, as a testimony that they lov'd and honor'd the Inga.

The three Images of the Sun before-mention'd they call'd Apointi, Churiunti, and Intiquaoqui, that is, Father-Sun, Son-Sun, and Brother-Sun. In like manner they nam'd the three Images of Thunder, Chuquilla, Catuilla, and Intillapa; from which Acosta judges that the Devil had obscurely taught the Peruvians the Mysteries of the holy Sacrament and Trinity, (that their glory might be eclips'd by Idolatrous Errors) espe∣cially the last, which seems plainly to be signifi'd by the Peruvian Deity Tangatanga, whom they affirm'd to be One in Three, and Three in One. And that other Nations also had a glimpse of the same may be collected from Philip Cluverius, who endea∣vors to demonstrate, that the antient Germans and Gauls obscurely ador'd the Trinity in the midst of their Heathenism, under the notion of Sun, Moon, and Fire, the Sun signifying the Father, the Moon the Son, and the Fire the Holy-Ghost; to confirm which he makes use of Caesar's Testimony, viz. They onely esteem those Gods whom they see, and those that assist them, viz. the Sun, Vulcan, and the Moon; for they have never heard any thing concerning any other Gods. Diodorus Siculus seems also to ascribe a glimpse of this Mystery to the Egyptians, when he says, That the antientest Peo∣ple in Egypt, when they view'd the World, and were amaz'd at all things on the Earth, they judg'd that two Gods Govern'd them all, viz. the Sun and Moon, by whom all things flourish'd and encreas'd; to whom they added a third, namely Fire, to which they attributed a Divinity, as conducing much to the increase and growth of

[illustration]

all things. The Moon, which was also call'd Juno, they judg'd to be the Offspring of God, (for Son and Daughter were promiscuously taken) who, according to Homer, Marrying with Jupiter, brought forth Vulcan, which might haply be to them a Type or Figure of the Holy-Ghost, proceeding from the Father and Son: Vulcan was by her plac'd a President over the Fire, by which the Heathens seem'd to imitate the fiery Power of the Holy-Ghost, purifying and cleansing all things: and this cleansing Power was aim'd at by Romulus, when, according to Dionysius Halicarnassensis, he commanded his Soldiers to leap through a Fire made before his Tent, that so they might be purifi'd from all their Crimes. But it may be thought strange, that the Peruvians, Germans, or Egyptians, lost in a Wood of gross Idolatry, could have any apprehension, though never so obscure, of the holy Trinity, when as the most nice and curious Greek and Roman Wits have made such gross mistakes concerning God. But to return again to the Peruvians: They kept their second Feast in the second Moneth Camay, on which they threw the Ashes of their Offerings into the River, and fol∣low'd them on the Shore for the space of five Leagues, praying the River to carry the Ashes to the Sea, where Viracocha would receive them. In the third and fourth Moneths they kill'd a hundred and ten black spotted and grey Sheep.* 1.95 In the be∣ginning of May (by the Peruvians call'd Hatuncuzqui) they gather'd in their Maiz, and kept the Feast Aymorai; after which they return'd home Singing from their Fields, call'd Chacra, and carried a great heap of Maiz with them, nam'd Perua, wrapping it up in rich Garments; three Nights they continu'd their Ceremonies, implo∣ring the Perua to preserve their Harvest of Maiz from any damage that might chance to come to it, and also to let that grow prosperously which they should Plant next. Lastly, their Sorcerers consulted whether the Perua could last till the next year? to which if they were answer'd No, they carried it into the Fields, and burn∣ing it, made a new Perua, which when they knew to be sufficient to last good a year, they carried it to the Granary in great triumph. In the seventh Moneth Ancaya∣cuzqui, they kept the Feast call'd Intraymi, with a hundred Sheep, in honor of the Sun. They also made several Images of the Wood Quimia, which they put in rich

Habits, strew'd the Ways with Flowers, Danc'd a strange Dance nam'd Cayo, Singing several Songs. Persons of Quality put Golden Plates about their Knees, as the common People painted them with divers Colours. In the eighth Moneth Chahua they kept the high Feast Huarqui, on which they Offer'd a hundred grey Sheep; the like number, but of a Chesnut colour, they Offer'd the following Moneth Yupaquis, besides a thousand Cuies, that the Air, Water, or Sun, might not spoil their Plants. Their Feast Situa they kept on the tenth Moneth Coyaraymi after this manner: They gather'd all together on the first day before the Moon rose, which no sooner appear'd, but they made a terrible noise, beat one another with lighted Torches, then wash'd the Dirt from their Bodies, and made themselves Drunk for four Days together. The eleventh Moneth Armaraimi, was nam'd Pun∣chaiquis, from the Feast they kept therein, on which (besides the usual Offerings of eight hundred Sheep) they ty'd a black Sheep to a Post without Meat, till such time as there fell store of Dew. Their Feast call'd Raymicantara Raiquis, was kept in the last Moneth Ayamara, on which their Youth were bor'd through the Ears. Amongst the high Feasts which were kept on great occasions,* 1.96 the chiefest was Ytri, against which they all made new Clothes after a peculiar fashion, wearing their Cloaks muffled about their Heads; in which manner they walked leisurely a whole Day and a Night; during which time none durst either Eat or Drink, or open his Eyes: But after this serious Processioning follow'd four days of extravagancy, as Drinking, Dancing, and the like. In their Dances, which were to the sound of Drums, Pipes, and Horns, they imitated all manner of Trades by strange motions of their Bodies, besides divers other Frolicks and May-games which they us'd at such times of Mirth and Festivity: But since the Spaniards conquer'd Peru, all these Heathenish Customs have been laid aside.

* 1.97As to the Prognostications and Fore-runners of the destruction of the old Empire of Peru, it is reported, that Guaynacava, Father of the last King Attabaliba, lying on his Death-bed in Quito, said to his Princes, This Realm, at present rais'd to the highest top of Eminency, is hastning towards its Ruine; and though our Kingdom remain as yet freee from foreign Invasion, the Countreys round about are already conquer'd and in Slavery: The Gods have call'd strange People from unknown Regions, who by degrees will reach us also. With me, who am the twelfth Inga, dies the Dominion of the mighty Peru. A People of other Fashions and Religion will subvert our Religion, Laws and Government, and bring us under subjection to them. There were also Signs and Prodigies that portended the Dissolution of this Empire; amongst the rest a great Eruption in the Province of Tacinga, which rend∣ing the Earth asunder vomited up Flames of Fire; nor was it long e're they were ful∣fill'd, for whilest the Peruvians were making of Offerings to Viracocha for the delivery of their imprison'd King Huascar, News was brought to Cusco of Attabaliba's being ta∣ken; the Particulars whereof, with other Matters touching the Conquest of this King∣dom by the Spaniards, and how they pillag'd the Countrey, murder'd the Inhabi∣tants, and enrich'd themselves with their inestimable Treasures, shall in order be related.

* 1.98 The first that gave the Spaniards notice of Peru, was an Indian Prince call'd Pan∣guinaco, who having been taken Prisoner, inform'd Vasquez Nunnez of the abundance of Gold and Silver which was to be had there, who resolv'd to venture through a thousand Dangers into the South Sea. After which Francisco Pizarro, Ferdinand de Lugue, and Diego de Almagro, consulted upon this great Design, Anno 1525. Pizarrus being order'd to Sail before with a Ship carrying a hundred and fourteen Men, and Al∣magro to follow with a Vessel carrying seventy Men, whilest De Lugue staid to ma∣nage the Affairs at home. Fifty Leagues Southward from Panama, Pizarrus found a

[illustration] portrait of Francisco Pizarro

FRANCISCO PISARRO

small Neck of Land nam'd Peru, from which it is most probable that great King∣dom afterwards receiv'd its Denomination, though many deduce it from the River Beru, as before mention'd: Thence Sailing to the main Continent of Peru,* 1.99 and Landing, he lost several of his Men, and being himself desperately wounded, re∣turn'd with ill success, whilest Almagro missing of him, Landed afterwards in the same place, and also lost several of his Men, and one of his own Eyes: yet not long after they renew'd their Design, carrying with them in two Ships and three Boats, three hundred stout Men, which all suffer'd extream Hunger, and had they not happily gotten some Sea-Crabs, they had without doubt all of them perish'd: at last Landing on the Coast of Catamez, they were Encountred by a People whose Faces were hung full of Golden Nails, and daily lost more and more of their Men; upon which ill Successes the new American Vice-Roy forbad the farther discovery of Peru, and call'd home the remaining part from the Island Gallo, so that Pizarro kept with him but twelve Men, with whom he went to the desolate Isle Gorgona, where he liv'd on Sea-Snails, till he receiv'd Provisions from Panama; after which they spent two years in making farther Discoveries upon the Coasts of Peru: During which time he visited the Queen Capullana, and discover'd a mighty Palace, where three of the twelve Men were kill'd, whose Memory deserves to live for ever, be∣cause the World owes to their unheard-of Valor the Discovery of the mighty King∣dom of Peru; but there are onely left Recorded the Names of those nine Worthies who surviv'd that Exploit, which were these following, Nicholas de Rivera, Peter de Candia, Juan Torre, Alonzo Briseni, Christophero Peralca, Alonzo de Truxillo, Francisco Cuel∣lar, Alonzo Molina, and the Pilot Bartholomeo Ruyz: With these nine Pizarro Landed on the Isle Puna, inhabited by a valiant People, who us'd Bowes, Darts, Silver Knives, and Pikes-tipt with Gold: From thence he steer'd his Course unto the Haven Tumbez, where Peter de Candia Landing, was met by forty thousand of the In∣habitants, who conducted him to the Temple of the Sun, built by the Inga Guayna∣cava, and adorn'd in the in-side with Golden Plates.* 1.100 Not long after which Pizar∣ro was by an Order from the Spanish Court made Governor of Peru, to the great discontent of Almagro; which Difference being decided, Pizarro set out again with two hundred and fifty Foot, besides Horse, with which he Landed a hundred Leagues lower than before, where he got a great Mass of Gold and some Emeraulds of the Casique, all which he sent to Panama, thereby to stir up the People to come to Peru to his assistance; where those that were at present on the Place, besides other great Hardships which they suffer'd, were miserably plagued with Ulcers in their Faces; yet they prosecuted their Conquest as well as they could with what small Power was left them, and had newly taken Puerto, Viejo when Captain Bevalcazar and Juan Florez brought fresh Supplies of Men and Horse; with which Recruit Pizarro conquer'd the Valley of Tumbez; from whence they Sail'd over to the Island Punas, where the friendly Entertainment they met with at first, turn'd soon after in∣to a bloody Battel: for the Spaniards not forbearing to prie into every House, and committing many Outrages, were set upon by the Natives, whom having at last subdu'd and being again supply'd with new Forces by Ferdinando Sotto from Nicara∣gua, they return'd to Tumbez, where the Countrey was all in Arms upon the Report of the Spaniards Cruelties committed on the Island Puna, insomuch that they Offer'd all those whom they took alive to their Gods, and slew as many as they could con∣veniently meet with. Pizarro having stay'd about twenty days, went with his Bro∣thers Juan and Gonsalves, the Captains Sotto and Bevalcazar, and fifty Horse over the River Ambato about Mid-night, through a thorny Way betwixt Mountains, and about Break-of-day fell upon the Tumbezan Army, and having setled things pretty

well in those Parts, he built the City St. Michael in the Countrey Tangazara, along the River De la Chira, where he was Complemented by two Agents from Cusco, who desiring Aid in Huascar's Name against his Brother Attabaliba, receiv'd for Answer, That he was going to Caxamalca, as indeed he was, to find Attabaliba there; whose Commands that he should not approach prov'd all in vain: for Pizarro, under pretence of Complementing him in his Catholick Majesty's Name, was no sooner admitted to his Presence,* 1.101 but he took him, Prisoner, and set for a Ransom upon him as much Gold as a Room of fifty four Foot long and nine Foot broad was able to contain, as high as he could just reach with his Hand held up: But the Gold coming slower than was expected, Pizarro was much incens'd thereat, whom Attabaliba endeavoring to pacifie, alledg'd, That it could not possibly come sooner, because the Way between Caxamalca and Cusco, from whence the Gold was to be fetch'd, was at a great distance: The truth whereof Pizarro resolving to try, sent Sotto and Peter del Bara to Cusco in Chairs, carried by Peruvians exceeding swift of Foot, and who if they tir'd were successively reliev'd by others that attended, with∣out so much as setting down the Chair; being got about half way, they met with Attabaliba's Captain Cilucuchuma, he having taken Huascar Prisoner, who re∣quested Sotto and Baro that they would be pleas'd to deliver him out of the Hands of his blood-thirsty Brother, for which kindness he would pay three times as much Gold as Attabaliba had promis'd, who was not able to give any thing else but the Golden Plates which were in the Temple of the Sun in Cusco; whereas Huascar had all the Treasure that was left by Guaynacava; which indeed was true, for Huas∣car had caus'd it privately to be buried, and put to death those that did it, that so he might keep the place conceal'd where it lay; insomuch that none could ever find it out to this day, though the Spaniards have tortur'd the Indians with all imagi∣nable cruelty, to make them discover the place. But Attabaliba inform'd by Pizar∣ro of Huascar's Imprisonment, seem'd to be exceeding sorry, and said, I am much troubled at the News of my Captain's laying violent Hands on my Brother Huascar, whom I ac∣knowledge my eldest Brother, and both of the same Father and Mother; but I suppose he has no design to kill him, but onely keeps him Prisoner, to bring him to grant me peaceably to enjoy the Kingdom of Quito, of late brought under subjection of the Peruvian Crown. Pizarro not observing Attabaliba's subtilty (who design'd nothing but Huascar's Death, out of fear that the Spaniards upon his liberal promises to them, might promote him to the Throne) comforted him as well as he could: whereupon Attabaliba supposing that Pizarro would be little concern'd at the killing of his Brother Huascar, gave speedy Order that he should be burnt alive,* 1.102 which accordingly was put into exe∣cution; but before he was brought to the Fire, he foretold his Brother Attabaliba's cruel Death. During which time Almagro came with fresh Supplies from Panama, eager to have a share of the fore-mention'd Ransom, which at last was paid with overplus; for by daily bringing in of Baskets of Gold, the Chamber was fill'd up to the very top; but though Attabaliba had more than perform'd his Promise, yet Sen∣tence of Death was pronounc'd against him presently after he had been Baptiz'd:* 1.103 the Reasons of which wicked and rash Condemnation were two; first the false Ac∣cusation of a Peruvian Interpreter call'd Philippillo, who desir'd his Death, that then he might with the more freedom enjoy one of his Wives; for Attabaliba mistrusting the same, bad complain'd thereof to Pizarro, saying, That his Imprisonment was not so grievous to him, as the thoughts of the Adultery, acted against the strict Laws of his Coun∣trey; the Defiler of an Inga's Bed being not onely to be burnt with the Adulterers, but also the whole Families of them, to the least Infant, their Houses to be rac'd to the Ground, and their Land sow'n with Salt, as for ever curs'd. The second

cause of Attabaliba's Death is laid on Almagro, who came to Peru•• with new Forces, and who fearing that none of the Gold which Attabaliba had the delivery of, would fall to his share, as not having been in the Battel where Attabaliba was taken, there∣fore order'd him to be suddenly Strangled, that so the Booty might be equally divi∣ded.* 1.104 Not long after Pizarro conquering Cusco, got no less Treasure than at Caxa∣malca. Here the Reign of the Peruvian Inga's ceased, with which before no Kings that ever Govern'd in the World were able to compare in Riches and Glory.* 1.105 Their Palaces were round about adorn'd with Golden Images; and they never ate but out of Golden Vessels, spitting in the Hands of beautiful young Women of Noble Extract, were worshipp'd like Gods both whilest living and when dead, all their Subjects being their Slaves, and they the sole Lords of the whole Realm. In the interim Bevalcazar march'd from the new City St. Michael, with a hundred and twenty Foot and eighty Horse, to assist the Cannares against one of Attabaliba's Generals, who having spoil'd the Ways by digging Pits, and covering them over with Bushes, resisted them in several places: then marching to Quito he burnt the City, after having kill'd a hundred of the Natives, because they laughed at the Spa∣niards Arrival. Afterwards joyning with Almagro, he went back to Cusco, whither on the Way he had News of Quisquis, Attabaliba's General, and of his Brother Guay∣palcon, who making use of a Rock, threw down great Stones, by the Peruvians call'd Galgas, which in their Fall hitting others, brought down a great number with them, by which means he not onely defended the Place for the present, but kill'd fourteen Spaniards; nevertheless distrusting his ability to keep it, he retreated to a steep Mountain about Midnight, at the Foot whereof a Passage led over a deep River, where he burnt all his Luggage that he could not carry with him; also above fifteen thousand Sheep and four thousand Prisoners, became wholly at the Discretion of Almagro, who leaving there Captain Martin Astete, order'd him to build the Town Truxillo: In the mean time Quisquis was put to flight by Pizarro, and went to Quito, where he lost many People, that were kill'd by Bevalcazar's Guard; yet those that were remaining chose rather to Fight to the last, than flye through Wildernesses, and there be starv'd to death; which Quisquis contradicting,* 1.106 was Stabb'd by his Captain Guappalau, and immediately after cut to pieces. As soon as these Stirs were quieted, Pizarro began to build the City Los Reyos, near a convenient Haven of the Southern Ocean, whilest Almagro marching to Chili with two Troops of Horse, and five hundred Foot, return'd without doing any thing remarkable, ex∣cept his taking the Interpreter Philippillo, (whom he caus'd to be cut into four pieces) and his maintaining several Battels against the Chileses, clad in Sea-Wolves Skins. In this Journey he lost several of his Men on the Snowy Mountains. About this time a Ship fitted out by Gabriel Carvajal, Bishop of Placentia, Sailing through the Straights of Magellan, ran into the Haven Los Reyos, out of which the first Rats swam ashore that ever were in Peru, by which the Countrey since suffering much damage, the Inhabitants call'd them Ococha, that is, Sinful Creatures. Now all things on the Spaniards side were tending to a quiet possession, when a new Accident arose, whic•• had like to have spoil'd all, for Mango Inga, Attabaliba's Brother,* 1.107 being releas'd out of Prison by Juan Pizarro, obtain'd leave to go to Yucaya, to fetch the famous Golden Image Machys, representing his Father Guaynacava: but he having now gotten his Liberty slew all the Spaniards which work'd in the Gold-Mines, took the Castle of Cusco by Storm, as also the City, after a Siege of eight Moneths; which neverthe∣less was by Francisco Pizarro soon re-taken, and Mango forc'd to flye into the Moun∣tains Andes, after he had kill'd several of Almagro's Men; soon after Almagro about Midnight getting over the Walls, and taking Ferdinando and Gonsalvo Pizarro, and

Alphonso Alvarado Prisoners, condemn'd them all three to die, caus'd himself to be proclaim'd Governor, and gave the Royal Tassel to Paulo Inga, whilest Gonsalvo and Alvarado breaking Prison, inform'd Francisco Pizarro thereof (who then had ob∣tain'd the Title of Marquess, and for an Inheritance, the Province Attabillos;) he was exceedingly troubled for his Brother Ferdinand, whose Enlargement he thought would be best procur'd by making Peace with Almagro, and the sooner, because the Peruvians began to rebel against the Spaniards in most places,* 1.108 slew divers Companies of them; amongst whom Diego Pizarro was set upon in a narrow Path call'd Lau∣cesta Parcos, and amongst the Mountains lost seventy Horsemen; and Gonsalvo de Tapico sav'd not one of eighty Horse. Also the Peruvians set upon three hundred Troopers, Commanded by the Generals of the Horse, Morgoveio and Gaeti, in a nar∣row Path, and rowl'd down great Stones from the tops of the Mountains both be∣fore and behind them, so killing both Horse and Man before they could put them∣selves into a posture of Defence, insomuch that none escap'd with Life but two Troopers. Francisco de Godoy, sent out of Los Reyos with forty five Horse, upon Discoveries, return'd also with great loss, being pursu'd twenty Leagues by the Pe∣ruvians; against whom Peter de Lerma being sent out with sixty Horse, fought a whole day with them, and though few of his Men were kill'd, yet many were wounded, and several taken: The victorious Peruvians retreating to the top of a sandy Moun∣tain in the Night, Offer'd the Spaniards they had taken Prisoners, as a testimony of thanks, to Viracocha, and afterwards stood drawn up near the City Los Reyos by the General Tyzopangui. The Marquess thus beset round, sent for Aid from New Spain and Truxillo, and also for Alphonso Alvarado to come back, who had been sent to discover the Countrey Chachepoyos, and being gotten into a Desart, would without doubt have perish'd for want of Water, had not some Horsemen riding somewhat out of the Way, found Pits with fresh Water: notwithstanding which, five hun∣dred Inacona's (for so the Spaniards call'd the Peruvian Slaves) died for Thirst. He was afterwards supply'd by Gomez Tordoya with two hundred Men, by the help of whom,* 1.109 though encompass'd by the Inhabitants near the Bridge Lamucacha, where began a fierce Battel, Alvarado was in the end Conqueror.

Whilest the Spaniards found so much to do with the Peruvians, yet they could not forbear more and more Clashing amongst themselves,* 1.110 the Marquess commanding that Almagro should surrender and leave the City Cusco; but he refusing to obey, fortifi'd himself on the top of the Mountain Gaytara, stopt the Ways by cutting down the Trees: but Ferdinando Pizarro getting up to the top along a private Way, made such a confusion amongst them with Bolt-shot, that Almagro, who was sick at that time, was forc'd to flye; which being told Pizarro, he pursu'd him, and had doubtless utterly defeated him at that bout, had not his Men, benumm'd with marching in the deep Snow, been taken with a Distemper which made them as if they had been all Sea-sick, (for such is the property of the Mountain Guaytara) in∣somuch that they could scarce carry their Arms: Whereupon Almagro was advis'd 〈◊〉〈◊〉 oppose his Pursuers, and that he need not doubt of the Victory; but he either following his own Dictates, or being counter-advis'd, fortifi'd himself in Cusco, whither Ferdinand and Gonsalvo Pizarro march'd against him. Rodrigo de Orgonnes Commanded Almagro's Army, who being sick, lay on the Walls of the City to see the Battel fought. The Peruvians, who on each side were in the Spanish Service, march'd in the Front: on the twenty sixth of April, Anno 1538. the Fight began, in which the Almagrians did much mischief with Cross-bar shot amongst the Pizarrians; yet Almagro's Horse retreated first, being under the Command of Peter Valdivia; soon after which the rest of his Army, their Courage also failing, fled to the City;

into which, as soon as Orgones being shot in the Head and slain, the Conqueror rush'd after them, and took Almagro Prisoner: yet notwistanding this prosperous be∣ginning, he soon found himself in a great strait, since those which remaih'd alive of Almagro's Party refus'd to serve Pizarro, and murmur'd against him in all places, resolving to take Almagro from him by force, besides that Pizarro's Soldiers grum∣bled that they were not paid sufficiently for the many hazards which they had run: wherefore to compose these Troubles as well as possibly he could, he banish'd all whom he thought to be of the opposite Party, sent away the chief of his own mu∣tinous Soldiers with Captain Peter de Candia, to discover new Countreys, put Alma∣gro to death, and march'd to Callao; where being straitned for want of Provision, he made no stay, but got his Army with much ado to Cusco. Gonsalves Pizarro was likewise so set upon by the Natives, that he lost a considerable number of Men: In short, the Pizarrans were defeated in all places, and at length the Marquess,* 1.111 though forewarn'd by his Secretary Antonio Picado, was murder'd in his own House in the City of Lima, otherwise call'd De los Reyos, by a Bastard-Son of Almagro, nam'd Diego, in the Year 1541; his Body dragg'd to the Church-yard, lay there to every ones view and derision, till John de Barbara buried the same.* 1.112 His Father Gonsalvo Pizarro, sir-nam'd The tall Citizen of Truxillo, Commanding a Company of Foot in Navarre, had two lawful Sons, viz. Ferdinand, who was murder'd in the Spanish Castle Motta, and John that was slain in Cusco, when Mango Inga conquer'd the City, the other two, Gonsalvo and Francisco, being both Bastards; the last of which is said to have been expos'd by his Mother in the Church Porch, and kept alive for several days by sucking of a Sow, till his Father afore-mention'd finding him, and acknowledging him for his Son, put him out to Nurse, and when he was grown up set him to keep Swine; which course of Life he soon left, and following Alphon∣sus de Ojeda, Balboa, and Pedro de Avita in their Expeditions, he quickly grew rich, and at last came to that heighth of Honor and Command we have heard. Franciso Martino de Alcantara was also his Brother by the Mothers side onely. He was a Man who despis'd all Dangers and Hardships, was so well experienc'd in Martial Af∣fairs, that he might well stand in competition with many of the antient Heroes. In Los Reyos he built two very artificial Water-Mills, a Dominican Cloyster, and an∣other for the Monks De la Merced, and likewise a stately Palace for himself: He was both meek and affable; and though he bore the greatest Command in the Em∣peror's Name over the mighty Kingdom of Peru, and got more Riches than ever any of the Roman, Persian, Grecian, or Assyrian Monarchs possess'd, yet he went in the same plain kind of Apparel in the heighth of his Grandeur, as when he was but in a low Condition; about his Neck he commonly ty'd a Linnen Hankerchiff, with which he us'd to wipe the Sweat from his Face: in peaceable Intervals he spent whole days in playing at Bowls, without any distinction of Persons, chusing often to play rather with a Sea-man or common Soldier, than a phantastick Gallant: He visited the meanest Citizens, and many times us'd to eat with poor People, to whom he was upon all occasions very noble and liberal; All his Designs he carried on by the strength of meer natural Parts: for he was so very illiterate, that he could nei∣ther Write nor Read; his Edicts were Sign'd with his two Marks, betwixt which his Secretary writ Francisco Pizarro; he is said to have had a Son which died young by Attabaliba's Sister, who came afterwards to be call'd Donna Angelina; he died in a very unfortunate time, for upon his good success the Spanish Power had grounded their whole Designs, thinking with the Peruvian Treasures, as the Sinews of War, to have erected a fifth Monarchy to succeed the fourth of the Romans,

Pizarro's Murderer, though aiming at the Supream Power, he had a considerable

Party to countenance and aid him, yet he found resistance in many places, not with∣out the loss of many Men on both sides.* 1.113 In which Juncture the Learned Vacca de Castro Landed in Peru, with a Commission from the Emperor to settle the divi∣ded Kingdom of Peru in Peace and Quiet; but the young Almagro mad to see his Ambition thus cross'd, gave Battel to Castro in the Plain of Chupas; the Dispute was long and resolute on both sides, and the Night coming on made the Fight the more terrible, in which the Victory inclin'd to Castro; however the Almagrians stood to it stoutly for a great while, and that chiefly through the valor of the Captains Balboa and Christopher Losa, who breaking in amongst the Castreans, hack'd and hew'd down all they came near, till at last they were forc'd to betake themselves to flight, and had not many of them exchang'd their white Scarfs with the red of the slain Castreans, scarce any of them had escap'd from being kill'd in the pursuit, and most of them that did escape were slain the next Morning by the Peruvians.* 1.114 Rodrigo Sala∣zar, Almagro's Deputy; deliver'd up his Lord to Castro, who condemn'd him to death, whereupon he was immediately Beheaded with a Sword. This Battel hapned on the twenty sixth of September Anno 1542. when it Froze so hard the following Night, that most of those that were left wounded upon the place, were frozen to death. Thus Castro began his Government with Blood, and made it his first Business to make a Discovery by several of his Captains, whom he sent for that purpose, of the Countreys lying Eastward from Peru, lying upon the great River De la Plata, and the River Marannon, where in most places they met onely with salvage People, and for the most part Man-eaters; and in one place where they Landed, a great Fish re∣sembling a Dog came ashore and kill'd several Arm'd Soldiers. A year and a half Castro had liv'd in Cusco, when at the arrival of the Vice-Roy Blascus Nunnez Vela, all things were turn'd topsie-turvy, he being sent thither by the Emperor Charles the Fifth, accompanied by four Councellors, Diego Sepada, Lison Tejada, Juan Alvarez, and Peter Ortiz, to curb the Spaniards Villanies and Outrages committed against the Peruvians, entred Tumbez Anno 1544. where he immediately publish'd the Emperor's Edicts, which were to this effect:

* 1.115All Peruvians are to be releas'd from Slavery; no Spaniard shall in the least oppress them, nor make use of their Service without rewarding them for the same, nor take any Provisions of them without paying for it.

This Proclamation was like to put the Spaniards into an uproar: for at that time a Peruvian Lord was forc'd to allow every Foot-Soldier three Slaves,* 1.116 and a Horseman five, besides Hens, Rabbets, Eggs, the Wine Azun, and other Provisions, for nothing. The general Complaints were, Is this the Reward for our Service which we have shewn to the Emperor? Is not this mighty Kingdom of Peru by our Blood and Labor joyn'd to the Imperial Crown? Our Shoulders are grown sore under our Arms, our Bodies made useless with Wounds, and our Limbs lame'd with Bruises. Who shall maintain our Wives and Children, if the Peruvians, who according to the Law of Arms are become our Slaves, should not be forc'd to fish for Pearls in the Sea, and dig us Silver out of the Mines, and do us other Service for to maintain us? But Vela being deaf to these Complaints, resolv'd that the Emperor's Commands should be fulfill'd, and that those that spake against them should lose their Lives: and that he might terrifie the generality with the punish∣ment of a few, he caus'd Fryer Peter of the Order of the Virgin Mary to be Execu∣ted in Truxillo, Castro to be committed to Prison at Lima, because he had put Almagro to death without Examination, and shut the Gates of Cusco when his Agent came before the same. But do what he could, the Spaniards generally making Head, ut∣terly refus'd to obey the Emperor's Edicts, and chose Gonsalvo Pizarro for their General, who rais'd five hundred Men in compleat Arms in Cusco, from whence he

march'd directly with them to Los Reyos,* 1.117 under pretence to deliver a Petition there to the Vice-Roy's Council, about deferring to put the new Edicts in force till the Emperor was better inform'd of the present Condition of the Peruvian State; twenty great Field-pieces being also order'd to follow Pizarro's Army, were car∣ried by the Peruvians over craggy Mountains; to each Gun without the Carriage were order'd three hundred Men, of whom twelve at a time, carried it in their turns a hundred Paces a piece; though several eminent Persons considering the weightiness of the Affair, forsook Pizarro's Party, and went privately to the Vice-Roy, as on the other side, many deserting the Vice-Roy joyn'd with Pizarro, who being not a little supply'd by Peter Puelles Governor of Guanaca, took several of those that had deserted him Prisoners, and put them all to death, whilest the Vice-Roy made what Preparations possibly he could, Hanging many innocent Persons onely on suspicion of holding Correspondency with Pizarro, insomuch that there was no end of Murdering on both sides. But Vela clashing with his Councellors,* 1.118 because they would not consent that he should ruine Los Reyos, resolv'd to do it without them; and to that end to remove the Emperor's Seal, Staple of Trade, and Courts of Judicature to Truxillo, and to spoil the Countrey all about; which as he was about to put in Execution, they privately got Captain Martin Robles, and Vela's Lifeguard, consisting of a hundred Men, on their side, whilest the common Peo∣ple mutinying broke into the Palace, took Vela and carried him to the chief Church in Los Reyos, where the four Councellors were assembled, who order'd that the Pri∣soner should be Shipt and sent away to Spain, when Alvares Cueto lying in the Har∣bor with ten Sail, threatned to fall upon the Inhabitants if they would not release the Vice-Roy: whereupon the Councellors well provided with Guns, rais'd se∣veral Batteries against his Ships, so that Cueto finding himself too weak, set four of his Vessels on fire, and Sail'd with the rest to the Haven Guavara; where being set upon by Diego Garzias, he was forc'd to deliver the remaining part of his Fleet up to the Councellors, who sent Vela away with the same, under the Command of Didaco Alvaradez. But Pizarro, who till this time had pretended that he sought nothing else but Vela's Departure, march'd close to the Walls of Los Reyos with twelve hundred Men, Hang'd three Citizens upon a Tree, requir'd the Councel∣lors to grant him Letters Patents, by which he might be acknowledg'd for the Su∣pream Governor of Peru, which if they refus'd, he threatned to put all that were in the City to the Sword; and upon Consultation it was judg'd convenient to grant his Demands, the rather, because they had not above fifty fighting Men in the City. Mean while Didaco Alvaradez making an Agreement with the Vice-Roy,* 1.119 they return'd back with their Ships, and Landed in the Haven Mouth of the Ri∣ver Tumbez, rais'd what Forces they could possibly thereabouts, but were forc'd to retire from thence to Quito, (at the same time that the Councellor Tejada, being sent by Pizarro to the Emperor, came to an Anchor there) where they were courte∣ously Entertain'd; as also in St. Michael, where they got daily more and more Assi∣stants; of which Pizarro being inform'd, went thither with five hundred Men, and forcing the Vice-Roy to flye from thence, pursu'd him above thirty Leagues,* 1.120 Hanging up all those whom he could take of his Party. After many Rencounters and Hardships suffer'd by both Parties, Pizarro exceedingly wearied, return'd to Quito, where he minded nothing but all manner of Debaucheries, not in the least regarding the Vice-Roy's Designs, which it concern'd him to have narrowly look'd into, for he having got five hundred Men on his side, resolv'd to venture a Battel. It was towards Evening when the two Parties had sight of one another: Pizarro having not onely more Men, but also better Exercis'd in Arms than the Vice-Roy,

who being sensible thereof, went silently about Midnight from his Station along a narrow by Path, so to fall behind upon the Rere of the Enemy, who mistrusted nothing, by reason the Vice-Roy's Dogs kept a continual Barking in his old Sta∣tion, and the Peruvian Sentinels were heard calling to one another, and making great Fires all the Night long; but because the Way was over-grown, and farther about than it was suppos'd, the Vice-Roy finding the Night too far spent, went back to Quito, out of which he Sallied as soon as he had sight of Pizarro's Forces; against whom, being clad in a white Riding Coat, through the Slits of which ap∣pear'd a Cloth of Tissue Doublet, he came Riding on a Bay Gelding in the Head of his Party; with which breaking in amongst the Enemies Ranks, he made a consider∣able slaughter amongst them, till Hernand Tores coming near him, gave him a Blow on the Had with a Battel-Ax,* 1.121 that fell'd him to the Ground, which the Lawyer Carvayales seeing, ran immediately, out of desire to revenge his Brother's Death, whom the Vice-Roy had murder'd, and chopp'd off his Head. Thus Pizarro being absolute Master of the Field, began to shew his tyranny upon the Prisoners, some he took away by Poyson, others he Executed with the Sword and Halter, others he banish'd to the remote Countrey Chili,* 1.122 and spent his time in all manner of Vice in Quito; where, amongst other leud Actions, making Love to another Man's Wife, he hir'd one Vincent Paul to murder her Husband, which said Vincent was afterwards Hang'd at Valladolid in Spain. The Adulteress also was afterwards Got with Child by her own Father, and both of them put to death for Incest and murdering of their Child. Pizarro being receiv'd as King in Los Reyos, grew every day more proud than other, insomuch that his Friends themselves began to hate and envy him, and wanted onely a convenient opportunity to rid themselves of this high-minded Ty∣rant. A strange Accident, among others, had done him great hurt, had it not been timely discover'd, viz. Joan de la Torre, a Soldier formerly belonging to the Vice-Roy, found accidentally a Grave in the Valley Hica (which by the Peruvians had been worshipp'd above two Ages before) and in it so much Offer'd Gold and Sil∣ver as amounted to above eighty thousand Crowns in Gold, besides many Eme∣raulds and Turcoises, all which Treasure he was puzled how to carry away and pos∣sess securely, partly fearing the Emperor's Displeasure, if he should arrive thus rich in Spain, the rather because he had sided with Pizarro, and also knowing it was impossible to convey it on Ship-board without one or others knowledge; at last, after many Contrivances, he judg'd it convenient to put the Money in a small Vessel, and Sail with the same to Nicaragua, there to raise Men to oppose Pizarro in those Parts, that so he might re-gain the Emperor's Favor. This Undertaking seem'd to be threatned by many Dangers, he not having a sufficient Spirit to Com∣mand, or at least Experience to officiate the Place of a Captain.* 1.123 In the mean time Vela Nunnez, Brother to the slain Vice-Roy, taken in the Battel at Quito, had so much priviledge allow'd him from Pizarro, that he went a Hunting, and other such Exercises, distant from the Camp, who meeting with La Torre, took him in his arms, and embrac'd him with great joy, which so wrought upon La Torre, that he discover'd the Secret of his discover'd Treasure, took an Oath of him that he would be faithful to him, and take Revenge of Pizarro for all the Injuries receiv'd from him; but before, according to their Agreement, they could set Sail from thence, their Plot being discover'd, both Nunnez and Torre were Executed, and their Riches fell into the Hands of Pizarro.

* 1.124Whilest the Peruvian Affairs were in this confusion and disorder, Peter Gasca, im∣power'd by the Emperor Charles the Fifth, arriving there, endeavor'd to settle all things in Peace and Quiet, and sent by Peter Hernandes, besides the Emperor's Letter,

another which he writ himself to Pizarro, the Contents of which were to this purpose:

* 1.125THe Peruvian Soyl hath drunk up the Spanish Blood long enough, and the ruin'd Realm gapes for Rest: The Emperor proffers Pardon for all past Crimes, Repeals the new Laws which the Vice-Roy Vela, during his Government, enjoy'd the Spaniards to observe. If Pizarro aims at the general Welfare, he may easily see that Arms must first be laid aside, which he now depends on in vain, all his Associates being ready to forsake him, because no Soldier can take up Arms against the Emperor, without being guilty of high Treason.

* 1.126Pizarro confounded with this Letter, call'd a Council of War, who differ'd very much from one another in their Votes, some judging that it would be best pri∣vately to destroy Gasca, others were for an open Engagement, but most thought of another way, viz. to get his Person into their custody, and keep him under a strong Guard on the Island Puna, under pretence that the Peruvian Princes were sent for to come and acknowledge him as supream Governor, which because the Cities lay so remote one from another, could not be done in less than two years. Mean while an Embassy was to be sent to the Court at Madrid, which should enjoyn Gasca to remain in Panama, and not offer to come to Peru till such time as the Emperor commanded the same a second time at the return of the Agents.* 1.127 But Hieronimus Loaisa, chief Bishop of Los Reyos, Thomas Martin, Provincial of the Dominicans, Gomes Solis, Pizarro's Steward, Laurence Aldana, who were design'd for this Embassy to the Emperor Charles, never went their Journey, but staid in Panama with Gasca, who had also gain'd to his Party Peter Alphonso Alnoiosa, who Commanded Pizarro's Fleet: Aldana likewise inform'd him of all Pizarro's private Councels; where∣upon Gasca sent privately for Aid to Mexico, Guatimala, Nicaragua, and St. Domingo, and dispatch'd four Ships with three hundred Men, Commanded by Aldana, from the Haven Panama, with Order to Land about Midnight against the City Los Reyos, and so fall unawares on Pizarro. Aldana accordingly falling into the Bay of Mala∣brige, was reliev'd and supply'd with Provisions by Diego Mora, Governor of Truxillo: On the other side, the Field-Marshal Carvayales being sent for by Pizarro, made a pompous Entrance, with the firing of Guns and Bonfires, into Los Reyos, where all Persons that seem'd to have the least inclination for Gasca, were either stabb'd or poyson'd. In the room of Mora, Pizarro sent the Lawyer Garcias Leon to be Go∣vernor of Truxillo, but he being taken by Aldana's Fleet, joyn'd with Gasca; and thus all things began to conspire the ruine of Pizarro, yet he despair'd not, but being inform'd of the approach of the Ships, caus'd the Drums to be beaten in Los Reyos, forc'd every one that was able to bear Arms, on pain of death to serve him, made several experienc'd Soldiers, Commanders over his Horse and Foot, to whom he gave as much Money as they requir'd, to maintain those whom they had rais'd, and who were to be rais'd, by which means he got a thousand Men in Arms; to which number, according to an Order sent to Cusco, Plata, Arequipa, Lima, Guanuco, and other neighboring Places, new Forces were expected to joyn; but Savedra, Gover∣nor of Guanuco, deserting the City, left Pizarro and joyn'd with Mora, who secur'd the Province of Caxamalca for Gasca. Thus Pizarro began to be daily more and more forsaken. Since the destruction of the Vice-Roy Vela, Captain Diego Centeni had hid himself out of fear of Pizarro a whole year, in a Cave under Ground, but now inform'd of Gasca's Arrival, came forth, and getting forty Men and some Horses together, which also belong'd formerly to the Vice-Roy, resolv'd, though meanly Arm'd, to go upon a bold Design, viz. to take the City Cusco; of which

Antonio de Robles, a Man hated and despis'd for his mean Extract and little Wit, had the chief Command, there being therein a Garrison of five hundred Soldiers, besides the Citizens, who were likewise in Arms: Being inform'd of Centeno's ap∣proach, he sent out Francisco Aguierre as a Spye to discover the Enemy; but he joyning with Centeno, advis'd him to march along a By-way, and towards Night to draw up about Cusco, which accordingly he did, and forcing open the Gates, rush'd in with his Horse against the Enemy, who were drawn up in the Market-place, and break∣ing through their Ranks trampled whole Companies under foot;* 1.128 after which he fell in upon Robles, who having forgotten to give his Men the Word, caus'd a great di∣straction; for the Men blinded by the darkness of the Night, knew not Friend from Foe, insomuch that Robles's Party did one another more mischief than Centeno did; who being thus become Master of the City, caus'd Robles to be Beheaded the next day, and distributed a hundred thousand Ducats amongst his Soldiers, and then march'd with a hundred Men to the City Plata, to bring Mendoza, Governor of the same, under the Emperor's subjection; in which his Design he likewise prov'd suc∣cessful, being supply'd with a hundred and thirty Foot, which Lucas Martin, had fetch'd from Arequipa for the Service of Pizarro, whom since he had deserted and joyn'd with Gasca's Party. Mean while the Fleet under the Command of Aldana arriv'd in the Haven before Los Reyos, to the great terror and amazement of the whole City; from whence Pizarro marching, Encamp'd himself with five hun∣dred and fifty Men, so to prevent their Landing, swearing that he would spare none whoe're fell into his Hands, and sent Order to Peter Martin, whom he had left in the City, immediately to Hang up those which would not follow the Army, or who return'd from thence home; to which purpose Martin went from place to place with an Executioner, and thinking him not quick enough in his Work, stabb'd many Citizens himself: And strict Order was given by Pizarro, that all Run∣aways should be punish'd with Death; notwithstanding all which many of his nearest Friends daily forsook him, taking advantage of the darkness of the Night; nay, the Soldiers themselves would at Noon-day ride away from him, crying aloud, Long live the Emperor, and let the Tyrant Pizarro die: Wherefore he judg'd it most convenient to remove to the Countrey Nasca: During his Journey thither, whole Troops left him, insomuch that he scarce kept a hundred and fifty Men, and those he fear'd every Minute would fall upon him and Murder him.

* 1.129With Pizarro's departure, the whole Scene of Affairs was chang'd in Los Reyos; for there the Imperial Standard was erected, the City Cryer read the Letters of Pardon which Gasca had brought with him from Spain in the corner of every Street. Juan Palimino Landing with fifty Men, receiv'd all those that had deserted Pizarro, whilest Gasca set Sail from Panama with five hundred Men, with whom Landing at Truxillo, he Encamp'd himself in the Valley Xauxa, whither great multitudes flock'd from all places out of malice to Pizarro, who in a short time had destroy'd above five hundred Gentlemen. But Pizarro having quitted Los Reyos, he possess'd the City Arequipa, which he found quite desolate, but meeting afterwards with the Forces Commanded by Juan Acosta, of which one half were also run away, joyn'd with them, and march'd against Centeno, who lay along the Lake Titicaca, with whom he Engag'd in the Plain Guarina: Ludovico Ribera Landing, Centeno's Party fir'd their Guns before the Pizarrians were within shot of him, of which Carvayales making speedy use, drew up his Pieces close before the Enemy, and made an exceeding slaughter amongst them, killing above a hundred and fifty Men in the first Onset; the Horse amaz'd at the sudden destruction of the Foot, fled, leaving the remain∣ing Foot-Soldiers open to the Enemy, who was gotten behind them with his Mus∣quetteers,

and with his Horse before, whilest six Peruvians carried away Centeno out of the Fight, he lying sick on a Chair. Pizarro thus become Victor, kill'd all he met with; of which Gasca being inform'd, resolving upon a private and sudden Revenge, caus'd all Necessaries for War to be made ready, and march'd with a thou∣sand and nine hundred Men out of the Valley of Xauxa to Cusco, where by the Way he was supply'd with the Forces, which the experienc'd Colonel Peter Valdivia had brought from Chili; with which coming to Andagua, he took up his Quarters there for some time, because the mild Winter had with continual Rains made the Ways so dirty, that there was no travelling, and had rotted their Tents and Maiz, and al∣so occasion'd the Bloody-flux amongst the Soldiers. In March, Gasca broke up with his Camp to cross the River Apurima, which he found very troublesom, because Pi∣zarro had broke down all the Bridges: But Gasca caus'd Wood and other Materi∣als to be carried to several places, that the Enemy should not certainly know his In∣tentions, and at last march'd over deep snowy Mountains to Cotabamba, where sud∣denly he made a Bridge, over which march'd four hundred Foot, but the Horse suf∣fer'd most damage; for sixty Horses loaden with Arms going to wade over, were carried down by the Stream against sharp Rocks, by which they were desperately gor'd in their sides, and many of them kill'd outright. Pizarro inform'd of the Enemies whole Proceedings by his Spyes, sent Acosta thither with two hundred Musquetteers, to fall upon those that were come over, whom he finding too many, durst not venture to Engage with them. Mean while Gasca's whole Army getting over on the other side of the River Apurima, march'd up a high Hill, whilest Pizar∣ro Encamp'd himself five Leagues from Cusco, in a Plain call'd Saguisagrana, the Entrance into his Camp being fortifi'd with six Field-Pieces, each side by a Ri∣ver and several Mountains, and the Rere by a deep dry Moat: Gasca stood upon a Hill and view'd the Enemy's whole Forces lying in the Valley, and being op∣press'd with excesssive Heat, whilest his Men were so exceedingly pinch'd with Cold in the Night, that they were scarce able to hold their Arms, according to the strange property of the Peruvian Climate; for the tops of Hills generally Freeze, whilest the Valleys about a League from thence are parch'd with Heat: At Break-of-day Gasca descended the Hill; his Horse being divided into two Wings, were Com∣manded, the left by Juan Savedra, and the right by Balthazar Castro; Mendoza led some Dragoons, Valdivia guarded the Guns, and Gasca himself march'd in the Front of the Musquetteers. On the other side, Pizarro plac'd the Peruvians on his right Wing, Cepeda and Acosta Commanded the Horse, Carvayales and La Torre the Foot, Sebastian Vergara and Peter Soria guarded the Field-Pieces: But the Battel was scarce begun, when Cepedo and a great part of the Horse deserting Pizarro went to joyn with Gasca, and immediately after the right Wing of the Musquetteers; at the same time Centeno and Mendoza fir'd amongst Pizarro's main Body,* 1.130 of which some ran a∣way to Cusco, others with their Colours to Gasca's Army. Pizarro seeing himself thus forsaken, cry'd out, Since all are fled to the Imperial Standard, I will also betake my self thither, where perhaps I may find Mercy: Whereupon Acosta answer'd, Let us rather fall in amongst the thickest of the Enemy, and die valiantly: To which Pizarro reply'd, No, now I have lost Honor and Goods, I must take care for my Soul, that that may not be lost also; which said, he lighted from his Horse, Caparison'd in Silver, and deliver'd himself and his Sword into the Hands of the Serjeant Villavicenzo, who found him Habited in curious Armor, a Golden Helmet with a stately Plume of Feathers, and a Corslet incircl'd with Emeraulds about his Neck: Gasca seeing him brought before him in this manner, said thus unto him, Have you not order'd your Business well, to waste so much of the Emperor's Treasure, and shed so much Blood, and all to confirm your self in your unlawful

Usurpation of Peru? To which Pizarro answer'd, saying, I have spent my own Estate in the Service of the Spanish Crown, and might lawfully take upon me the Government of Peru, having with the loss of my Brother's Life, and the hazard of my own, discover'd the same. Carvayales escaping out of the Fight, had hid himself in a Thicket of Canes, but being discover'd by his own People, was by them brought before Gasca, who the next day after the Battel caus'd him to be Quarter'd alive,* 1.131 and Pizarro's Head to be cut off in Prison; the other Prisoners were most of them kill'd in cold Blood. Gasca thus become absolute Master of Peru, found an incredible Treasure left by Pizarro, of which he gave to every common Soldier above six thousand Ducats; and with this his victorious Army march'd to Cusco, where he employ'd his Execu∣tioners afresh, in Hanging, Drawing, and the like; some that were stigmatiz'd and condemn'd to the Galleys, accounted themselves happy that they had escap'd so. Gasca, though Victor, perceiv'd no small Troubles to threaten him, having twenty five hundred Men in Arms, of which every one for their faithful Service judg'd that they deserv'd some Office or other, there being then above a hundred and fifty to dispose of, Pizarro having Executed the chiefest Officers, and those that bore any Command under him being either fled or kill'd in the last Fight: but the small number of Officers that were wanting, was not to be compar'd to all those that gap'd for Commissions. The Revenues, which yearly amounted to eleven hundred thousand Ducats, went most of it away amongst the Officers, the common Soldiers getting onely a small Snip out of it; wherefore many began to murmur, and were upon the point of Mutinying, if Cianca, the Judge of criminal Causes, taking the chief of them, had not punish'd them in such a manner, that all the rest being terrifi'd, gave over their Complaints. After Gasca had spent above nine hundred thousand Ducats in the War against Pizarro; all which Money he took up upon Interest, which, after having setled the Kingdom in Quietness, he paid for the most part with the Goods taken from the Rebels. Next he made a Law concerning the Peruvians paying of Tribute, which before the Spaniards forc'd from them whensoe're and howsoe're they pleas'd, with the greatest Tortures imagi∣nable.

* 1.132Gasca having again erected in Los Reyos the high Court of Judicature, in which sat the Imperial Judges, return'd home with an unvaluable Mass of Treasure for Charles the Fifth, and left the Peruvian Government to the Judge Cianca; since which time Peru hath been Govern'd by Vice-Roys, the first whereof, who succeeded Ci∣anca, was Antonio Mendoza, and after him successively Andreas Hurtado Mendoza, Diego Valasco, Lopez Garcias de Castro, Francisco de Toledo, Martin Enriques, Garcias Mendoza, Ludovico Velasco, and Juan Pacheco, under whom the Peruvian Kingdom hath enjoy'd Peace and Quiet, to the considerable enriching of the Spanish Inhabitants.

Thus much of the antient Transactions in Peru, it will now be requisite to give you a brief Account of the several Provinces in this mighty Kingdom.

* 1.133The Countrey is generally divided into three Juridicial Resorts, as they call them, or Courts of Appeal, which are Quito, Lima, and Charcas; but the particular Pro∣vinces, as they are commonly observ'd by Geographers, are said to be six, viz. 1. Quito. 2. Los Quixos. 3. Lima. 4. Cusco. 5. Charcas. and 6. Collao.

SECT. II. Quito.

* 1.134THe first Province of Peru towards the North is Quito, or the new Kingdom of Granada, with which on that side it is bounded, having on the West, Mare del Zur; on the South, Lima; and on the East, Los Quixos. It lieth in a manner right under the Line, and is said to be seventy two Leagues in length, and in some places about twenty five in breadth.

The Winter begins here in October, and continues till March, in which fall mighty Showers, and on the Mountains abundance of Snow, but all the Summer long the Sun is seldom darkned with a Cloud. Many of the Inhabitants die of a Giddiness in the Head about the beginning and end of Summer. The POX also destroys many of the Natives; with which Disease they are often born, and give it to the Spaniards, who are not able to abstain from the Indian Women; they use Sassapa∣rilla and the Wood Guaiacum to cure themselves with.

Here grow also many poysonous Herbs, which the Peruvians make use of to poyson one another.

* 1.135In the farthest parts of Quito grows the salt and cooling Fruit Quaba, two Hand∣fuls long, cover'd with a grey Rind, and within full of white Pulp and hard Kernels.

* 1.136The Tree Guaiaba hath a pale smooth Bark, thick Boughs, hard and glittering Leaves, Flowers consisting of five Leaves, not unlike a Peacock's Plume, long Ap∣ples, woolly without, and within full of a pale red Pulp and eatable Stones; the Root, which spreads it self very much, is sweet, and when boyl'd cures the Bloody-flux. This Tree grows in most places, especially in low Grounds, the more be∣cause the Kernels which the Birds picking out let fall on the Ground, spring up in new Trees.

The Spanish Fruits, as Peaches, Cittrons, Figs, Pomegranates, Pears, Quinces, and Oranges, grow also here in great abundance, but when ripe are subject to rot.

Moreover, the Fields abound with Wheat, Barley, and Maiz; the Pastures af∣ford plenty of Grass for Oxen, Horses and Sheep, which bring forth Lambs twice in fourteen Moneths.

The Ocean and Rivers store of Fish; the Stream Barbara us'd formerly to pro∣duce Gold also.

In moist Grounds the Inhabitants find abundance of Salt-petre, the best that is for the making of Gun-powder.

* 1.137For the Accommodation of Travellers, Inns call'd Tambos, are built near the High-ways, exactly five Leagues distant one from another, where all sorts of Pro∣visions are sold at a set Price.

* 1.138The Natives antiently went Cloth'd in a Frock without Sleeves, as wide on the top as at the bottom, and pleited their long Hair. They are strong, well proporti∣on'd in Body, and subtile enough to learn any Art, but treacherous, inconstant, and inclin'd to Drunkenness: They were very hard also to be brought to receive the Roman Religion, so that most of them would not suffer themselves to be Baptiz'd till they lay a dying: They also drove a great Trade in Cotton, Wooll, and Cloth.

Between Pasto and Quito are several Villages, and the famous High-way, by the Ingas cut through the Wildernesses and Mountains, the Wall of an old Castle, and the wonderful Stone-Bridge Lumichaca, which Nature hath made over the swift

[illustration]

River Guaca; it consists of a hard Cliff, at the Foot whereof is a great Arch, through which the Water runs with exceeding force.

This Tract of Land produces Maiz, and abundance of Mortuanos, a Fruit resem∣bling Damask Prunes, which eaten in excess cause Drunkenness and Faintness.

The Lake Yaguarcocha, signifying Bloody-Water, because the Inga Guayanacava kill'd and drown'd twenty thousand there.

* 1.139The chief Towns and Places of Note are, 1. Caranguez, antiently a Royal City, where stood a sumptuous and stately Palace of the Kings of Peru, now almost de∣serted. The Palace, built of Stone in a little Plain, without either Mortar or Iron∣work, manifests its former glory by its Ruines.

2. The Royal Castle of Atabalo, or Ottavallis, in the building of which the Ingas spar'd no Cost nor Charges; and indeed it is a Structure no way inferior to any of the antient Roman Edifices. Between this Castle and Cochequi, a stately House, lies a cold snowy Mountain. Moreover, the Spaniards have several Habitations along the Way to Quito, and especially in the Valley Annaquito, where the Vice-Roy Vela lost the Battel fought against Gonsalvo Pizarro.

3. Quito, commonly call'd St. Francisco de Quito. There stood formerly here cer∣tain Palaces, built by the Ingas, but the City was re-built by the Spaniards at the Foot of a certain Ridge of Mountains, which it hath on the North and North-West side of it, and are said by Laet, to cross the whole Countrey of Peru quite over from the South to the North Sea: It was soon after the Building inhabited by five hundred Families of Spaniards at least, besides Natives, and well fortifi'd, and might be thought a Town very well seated in all respects, but for the neighborhood of a Vulcan, which at times annoyeth it very much, as namely in the Year 1560. when it vomited out such abundance of flaming Cinders and other sulphureous Matter, that had it not been for a Shower of Rain unexpectedly falling, would have much damnifi'd, if not destroy'd the Place. The Natives about Quito are more Moraliz'd than other Peruvians. The Valleys which are warm'd by the Sun produce all man∣ner of Fruit-Trees and large Vineyards; and the Root Papas, not unlike Apples.

The Quintla, which is of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 heighth, hath little Seeds, of which a pleasant Liquor is boyl'd. From Quito the High-way leads to Cusco, along which at every four Leagues distance stands a brave Palace; and from Cusco to Chili, being in all above a thousand Leagues long. The City, built on a sandy Soyl, is divided in the mid∣dle by a Moat, over which lead several Bridges: the Streets are large and ••••eight, and full of handsom Houses, and at the ends of the four chief Streets four Market-places. Besides the Cathedral, are two other Churches, ••••dicated to the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Se∣bastian and Blas••••••. The Cloysters of Franciscan and 〈…〉〈…〉 are 〈◊〉〈◊〉 small Ornament to the City. Besides other stately Structures are the Resid•••••• 〈…〉〈…〉 the Re∣ceivers of the Kings Revenues, to which the Peruvians that live a•••••••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 be∣ing computed no less than fifty thousand in number; ••ay Tri•••••• and to keep them in subjection, the City Quito is always well stor••d with a•••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of Ammu∣nition and Instruments of War. The chiefest Trade h•••••• 〈…〉〈…〉 Goats, and other Cattel, Cotton-Clothes, Cloth, Flax, Ha••s, 〈…〉〈…〉 ••••gar and Salt; which Salt, being grey and bitter, springs out of a Fountain in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Coun••••y Mira. The Oyl, Wine, and Drugs which are us'd here, are fetch••d from the South Sea up the River Ambato, and from thence with Carts into the City.

4. Thomebamba, famous for a Royal Palace, built there by some of the Ingas; It lies Southward from Quito in the Province of Canares, where two Rivers com∣mix their Waters, near a Plain abounding with Venison. There yet remain consi∣derable Ruines of this Palace, in which one may discern the vast Dimensions of di∣vers Rooms, in some of which Arms were kept, and in others Provisions and Clothes; of which kind of Buildings or Magazines the Ingas had erected above a thousand in Peru, especially along the High-way, that they might have their Am∣munition ready in all places if need should require. On the left side of Thomebamba appeal'd the famous Temple of the Sun, whose Gates were not onely curiously Painted, but also Inlay'd with Emeraulds. Both the Palace and Temple, adorn'd with Gold and costly Images of great Touch-stone and Jasper, contain'd within their Walls an unvaluable Treasure. These magnificent Structures are at this day fall'n quite to decay. The People of this Countrey, who wear long Hair, pleited on the top of their Heads like a Coronet, go Cloth'd in Cotton Coats and Buskins of Hair-cloth. The Women, indifferent fair, and great admirers of the Spaniards, Plough, Sowe, and gather in the Harvest, whilest the Men stay at home, Spinning, Weaving, and doing of other Female-Offices. Anno 1544. they discover'd Mines here, which produc'd as much Gold as Earth.

5. Tacunga, where was formerly another stately Palace, about fifteen Leagues from Cusco, not far from the Mountain which some years since vomited Ashes and Stones into the adjacent Fields. Hereabouts was formerly a Cloyster, inhabited by the Nuns call'd Namaconas, the Ruines whereof are yet to be seen, with several Houses of Stone, but cover'd with Thatch. The Natives in this Place are of a brown Complexion, and of a very affable Nature.

5. Mulambato; 7. Mocha; 8. Rhiobamba, three small Villages, but each of them credited with a stately Palace. Opposite to Rhiobamba lies the Province Chumbo, from which a troublesom Way leads to Guaynacapa over the River Chongo.

9. St. Jago de Puerto Viejo, giving Denomination to the Territory about it, which produces abundance of Potatoe Roots, Maiz, Juca, three sorts of Guayavas, Cerezillas, and the Tree Tunas, which bears wild Figs. The Spanish Fruits grow here likewise in great plenty. The fore-mention'd Beasts like Hogs, whose Navels grow on their Backs, are also very common here. The Woods abound with Deer and all sorts of Fowls, amongst which one resembling a Goose, and call'd Xuta; and ano∣ther

nam'd Maca, somewhat lesser than a Cock, and which feeding about the House, may be reckon'd amongst the Poultrey of this Countrey. The Sea along the Coast affords them abundance of Bonito's, which eaten in some Seasons cause Agues. The People along the Sea-Coast are generally troubled with Pimples and Sores in their Faces, especially on their Foreheads and Noses, few of them living long, by reason of the unhealthfulness of the Place through excessive Moisture, for the Rain conti∣nues eight Moneths together.

10. Manta, lying upon the Southern Ocean, the chief of the Villages, formerly possess'd by the Caranes, betwixt the Promontory Passao and the River Dable. These People are said to this day to carve and cut their Faces from their Ears to their Chins; about their Necks and Arms they wear Chains of Gold and little red Co∣rals, call'd Chaquina, highly esteem'd by the Peruvians. This Town was formerly famous for a great Emerauld, which was religiously worshipp'd there.

11. Guayaquil, otherwise call'd Culata, built at a deep Inlet of the Sea, near the River Anebato, which with great swiftness falls down from the Mountains Quito, is surrounded with a fertile Soyl, and in the hollow Trees is found plenty of Honey. The Water of the fore-mention'd River, being of great virtue in curing the Morbus Gallicus, hath great resort of People from all places; who likewise gather the Sarsa∣parilla that grows along the Banks. The Bridge which the Inga Guaynacava began to lay cross this River, is also very remarkable, but he dying, it was left unfinish'd. The Guancabilcas were heretofore under the Jurisdiction of this City Guayaquil.

12. Castro, so call'd from a strong Fort built there by a Spanish Captain, and situ∣ate in the Valley Vili, not far from Guayaquil.

13. The City Loxa, built in the Countrey of the Paltas, a People that, went na∣ked, between two Arms of the River Catamayo under a wholsom Climate, ••ar the High-way that leads to Cusco in the Valley Curibamba, where no poysonous Beast was ever found. The Soil bears abundance of Oaks, Hazles, Ash, Willow, and Cedar-Trees; Maiz, Barley, and Wheat. Not far from the City springs a hot and sulphurous Fountain, which cures all sorts of Sores and Wounds. The Countrey hereabouts is likewise stor'd with Fowls, Venison, Cattel, and Fish. Moreover, the City receives no small lustre from two Dominican, and one Franciscan Cloyster. Eastward from which lie desolate Mountains, whose tops are continually cover'd with Snow. Not far from hence were formerly two noble Palaces, Piedras and Tamboblanco, besides several Villages.

14. Cuenca, wherein are also large Structures for the Monks and Priests: The Countrey about the same hath rich Mines of Gold, Silver, Quicksilver, Copper, Iron, and Sulphur.

15. Zamora, Eastward from the cold Mountains Andes, built in a Marshy Soyl, where the Inhabitants are never visited with Pestilential Distempers, and use no other Physick for such Sicknesses as they are troubled with, than Tobacco, and the Herb Aquacolla. But there is a certain Nut that grows hereabouts, which occasions sudden death, if eaten raw, but being boyl'd, is a wholsom Food. The Mines af∣ford great pieces of Gold, of which one weiging eighteen Pound, was presented to Philip the Second, King of Spain. The briny Springs produce good Salt. Three Rivers falling from the Mountains, are noted for their Golden Sands, and also afford delicious Fish. The Bees being here void of Stings, furnish the Inhabitants with plenty of Honey. The Tygers and little Lyons devour many of the Sheep Pacos, Goats, Hogs, and other Cattel, and sometimes the Natives themselves. The City it self is neatly built with Woodden and Stone Houses, and adorn'd with a Church and Dominican Cloyster, besides a stately Palace, the Residence for the King's

[illustration]

Receiver. The Natives about this Place are a stupid and barbarous People, which before the Spaniards coming thither, would for a small trifle kill one another.

16. The City Yaen, situate in the Countrey Chuiquimayo; it is so call'd from a swift River, cross which the Peruvian Women and Children swim, to the great amazement of the Spaniards. They paint their Bodies black with the Juice of the Root Yaguas, and feed for the most part on the stamp'd Plant Yaca. On the other side of the Mountain, which rises on the Banks of Chuquimayo, lies the Countrey Pe∣rico, fruitful and well inhabited, against which juts the Golden Countrey Cherinos. Peru hath also several delightful Valleys, amongst which on the North the chiefest are the Tumbez, Solana, Poechos, and Piura, all of them very fertile, full of stately Buildings, and water'd by several Rivers.

17. San Miguel, the first City that was built by the Spaniards in Peru, situate in a sandy and dry Soyl, being extraordinary dusty in Summer, and very slabby in the Winter, because the hard Ground cannot soak up the Rain. The Ingas made a Way through this Valley fifteen Foot broad, between two Walls, and Planted Trees on each side.

18. Westward from Miguel appears Payta, near a convenient Haven in the South-Sea, which Anno 1547. was burnt by Thomas Candish; since which it had been re∣built twenty eight years, when Joris Spilbergen,* 1.140 after a hard Engagement with the Spanish Admiral Rodrigo Mendoza, arriving in the large Haven before Payta, sent eight Sail with three hundred Armed Men up to the City, where finding the Enemy Encamp'd along the Shore, he return'd without any effect; but two of his Frigats, the Eolus and the Morning-Star, running close to Payta, fir'd whole Broad-sides at the same, whilest Captain De Wit took a Peruvian Fisher-man, who had been two Moneths out at Sea, and taken abundance of Fish. The Guns which the Ships fir'd upon the Town struck such a terror into the Citizens, that they fled with Bag and Baggage into the Mountains, and left the City for a Prize to Spilbergen, who setting fire on the same, in few hours burnt down two Churches, a Dominican Cloy∣ster, and several Alms-houses: But had not the Citizens been cowardly, they might

easily have kept off the Hollander; for the Vice-Roy Ludovico Velasco inform'd of Spilbergen's Arrival, had stor'd the Place with Ammunition and Men, whose Cou∣rage failing, prov'd successful for the Hollanders, who whilest they Rid here at an Anchor, took a very strange Bird on the Island Lobos, lying before Payta, being two Yards high and three thick, in its Bill, Wings, and Claws resembling an Eagle, and having a large Crest on its Head. Not long after Donna Paula being Governess of Payta, a Lady famous in Peru for her Beauty and obliging Nature, sent Cabbages, Oranges, Cittrons, and other Provisions to the Hollanders, and requested the Re∣leasement of some of the Spaniards taken in the Engagement against Mendoza, but could not obtain her Request from the uncourtly Dutchmen.

SECT. III. Los Quixos.

* 1.141THe Province of Los Quixos lieth South, and to the South-East of Quito, being border'd more directly Eastward with a part of the Province of Guiana, call'd by some El Dorada, or The Golden Countrey; on the South it hath Lima and Cusco.

* 1.142This Province is subdivided into several lesser Territories, viz. Canela, Pacomores, and St. Juan de Salinas. Canela is so call'd, because it hath many great Woods, which produce the Fruit Canela in great abundance, the Owners whereof were most inhumanely dealt with by the Spaniards; for Gonsalvo Pizarro supposing to get store of Gold there, found nothing but Trees, bearing a Fruit like Olives, by the Na∣tives call'd Canela, with which they us'd to drive a great Trade, being otherwise poor and simple People, living in Huts, which Pizarro pulling down, caus'd the Inhabitants to be torn in pieces by his Dogs, because they could not furnish him with Gold, nor direct him where it was to be had.

* 1.143Besides the Canela-Tree, this Countrey also produceth in great plenty the Tree which beareth the Apples Granadilla, exceeding good against burning Feavers; the Leaves are like Ivy, the Blossom resembling the Sun, and the long Leaves speckled with Red and White, open three hours after Sun-rising, and close again before the Evening, just as if Nature took care to preserve the beauty of the Flower.

* 1.144In this part of the Province the chief are, 1. Baeza, otherwise call'd Quixos, built in the Year 1559. by Ramires de Avila, eighteen Leagues from Cusco.

2. Archidona, twenty Leagues to the South-East of Baeza. 3. Avila. 4. Sevilla del Oro, all of them Spanish Colonies.

The Territories Pacomores and Yguansongo, otherwise call'd The Countrey of Juan de Salinas, are said both to extend above a hundred Leagues in length, and little less in breadth. The Fields afford store of Pasture for Cattel, the Plough'd Lands produce Wheat and all sorts of wholsom Herbs; and in some places are also rich Gold-Mines.

The Governor Layola built four Towns here, viz. 1. Valladolid; 2. Loyola; 3. San Jago de los Montanas; and 4. Caruma.

The Jesuit Acosta relates, That not far from Caruma he found great Stones, some of which were full of Golden Veins, but were hard to be cut from the Rock. Most of the Gold is found in the Sand of several Rivers, the chiefest whereof flow through Quito, New Granada, Valdivita in Chili, and Caravaya in Peru.

On the Point of Quito, the River San Jago falls into the Southern Ocean; the Ground in the Mouth of the River being very uneven, for oftentimes the Ships are

fast aground at the Stern, and on Head they have above eighty Fathom Water; yet nevertheless the Shoals are no ways dangerous.

South-West from St. Jago lies the spacious Inlet Mattheo, and the Promontory Francisco, known by its Banks and high Grounds, which shew red and white at a great distance.

Not far from hence, exactly under the Equinox, appears Cape Passao, flat and low; between which and Mattheo, the great Rivers Los Quiximes fall into the Sea.

Behind Passao rises the high Mountain Quaque; and more Westerly the Bay Cara∣ques affords a secure Harbor for all manner of Vessels.

Next you come to the Town Puerto Viejo before mention'd, lying behind the Island Laurenso.

Five Leagues off at Sea, before Laurenoz, lies the Island Plata, formerly famous for a Peruvian Temple, in which the Natives Sacrifis'd Sheep, and sometimes Chil∣dren, and painted the Figures of divers Persons with the Blood; to which they also Offer'd Jewels, Gold, Silver, Wooll, Cotton Shirts, and Cloaks. Francisco Pizarro arriving here, got an invaluable Mass of Treasure; but at present it ly∣ing desolate, affords nothing but Brambles and wild Trees.

The next which come in view are the Havens Callo and Zalango, where there are safe Harbors, good Wood and Water.

The Cape of St. Helena makes also a secure Road on the North, and on its Shore hath a Spring, on the top of whose Waters swims a certain Gum, by the Natives call'd Copey, exceeding good to make Ships tight.

The River Tumbez falls into a large Bay, which on its North-East Point near the Main Land, hath the Island Puna, ten Leagues in circumference: The Soyl where∣of produces abundance of Maiz, Juca, and other good Roots, besides great Woods full of fruitful Trees, and Sarsaparilla. The Inhabitants of a brown Complexion, and middle Stature, wear Cotton Cloaks, and Chains of Chaquira and Precious Stones: They drive a great Trade, and formerly maintain'd Wars with the Peo∣ple inhabiting upon the River Tumbez; their great want is fresh Water in the Summer. Thomas Candish Landing here Anno 1587. found a Ship hal'd ashore, and three Villages, in one of which stood a Palace belonging to a Casique, surrounded with Stone Galleries; and near it a large Store-house full of Tar-pots and Hemp to make Cables of: The Village consisted of two hundred Houses, and a fair Church with a Steeple, in which hung several Bells. The Casique Married to a Spa∣nish Woman being fled with the Villagers, Candish took many Oxen, fat Sheep, Pi∣geons and Ducks, the Bells, and what else was not convey'd aboard, with him, and afterwards burnt the whole Town; but whilest he was busie in making havock, a thousand Spaniards, and a considerable number of Peruvians fell upon the English on such a sudden, that they kill'd some, and took others Prisoners.

Somewhat farther off at Sea appears the Isle Clara, where those of Puna formerly buried their Dead.

The Inlet into which falls the River Tumbez, whose Shores are well inhabited, ends Westward at the Promontory Blanco; Southward from which lies the Isle Lo∣bos, where there are several Springs full of the same Gum, or Bitumen, a little above mention'd.

Beyond the Point Agua lie the two Isles Lobos Marinos, opposite to a low Coast; they are desolate, and barren of Grass, Trees, and all kind of Herbs, and destitute of fresh Water; but many Pelicans, Penguins, and other strange Birds.

The discovering of these Coasts belonging to the Jurisdiction of Quito, deserves a short Relation:

* 1.145Whilest Pizarro kept the Inga Attabaliba Prisoner, he sent Captain Bevalcazar to the new Fort St. Miguel, where eighty Horse and a hundred Foot being arriv'd from Panama and Nicaragua, and he being inform'd that there lay a great Treasure in Quito, and that the Canares, the Spaniards Friends, were exceedingly oppress'd by Ru∣minagua, Attabaliba's General, immediately march'd thither with the new arriv'd Forces before mention'd, to fetch the Booty, and to assist the Canares; but several things oppos'd him in his Design: for Ruminagua guarded the Way with twelve hundred Indians, digg'd Pits in the same, and filling them with sharp Poles, cover'd them slightly over with Canes and Earth; all which Bevalcazar shunning, went about, fell in upon the Rere of the Enemy, and after a small Resistance conquer'd the City Quito. Mean while Ferdinand Cortesio sent Petro Alvarado from New Spain, who taking Guatimala, receiv'd a Commission from the Spanish Court, to subdue the Northern parts of Peru. Soon after which Garcias Holgua being sent with two Ships to enquire concerning the State of Peru, brought News back, That Francisco Pizarro had gotten an unvaluable Treasure at Caxamalca; which so stirr'd up Alva∣rado, that he Landed five hundred Men at Puerto Viejo, march'd in great want of Provisions over the Mountains Acabucos, and had he not accidentally found a Pond of sweet Water in a Thicket of Canes, both Men and Horses had all perish'd; at last upon his approaching Quito, the Governor thereof, being Bevalcazar, not endu∣ing to suffer an Equal, drew up all his Men in Battel array; but some Persons in∣terceding between them,* 1.146 they were soon reconcil'd, and Alvarado being bought out with a great sum of Money, deserted Quito; where after Gonsalvo Pizarro, had re∣maind'd a considerable time he march'd Eastward of the Province, which produces abundance of Cinamon; whither he was accompanied by two hundred Spaniards and four thousand Peruvians; against whom the Natives dwelling on the Borders of Los Quixos fought very valiantly, till Night approaching, when they all ran away; after which resting a while, there arose a mighty Tempest of Thunder and Light∣ning, accompanied with a dreadful Earthquake, which swallow'd above five hun∣dred Houses, whole Woods and Fields, whilest an unknown River burst out of the Earth, and overflow'd all the Countrey, insomuch that Pizarro expected nothing but a speedy Ruine,* 1.147 in regard no Provisions were to be found in all the Countrey: at last getting on the top of the nearest Mountain he lost many of his Men, who were frozen to death with excessive Cold. From thence marching to the County Zumaque, he got plenty of Provision and Cinamon, which grows on great Trees in the Woods; the Leaves thereof resemble the Laurel; the Fruit grows in little Ber∣ries; the Root and Bark have a strong odoriferous smell. Thence travelling to the Town Coca, he found a mighty Cataract of Water, falling from a Rock above fifteen hundred Ells high; insomuch that the noise in calm Weather was heard six Leagues off. Pizarro leaving his sick People in Zumaque, went onely with a few Eastward from Coca to the Plain Countrey Guema, full of Moorish Grounds, the Inhabitants whereof went naked: at last he came to the great River Maranon, which falls from the Mountains near Quito, and extends with several windings above eight hundred Leagues in length, and at the Mouth thereof is fifteen Leagues broad, which at that time overflowing all the Countrey, he judg'd it convenient to build a Brigantine, making the Shoes of the dead Horses serve for Iron-work, his Mens Shirts for Sails, and a Gum, which was to be had there, for Tar, and having Lanch'd their Vessel, and put all their Baggage and sick People into the same, they Sail'd close along the Shore, on which Pizarro made his Way through Brambles and Canes, or went over in the Brigantine whensoe're he espy'd a better Path on the other side; in which manner they were gone two hundred Leagues down the River, with no other Food

but wild Fruit and Roots; when Captain Franciscus Orellana, was order'd to Sail away before with five Men, and seek out for Provisions, and at every Stream which fell cross-ways out of the Countrey into the great River,* 1.148 he was to leave a Mann'd Boat: but Orellana in few days drove down so far with the swift River, that he saw no likelihood or getting up again in a whole year, neither could he find any Provisions, but fought daily with the Indians, who came stoutly to Board him in little Boats: amongst whom he was inform'd also, that thereabouts liv'd the Amazon Women, that Warr'd continually against their Neighbors; and at last he came into the Northern Ocean. But Orellana Sailing to Spain, obtain'd a Com∣mission to be Governor of the Amazons Countrey, whither he steer'd his Course with five hundred Men in three Ships; but Landing at the Canaries they all ran a∣way from him, which so incens'd Orelland, that he soon after dy'd with Grief. Mean while Pizarro inform'd by a Spaniard whom Orellana had put ashore, that the Brigantine was by the strong Current carried into the Ocean, knew not what to do, his People since their departure from Quito having travell'd above four hun∣dred Leagues, had eaten most of their Horses: Many dy'd by feeding on unwhol∣som Herbs; others fell down dead for Hunger, or tir'd out with toilsom Travel; their Clothes, rotted by the Rain, hung upon them like Rags, their Shoes were worn out, their Feet full of Blisters, their Bodies sadly mangled with Brambles and Thorns, for no place afforded them a Boat. Pizarro leaving the River Maranon,* 1.149 went another Way, no less troublesom for steep Rocks and inaccessible Mountains. The Valleys through which they went, began now to be strew'd with dead and sick Bodies, who were not able to follow the Army, which march'd very fast, every one judging to be so much nearer his preservation the farther he could get: Those that fainted call'd continually on their Friends for help, but the Horses were grown too weak to carry them: Every one saw nothing but Death before his Eyes; wherefore, though call'd by their dearest and most intimate Friends that lay a dying, they never look'd back, their compassion towards others being turn'd into fear and care of themselves. The Forsaken implor'd their Saints, .and besought Pi∣zarro for aid, but finding their Complaints to be in vain, and raging through de∣spair, they wish'd all the rest the same success, and the like Friends, whenever they should be in the like Condition. Pizarro extreamly griev'd and troubled, that he had brought the People into this Misery, sent a few Horsemen before to Quito, to carry the sad News of his deplorable Condition, that they might immediately send Provisions to him; which he receiving when he was within fifty Leagues from the said City Quito, distributed amongst those that were left alive, who being also al∣most starv'd, eat so greedily, that several of them were chok'd; the remainder were kept a considerable time in Garrison under the Command of Pizarro in Quito. Which City, built in a pleasant place, grew very populous in the Year 1544. there being several Gold-Mines found about the same in that time. But this lasted not long, for Quito siding with the Vice-Roy Blasco Nunnez Vela against Gonsalvo Pi∣zarro,* 1.150 most of the Citizens were destroy'd by him, and their Houses burnt to Ashes. The like Destruction, and upon the same occasion, befel the three Villages in the Province Bracomoros, discover'd by Juan Parzel and Captain Vergara, together with the Countrey Chichiapoios, where Alphonso Alvarado built the Town Levanto, sur∣rounded with deep Caverns, through which, to the great strengthning of the City, flow several Rivers.

Round about Puerto Viejo the Natives dwelt in Trees, whom the Spaniards had much ado to bring under their subjection; for their Countrey being barren and mountainous, was not onely wanting in Provisions to feed an Army, but the Peru∣vians

also threw great Stones out of their Huts built in Trees, and likewise Javelins and Pots full of boyling Water, with which they did much mischief to their Ene∣mies that Storm'd them, who at last covering themselves with Boards, cut down the Trees, with which they falling, were torn in pieces by the Spanish Dogs.

SECT. IV. Lima.

* 1.151LIma, call'd also Los Reyos, hath on the East, Collao, and some part of Cusco; on the North, Los Quixos; and on the South, Charcas. The Countrey ex∣tendeth it self in length upon the Coasts of the South Sea two hundred and fifty, some say, full three hundred Leagues in length, viz. from Cape del Aguia North∣ward, on the Borders of Quito as far as Arequipa towards the South, and runs East∣ward to Brasile and Rio de la Palma.

* 1.152In this Province are several very pleasant Valleys, the first whereof is Motupe, to which a sandy Way leads from St. Miguel de Valverde, between barren Wilds, from whence several Streams falling are immediately drunk up by the Sand; wherefore all Travellers that go that way carry Water and Wine with them in Calabashes for twenty Leagues together, which they Walk or Ride by Night, because of the ex∣cessive heat of the Sun.

In the Valley Motupe grow abundance of Trees, which receive nourishment from a River that springs up near the same. Here is also much Cotton.

Not far from hence are the Valleys Xayanca, formerly very populous and full of Palaces: The River which flows through the middle is led in Trenches amongst the neighboring Fields.

The Valley Tuqueme is also very pleasant, and the decay'd Palaces, sufficiently testifie its former splendor.

The next being Cinto, is no way inferior to Tuqueme; and between both lie sandy Hills and barren Rocks, on which grow neither Trees nor Herbs, nor is any living Creature to be found upon them: the Way through which being a whole days Journey, cannot be travell'd without sure Guides.

The Valley Collique, water'd by a River of the same Denomination, and very thick set with Trees, was formerly very populous, but since the Spanish Wars it is become quite desolate; for not onely a considerable number of them were slain by the Spaniards, but also many destroy'd themselves, Wives and Children; of which Peter Martyr, Councellor to the Emperor Charles the Fifth, sets down several terrible Examples, of which two were remarkable above the rest; the first was after this manner:

The Spanish Captain Olandus Lying with the Daughter of an Indian Casique, que∣stion'd when she grew big with Child, Whether she was with Child by him? and that he might know the real truth by Torture, he caus'd her to be ty'd naked to a woodden Spit, and laid to roast against a Fire made of green Wood, so that she died in a most miserable manner; upon which her Father ran in a rage with thirty of his Companions to Olandus's House, where he kill'd his whole Family, and locking all the Doors about the House, set fire on the same, into which when it was at its greatest heighth, he and his Associates leap'd into the middle thereof.

* 1.153The second Accident is also very terrible, viz. An Indian Maid being Got with Child by a Spanish Ass driver, acquainted her Father and Mother with it, withal

telling them that she was ready to suffer Death for her Offence; and notwithstand∣ing they freely pardoning, and perswading her to the contrary, she eat raw Juca, which when boyl'd is a wholsom Food, but if eaten raw, certain though languishing Death; which she perceiving, ran to the next River, where after having wash'd her self, she broke off from a large Tree a Bough of five Foot long, and making the end thereof very sharp, fell upon the same, and so kill'd her self. Several other Ra∣vish'd Maids taking example hereby, hang'd themselves upon the Boughs of the same Tree.

But to proceed in our Description, next to Collique lies the Valley Zana, of the like bigness, and famous for the City Miraflores.

The next is Pascayamo, which exceeds all the former in fruitfulness, and popu∣lousness of Inhabitants, who before they were destroy'd by the Ingas were much fear'd by their Neighbors. This Valley also was adorn'd with several fair Tem∣ples, which are now turn'd into Cloysters. Cattel, Hogs, and Goats breed here in very great numbers. The chief Trade of this Place consists in Cotton and Linnen.

The Valley Chacama, in which the Dominican Monks inhabit a brave Cloyster, produces abundance of Sugar.

Four Leagues farther lies the spacious Valley Chimo, so call'd from an old Peru∣vian Heroe, which affords a pleasant Prospect, by reason of the many Banquetting-houses built there by the Ingas. No place in Peru is able to stand in competition with this for plenty of Provisions, the Ocean and Rivers producing store of Fish, the Countrey affording Cattel and all manner of Fruit. The Cotton which grows here is Shipp'd to the South Sea.

Chanca is a Valley chiefly considerable for the Town Arnedo, which is situate therein, of which more hereafter.

But the Valley Guanape, not far from Chanca, yields the best Peruvian Liquor Chica, and hath a convenient Harbor for Ships.

The Plain Santa being overflow'd in the Winter, is all overgrown for want of Inhabitants, who were all destroy'd by the Spaniards. The Woods hereabouts swarm with a sort of venomous Bug, which exceedingly torments the Traveller.

Next follow in order the Valleys Guambaico, very fruitful, and Guarney, abound∣ing with Horses, Hogs, and other Cattel.* 1.154 Joris Spilbergen Landing here Anno 1615. found the Haven secure against all Winds, and between the Shore and the Village Guarmey a Creek, and somewhat farther a fresh-Water Pool; on one side of which stood a decay'd Castle built of square Stone, whereon the Hollanders set the States Flag, and Garrison'd the same to secure those that fetch'd Water out of the fore-mention'd Pool. In the aforesaid Village stood a Church with a spiry Steeple; behind which rose high Mountains, and at the Foot thereof a great Wood, into which the Inhabitants fled with all their Goods, so that Spilbergen found nothing but a little Meal, a few Hens, Hogs, and Oranges in their Houses, which whilest he was sending Aboard, a small Body of Horse appear'd, but immediately fled into the Woods. The Hollanders staying here seven days, were inform'd, that the Galley Jesu Maria, Commanded by the Admiral Rodrigo Mendoza, and the Santa Anna, by the Vice-Admiral Peter Alvares Piger, were both lost, not one Man being sav'd.

Not far from thence lies the Valley Parmonga, which though it be fruitful and pleasant, yet it is quite desolate; the Walls of a large Castle still appear, as testi∣monies of its being formerly inhabited; and within the said Walls also are still to be seen the Ruines of spacious Halls and fair Chambers, whose Walls are painted with wild Beasts and Birds: The Spaniards have digg'd all about, and undermin'd

[illustration]

the same, in hopes to find, together with the several dead Bodies, a Treasure bu∣ried. Two Leagues Southward from this Valley Parmonga flows the River, Guay∣man, by the Spaniards call'd Rio del Falcon, from a Hawk which was seen there. When any store of Rain falls here, a great part of the Dale Barrana lies under Water.

Not far from hence lie the Valleys Gaura and Lima; which last exceeds all others in bigness, and was formerly exceeding populous; but since the Marquess Pizarro built the City Los Reyos here, the Citizens have taken the Lands from the Peruvians. The Mines hereabouts produce Gold and Silver. Amongst other things time Inha∣bitants highly esteem an Herb bearing yellow Flowers, which in a short time cures a putrifi'd Wound, whereas if laid on sound Flesh it eats the same to the Bone. The Natives heretofore us'd to spend their time in Hunting,* 1.155 and caught their Game after this manner, viz. three or four thousand of them would meet together, and by taking Hands make a Ring of three or four Miles in circumference, and at a certain Note or Tune Sung, or loudly Exclaim'd, they drew nearer and nearer, till at last they were within Shot of the inclosed Game, whatsoever it were.

The Countrey of Collao hath a low Point, from which a long Cliff runs into the Sea, towards the small Island call'd Isla de Collao: On each side of the Point the Coast runs sloaping in, the one side extending North-West from Collao, to the Cliffs Piscadores; the other South-East to the second Promontory; behind which is a large Bay, where the Valley Pachacama appears, famous for its exceeding fruitful∣ness, and a stately Temple built by the Ingas,* 1.156 where Ferdinando Pizarro found above nine hundred thousand Ducats, besides what the Soldiers and Commanders took, and what the Priests had hid, which none, though miserably tortur'd, would confess.

Opposite to Pachacama lies the Valley Chilca, where it never Rains, nor any Brook or Spring moistens the dry Soil, which nevertheless produces Maiz and Fruit-Trees. The Natives us'd to dig large and deep Pits, in which they Sow'd and

Planted, and at every Root laid the Head of a Fish call'd a Sardin, which they caught in Nets on the Sea-shore; wherein nevertheless nothing would have grown, but for the Morning Dews which fell. The Ingas also had curious Banquetting-houses here. In these Parts there grows a sort Tree call'd Mala, of which Acosta relates a strange Wonder of Nature, very remarkable, viz. That it flourishes and bears Fruit on that side which beholds the South, in that Season when it is Summer on the Mountains; the other which views the Sea; Blossoming and bearing Fruit when it is Summer on the Plains.

The Valley Guarco, spacious and full of Trees, produces especially the pleasant Fruit Guayaves and Guavas, as also the best Wheat in Peru; wherefore it is vended all over the Countrey. Here are also the Ruines of another stately Castle, built by the Ingas, the former lustre whereof is testifi'd by its remaining Walls, which consist of exceeding great Stones, so neatly joyn'd together without Mortar, that it appears like one entire Stone; and by the decay'd Structures of several Halls, much of the curious Painting whereof is yet to be soch, from the Castle a large pair of Stairs led down to the Sea-shore. Two Leagues farther the River Lunagun runs through the fertile Valley of the same Denomination. The fatness of this Soil is chiefly ascrib'd to the Dung of a Fowl call'd Guana, which the Natives fetch in great abundance from the Isles near the Main.

Next follows the Valley Chinca, one of the biggest in all Peru, and before the Spa∣niards Arrival very populous. In the time of the Ingas it also shew'd a magnificent Temple Dedicated to the Sun, built by Tepaja Jupangue; yet the Inhabitants still re∣main'd constant in the worshipping of their old Idol Cinciapema. Hither the Ingas sent their conquer'd Princes, who on a certain time were to appear in Cusco. The Dominicans at present possess here a neat Cloyster, from whence leads a plain Road to the Dale Ica, water'd by the River Pisco, which is dry in Summer; wherefore the Natives brought a Ditch from the Mountains, which since the Spaniards destroying the Inhabitants, is choak'd up with Sand.

Next the Valley Nasca comes in view, famous for the Castle Caxamalca, where the Ingas kept all manner of Ammunition for War, besides several Tombs, out of which the Spaniards took great Riches. This Valley is divided into several others, which for the most part produce Sugar-Canes; and through them all runs the Royal High-way, which is Wall'd in on both sides.

Beyond Nasca lie one behind another the Valleys Hacari, Oconna, Camana, and Quilca, all of them affording good Pasture for Cattel, and Fruit, yet are most of them desolate.

The County Los Motilonos, thinly inhabited for want of Provisions, and divided by two Rivers, separates Moyobamba from the Countrey Charasmal.

Southward beyond Caxamalca appear the Countreys Guamachuco, and a little far∣ther Conchucos and Piscobamba, all fruitful and pleasant, and adorn'd with several Structures built by the Ingas.

On the side of Piscobamba the County Guaraz extends it self over barren Moun∣tains, through which the Ingas cut a Royal High-way, and built a strong Castle at the Entrance into the Countrey; the Inhabitants whereof being very laborious, work very diligently in the Gold-Mines.

The Territory Pincos, water'd by a River, and famous for one of the stateliest of the Peruvian Structures, is surrounded by the Countreys Guayalcas, Turama, Bomba, and Conchucos. The Mountains, though dangerous to Travellers by Lyons, great Bears, and other ravenous Beasts, afford abundance of Silver; and the fruitful Soil produces Wheat, Maiz, Grapes, Figs, Oranges, Quinces, Cittrons, Cedars; and likewise feeds Goats, Horses, and other Cattel.

The Countrey Viticos, being within the Jurisdiction of Guanuco, lies amongst the Mountains Andes, whether Inga Mango fled, when the Spaniards made themselves Masters of Peru.

* 1.157Towns and Places most observable and important in it belonging to the Spaniards, are 1. Miraflores, as the Spaniards call it, a well seated and wealthy Town in the Valley of Zanu, as above mention'd, five Leagues distant from the Sea, where it hath likewise a good Haven or Port.

2. Truxillo, two or three Leagues distant from the Sea; the Haven whereof is said to be large, but not safe. The Town it self is seated in the Valley Chinco, upon the Banks of a pleasant River, whose Water doth not onely run through several Chan∣nels to moisten the Fields, but also to accommodate every House in the City: It hath broad Streets, a great Market-place, four Cloysters, two for the Dominicans, one for the Augustines, and the other for the Franciscans; one great Church, five hundred Houses, and a Palace, inhabited by the King's Collectors, and many Ban∣quetting-houses about it. The good situation and fruitfulness of the Soil, mov'd the Marquess Francisco Pizarro to build this City here Anno 1533. but the Haven be∣longing to the same lies open to all manner of Winds, so that the Ships Ride here in great danger.

3. La Parilla, otherwise call'd Santa, fourteen Leagues beyond Truxillo South∣ward, wash'd by the Southern Ocean, and one side by a fresh-water Stream, which being inclos'd between stony Cliffs, makes a secure Harbor.

4. Arnedo, seated ten Leagues Northward from Lima, amongst the Vineyards of the Valley Chancas; otherwise having no great matter in it remarkable, but a fair Dominican Cloyster.

5. Lima, by the Spaniards commonly call'd La Cividad de los Reyes, or The City of Kings, so nam'd because Pizarro, who built it, laid the first Stone on Twelfth-day, Anno 1553. which they call The Feast of the Kings: It is seated in the Valley of Lima, (from whence the City is also so denominated) one of the fruitfullest Parts of all Peru, and so neatly built, that all the chief Streets of the City open upon a fair Market-place, or Piazza, of such a large Square, that upon the sides thereof are built, in a stately and convenient manner, the Cathedral, the Palace of the Arch∣bishop, the Vice-Roy's Palace and Courts of Justice, with the Exchequer or Pub∣lick Treasury, the Town-house or place where the City Magistrates meet and hold their Courts, the Publick Armory or Magazine, and a Free-School, wherein are taught by the Jesuits all Arts and Sciences, and also the Indian Language, and divers other fair Buildings of the Nobility and better sort of Citizens. No Countrey un∣der the Heavens affords a more fruitful or pleasanter Place than this; the tempe∣rate Climate neither troubling the Inhabitants with excessive Heats or great Colds, nor terrifying them with Thunder or Lightning, but having almost perpetual Sun-shine and fair Weather; onely the three Winter Moneths, wherein there falls a sweet-smelling Dew, which cures the Head-ache; and there die but very few of pestilential Distempers. The Countrey about the City is pleasant without ex∣ception. The Pigeons which are kept here in curious Houses built on purpose, flie a thousand in a Flight. The Fields abound also with Cattel. The Orchards and Gardens flourish with all sorts of Trees and Plants, whereof those that are brought hither from Spain grow better than in their natural Countrey. The West side of the City is wash'd by a pure & clear Stream, which stores the Market with great plenty of good Fish, it being distant but a Musquet shot, especially when the Water rises. This River is of great consequence, for it not onely waters the whole Valley of Lima with its several Branches, but also runs under every House in the City, being

built on Stone Arches; they are onely one Story high, because there is no Wood to be had in the Valley of Lima but what in three years becomes all Woorm-eaten; ne∣vertheless the Houses are very beautiful both within and without; the Walls being very thick and strong, have curious Arbors of green Boughs on the top, in which the Owners shade themselves from the Sun. Most of the Houses built in the high Streets have pleasant Turrets, which face the Market-place, where all sorts of Provisions are brought to Sale, as Oxen, Sheep, Venison, Sugar, Oranges, Cittrons, Grapes, and Wheat, which is ground in Water-Mills built near the River. This City is inhabited by many able Merchants, which often load Ships to Panama, that are valu'd at above two hundred thousand Ducats. To the Arch-bishop's See of this Place belongs the Bishopricks of Chili, Charcas, Quito, Cusco, Truxillo, Guanuco, Po∣paian, San Francisco, Panama, Nicaragua, and Rio de la Plata. The City is also adorn'd with two fair Churches, besides the Cathedral, and also other lesser Churches, four stately Cloysters, two Nunneries, and the Jesuits Palace, which is very magnificent. The Haven two Leagues distant from it, and call'd Callao de Lima, is large and se∣cure for Ships. Anno 1579. Sir Francis Drake took twelve Ships from hence,* 1.158 one whereof was laden with Linnen and Silk, besides a great Chest full of Silver: Which Inconvenience to prevent for the future, the Spaniards have built two strong Forts, and fortifi'd them with Brass Guns. Thirty years after Sir Francis Drake's Exploit, Joris Spilbergen coming to Anchor here, found the Place all inhabited,* 1.159 a Fort well stor'd with Guns, and a strong Castle before the Mouth of the Harbor, from whence they shot Bullets of thirty six Pound weight at the Hollanders, and so shatter'd their Frigat, call'd The Hunter, that she could scarce-keep above Water: Fourteen Spanish Merchant-men lying near the Shore, receiv'd little damage, Spil∣bergen not being able for Shelves to get to them, neither did he judge it convenient to Land, the Vice-Roy having at that time above four thousand Men in Arms, be∣sides several Troops of Horse; wherefore after having fir'd several Guns on the Fort, and against the Church, he set Sail to Guarmey.

6. Cannete, otherwise call'd Guarco, from the Valley wherein it is situate: It was built by the Spaniards out of the Treasure which they found in the Castle afore spo∣ken of in the same Valley.

7. Valverde, situate in a Valley of the same Name, where excellent Fruit may be had for a small Price; it is a well Traded and rich Town, about sixteen Leagues distant from the Sea.

8. Pachacama, situate in a Territory of the same Name, four Leagues South∣ward of Lima, memorable chiefly for Pizarro's good fortune here, who is reported to have found in one onely old Temple of the Natives, the quantity of nine hundred thousand Ducats of Gold and Silver, besides what his Soldiers are suppos'd to have seiz'd on, and convey'd away before he came.

9. Castro Verreina, threescore Leagues distant from Lima to the South-East: It lieth in the Valley of Chocolocha, and is a rich Place, by reason of the good Mines of Silver which are about it, and abundance of the best sort of Tobacco.

10. Miguel de la Ribera, in the Valley of Camana. The Inhabitants whereof drive a great Trade in Wine, Figs, and Raisins.

11. The City Arequipa, which extends up towards the Mountains, is built in the Dale Quilca, which runs eleven Leagues from the Sea, under a healthful Climate; but in the Year 1582. it was wholly ruin'd by an Earthquake; the reason whereof is ascrib'd to the wet sulphurous Mountains, which burns continually, and some∣times vomits out Flames and Ashes. The Marquess Pizarro built this City forty six years before the fore-mention'd Earthquake, since which being re-built again,

soon attain'd to three hundred Houses, besides a Church and Cloyster; and though it be but a small Town, yet it is of a great resort, because the Gold and Silver is brought hither from the Mines Chancos, Porco, and Potosi, and from thence sent down the River Quilca, which washing the City Walls runs into the South Sea to Los Reyos, and from thence to Panama, Nombre de Dios, and New Spain. The Jurisdiction of this City Arequipa extends it self a vast way, viz. over the spacious Valleys be∣tween Hacari and Tampaca, and up in the Countrey beyond the County Condesuyo, full of Hamlets and Villages; the Inhabitants whereof heretofore worshipp'd the Sun. By the Way from Arequipa to Collao lie two great Lakes, but of one of which the River Aparima takes its original.

12. Caxamalca, rather a Fort than a Town, in a Territory of the same Denomi∣nation, built at the Foot of a Mountain wash'd with two Rivulets, over which lead several Bridges; near which also were formerly a stately Temple Consecrated to the Sun, wonderful Palaces and Baths for the Ingas, besides other magnificent Structures of Noble-men, which were the more famous for Attabaliba's Imprison∣ment and Death. The Soil round about may compare with any part of the World for fertility. The Inhabitants are a peaceable ingenious People, and make curious woollen Hangings.

13. St. Juan de la Frontera, built by the Spaniards North-East and by East from Caxamalca in the County Chiachinpoyas, full of Gold-Mines and Cattel; to which be∣longs not onely Chiachinpoyas, but also the Countreys Guiancas and Cascainga, out of which above twenty thousand Peruvians pay Tribute to the Spanish King. These People especially the Women, are very comely and beautiful; for which reason the Ingas fetch'd their Wives and Concubines from thence. Eastward from Frontera rise the high Mountains Andes, behind which flows the great River Mayobamba by several poor Villages inhabited by a sottish kind of People.

14. San Jago de las Valles, built in an ill place amongst the Shrubs and over∣flowing Rivers. In this Countrey grows a Tree which bears a juicy Fruit, not un∣like an Almond in prickly Rinds, but resembling those which cover a Chesnut, concerning which Physicians have deliver'd their Opinions, That there is not a wholsomer Fruit in the whole World.

15. Leon de Guanuco, which receiv'd that Denomination from its Builder Vacca de Castro, who call'd it Leon, because he was born in the Spanish City Leon, and Guanuco from the stately Palace of the Ingas which was built here: The Houses are built of Free-stone, and cover'd with Thatch. The Citizens of Los Reyos were much against the building of this Town, because several Lands belonging to them were taken away and given to Guanuco, where the temperate Air grants long Life and Health to the Inhabitants. The High-way, in which stand several Store-houses, formerly full of Ammunition, runs through the middle of this Countrey, where in the time of the Ingas dwelt Astronomers, who by looking on the Stars pretended to tell future Events. Here the Women also us'd to be burnt alive with their Hus∣bands.

SECT. V. Cusco.

* 1.160CUsco is the far greater part of the Province of Peru, containing generally all the Sierra, or Hill-Countreys, and those parts of the Andes likewise which lie Southward of the little Province or Cantred of Guanuco, being Coasted Westward and to the North-West with Lima; Eastward, with Los Quixos, and some

[illustration] view of Cuzco

CUSCO

part of Guiana; and on the South, with Charcas; enjoying for the most part a tem∣perate and good Air, neither over-heated with the scorching Sun in the day, nor damp'd with any cold Mists or Dews in the Evening, as some parts of the Plains of Peru are, but well water'd with many fresh Rivers, which make the Valleys and lower Grounds of it good Pasturage, able to maintain great Herds of Cattel. The Woods are especially stor'd with the Coca, whose Leaf is accounted restorative, and with much excellent Venison.

* 1.161In this Province also there are some lesser Divisions of Countreys necessary to be describ'd, viz. the cold and barren Countrey Bambon, jutting against Guanuco, inhabited antiently by a valiant People, especially near the Lake Chincacocha, which is ten Leagues in circumference; in the middle of it are several Cliffs and little Isles: And out of this Lake also the famous River De la Plata hath its original, and runs through the Valley Xauxa, receiving by the way the Streams Parcos, Bilcas, Abancay, Apurima, Yucay, and others.

The next Countreys in order towards the South are Tarana, abounding with Wheat, and the eminent Valley Xauxa, surrounded with snowy Mountains. The Inhabitants by a general Name call'd Guancas, were antiently divided into three sorts, viz. the Maracabilca, Laxapalanga, and Xauxa. Here were also several stately Houses built by the Ingas.

Upon this Valley borders the Village Acos near a Moorish place full of Canes; but before you approach the Village you come near a high Plain, where the Ruines of an antient Structure appear; and somewhat farther the Palace Pico: from whence the High-way directs to the Bridge Angoyaca, which leads cross the River Xauxa; near which the Ingas had several magnificent Structures, and Baths of warm Springs. Not far from hence is the Village Picoy; between which and An∣goyaca the Arm of the River Xauxa is cut with a Bridge, because in the Winter it glides so swift that they cannot Ferry over it.

From Picoy you go to the Wild, in whole Center stands the antient Castle Pucara, (which in the Peruvian Tongue signifies Invincible Fort) where the Ingas receiv'd their Tribute from the neighboring People that live amongst the snowy Mountains.

The Banks of the great River Vinaque are crown'd with the Ruines of antient Structures, which (as the Natives relate) were built by foreign People; which As∣sertion of theirs seems to be confirm'd by the form and manner of Building, differ∣ing from the Ingas Structures, which us'd to be long and narrow. Moreover, seve∣ral sweet Streams, abounding with Fish, especially Crabs, glide through the Plain-Countrey out of the Mountains Andes.

Not far from hence appears the Plain Chapas, and the Palaces Pilcas, of which now nothing remains but a heap of Rubbish, which lies in the Center of Peru. A fresh-water River, which gives the fore-mention'd Palaces their Denomination, glides out of Soras, and washes the High-way and stately Temple of the Sun.

The Countrey Soras, exceeding fertile, and stock'd with Gold and Silver Mines, is inhabited by a People which go Cloth'd in woollen Cloth, and for their Valor formerly much esteem'd by the Ingas.

Those that inhabit the Countrey Uramar are call'd Chancas, whose Neighbors possess a long Tract of Land abounding with Cattel and Fruit, but of late are most of them destroy'd by the Spaniards.

The River Abanca, which takes its original in the Mountainous County Parina∣cocha, washes several Royal Buildings, and at last discharges its Waters into the Ri∣ver Xauxa.

On each side of the great River Apurima are erected two wonderful Stone Pillars,

over which lies a most artificial Bridge built by the Ingas; from whence the High∣way, being cut through hard Rocks, leads up into the Countrey; where the stately Buildings of Limatambo shew themselves; and beyond the Mountain Bilcaconga the Valley Xaquixaguana, inclos'd between high Rocks, comes in view, where the Ingas us'd to recreate themselves in their Banquetting-houses; from whence the High∣way, which is Wall'd in on both sides, runs directly through deep Moorish Grounds to Cusco.

Eastward from Cusco, behind the Andes, are many large Countreys, which to dis∣cover the Spaniards spar'd neither trouble, danger, nor charge: between both they found vast Wildernesses, inaccessible Mountains, and overgrown Countreys; yet at last they opened four ways thither: the first whereof runs through the Valley Paquil to Tono, a Village in the middle of the Mountains; from thence to the River Opotazi, along which it is very troublesom travelling, because of the thick Woods and steep Rocks: lastly to the hot and fruitful Valley Abisca, and so to vast Wilder∣nesses, overgrown with Brambles and Bushes, which prevented any farther Disco∣very. The second Way runs thirty Leagues farther to the Southward, through the Countreys Sandia, Camata and Caravaya, to Zama. Through this Way, Anno 1538. Peter Anzurez travell'd;* 1.162 setting out from Zama, he found many desolate Mountains, barren Wilds, and close Woods, through which he entred into the County Tacana, and from thence to the River Omapalchas, inhabited on both sides by the Cheriabones and Marquires, who oppos'd him in his crossing over the River; but meeting with no∣thing but barren Commons, he travell'd up along the River, and view'd the Coun∣treys Moios, Cochabamba, and Chuguiabo, from whence he return'd to Collao, having lost most of his People by Hunger and Hardship. But not long after others went over the Andes to the Countreys which extend themselves East and West, some whereof travell'd through Camata, and others through Cochabamba.

* 1.163The principal Towns and Places of Trade in it are, 1. Bombon, situate upon the Lake Chinchacocha, said to be ten Leagues in compass, begirt round about almost with Hills, and having neighborhood with many other lesser, but pleasant Villages.

2. Parcos, once a Palace Royal of the Ingas, seated on the top of a little Hill, en∣compass'd with other Rocky and higher Mountains on all sides.

3. San Juan de Vittoria, which the Marquess Pizarro built Anno 1539. to secure the Way between Lima and Cusco, from the Assaults of the Peruvians, before he abso∣lutely conquer'd this Kingdom: the Walls are wash'd by a sweet Stream, to the great convenience of the Citizens.

4. Guamanga, a City lying in a pleasant Plain under a healthful Climate, built with Stone-houses cover'd with Tyles; the Owners whereof have great store of Land, which they Sowe with Wheat, and also breed plenty of Cattel. To this City, which is adorn'd with three Churches, five Cloysters, and a large Alms-house, above thirty thousand Peruvians bring annual Tribute. The Mines produce Gold, Silver, Copper, Iron, Lead, Sulphur, and Load-stones; near which grows the poysonous Herb Mio, which kills the Cattel that chance to eat thereof. In the Woods also hereabouts feeds a Beast, whose Piss stinks at a Miles distance. This City is by some deliver'd to be the same with San Juan de la Vittoria above mention'd.

5. Bilcas, another Palace of the Ingas, now a good Town of the Natives, and si∣tuate, as is suppos'd, in the very midst of the Countrey of Peru.

6. Guancavelica, a new Town, rais'd from the condition of a very poor Village, to a Place of very great Importance and Traffick, onely by the Mines of Quicksil∣ver, which were first discover'd there in the Year 1566. by Amador Cabrera, through the assistance of a Peruvian nam'd Mavincopa: This Cabrera selling his Interest for a

hundred and fifty thousand Ducats, Su'd the Buyer, upon pretence that he had sold it above one half under the value: whilest this was depending, Peter Ferdinando de Valasco came from Mexico to Guamanga, to make trial of the cleansing of Silver by Quicksilver, and finding it to succeed according to his expectation, he sent great quantities of it to Arica, and from thence by Land to Potosi. The King of Spain is said to receive from this Mine of Guancavelica, all his Charges defray'd, above a thou∣sand Pound per Annum for his usual fifth part: But the antient Natives regarded not these Mines so much for the Quicksilver as for the Vermilion which is found mix'd with it, wherewith they delighted very much to paint their Bodies: There is great Art now us'd in the separating of the Quicksilver from the Vermilion.

This Town was long since inhabited by two thousand Spaniards at least, and twice as many Natives.

7. Cusco, which is the Metropolis of the Kingdom of Peru, built on a hard Ground, surrounded with Mountains, under a cold, yet wholsom Climate, and wash'd by two Rivers, which on the East side of Cusco parting, one runs direct West, and the other Southward.* 1.164 One part of the City antiently bore the Denomi∣nation of Haran-Cusco, and the second, Oren-Cusco, where the chief Nobility and most antient Families dwelt. Concerning the original of this Place, the Peruvians say, That several Ages past there appear'd three Men, call'd Ayrache, Aranca, and Ajarmango, and with them three Women, nam'd Mamacola, Mamacona, and Mamara∣gua, all of them very richly Cloth'd; that Ayrache had a Precious Stone at the end of a Truncheon, which by holding up he rais'd the Mountains to the Skies, and when he let it fall, levell'd them with the lowest Valleys: Aranca and Ajarmango concluded to build a stately City, and sent for People from remote Countries to inhabit it; with which Design the Natives thereabouts seem'd to be well pleas'd: but before they went to work they judg'd it convenient to destroy Ayrache, whose great Power they envy'd: This being resolv'd upon, they invited him to a deep narrow-mouth'd Cave, that there they might worship the Sun his Father (for so Descended he took upon him to be), he was no sooner entred but the rest shut the Mouth of the Cave with great Stones, hoping so to starve him to death; which Ayrache observing, stood amaz'd a while, till at last he threw off all the Stones, and flew with great and divers colour'd Wings up into the Air, crying aloud, Fear not, Aranca and Ajarmango, though you have design'nd to take away my Life, but build a City in this place, and call it Cusco; for in it shall stand the Seat of the Ingas, under whose Jurisdicti∣on on extending far and near, many great Nations shall bow. The Temple which the Gods have there design'd shall not onely exceed all other Structures in the World, in Art and Costliness, but be famous for strange Offerings to the Sun. If the Citizens build Altars for me, burn Myrrh, and make Offer∣ings to me, they may certainly expect to vanquish all their Enemies, and increase their Power. According to my Example bore Holes through your Ears, as a sign of Obedience. All which Aranca, Ajarmango, and the fore-mention'd Women promis'd to perform. Where∣upon Ayrache gave them a rich Diadem with a Tassel, which was to be the Head-Ornament of the succeeding Ingas; which they had no sooner receiv'd, but Ayrache and Aranca were turn'd into Stones, yet retaining their former shape; which Ajar∣mango observing, fell straight, together with the three Women, upon building the City Cusco. After the Deluge breaking out of the Hole Tambo, he chang'd his Name of Ajarmango for Mangocapa, that is, Mighty Lord, and made himself, as they say, the first Peruvian King. The City Cusco was divided into four Wards, the East call'd Andosayo, the South Callasayo the North, Chinchasuyo, and the West Condesayo, every one one so call'd from the Countreys, to which the Gates of the four Wards are oppos'd.

If any one coming out of another Countrey, setled himself in Cusco, as it hapned

daily, he was permitted to dwell no where but in that Ward which fronted his na∣tive Countrey. The four high Streets, which through, these Wards one way fall in∣to the Market-place, being in the middle of the City, are the other way answera∣ble to the four principal High-ways, viz. that which leads to Quito and Pasto, through Chinchasuyo; to Arehuipa, through Condesuyo; to the Mountains Andes, through Andesuyo; and to Chili, through Collasuyo. The two Rivers before mention'd, which part at the East end of the City, are pass'd over with divers Bridges. The narrow Streets are full of Stone Houses, built in good Order. In several places are Vaulted Cellars under Ground, in some of which are buried great Treasures: they had been formerly the Habitations for Necromancers and Soothsayers; for this sort of People were once in great esteem amongst the Inhabitants, who co∣ming from Chili, Pasto, Bocamores, Topona, Bombon, Charcas, Collao, Chiachiapoias, Con∣chucos, and other Peruvian Countreys, receive great benefit from the fresh Water, and from the Corn-Mills built on the Streets through the City.

* 1.165The stately Palaces which the Peruvian Nobility have at several times built in Oren-Cusco, being one part of the City, are very wonderful, the Owners whereof were forc'd by the Ingas to appear at Court at Set-times, that so he might prevent all In∣surrections: Also he caus'd the Children of the prime Lords to be brought up in Cusco, under pretence that they might learn the Cuscoan Tongue perfectly, in which the Ingas would always be spoken to; whenas their Design was to keep them as Hostages in their own Jurisdictions, that their Fathers might not rebel; by which means it hapned, that in most places of Peru, which amongst the several Tribes and Principalities had several Languages, the Cuscoan Tongue was understood and spo∣ken. But the Spaniards, who are the present Possessors thereof, have alter'd and re∣pair'd most of the ordinary Houses, which are now neatly built of Stone. Above all the old Structures, the Palace of the Ingas, and the Temple of the Sun, are the most magnificent; the Palace lies inclos'd within a square quadruple Wall, each corner whereof is adorn'd and strengthned with a Tower: The Palace it self is built round, and with Arches; but that which chiefly amazes the Beholder, is to see how the Stones, which are so big that forty Horses are notable to stir one of them out of its place, were brought thither by the Labor of the Builders from the neighboring Mountains; for the Peruvians never made use of any laboring Beast, except their Sheep Pacos, not knowing the use of Horses, Camels, Oxen, Ele∣phants, or the like, before the Spaniards coming thither. The Halls within the Pa∣lace were Wainscoted with Golden Plates: yet the Inga's Apparel was not answer∣able to the rest of his Pomp; for in stead of a Crown they bound their Heads about with a red woollen Sash, with which they almost cover'd their Eyes; at the end of the Sash hung certain Ribbands, which they gave the Governor as occasi∣on offer'd, that by this Sign, as by a Commission, they might exercise their Offices; the sight of which String caus'd such Obedience, that if the Inga had commanded the Inhabitants of a Town or Countrey to murder themselves, none durst deny. The Inga was generally carried by a hundred of his Noble-men, of whom if any one had accidentally chanc'd to stumble, he was immediately put to death. No man durst presume to look him in the Face, or speak to him without a Present.

* 1.166The Temple Curicanche, Dedicated to the Sun, was certainly the most rich and sumptuous that ever the World boasted, it being Govern'd by the Chief Priest Villanoa. The Inga Guainacava spent an invaluable Treasure in the building of this Structure, for he cover'd the Roof and Walls with thick Plates of massie Gold and Silver. At his return home from the Conquest of the Province of Quito, from whence the Inhabitants, according to an antient Custom of the Ingas, were carried to

one of the remotest Countreys in Peru. But Guainacava enamor'd of a Quitoan Maid, staid a considerable time in the City Quito, and kept a splendid Wedding at the Marriage of his Bride, who bare unto him the famous Attabaliba, whom he lov'd beyond all his other Children, and a little before his death made him King of Quito. But Huascar after Guainacava's Decease would not suffer his Brother to live in the late conquer'd Kingdom of Quito,* 1.167 but gave him Battel in the Plain of Tome∣bamba, which lasted three days and three Nights, and after much Blood-shed, Atta∣baliba being defeated was taken Prisoner, and not long after making his Escape by the help of an antient Woman (whilest Huascar's Commanders and Soldiers re∣joyc'd with Cups full of Chica for their gotten Victory) he made his Subjects in Quito believe, that he being transform'd into a Serpent, crept through a little Hole out of the Prison; and that he had a Promise from Heaven to obtain Conquest over Huascar; which being believ'd, stirr'd up all his Subjects to take up Arms, and valiantly to go and meet the Enemy, whom they not onely defeated, but took Huascar Prisoner.

Huscar being destroy'd by Attabaliba, and Attabaliba by Pizarro, Mango Inga their youngest Brother took the Government upon him, made continual Sallies upon the Spaniards from inaccessible Mountains, and at his Decease left the remaining part of Peru to his Son Zaires Topa;* 1.168 who seeing no good to be done by force of Arms, submitted himself freely to the King of Spain's Jurisdiction in the Year 1557. since which the Spaniards have been sole Masters.

There are at this day four great Churches in Cusco: Also the Dominicans, Fran∣ciscans, Augustines, and the Monks De la Merced, have each of them stately Cloysters here: but the Jesuits Structure exceeds all the other.

Above forty thousand Peruvians pay annual Tribute to this City. In the Valley about the City feed abundance of Cattel; also Wheat, and all manner of Herbs grow here in great plenty. The Gold and Silver-Mines have not that resort which they had formerly, most of the Workmen being remov'd to Potosi.

Concerning the Service which they perform'd in the fore-mention'd Temple of the Sun, and their superstitious Opinions about their Idol Con, they are much of the same ridiculous nature with what hath been already Discours'd of in other pla∣ces. Five Leagues Southwardly from Cusco lies the Valley Yucay between high snowy Mountains, under a temperate Climate and pleasant Soil. Not far from hence the Ingas built a most invincible Castle on a Rock, which was surrounded with many cliffy Walls one above another; these Walls were also Carv'd with Images of Lyons, Tygers, and other wild Beasts, which held Lances in their Paws; the ••op of the Rock was crown'd with a Royal Structure built of Stone, through which ran Golden Veins, joyn'd together with a certain Gum, by some call'd Jews-Lime. To the Province of Condesuyo belong the valiant People Chumbibalcas and Ubinas. In the County Pomatambo they make Carpets of fine Wooll, curiously Painted.

8. The City Francisco de Vittoria, which lies in the rough Valley Vilcabamba, and is inclos'd by the Mountains Andes, belonging to the Jurisdiction of the Province Andesuyo.

9. The Village Juan del Oro, which is the chief Place of the Countrey Caravaya, and so call'd by the Spaniards from the fine Gold which is found there in great abun∣dance.

* 1.169Along the Sea-Coast of Peru belonging to the Jurisdiction of Los Reyos, lie the following Havens, Isles and Points.

South-East from the Promontory Aguya, rises the Isle St. Roque out of the South-Sea,

〈1 page duplicate〉〈1 page duplicate〉

〈1 page duplicate〉〈1 page duplicate〉

Sea, surrounded with Rocks, and abounds with Birds of prey; through the midst of it runs a River which divides the Island.

The Haven Malabrigo, ill defended against the Winds, cannot be entred by great Vessels, unless in calm Weather.

Next follow the Harbors Guanape and Santa, where the Ships us'd to furnish themselves with Water out of a fresh River; Casuya and Guarmay, both inhabited by Peruvians.

Near the Mouth of the Road Guara stands a large Salt-pan, the Salt about which is found in great hard Pieces. The Island Collao secures the Haven before Lima.

Behind Cape Guarco lies the Lobos; and not far from hence the Harbor Sangallan, being so commodious that the Spaniards consider'd a long time whether they should build the City Los Reyos here.

The Promontory Nasca affords also good shelter for Ships; and the Haven Hacari yields store of Refreshments. Moreover, the Streams Oconna, Camana, and Quilca discharge their Waters into the Sea.

The Haven Arequipa appears at its Mouth like a little Pool, surrounded with Mountains.

Between Quilca and the River Tamboyalla lies the Isle Nuli; and a little more Southward the Haven Paracca and Pisca; and up in the Countrey the Village Yca, where the most and best Peruvian Wine is to be had.

SECT. VI. Los Charcas.

* 1.170LOs Charcas is the farthest Countrey Southward of the Kingdom of Peru, reach∣ing up as far as Chile, with which on the South it is border'd, having on the North, Lima and Collao; on the West, Mare del Zur; and on the East, some Countreys not yet well discover'd, which lie betwixt it and the Province of Paraguay, or De la Plata. The Countrey is said to be in length about a hundred and fifty Leagues, measuring it directly, or in a right Line from North to South; but measuring it about along the Sea-Coast, much about two hundred: It is not very rich either in Corn or Cattel, although in some parts it wanteth not good Pa∣sturage; but of unparalell'd Wealth, in respect of the Mines of Gold and Silver which are here digg'd, the principal whereof are those of Potosi and Parco.

The Mountains hereabouts are inhabited by the Cavinas, who dwell in Stone Houses. Their Neighbors the Canches are a subtile, good natur'd, and painful Peo∣ple, breed many Sheep, sowe Corn, and catch plenty of Fish out of the Rivers. Next comes in view the cold Countrey Conas. On the right side towards the Sou∣thern Ocean, the great Wilderness Parinacocha extends it self a vast way; the Moun∣tains round about are continually cover'd with Snow, and the Dales have many deep Moors.

* 1.171Chief Towns and Places of note in this part of Peru are, 1. Plata, otherwise call'd Chuquisaca, from the Countrey whose Metropolis it is, situate under a tem∣perate Climate, in a fruitful Soil for the production of all manner of Plants, and especially Wheat, Barley, and Grapes. In this City the High Court of Judicature of Los Charcas is kept, being a principal part of Peru, and inhabited by the richest Spaniards in the whole Kingdom, having gotten an incredible deal of Treasure out of the neighboring Silver-Mines, which from the time of the Ingas, or Kings of Peru, to its Discovery by the Spaniards, held out and continu'd so rich, that 'tis

[illustration] view of Potosi

POTOSI.

thought Pizarro, if Reason could have rul'd him, might here onely have rais'd him∣self a Rent of two hundred thousand Ducats per Annum; but his desire and hopes, first to find more at Potosi, and afterwards his ambition and greediness to have and command all, carried him to violent Courses, which prov'd his Ruine, as hath been said. The Town is conveniently seated in a fruitful Soil, honor'd with the Resi∣dence of the Governor of the Province, and with a Bishops See, said to be the richest of Peru, viz. of fourscore thousand Ducats per Annum. The Cathedral and divers Cloysters give also a great lustre to the City. The antient Inhabitants of this Countrey, especially about those parts where now this City stands, were the Charcas and Charanques, both valiant People, who by Command of the Ingas fetch'd invaluable Treasures out of the neighboring Mines of Porco, where a thousand Men were continually kept at work. In La Plata were reckon'd long since, besides Spaniards, above sixty thousand Peruvians which pay annual Tribute.

2. Oropesa, a place of good Metal, as a man may perceive by the Name; It lieth in the rich and pleasant Valley Cochobamba, twenty Leagues distant from La Plata.

3. Potosi, eighteen Leagues Westward from La Plata, by the Spaniards call'd The Imperial City, built at the Foot of a Mountain bearing the same Denomination, on a barren Soil under a cold Climate, though but twenty one Degrees to the South-ward of the Equinoctial Line: the Cold proceeds from the high Lands, which lie bare to the bleak and sharp Winds call'd Tomohavi, which blow every year very fiercely from May till September. But though the barren Countrey produces no Fruit, yet no place in Peru hath greater plenty of all Provisions and Dainties than this, the Markets being always full of Fruit, Salt-Meat, Maiz, Papas, Wheat, Sugar, Sweet-meats, and all things that are requisite for the subsistence of Man-kind, which are brought thither from all parts for the Silver, which is there in such plenty. As to what concerns the famous Mountain Potosi in the Countrey of Charcas, it is of an Ash colour, and rises above the adjacent Mountains in the form of a Sugar-Loaf; on the top of it stands a Chappel, to which leads a craggy Path, which with a little care may be rid up with a Horse; the heighth thereof is a thou∣sand six hundred and twenty four Rods, or a quarter of a League: at the Foot thereof appears the Mine call'd Guaina Potosi, that is, The young Potosi; near which the City Potosi stands, being two Leagues in circumference, and is adorn'd with a Church and Cloyster for the Dominicans, and exceedingly resorted to by Traders.

In the time when the Ingas Govern'd Peru, the Silver-Mines at Porco were very famous; but it was not till after the arrival of the Spaniards that Silver was found in Guaina Potosi, and by degrees the Silver Veins which lay hid in the great Potosi; the manner of which Discovery was as followeth:

* 1.172A Peruvian call'd Gualpa, who work'd in the Mines at Porco, going a Hunting, it chanc'd that the Game ran up the steep Mountain of Potosi, which prevented his pursuing of it any farther; but the Mountain being overgrown with Trees, he got hold from one Bough to another to help himself up, and at last taking hold of the Bramble call'd Quinua, he pull'd the same out of the Ground, and finding it heavy, look'd upon it, and espy'd a great lump of Silver hanging at the Root of it; whereupon viewing the Hole, he discover'd a rich Silver Vein; of which taking some pieces home, and melting them, he found that it was the best Sil∣ver that ever he had known; wherefore he privately got a greater quantity, and by degrees grew extraordinary rich: but though he carried his Design never so close, yet he was at last suspected, and especially by his Neighbor Guanca, born in the Valley Xauxa, who was the more jealous of him, because he sold greater Bars of Silver than any were cast at Porco; whereupon he resolv'd to speak to him, and

getting out the Secret, it came to this Agreement between them, That they should both be Partners and share the Booty; Gualpa was to keep the Vein, since call'd The Rich Vein, and Guanca was to have another, at present nam'd Diego Centeno: but they agreed not long; for Guanca finding much labor upon his Vein, by reason of the hardness, and that he could get no share in what Gualpa got, acquainted his Spanish Master Vilaroel with it, who rested not till he had found out the truth there∣of; for which Vilaroel obtain'd (according to the Custom of Porco) several Rods to work for himself, onely paying the King one fifth part of what he got, and so re∣main'd Owner of the Mine Centeno.

* 1.173This Discovery of the rich Mine Potosi is said to have hapned on the twenty fourth of April, Anno 1545. Soon after which they found the Silver Vein Del Estanno, which though it was very rich, was difficult to be digg'd, because of its hardness. The first Vein which Gualpa search'd after stood upright from the bottom of the Mine, and contain'd above three hundred Foot in length, and thirteen in breadth, and continuing good for two hundred Foot in depth, after which the Silver begins to lessen.

The Peruvians relate, That the Ingas first began to dig in Potosi, but gave it over because the Workmen heard a terrible Voice, saying, Leave off doing what you are about; the Treasures which lie hid here, are reserv'd for a People out of foreign Countreys.

These Mines produce yearly for the King's fifth part, forty thousand Pieces of Silver, each valu'd at thirteen Ryals, each Ryal being four Shillings, besides what he is defrauded of, which is perhaps half as much more.

The Mines of Potosi exceed all other, because the Diggers never meet with any Water, notwithstanding they work above two hundred Fathom under Ground, whereas the other Silver Mines suffer great damage by the Water; which was also the reason why the Spaniards left off digging of Silver in Porco, because they were not onely forc'd to cut through hard Rocks, but ran greater danger, or at least be∣stow'd extraordinary labor to get out the Water which broke in upon them.

* 1.174The four Silver Veins of Potosi, viz. The Rich, Centeno, Del Estanno, and Mendieta, lie on the East-side of the Mountain, and extend North and South. The great Veins produce lesser, not unlike the Body of a Tree, from which shoot forth seve∣ral degrees of Boughs. Each Vein is divided into several parts, possess'd by several Owners; the least part is open'd four Rods, and the biggest eighty; for none are permitted by the Law to open a bigger Hole. In the time of the Jesuit Joseph de Acosta, an Eye-witness, who Anno 1587. went from Peru to Spain, the Rich Vein was reckon'd to contain eighty seven Mines, of which some were digg'd two hundred Fathom deep. The Spaniards judge that at the Root of the Rich Vein is an incredible Treasure, though Experience hath hitherto taught us, that the Silver lessens in price and quantity the deeper they dig in the Ground.

* 1.175For the more easie working in the Mines, the Spaniards have digg'd Trenches (which they call Socabonos) at the Foot of the Mountain towards the West, cross through the Mountain to the Mine, each of them being eight Foot broad and a Fathom deep, and lock'd up with Gates, through which the Silver is carried out, whereof the Owner of the Socahon receives a fifth part. The Socabon which leads to the Rich Vein, was begun Anno 1556. and finish'd in twenty nine years, extends it self two hundred and fifty Rods in length. The Miners work by Candle-light both Day and Night by turns. those that work in the Day, sleep in the Night, and those that work in the Night, sleep in the Day. The Oar, which is as hard as a Stone, is cut out with Pick-axes, beaten in pieces with an Iron Crow, and carried upon their Backs on Ladders made of Leather: Each Ladder hath three Fastnings

about the thickness of a Cable, stretch'd out by Sticks, so that one goes up on one side, whilest another comes down on the other. Each Ladder being ten Fathom long is pitch'd upon its several Floor on which the Laborers rest before they go up higher, for they make divers Floors according to the depth of the Mine. The Laborers carry the Oar in Bags fastned before oh their Breasts, and falling back over their Shoulders three and three together, the foremost whereof ties a lighted Candle to his Thumb, and thus they help themselves with both Hands. It is a wonderful thing to consider, how the Peruvians are able to scramble up and down continually a hundred and fifty Fathom: But besides many other Inconveniences, the Mines often fall in, or at least great pieces, which bury all the Diggers. The Mines also, being excessive cold, occasion to those that are not us'd to them, a Vertigo in the Head, and Vomiting. The Silver runs for the most part between two Rocks, as it were, in a long Channel, of which one side is as hard as Flint, and the other much softer. This Silver is of different value; the belt, call'd Cacilla or Tacana, resembles Amber in colour; the worser sort is blackish, and sometimes of an Ash-colour. The pieces of Oar are carry'd on the Backs of the Sheep Pacos to the Mill, where being ground to Powder, they are put into Furnaces to melt; of which there were once above six thousand on the top of Potosi; but since the Quick∣silver was found to cleanse the same, not a third part remains pure.

In former times the Mines at Porco, two Leagues from the little Lake Aulagas, produc'd those vast Treasures gather'd by the Ingas, which afterwards for the most part fell into the Spaniards Hands.

* 1.176As concerning the Sea-Coast of Los Charcas, it lies as followeth: Southerly from the River Tambopalla puts forth a three-pointed Rock into the Ocean, and makes the Haven De Ylo, into which falls a fresh River. Next follow the round Hill Morro de los Diabolos, and the Inlet before the Town Arica, secur'd from all ex∣cept a Westerly Wind, where the Silver that comes from Potosi is Shipp'd for Lima. Since the English Admiral Sir Francis Drake took three Barks out of this Inlet it is fortifi'd with a Castle, which is stor'd with Brass Guns.

Nine Leagues Southward the Pissaqua falls into the Ocean; and next you come to the little Village Hicahic, situate on a high and barren Tract of Land; as also the Haven Terrapaca, which by an Inland is made very secure.

Not far from hence appears the Foot of Piqua, where the Coast begins to rise very high; the Head of Tacama, the Stream Lottoya, otherwise call'd De Loa, whose Banks are inhabited by poor People; the River Montelo, the Promontory Morro Moreno, beyond whose utmost Point opens a Bay, secur'd from all Winds by an Island. The Inhabitants here feed on raw Fish.

Next the River Claru comes in view, which is taken for a Boundary between Peru and Chili.

Eastward up into the Countrey you come to Santa Cruiz, built at the Foot of a Mountain in a Plain near a Brook, which rushing forth from a Rock glides through the City to a Lake full of delicious Fish. The Houses of Stone, are covered with Palm-Tree Leaves. and besides the Church there is also a Cloyster, inhabited by the Monks De la Merced, In former times the Peruvian Houses were built of Clay, and were often destroy'd by their Neighbors the Cheriguanacs and Titanes, who made Feasts with as many as they took of them. The People about this Place are meek and poor spirited, and speak besides four Languages, the Diagnitan Tongue, com∣mon amongst all of them. Before the Arrival of the Spaniards they went Cloth'd in Ostritch'es Feathers, but since taught to weave Cotton, they now make their Apparel of the same, and upon the account of Barter, drive a great Trade in it:

They Dye their Cotton with the boyl'd Roots and Leaves of a little Tree.

Eastward beyond Santa Cruiz lies the Countrey Paicanos, eminent for the great Calabashes which grow there, exceeding good to keep both wet and dry Meats in.

The Countrey receives a vicissitude of excessive Cold and intolerable Heat; the hard Winters taking beginning in May, and continuing till the beginning of August. In the middle of our Summer a South-wind blows seven Weeks together here, to the great prejudice of all Plants, which are during that time often wash'd away by continual Rains. About Christmas they Sowe, and gather in their Harvest in March. During the rainy Season the Ways cannot be travell'd, being all overflow'd by the Rivers; neither doth the Palm-Wood, which is four days Journey in length, permit any access to the said City Santa Cruiz, because the conflux of Waters makes it a Moor all over; besides which, the Tygers Bears, and Serpents, make the Ways dangerous, especially at that time.

Through this Countrey the Spanish Captain Nusco de Chavas travell'd, when he discover'd the Taguamacis, a numerous People, which dwell along the great River De la Plata.

The Countrey about Santa Cruiz produces all manner of Fruit, but few Trees, because of the want of Rain; but Corn, Maiz, Wine, Granadillas, Luiumas, and Tu∣cumay, as also the Plant Hachalindi, in the Latine Tongue call'd Mirabile Peruanum, grow here in great abundance; which 〈◊〉〈◊〉 shoots up to the bigness of a pretty large Body, full of Juice, and of a yellowish colour, out of which shoot knotty Boughs, and about each Knot two Leaves resembling the Herb Nightshade; the Flowers which hang at the ends of the Boughs are long, and pleasant to the Eye, by reason of their mixture of Purple, White, and Yellow, and also of a sweet smell. It is a strange Secret in Nature, that this Flower opens at Midnight, if any Light come near the same: The Root also is accounted an effectual Medicine against the Dropsie.

SECT. VII. Collao.

* 1.177COllao lieth Southward of those Countries, which go under the general Name of the Province of Cusco, having on the West, Lima; on the South, Charcas; but Eastward, and to the North-East, it is shut up by a Ridge of Moun∣tains, running in one Body or continu'd Tract from the Confines of Collao, as far as the City of Cusco, where they divide. The Countrey is generally plain, commo∣diously water'd in all Parts with fresh Rivers, and consequently affording rich Pa∣sturage and good Herds of Cattel.

* 1.178The Chief Towns and Places of note are, 1. Chuquinga, a great Town, and held to be naturally almost impregnable, as being environ'd round about either with deep unfordable Waters, or with Mountains unpassable, and having one onely Cawsey leading to it, reported to be for two or three Leagues together no broader than to permit one single Person to march conveniently upon it.

2. The City Pucara, which was formerly well inhabited, but at present nothing remains of it, except the ruin'd Walls of great Houses, and large Images of Stone.

3. Ayavire, by the Spaniards call'd Las Sepulturas, being a Place especially enobled by the stately Monuments of the Peruvian Nobility which were found there.

4. Hatuncolla, the Metropolis or chief Town of this Province, seated upon the Banks of the River Caravaya, whose Streams are very much fam'd for Gold.

[illustration] view of Lima

CALLAO de LIMA

The River Caravaya, which glides from the Andes Eastward to the City Juan del Oro, produces much fine Gold, but not without the loss of many People, which are kill'd by the unwholsom Air and Damps that arise here.

* 1.179The Lake Titicaca, which washes the Countrey Collao on the North, the Province of Omasuy on the East, Chaquito on the West, and Chuquiabo on the South, is one of the greatest Lakes of America, being eighty Leagues in circumference, and in seve∣ral places as many Fathom deep; wherefore it is exceeding rough in windy Wea∣ther. Into this Lake ten great Rivers discharge their Waters, which run away again through a narrow, but very deep Channel, in which the Stream runs so strong, that no Boats are able to abide in it.

5. Chinquita, a Colony of Spaniards upon the Banks of Titiaca, having many small Islands in it of a good and fruitful Soil, abounding in Fish and variety of Sea-Fowl; it is suppos'd to be fourscore Leagues distant likewise from the South Sea, haying onely one Estuary or Mouth, which is something strait, but of such a deep Water and violent Stream, that (as Acosta testifieth of it) it is not possible to build a Bridge of Stone or Timber over it; but the Natives in stead thereof have laid a Bridge of Straw upon it, which serves as well, viz. so many great Bundles of Straw, Sedge, or such like matter, well and surely made up and fastned together, as will reach from one side or Bank of the Estuary to another ; at which likewise ha∣ving made them sure, they cast some good quantity of more Straw and Sedge up∣on them, and have a Bridge very convenient, upon which they both securely pass themselves, and also drive Cattel, and do other necessary Business. The Water is neither bitter nor brackish, yet is not drinkable because of its muddiness. Several Islands that lie in the Lake serv'd formerly for Store-houses of the chiefest Goods, which the People thereabouts living near the High-way would not trust in their Villages.

* 1.180Here grows a certain Broom-Plant call'd Totara, good for many uses, and is also wholsom Food both for Man and Beast; moreover, they cover their Houses with the same, burn it on their Hearths, and make Boats. The Uros, a salvage People, made Floats of Totara, which they ty'd together, and built Villages on the same, which drove to and again, according as the Wind blew.

The Lake also breeds abundance of Fish, and especially two sorts, viz. Suches, which are very pleasing to the Palate, but unwholsom; and the Bogas, which though less, and full of Bones, are a much better Food. There likewise breed plenty of Fowls about the same, especially wild Geese and Ducks.

When the Peruvians intend to Entertain any Person, they go to catching of Fowls (by them call'd Chaco) after this manner: They make a Circle with the Floats nam'd Balsas, and Rowing close to one another, take up the inclos'd Fowl with their Hands.

Moreover, the fore-mention'd Channel, through which the Lake Titicaca dis∣charges its Water, ends in a little Lake call'd Aulagas, likewise full of desolate Isles, but hath no visible place into which to empty its Water, therefore it must needs, according to the course of Nature, fall under Ground, where it commixes with a Stream whose original is unknown, though it be seen to fall into the South Sea.

The Town is a Place of extraordinary Wealth and Trading, and so consider∣able, that the Governor thereof is always nam'd by the King of Spain himself, and his Place estimated at fifty thousand Ducats per Annum.

6. Tiaguanaco, at the Estuary, or Mouth of the Lake, memorable onely for the Ruines of certain great and stupendious Buildings which antiently have stood there, some of the Stones whereof are said to have been of thirty Foot length

apiece, fifteen Foot broad, and six or seven Foot thick. There were likewise found the Statues of certain Men excellently Carv'd and Wrought, of a Gigantick stature or bigness, and likewise vested in foreign and strange Habits, not at all us'd, nor ever known to have been us'd by the Peruvians themselves, or by any other of the Natives of America.

7. Nuestra Sennora de la Paz, or Our Lady of Peace, otherwise call'd Pueblo Nuevo: It is but a small Town, yet pleasantly seated upon the Banks of a River in a fair and fruitful Plain, full of Springs, Fruit-Trees, Savanas, and Fields of Maiz, having Mountains on either side: It lieth almost in the middle of the Province Chuquinabo, fourteen Leagues distant from Cusco, and as many from Potosi. The Province Chu∣quinabo it self (which in the Peruvian Tongue signifies Inheritance of Gold) hath many rich Gold-Mines, good Salt-pits, and a temperate Climate, except from the begin∣ning of December till March, in which time the continual Rains cause Feavers and Agues. The Inhabitants being very poor People, us'd to go naked in the Sum∣mer Season.

8. Copavana, two and twenty Leagues beyond Lopoz: It is onely inhabited by Peruvians; amongst whom an Image of the Virgin Mary, long since erected there, hath been ever in great veneration, especially by reason of a Tradition of a great Miracle there perform'd: for the Spaniards affirm, That Johannes Anachoreta going a Journey of several Weeks from home, plac'd a lighted Candle before the Image, which during the time of his absence did not at all diminish.

* 1.181An Accident which fell out in this Countrey is very remarkable, viz. The Ground of an old Village call'd Angoanga, then inhabited by eminent Necroman∣cers, began on a sudden to swell, and the Earth to run like a broken Wave two Leagues, overwhelming the Houses in Sand, and filling up a neighboring Lake.

* 1.182Eight years before this terrible Earthquake here, there hapned in the County of Hereford in England almost the same kind of prodigious Motion: for not far from the Town Ledborough, arose Marcely Hill to an exceeding heighth, and moving along bury'd all whate're it met with, after which manner it continu'd for the space of three days, to the great terror of all that beheld it.

9. Chilane; 10. Acos; 11. Pomata, and some others, all of them good Towns, but not so considerable as those other.

* 1.183Concerning the Roads or High-ways, it may well be said, That none of the seven Wonders of the World can compare with any one of them; neither was the Way that Appius Claudius made from Rome to Brundusium, upon the repairing of which the Em∣perors Julius and Augustus spent great sums of Money, fit to stand in competition with the Roads made by the Ingas in Peru: for who cannot but admire at the consi∣deration of so many Valleys fill'd with Mountains, the hardest Rocks cut asunder, Moors damm'd up, great Stone Bridges laid over swift gliding Streams, and through vast Wildernesses a Way made of twenty Foot broad, inclos'd in high Walls, extending from Quito to Chilo, a thousand Leagues, and at the end of every ten Leagues brave Houses or Magazines, stor'd with Bowes, Arrows, Halberds, Axes, Clubs, Clothes, and Provision for twenty or thirty thousand Men. Some relate, that Guainacava, when he return'd Victor from the conquer'd Countrey Quito, suffer'd great Inconveniences on the pathless Mountains, and thereupon commanded his Subjects to make the fore-mention'd Way. But it is more probable, that this Master-piece was not the work of one Inga, especially since besides the Way from Chili to Quito there leads another through the Mountains over the Plains from Cusco to Quito, forty Foot broad, and five hundred Leagues long, inclos'd within two Walls.

* 1.184The Peruvians relate from the testimony of the Quipos, much more concerning these High-Ways, and other Buildings on them, made by Guainacava. These Quipos are Rowls of divers colour'd Strings, full of all manner of Knots, which serve in stead of Characters to keep their Chronicles; in which were employ'd the Quipo-Camayos, who being in the nature of our Secretaries, Registred all Transactions, performing the same with the several Strings and Buttons, with which they gave Obligations, Discharges, and the like: but besides the Quipos they also us'd Rings full of little Stones for the same purpose; and knew with Maiz-Seed how to cast up an Account as well as the best Arithmetician with Figures.

Their Account of Time hung on the twelve Pillars Succanga, erected on a Moun∣tain beyond Cusco by the Inga Pachacuma, that is, The Regulator of the Year, to shew the Course of the Sun, and according to that their appointed Feast-days, times of Sowing and Harvest: Their Year begins in December.

* 1.185The Spanish Government in the Kingdom of Peru is setled at present in great tranquility and splendor. The Vice-Roy, who keeps a splendid Court in Lima, otherwise call'd Los Reyos, Commands over Chili and Terra Firma, and never comes abroad without a Guard of forty Halberdeers: when he travels by Land he is ac∣companied by the Arch-bishop, and guarded by his forty Halberdeers, a hundred Pike-men, and fifty Musquetteers. His Reign is generally not above six or eight years, during which time he receives forty thousand Ducats per Annum out of the King's Exchequer.

* 1.186The City Los Reyos hath been of late years very much enlarg'd and brought to a most flourishing Condition, being exceeding populous, and extending four Miles in length, and half as much in breadth? In the biggest Market-place is the City Hall and the Exchange, where all things are brought to be sold. Of the other three Markets, two have their Denominations from St. Anne and St. Jacob; the fourth is call'd El Santo de los Cavallos, because nothing but Mules, Asses, and Horses are sold there. The chief Church is Consecrated to St. John the Evangelist; the other Three to Marcellus, Sebastian, and Anna. The Franciscans inhabit three Cloy∣sters; the Dominicans, Augustines, and Monks De la Merced, each of them two, besides two costly Structures for the Jesuits. Other Orders have also five Cloysters here, viz. the Creation, Conception, the Holy Trinity, St. Joseph, and St. Clara; the three first have each of them a Church built hard by the several Cloysters, Dedicated to the Santas Virgines del Montserratto, Del Prado, and De Loretto. Each Cloyster contains above two hundred and fifty either Monks or Nuns. Here are also four large Hos∣pitals, the chiefest whereof call'd Andrias, hath seldom less than four hundred Sick, which are kept and cur'd on Charity. The second is for Peruvians onely, call'd The Hospital of St. Anna. The third, built in honor of the Apostle St. Peter, is for poor old Clergy-men. The fourth, nam'd The House of Love, is for sick Women. Besides these there stands another Structure near the Walls of the City, Consecrated to La∣zarus, where those that have the Leprosie are cur'd. The House call'd The Holy-Ghost, receives all sick and wounded Sea-men. The King maintains twenty four Students at his own Charge in the Royal Colledge, and the Arch-bishop as many in the Colledge call'd St. Toronius; but in the Colledge of St. Martin reside above six hundred, which are brought up in all manner of Arts and Sciences. Two hun∣dred Students are also taught in the high School, where they chuse a new Gover∣nor every year. Here also is kept the King's Treasure, and the Court of Inquisi∣tion. The River which washes the City Walls runs so exceeding swift, that not long since it carried away a new Stone Bridge with nine great Arches.

The Dominican Monks were the first that Landed on Peru, the first which came

thither with Francisco Pizarro being Vincent de Valle Verde, who was follow'd by Sancio Martino, Martino de Esquivele, Dominico de Sancto Thoma, Pedro Ulloa, Alphonso de Montenegro, Reynaldo Pedraza, and many others, who were stirr'd up by the report of the Peruvian Riches; amongst whom were four Franciscans, viz. Pedro Portuguese, Jodoco de los Angelos, De la Cruiz, and De Sant Anna, who were soon after follow'd by twelve Monks of the Augustine Order. Anno 1552. Landed also at Los Reyos, Colonel Andreas Salazar, accompanied with Antonio Lozano, Juan de Sancto Petro, Hie∣ronymo Melendez, Didaco Palamino, Pedro de Espeda, Andreas Ortega, Juan Canto, Juan Chamorro,* 1.187 Francisco de Treyas, Juan Ramirez, and Balthazar Melgarego. Salazar soon after his Arrival sent the Priest Juan Ramirez, and Balthazar Melganego to Guamachuco, where he Baptiz'd and Instructed the Inhabitants in great numbers. Afterwards travelling to Moyabamba, he got a great esteem amongst those Idolaters, and (as it goes for currant amongst them) wrought many Miracles, amongst which this is reported for one: He being inform'd by an old Peruvian, that his Daughter nam'd Curi had hid several Idols; enquiring after it, he tax'd her with what her Father had told him; which she denying, and being rebuk'd by Ramirez, is said to have become immediately dumb, to have foam'd at the Mouth, at last falling down dead like a second Saphira in the presence of many, which caus'd many to forsake their Idolatry. But the Necromancers endeavor'd by all means possible to raise a disesteem on Ramirez, and with the assistance of their Master the Devil, so wrought their Inchantments, that the Tygers came in great Herds out of the Wildernesses to Moyabamba, and devour'd not onely Men, Women and Children in the High∣ways, but also tore them out of their Houses, yet did not the least hurt to any Spa∣niard; whereupon Ramirez valiantly went with a Company of his Proselytes to a Herd of Tygers, which when he approached held the Cross to them, which it seems so affrighted the Devil-Tygers, that they climb'd up the Trees. They farther relate (if you will believe them) to make the Miracle the greater, That Ramirez call'd to the Multitude, saying, Go and revenge the Deaths of your devour'd Pa∣rents, Children and Relations; whereupon he throwing a Stone, and all the rest fol∣lowing his Example, the Tygers leap'd out of the Trees, stood still, and suffer'd themselves to be kill'd like Lambs. Six years after the fore-mention'd twelve Au∣gustine Monks follow'd eleven others, who set Sail out of the Spanish Haven St. Lucar, and arriving at Peru went to the Village Tauca, where they broke the Image of the Goddess Huarella, being as it were the Peruvian Venus, or Patroness of amorous De∣lights, reported to have given Responses from the Wood in which she was wor∣shipp'd. They also destroy'd the Idol Chanca in the Countrey Conchucos, which be∣ing worshipp'd by the Indians in the shape of a Man, had yearly a fair Maid, aged fourteen years, given to him in Marriage, a solemn Wedding being kept, and seve∣ral Sheep kill'd.

* 1.188The Augustine Monks are believ'd to have wrought also another Miracle in the Province Conchucos, upon this occasion: A Conjurer call'd Chaumango, boasted him∣self to be God, deny'd our Saviour, in testimony whereof he gave out that he would kick a Mountain to pieces, with his Foot; which Report spreading all over the Countrey, all the adjacent People flock'd to see this strange Wonder on an appointed Day, on which Charimango being, it seems, as good as his word, and kicking the Mountain, caus'd it to rent from the top to the bottom, and the pieces to flie all about the People, who were exceedingly amaz'd; but the Sorcerer upon the Augu∣stine Monk's rebuking him was (as they affirm) immediately eaten up with Worms.

Many other Stories of Miracles go currant amongst them, as of Marco Garcia and Didaco Ortez driving the Devil from a white Stone which hung over a Fountain

[illustration] map of Chile

CHILI

• ...1. P.^• de Talcaguana.
• ...2. I. Quiriquina
• ...3. R. Biobio
• ...4. R. Ilandalien
• ...5. R. de la Laxa

in Chiquipalpa, and several others, but it would be very impertinent to dwell too long upon Discourses of this nature, especially since we are not oblig'd to make them a part of our Creed.

To conclude our Description of this famous Kingdom of Peru, the People there∣of at the Spaniards first Arrival viewing their Shipping, their Guns, and other Accoutrements, unknown to them before, had them in great admiration, as Men de∣scended from Heaven; but when they began to be oppress'd by their Tyranny, and to be tortur'd by them, they look'd upon them as the Spawn of Hell, and curs'd the Sea that had brought so wicked a People to them.

CHAP. V. Chile.

* 1.189FOllowing the Coast of Mare del Zur, or the South Sea, the next great Province pertaining formerly to the Kingdom of Peru, is that of Chile. This is the most Southerly Province of the whole Countrey of America, reaching up as far as the Magellane Straights, with which to the Southward it is bounded; North∣ward it hath a Desart, and an undiscover'd Countrey lying betwixt it and the Con∣fines of Peru, call'd Atacama; on the West it hath Mare del Zur; and on the East, up to Rio de la Plata, the Atlantick, or North Sea, with some Countreys undiscover'd, which interpose betwixt it and Paraguay to the North-East: It lieth all of it be∣yond the Tropick of Capricorn, in a temperate Zone, and extendeth it self in length from the Borders of Peru, to the Mouth of the Straights five hundred Leagues or more; but the breadth of it neither equal nor certain: They say 'tis call'd Chile from the word Chil, which signifies Cold it seems in their Language as well as ours, it being generally a cold and bleak Countrey, the Air in many parts of it so ex∣treamly sharp and piercing, that both Horse and Rider sometimes in travelling are frozen to death, as the Spaniards found by experience in their first Search and Disco∣very of the Countrey, under the Conduct of Diego Almagro, who is said to have left the greatest part of his Men dead behind him: But this is chiefly towards the Andes, and on the Sea-Coast, the more Inland parts of it, though mountainous also in some parts, yet are more temperate, and being also well water'd with Rivers, are much more fruitfull than the other, affording both Wheat and Maiz, and likewise other Grain, excellent Pasturage in many places, and great store of Cattel, Wine, Honey, and not without many and rich Mines both of Gold and Silver.

The Natives of this Countrey were found to be the most stout and warlike of all the Americans that the Spaniards had hitherto met withal, fighting with them, and oftentimes defeating them in the open Field, surprizing and sacking their Towns, and last of all taking their Captain and Commander in Chief Prisoner: This was Pedro Baldivia, one of those good Men that consented to the death of Atta∣baliba, the last King of Peru, after a greater Ransom accepted and paid, then per∣haps the King of Spain could well raise on a sudden, if he had occasion to use it for himself.* 1.190The Arucans (for so are the People call'd that had him Prisoner) are said to have Entertain'd him for a while with great Jollity and Feasting, but for his last Draught gave him a Cup of melted Gold, which the poor Man was forc'd to take down, and so died a cruel, though costly Death.

The whole Province generally is divided first into Chile, specially so call'd, and secondly Magellanica, or that part which lieth more Southward down to the Straights of Magellan.

SECT. II. Chile, properly so call'd.

* 1.191CHile, specially so call'd, is border'd Northward with the Desart and barren Countrey of Acatama above mention'd; on the South, with Magellanica; on the West, with Mare del Zur; Eastward, and to the North-East, with some parts of Paraguay, or rather with some undiscover'd Countreys lying betwixt them both: The length of it from North to South is reckon'd to be little less than three hundred Leagues, and generally of a fruitful Soil, affording besides abun∣dance of Gold and Silver, both Corn, Cattel, Vineyards, and divers sorts of Fruits, equal both for kind and plenty to Spain it self, and sundry other parts of Europe. The Air likewise temperate, and the People in their Manners and Conditions come much nearer to the Civility, and likewise subtilty of the Europeans, than other Americans did; which doubtless may be attributed to the conformity of the Climates under which they lie, agreeable to those of Europe; though otherwise in respect of the Sphere and Seasons of the Year, there be a diametrical difference betwixt us; As for Example, their Spring beginning in September, which is our Autumn, and their Autumn in March, which is our Spring; their longest Day being that of St. Lucy, on the eleventh of December, which is our shortest; and their shortest being St. Barna∣bas, viz. the eleventh of June, which is our longest, &c.

* 1.192The Towns of chiefest note and importance in this Province, are 1. Gopiapo, an old Town in the most Northerly parts of this Province towards the Sea, where it hath a very commodious Haven belonging to it.

2. La Serena, a Town situate on the Banks of Coquimbo, a pleasant River a little above its Influx into the Sea, built by Baldivia in the Year 1544. the Countrey about very rich in Mines of Gold, and the Town it self so well Garrison'd for fear of the Natives, that when the English under Sir Francis Drake, about fourscore years since, attempted the gaining of the Place, they found hot Service of it, being stoutly resisted and beaten back again to their Ships, by a Sally of no less than three hundred good Horse and two hundred Foot.

3. St. Jago, the principal Town of the Province, a Bishop's See, and the ordi∣nary Residence of the Governor, lying on the Banks of the River Tapocalma, in the thirty fourth Degree of Southern Latitude, fifteen Leagues distant from the South Sea, at which it hath a very commodious and much frequented Haven, which they call Valparayso, and where the English met with better fortune, as hath been said al∣ready in the report of Sir Francis Drake's Voyage.

4. La Conception, a strong Town, seated on the Bay call'd Penco, sixty or seventy Leagues distant from St. Jago towards the South, a Place not a little fortifi'd both by Nature and Art, having the Bay and a certain Ridge of high Mountains begirt∣ing it almost round about; and where it is otherwise accessible, a Castle, and cer∣tain Bulwarks with Ordnance, besides a Garrison of five hundred Soldiers at least continually in it, and all little enough to defend it against the Araucanes, their deadly Enemies, who live thereabouts, and are ever and anon making Incursions almost up to the Walls of it. Over against this Place in Mare del Zur, but very near the Shore, there lieth a certain Island call'd St. Maries, exceeding plentiful in Swine

[illustration] map of Cape Horn

TABULE MEGELLANICA, QUA TIERRAE DEL FUEGO, 〈…〉〈…〉

and all sorts of Poultrey, which the Garrison of La Conception make good use of.

5. Los Confines, a Fronteer Town, built by the aforesaid Baldivia, for defence of the rich Mines of Gold at Angol, a Place near adjoyning.

6. La Imperiale, another strong Garrison of this Place on the Banks of the River Cauten, near to which that great Battel was fought, where Baldivia, with divers other Soldiers, were taken Prisoners, who were no otherwise overcome, but by be∣ing over-wearied with killing of their Enemies, and by that means not able to make their Retreat.

7. Villarica, another Colony of the Spaniards in these Parts, sixteen Leagues di∣stant from Imperiale, and twenty five from the Sea.

8. Baldivia, so nam'd from the Commander Pedro Baldivia, who built it in the Valley of Guadallanquen, two or three Leagues distant from the Sea, where it hath a good and capacious Port; but nearer to it the best Mines of Peru, so rich, that 'tis said they yielded Baldivia every day so long as he could enjoy them, twenty five thousand Crowns.

9. Osorno, a Town lying in the Bay of Chilue in a barren Soil, but otherwise nei∣ther less rich, nor less populous than Baldivia it self.

These three last mention'd Towns, viz. Baldivia, Imperiale, and Osorno, were in the Years 1596, 1699, and 1604, surpriz'd by the Araucanes, and other Salvages confederate with them, sack'd and burnt; and though the Spaniards be said to have recover'd and Garrison'd some of them with fresh Soldiers, yet how long they were able to hold them, or whether they be Masters of them at this day, we cannot say.

10. Castro, the most Southerly Town of the whole Province, built on a certain Island within the Bay of Chilue.

11. Mondoza, and 12. St. Juan de la Frontera, both which lie towards Paraguay and Rio de la Plata, but on the other side of the Andes, forty Leagues distant from any of those we have spoken of, and perhaps more, not above a hundred from Buenos Ayres, and the Atlantick Ocean.

SECT. III. Magellanica.

* 1.193MAgellanica, the other part of this Province, is bounded Northward, with Chile abovesaid, and some parts of the Countrey De la Plata; on the South, with the narrow Sea call'd Magellans Straights; having Mare del Zur on the West, and on the East the Atlantick Ocean. It contains in length from the Borders of Chile to the Mouth of the Straights, a hundred Leagues, and in breadth from the North to the South Sea, somewhat more, viz. towards Chile and the North-West parts of it, for towards the South and South-West it straitens still more and more, insomuch that they who resemble the Southern part of America to the form of a Py∣ramid revers'd, make this part of the Countrey to be the Spire or top thereof. It beareth the Name from Ferdinand Magellan, a Portuguese, who first discover'd that narrow Sea, so famously known by the Name of Magellans Straights. It is a large Countrey, and suppos'd not to be altogether barren of Metals; but as yet no great Discovery hath been made of it, partly by reason of the excessive Cold to which 'tis thought to be subject, and partly perhaps by reason of the difficulty of the Enterprize, it being so far remote, and very hardly passable in many places, by reason of the huge Mountains the Andes, which bar it as it were against all Adven∣turers; but chiefly by reason of the stoutness and untameableness of the Araucanes

and other Natives of Chile, through whose Countrey the March lieth, and who must first be conquer'd, so that very little can be said more of this Countrey, than onely to name the Ports and Places upon the Sea-Coasts,* 1.194 at which the Spaniards, and likewise some other Nations at several times have touched, the chief whereof upon the South Sea are, 1. Cabo de las Islas, a Promontory or Foreland, twenty six Leagues distant from that of St. Felix on the Confines of Chile.

2. Puerto de San Stephano, fifty Leagues from that, towards the South.

3. La Villa de Nuestra Sennora, or Our Ladies Dale, a large and secure Bay, eighteen Leagues Southward of St. Stephens.

4. La Punta Deglada; 5. Puerto de los Reyos; and 6. Ancona Sin Salida, all of them opening towards the Straights. There is also at the opening of the Straights, Cabo de la Vittoria, Cabo Desseado, and some others.

Upon the North Sea, and up towards Rio de la Plata, the chief Places observable, are 1. Rio de la Crux, and the Cape which they call De las Rameras, about thirty Leagues distant from the Straights Mouth.

2. The Bay of St. Julian, forty Leagues Northward of the former.

3. El Puerto Desseado; 4. Puerto de los Leones; 5. The Bay of Anegada, all of them good and capacious Havens for the security of Shipping upon these Coasts, and lying at a distance of thirty or forty Leagues one from another, up towards Rio de la Plata, and the Countrey of Paraguay, of which we are next to speak.

* 1.195As for the Straights themselves, so much spoken of, and likewise so necessary to be known by those who frequent these parts of the World, they are a narrow Sea or Frith, by which the Atlantick Ocean, or rather some parts of it, doth fall into Mare del Zur, or the South Sea: the Passage is long, running, as 'tis commonly suppos'd, well nigh a hundred Leagues together, almost in a paralel Line, or in the same Degree of Latitude from one end to the other; and likewise extreamly difficult by reason of the many windings and turnings of the Sea, which force them to be ever and anon altering of their Course, and a mountainous high Countrey on both sides of it, from whence it is almost continually beaten with Storms, both dangerous and terrible: They were first discover'd by Ferdinand Magellan, by Nation a Portu∣guese, but in the Service of the King of Spain, and by him nam'd Magellan's Straights; who although himself liv'd not to return into Spain, being slain in the Conquest of the Molucca Islands, yet his Companions did, in the Ship call'd Vittoria, from whence the Cape De la Vittoria abovesaid took its Name. The Mouth or Entrance of them, by the Atlantick Ocean, lies in fifty two Degrees of Southern Latitude, and hath not above fifty three and some Minutes at the Exit, or opening into the South Sea.

* 1.196There is likewise since this, and but of late times, viz. about the Year 1615. ano∣ther Straight discover'd by the Dutch, and call'd from the Discoverer Fretum Mairi, or The Straights of le Maire, four or five Degrees more to the Southward than those of Magellan, and suppos'd to be a much easier and safer Passage.

The Intention by the discovery of these Straights, was to have found a shorter Way to the East-Indies, and the Kingdoms of Cathay and China, than that which was then onely us'd, viz. by the Cape de Buena Speranza, and the Coast of Africk, but by reason of the great difficulty, as 'tis to be suppos'd, and uncertainty of the Passage, neither the one nor the other is much frequented, the Spaniards for the most part serving themselves of their American Ports upon the South Sea, from whence they make their Voyages and Returns to and from the other Indies, and from thence home to Spain; and the English, with other Nations of Europe, Trading still by the Coast of Africk and Cape of Good Hope, or else by the way of Alexandria and the Persian Gulf, as heretofore.

[illustration] map of Paraguay

PARAQVARIA Vulgo PARAGVAY. Cum adjacentibus.

CHAP. VI. Paraguay, or Rio de la Plata.

VVE have seen in Magellanica the farthest, that is, the most Southerly part of the New World, and before it in order all the Western Coasts of America that lie either upon or towards Mare del Zur, viz. from Pa∣nama, the first Province of this Southern part down as far as the Straights. We are now to return and take a view of the Eastern Coasts, and those Countreys which lie upon the Atlantick Ocean, steering our Course henceforth Northward, not di∣rectly, but as the Coast leads us for a while Eastward and by North, forasmuch as the Land of America, from the Straights of Magellan up as far as Brasile, and almost to the AEquator, runneth out with a long Point, little less than three thousand Leagues together.

* 1.197The first Province we meet with on this side next to Magellanica, is the Countrey of Paraguay, oftentimes call'd Rio de la Plata, from the Name of an huge River, which runneth for the most part through the midst of it: It is border'd, as we said, to the South and towards the Straights with Magellanica; on the East, with the Atlantick Ocean; more Northward, or to the North-East, it hath Brasile; and on the West those undiscover'd Countreys of the Province of Chile, of which we have spoken.

The Countrey on both sides the River is reported to be a very lusty and fruitful Soil, bearing besides those which are proper and native, all sorts of European Fruits and Grain in great abundance, with Sugar-Canes, both large and good, as any other Province of the New World. Nor is it excell'd by any other for good Pasturage and great Herds of Cattel, Sheep, and Swine; in particular, Horses are said to have multiply'd so here, that of thirty Mares, and about six or seven Stal∣lions, which the Spaniards left there, in forty years the whole Countrey thereabouts was fill'd with the Breed of them, running wild in great Companies together, through all the Woods and Forrests of the Countrey, and being of excellent Met∣tle and Service if they could be tam'd. It affordeth likewise great store of wild Deer and Stags, some Lyons, Tygers, &c. nor is it without good Mines, some both of Gold and Silver; but chiefly, as to what is yet discover'd, of Brass, and Iron; and the People altogether salvage.

* 1.198The River De la Plata, which (as we said before) divides this Countrey, is one of the largest of the whole World, rising, as 'tis suppos'd, out of the Lake call'd De los Xarayes, three hundred Leagues or more within Land, and falling into the Atlantick Ocean, or North Sea, in thirty four Degrees of Southern Latitude, with an Estuary or Mouth of thirty, or two and thirty Leagues over.

The whole Countrey is usually subdivided into three inferior Provinces, which 1. Rio de la Plata properly so call'd. 2. Tucuman. 3. La Crux de Sierra.

SECT. II. Rio de la Plata, properly so call'd.

* 1.199RIo de la Plata, properly so call'd, is that part of the Countrey which extend∣eth it self on both sides the River, in length many Leagues together, but not answerable in breadth.

* 1.200The chiefest Towns of note in this Province, are 1. Buenos Ayres, by some call'd La Trinidad, on the Southern Banks of the River De la Plata, sixty four Leagues, as they say, from the Mouth of it: It is seated commodiously at the foot of a little Mountain, and fortifi'd with a Mud-Wall, a little Castle, and some Pieces of Ordnance.

2. San Fe, in English St. Faiths, fifty Leagues above Buenos Ayres, upon the same River, and a richer Place, chiefly by reason of their Cloth, of which there is here one of the greatest Manufactures of all these parts of Peru.

3. Nuestra Sennora de la Assumption, commonly call'd Assumption onely, lying yet higher up the River almost a hundred Leagues, a well built and well frequented Town, long since inhabited by two hundred Families at least of natural Spaniards, besides Mestizos, as they call them, which are the Breed of Spaniards by the American People, Men or Women, and Mulattos, which are likewise their Race, but begotten upon Negro's, of both which there are reckon'd to be here some thousands.

4. La Cividad Real, or more commonly call'd Ontiveros, fourscore Leagues North∣ward from Assumption, seated on the Banks of the River Parana in a fruitful Soil, as the Countrey generally is about all these Places; but the Air hereabouts is not so healthful.

5. St. Anne, upon the same River; and 6. St. Salvador.

SECT. III. Tucuman.

* 1.201VVEstward of La Plata lieth the Countrey of Tucuman, extending it self as far as the Borders of Chile, a Countrey not yet well discover'd either to the North or the South. That part of it which lieth towards Chile is well Manur'd and Husbanded, and likewise very fruitful; but that to∣wards Magellanica, neither the one, nor the other, remaining altogether untill'd and barren.

The chief Towns and Places of note, are 1. St. Jago de Esteco, the principal Town of the Province, and a Bishop's See, seated upon the River Esteco, a hundred and fourscore Leagues distant from Buenos Ayres.

* 1.2022. St. Michael de Tucuman, seated at the foot of a huge rocky Mountain, but otherwise in a Soil the fruitfullest and best, both for Corn and Pasturage, in all this Countrey, twenty eight Leagues distant from St. Jago.

3. Talavera, or Neustra Sennora de Talavera, as the Spaniards call it, situate upon the Banks of Salado, in a good Soil, and inhabited by an industrious People, grown ex∣ceeding rich and wealthy, chiefly by their Manufactures of Cotton-Wooll, where∣of they have great plenty, and by which they drive a Trade as far as the Mines at Potosi, and other parts of Peru.

4. Corduba, another rich Town of this Province, and of great Trade, as lying

[illustration] map of Brazil

BRASILIA.

at an equal distance, viz. of fifty Leagues, both from San Fe, as they call it, or St. Faiths in the Province of La Plata abovesaid, and from St. Juan de la Frontera in the Country of Chile, and almost in the Road-way from Potosi and those parts of Peru, to Buenos Ayres and the North Sea.

5. Chocinoca; 6. Sococha; 7. Calebinda; 8. Morata, and others, but belonging for the most part to the reduced Natives.

SECT. IV. La Crux de Sierra.

* 1.203LA Crux de Sierra is a little Territory (at least in comparison to some others) lying towards Peru, and reckon'd by some for one of the Provinces of Peru: It lieth betwixt the two great Rivers Paraguay and Guapay, a hundred Leagues distant, as 'tis said, from Charcas, to which yet in some Causes it is subor∣dinate.

The Soil of this Countrey is abundantly fertile in all sorts of American Fruits, besides good plenty both of Wheat and Maiz, and scarsity of nothing useful for Man's Life, unless it be fresh Water in some places.

* 1.204The chief Towns of this Province, are 1. San Crux, situate at the foot of a great Mountain or Hill, but opeing upon a large Plain, whose thirsty driness is well re∣fresh'd by a certain Brook or Torrent, which issueth out of a neighboring Moun∣tain, and a few Leagues distant from the Town maketh a pretty Lake, which sup∣plieth the Countrey thereabouts, both with fresh Water and Fish in good plenty.

2. Barranea, a Town suppos'd to be not above threescore Leagues distant from Potosi.

3. Nova Rioia, once a Colony of Spaniards, bu••••sack'd and spoil'd by the Salvages of these Parts about the Year 1548. and the first Discoveror of the Countrey, namely Nunno de Chaves, treacherously murder'd by a Native, since which time 'tis said to have been deserted.

CHAP. VII. Brasile.

* 1.205Brasile by Capralis call'd San Cruz, because it was discover'd on the Day dedi∣cated to the holy Cross, but generally Brasile, from the red Wood, which it produces in great abundance, extends, according to the Account of the Portuguese, between the Rivers Maranon and De la Plata: But according to the Di∣vision which Pope Alexander the Sixth made upon the Approbation of the Kings of Castile and Portuguese, Brasile extends not so far; for it begins in the North along the Stream Para, and ends at the River Capybora, two Leagues beyond the Town St. Vincent: Eastward it is wash'd by the Northern Ocean, and on the West separa∣ted from Peru by desolate Mountains: It lies between 4 and 22 Degrees of Sou∣thern Latitude. Historiographers differ much concerning the first Discoverer; but without contradiction the first honor belongs justly to Americus Vesputius, who being sent out by Ferdiaand, King of Castile, in the Year 1497. arriv'd first with four Sail

[illustration]

at Brasile; whither he was follow'd two years after by Vincent Aynez Pinzon, Associ∣ate to Christopher Columbus; but with ill success, for two of the Ships were cast away in a Storm, and the other two return'd sadly weather-beaten into the Spanish Haven Palos, yet not before he had made a farther Discovery of Brasile than Americus Vespu∣tius; which so stirr'd up Emanuel,* 1.206 King of Portugal, that he sent Pedro Alvarez Capralis thither with five hundred Men in thirteen Ships, that so he might get sure footing on Brasile; where Landing he erect••d a Stone Cross, and inform'd the King of his whole Proceedings by Gasper Lemnius, with whom he sent over two Brasilians, a Man and a Woman, the strangeness of whose Garb caus'd great admiration in Portugal amongst the Spectators: the Man, having a flat Nose, went stark naked, and in his nether Lip hung a Stone call'd Matara; through each Cheek there was stuck a piece of Brasile Wood, on his Shoulders he carry'd three long Darts, and on his Head he wore divers colour'd Feathers; the Hair about his Privities was all pluckt out, and his Membrum Virile ty'd about with a String call'd Tacoaynhaa, which he unty'd when he Urin'd; his Body was strong and well proportion'd, and paint∣ed with several Colours. The Woman wore a Lappet girt about her Middle, in which Girdle stuck a Cane Tobacco-pipe; the Lappet reach'd just to the top of her Knees, the rest of her Body was also naked; on her Head she wore a broad Hat made of Feathers, on the top of which stuck two Plumes; in her Ears hung Bells, and about her Neck three Strings of Pearl; and her Body was also painted with red and yellow Colours. Lemnius also gave so much Information concerning the fruitfulness of Brasile, that several Portuguese Families went thither, accompanied with some Italian Fryers, which scattering up and down, began to build several Villages, but were soon after most of them kill'd and eaten up by the Indians.

Anno 1549. King John the Third fitted out a great Fleet, which set Sail from Lisbon under the Command of Thomas de Sosa.

* 1.207Also the Jesuits Aspilcueta, Antonio Pireo, Leonardo Nonno, Didaco Jacobo, Vincent Rode∣rico, and Emanuel Robrega, were sent thither by Pope Paulus the Third, and Ignatius Loyola, whose Fleet came to an Anchor in the Bay afterwards call'd Bahia de Todos

Sanctos, where Sosa built the City Salvador; since which the Portuguese have spread themselves farther and farther over Brasile.

The United Netherlands also sent Colonies thither with good success, for they took several vast Countreys from the Portuguese, by force of Arms, and built new Forts and Towns in several places. But we will first give you a general Description of it,* 1.208 that so we may the better render a Relation in particular of every Province thereof, it being a considerable part of the New World, and both pleasant and fruit∣ful, and the Sea-Coasts refresh'd by Easterly Winds, which begin before Day∣break, when the North Sea ebbs or flows, for then the Wind rises with the Sun, and continues till Mid-night: Towards the West, where the Mountains divide Brasile from Peru, it is made temperate by Westerly Winds, which though judg'd unwhol∣som, because they seem to arise out of the Moorish Grounds, yet they hurt not the Inhabitants along that Coast, because they either break against the high Moun∣tains, or are driven by the strong Wind which blows from the Sea.

The difference between Summer and Winter, shorter and longer Days, in the main part of Brasile, is scarce discernable, warm Weather lasting all the year round; and for the length of the Day and Night, the Sun being hid under the Horizon twelve hours, shines for the most part just as long, the greatest difference never being above an hour. Three hours before Day-break the Dew makes it exceeding cold till Sun-rising; wherefore the Brasilians make Fires in the Night near their Hammocks, not onely to keep wild Beasts from them, but also against the Cold. After the coldest Nights follow the fairest Days, and the contrary after sultry Nights; nevertheless (except in the rainy Season, which begins with March and ends about August) the Skye is generally clear, yet it Lightens much towards the Evening. Rainbowes often appear in the Skye, and bout the Mooon Halos. The Rain generally falls in great Drops, and with a mighty noise; before which it is generally very sultry hot, or else soon after. The Dew, which is fruit∣fuller than in Europe, is saltish, which makes it oft to rot things that lie in the open Air. During the rainy Moneths, a South-East Winds blows from a cloudy Skye, much stronger than the Northern in Summer, The South-East Wind drives the Stream to the North, as the North Wind drives it to the South: And more than this, there is little to be discern'd of the Seas ebbing and flowing hereabouts: At the highest Tides the Brasilians go several Leagues from the Shore to Fish, upon Planks made of the spungy Wood call'd Jangada fastned together. The Sea, which seems to burn in the Night, is so clear in the Day, that the Fish may be seen to swim above twenty Fathom deep. A calm Ocean when the Days and Nights are of an exact length, and especially when dark Clouds appear, is a certain sign of a dreadful Storm. At Full or New-Moon the Sea rises twelve Foot, and con∣tinues either a longer or shorter time, according as it is more or less turbulent, and the Rivers fall stronger or more gently into the same.

Before most part of the Coast of Brasile lies a Stone Cliff of above twenty or thirty Paces broad, which is never cover'd with Water, though in the time of Spring-floods. In this Cliff Nature in several places hath made a Gap, through which the Ships sail near the Shore, and ride safe at an Anchor.

The whole Countrey of Brasile is divided into thirteen Praefectures, or Lord∣ships, and hath about as many Rivers, which more or less empty themselves into every one of these Countreys. The Eastern part hath several Brooks and Foun∣tains, which afford good Water both for Man and Beast. In some parts the Water is so strong, that the wild Beasts making themselves Drunk therewith, are easily taken. During the Winter Season the Rivers glide with great force, and swell on a

sudden, overflowing all the neighboring Countrey, onely the River San Francisco runs strongest and rises highest in the Summer Season, whenas in the Winter it flows low, and poures but little Water into the Ocean. The original of this Ri∣ver is as yet unknown, yet is by most believ'd to come out of a great Lake lying near the Peruvian Mountains: The Hollanders, who sail'd forty Leagues up the same, found it every where broad and deep, and scatter'd full of Isles and Rocks. The Portuguese sailing ten Leagues farther, discover'd the great Rocks Cocoeras, from which the said River falls down with great violence, and extends it self North-West. In the other Brasilian Streams, though wide at the Mouthes, which generally are not above two or three hours walking from their Fountains or Springs, no Barque is able to Row up, they being exceeding shallow, although much Rain falls into them; the reason whereof is because the barren Mountains lying be∣tween Brasile and Peru, discharge abundance of Water through the Rivers of Ama∣zones, Maranon, Francisco, La Plata, and the Juaeiro, with such force into the Ocean, that they keep their sweetness for thirty Leagues. Near the Sea side are seve∣ral Lakes and Pits which are drinkable, and others up in the Countrey that are brackish.

* 1.209The Countrey differs exceedingly, for where it extends in Plains the Soil is fat and clayie, and produces all sorts of Fruit, but especially Sugar-Canes. During the rainy Seasons the Trees flourish most; after which the heat of the Sun, and fer∣tility of the Soil speedily ripen the Fruit: wherefore they Dung not their Land, but on the contrary endeavor to make it lean with Sand, that the Plants might not have too many Leaves, and wither before the Fruit can be ripened. They Sowe in the beginning of the rainy Moneths, and especially take care that the Seed lie not too deep in the Ground, because then the Sun-beams being not able to come at it, suffer it to perish in the cold Ground.

The high Cocoa and Palmito-Trees, are transplanted all the year round, the Roots being onely cover'd with a little Earth, because they can endure no cold.

Several Trees here bear a cooling Fruit, as if kind Nature took care to provide against excessive heat.

All manner of Plants and Herbs brought hither from Angola, Portugal, the Nether∣lands, and the East-Indies, grow here very plentifully. But the Countrey generally would be much better, if some way could be found out to destroy the innumera∣ble company of Pismires, which though three times bigger than the European, re∣semble them very much, and cover the Paths in Woods and Fields for three or four Miles together; and raising Hillocks, make them hollow, and fill them with Corn: in the Full of the Moon they gather an incredible quantity of Grain, which they bite at each end, because it should not sprout: against the rainy Moneths they stop up their Holes,* 1.210 that the Water may not damnifie their Store. But these Animals have a mortal Enemy of the Tamanda, of which there are two sorts, the bigger call'd Guaca, the lesser Miri; the Guaca, notwithstanding it is no bigger than an or∣dinary Dog, yet it destroys Tygers, and other wild Beasts, with such a raging fury, that it never lets go what once it hath got hold of, but holds it fast so long till some∣times it dies of Hunger. The Guaca differing from the Miri onely in bigness, hath a broad Tail full of grey and black Bristles, which sticks up when he is vex'd, but when he goes to sleep, covers himself with the same. The Miri winds his long smooth Tail about the Boughs, by which hanging he searches the Holes in the Trees with his Tongue, which being thin and round, hath a Gutter in the middle, in which when it feels any Pismires, it suddenly swallows them down: If he per∣ceives them to have their Nests under Ground, then he scratches up the Earth, and

puts his Tongue in at the Holes. Both the Guacu and Miri have a thick Skin, and a broad black Streak from their Breasts on each side up half way their Bodies, and through the black runs also a white Streak. No Beast in the World is hardier than this, for though it fasts twelve days, and is afterwards flay'd alive, yet it will live several hours after.

The Lakes in Brasile are for the most part overgrown with Weeds just like a Field, yet are exceeding full of Fish and Fowl. Where the Sea runs into the Lakes, great multitudes of Crabs are seen crawling along the Ground, and the Oysters hang in Clusters on the Boughs of a Plant call'd Manyle or Mangues,* 1.211 which grow with their Roots either near or in the Water, in such a manner, that new Bodies still shoot from the old Roots, which prevents easie access to the chief Plant, on whose uppermost Leaves after Sun-rising sticks very white Salt, which in the Night, or in a cloudy Day turns to a brackish Dew. Moreover, those places where Brasile rises with Hills and Mountains, are likewise very fruitful, except the barren tops of some, which seem to kiss the Skyes; and though the fruitful Mountains flourish in the time of the rainy Months, yet many of the Trees which grow on them die in Summer, and their Ashes being burnt by the Inhabitants, are us'd in stead of Dung. Some Woods extend themselves three hundred Leagues in length, and are full of Trees, so tall, that an Arrow shot upwards falls short of the top of them, and a Boat may be made out of the Body, which can carry a hundred and fifty Men. On the great Boughs of these mighty Trees grow other excrescent Shrubs after the manner of Misseltoe, which proceed from the Kernels swallow'd and muted upon them by the Birds that light there. In some places also grow also Sweet-wood Trees, which afford either excellent Gums or Wood to Dye with; amongst which the chief is the Ibiripitanga, which yields the Brasile Wood, that gives Denomination of Brasile to this vast Tract of Land.* 1.212 The Tree Ibripitanga is tall and spreading, hath sad colour'd Bark full of short Thorns; the Leaves are green, and differ in form but little from the Box-Tree Leaf; the Boughs shoot forth other lesser, full of yellow and sweet-smelling Flowers, which falling off are succeeded by a flat long Cod, of a dark grey colour, full of little red Pulse; the upper part of the Tree is not good to Dye with, but onely the lower part of the Body, which because the Tree grows far up in the Countrey, is not transport∣able without much trouble. But the Tatai-iba grows in the Woods along the Shore;* 1.213 the Bark being of an Ash-colour, invests a yellow Wood; the Leaves are sharp and notch'd, the Fruit not unlike Mulberries, pale, juicy, and full of white Seed; the Wood boyl'd Dyes a pure Yellow. It is observable not onely of this Tree, but generally of the Trees of this Countrey, that they neither flourish, nor shed their Leaves all over at once, nor do several Trees of the same kind, and growing here germinate or fade together; for whilest one is fullest of Blossoms, the other is without Leaves; and whilest the same Tree sheds its Leaves on one side, the other side is newly Budded.

The European Plants and Herbs with soft Roots, being once Planted in Brasile, come to be hard and lignifi'd. There is also great difference, according to the Ground in which they are Planted; for such Plants and Trees as in the Plains are but small and tender, grow ten times higher if Planted in the Woods.

All sorts of Indian Pulse grow higher than the tallest Trees, like high Arbors, under which both Men and Beasts may shelter themselves from the Sun or Rain.

We find not upon Record or Tradition, that Brasile was ever troubled with an Earthquake, which is the reason that it hath neither Silver nor Gold-Mines, because sulphurous Fires are found under Ground, which are a cause of the production of

[illustration]

Gold and Silver, so likewise they occasion Earthquakes: yet in that part of Brasile call'd Ceara, there are some Mines of Silver, out of which the Hollanders would have got greater Riches, had not they been employ'd in the Wars against the Portuguese.

Far up into the Countrey amongst the Mountains, inhabit Canibals, or Man-eaters. The Europeans that first travell'd that way, found the Countrey very fertile and full of People, especially in the Valleys, but somewhat incommoded by the want of Water, and the excessiveness of the Heat in the Day, and of the Cold in the Night. In some places the Countrey is so over-grown with Brambles, that they are forc'd to cut their way through the same. But there are a sort of Thistles, which having concave Leaves, receive the Dew and Rain for the accommodation of the Natives.

Besides Serpents and Dragons, the Tygers are most of all to be fear'd when hungry, but once satisfi'd are easily taken.

Dogs, Oxen, Sheep, and Horses thrive also exceedingly in most parts of Brasile.

* 1.214The Brasilians live to be very old without being Bald or Grey: There are sel∣dom or never to be seen squint-ey'd, lame, decrepid, or any deformed People, not∣withstanding the Children are never Swath'd but thrown into cold Water as soon as born. The Men generally have a very near resemblance one with another, as also the Women, so that there is not such a difference betwixt Man and Man there, as amongst other People. There is scarce any Sickness heard of in these Parts; for besides a long Life, they enjoy the benefit of Health so long as they live. They trouble not themselves with much Business; and in one Hut, whose Covering con∣sists of Palm-Leaves, dwell several Families together.

* 1.215The general Bread of the Brasilians is the stamp'd Root Mandihoka; besides which they also eat all manner of Fruit and Plants, and many times Flesh, which they either eat boyl'd, broyl'd, or stew'd; their Boyling is after this manner: First they kindle their Fire with two Sticks, the one of hard, and the other of soft Wood; the hard they make sharp at the end, and fix the same into the soft, which setting on fire they immediately lay Cotton thereupon, or else dry Leaves, and so boyl the Flesh in round Earthen Pots call'd Camu: but they account that better which is

stew'd in a Pot, the bottom whereof is cover'd with Leaves, on which they lay the Flesh, then stopping the same close on the top with Earth and Leaves, they make Fire over it so long till they think the Flesh to be sufficiently stew'd. Their Broyl∣ing they perform by fixing forked Stick into the Ground, over which they lay seve∣ral others like a Gridiron, and upon them the raw Flesh, cut in long Slices, and Pepper'd and Salted, then make a Fire under the same till it is enough; and their Meat so dress'd keeps good fourteen days. Their Fish either boyl'd or broyl'd is eaten with the Sawce Juquitinga. The little Fish Piaba and Piquitinga they make up in Rolls, and lay them under hot Ashes. Both with their Flesh and Fish they eat for Bread, as hath been said, the Meal of the Root Mandihoka, which they taking up with three Fingers throw into their Mouthes so dexterously, that not the least scrap falls besides. They never observe any set hours to eat, for they make several Meals in the Day and sometimes in the middle of the Night, if their Appetite serves, and neither drink nor speak whilest they are at their Meat. They sleep in spread Hammocks made fast between two Poles, near which burns a constant Fire with which in the Day-time they dress their Meat, and at Night keep themselves warm, the Nights being there somewhat cold, because of their equal length with the Days. Their usual Liquor is cold Water, taken out of the Fountains, Rivers, or Brooks;* 1.216 but to Carouse they make the Drink Caoi, of the Fruit of the Ocaiiba-Tree, which being stamp'd in a woodden Mortar, is strain'd, and at first looks like Milk, but after a few days standing turns to a darker colour, and is strong enough to make Astronomers of those that drink largely of it, but if long kept, it turns to be excel∣lent Vinegar.

They have another Drink call'd Aipu, which is made two several ways; the first is thus: An old Toothless Woman chews the little cut Root Aipimacaxera to a a Pap call'd Caracu, which spitting in a Pot they pour Water on the same, and after∣wards boyling it leisurely, stirring it all the time it stands over the Fire. The other way of making this Aipu, which is much the more cleanly, is to boyl the said Root so long, till it comes to be like Butter-milk, and then letting it stand till it hath done working, it will be no unpleasant Drink.

Another sort of Drink amongst them is their Pacobi, made of the Fruit of the Tree Pacobebe and Pacobucu; besides others made of the Tree Abatu, of Indian Bar∣ley and Maiz. Also their Liquor call'd Jetici is press'd out of Potato-Roots.

In like manner the Plant Nana, by the Portuguese call'd Ananas, makes the Drink Nanai, which is exceeding strong and heady, but good against Faintness, Vomit∣ing, Gravel, and stoppage of Urine, as also against Poyson.

* 1.217The Tapuiyans, sur-named Cariri, meet at a certain time to make the Liquor Aipu, whereof each takes as much to his Hut as falls to his share, and when it hath done working, they begin in the Morning very early at the first House in the Vil∣lage, and drink out every drop which they find there, and so from House to House till they have drunk one another drie; and he is look'd upon to be the best Man that hath drunk and evacuated most.

* 1.218The Brasilians take generally very strong Tobacco, which they first drie in the Sun, and afterwards before the Fire, the better to rub it in pieces: Their Tobacco-pipe is a Cane and a hollow Nut cut off at the top, and a round Hole bor'd in the middle, into which they put the Cane. They forbear not to take Tobacco even in the midst of their religious Ceremonies, which are perform'd with Singing and Dancing in this manner:

* 1.219The Tapuaiyans making a round Ring at an equal distance one from another, all of them being stark naked, tie divers colour'd Plumes of Feathers on their back-sides

[illustration]

with a String made fast on their left Shoulders and about their Wastes; about their Legs they have Cotton Garters; each in his turn bowing to the Left, stretches down his left Hand to the Ground, and puts his right Hand in between the Strings which tie the Plume of Feathers, and stamps continually with his right Foot, whilest all the rest begin to Sing a doleful Song, which by degrees they change into a merry one, not without some appearance of understanding the Art of Musick. Their Songs contain first a mournful Relation of a general Deluge, which drowned their Predecessors, all but some few, who escap'd by climbing up high Trees and Mountains; next the Acts of those old Heroes from whom they boast themselves Extracted, who lost their Lives, or valiantly fought for the publick good, and were rewarded with the enjoyment of all pleasures and Delights, of Sing∣ing, Playing, Dancing, and the like, in a remote Countrey, whither after their Deaths they hope to be translated: Whilest they thus Sing over all their Songs, three Priests stand in the middle of the Ring, each holding the Idol Maraka (in their left Hand) resembling an old Ostritch's Egg stuck full of Feathers on the top: about their Wastes they wear a Girdle of rich Plumes, on their Heads also a Crown of Feathers; the middle Priest looks with a stern Countenance, and holds up his left Leg from the Ground, whilest the other two standing on each side of him, hold in their right Hands a Pipe, out of which blowing Tobacco-smoak in one anothers Faces, they utter these words, Receive the Spirit of heroick Strength: The Dance ended, they Entertain their Priests with Meat and Drink eight days together, and also put Meat before their Idol Maraka, who is the chief Deity they adore.

* 1.220Their Arms consist of Bowes made of hard Wood, Strung with twisted Cotton Thred; their Arrows they make of the Cane Tacaara, made very sharp at the end, or headed with some Beasts sharp Tooth, or pointed with the Bones of the Fish Iperu. Some of the Tapuiyans use great Darts, and long Clubs of black Wood, broad before, and full of sharp Spikes; the Handles being wound about with Cotton Strings call'd Jatirana, under which hangs a Tuft of the Bird Arara's Feathers, as also about the middle. Their Trumpets, call'd Canguenca, are the Shin-bones of Men, though

they have others also made of great Shells and Canes. They us'd to be continually at War one with another, which they wag'd neither for Lands nor Riches, but either to make themselves eminent, and to be accounted valiant Soldiers, or most especi∣ally for the sake of Man's-flesh to feed upon, which they love beyond all things in the World, wherefore they fatten all their Prisoners for the slaughter. Their Battels are always cruel, for they fight very desperately. Emanuel de Moraes relates, That he saw a Brasilian fight with three Armed Portugueses, who slew him not till after he had wounded them all three.

* 1.221The Languages of the Brasilians are several, each Countrey speaking a peculiar Tongue, but so different that they cannot understand one another. The Tabuyans are divided into above eighty. Tribes, each speaking a peculiar Language, which have no resemblance one with another; nevertheless they have a general Lan∣guage which is understood by most of them. The Jesuit Joseph Anchieta publishing a Brasilian Dictionary in Conimbrica, Anno 1595. shewed that the fore-mention'd Language wants the Letters f, l, s, z, r, and hath no double Consonants in any word, except mb, nd, ng, so that the sound of the word falls generally on the last Vowel. The fore-mention'd Moraes well experienc'd in the Brasilian Tongue, writ an Alphabet of all the most familiar words thereof us'd in common Discourse, of which it will not be unnecessary to give this following Extract:

A.

• ABa, a Man, also Hair.
• Acu, the Left-hand.
• Acuabeimae, Sweet.
• Amaberaba, Lightning.
• Amacuminga, Thunder.
• Amandiba, Hail.
• Anama, a near Relation.
• Anga, the Soul.
• Angabara, Lean.
• Angaipata, Angry, or Wic∣ked.
• Angaturama, Thankful, or Acceptable.
• Apara, a Crown.
• Apecum, the Tongue.
• Apicaba, a Stool.
• Ara, the Time, Skye, or Day.
• Ara-ibi coquime, Noon.
• Araya, Grandmother.
• Atapuana, Light.
• Atapuatia, Swift.
• Atucupe, the Back.
• Atyba, the Shoulder.
• Ay cig, a Mother.
• Ayura, the Neck.

B.

• Boya, a Slave.

C.

• Cama, a Sucking-Breast.
• Canga, a Leg.
• Caraibebe, apiabebe, an An∣gle.
• Caruca, the Evening.
• Capii, Grass.
• Capii goacu, Straw.
• Catu, Dainty.
• Cay, an Ape.
• Ceba, a Loaf.
• Cibera, the Buttocks.
• Cemiracoaobae, a Widower.
• Ceo, a Breast.
• Ceteeimibae, a Ghost.
• Cig cygra, an Aunt.
• Coaraci, a Son.
• Cobra, a Serpent.
• Coemitanga, the Dawn.
• Coriba, Rejoyce.
• Coya, Twins.
• Cunha, a Wife.
• Cunhaiba, a Bride.
• Cunumigoacu, a Youth.
• Cunumi, a Boy.

E.

• Ecatuaba, the right Hand.
• Eyruba, a Bee.

G.

• Giba, an Arm.
• Guaibino, an old Woman.
• Guirarupia, an Egg.

I.

• Jaci, the Moon, or Month.
• Jacitata, a Star.
• Iba, a Tree.
• Ibiaia, the Heavens.
• Ibatinga and Ibitinga, a Witch.
• Ibateba, High.
• Ibi, the Earth.
• Ibitira, a Mountain.
• Ibitu, the Wind.
• Icapi, the Dew.
• Ig, Water.
• Iguaba, a Cap.
• Ipeca, a Goose.
• Igue, the Side.
• Ita, Iron, or a Stone.
• Itacira, a Spade.
• Itapigua, a Nail.
• Juba, Yellow.

M.

• Maupiara, the Gall.
• Mbabeaubora, Sick.
• Mbiu, Meat.
• Mbo, a Hand.
• Membeca, Softly.
• Menearaa, a Wedding.
• Micu, a Toe.

• Mita, the Heel.
• Mocu, an Eel.
• Mormotara, Angry.
• Muapendaba, a Joint.

N.

• Nbia, the Heart.

O.

• Opacatumha, the World.

P.

• Potia, the Breast.
• Paranga, Fair.
• Porerobiara, Faithful.
• Porucuicobora, Poor.
• Potivi, a Duck.
• Poxi, Ugly.
• Pi, a Foot.
• Pia, the Liver.
• Pira, Fish, or a Skin.
• Piquiira, Younger in years.
• Pitanga, a Child.
• Pua, a Finger.
• Pua-guacu, a Thumb.
• Purva, the Navel.
• Puou, Long.
• Putuma, the Night.

R.

• Roig, Cold.

T.

• Tagica, a Vein.
• Tagui, Blood.
• Tagira, or Membira, a Daughter. The first of these words is us'd by the Fathers, and the other by the Mothers.
• Taira, Children, or a Son.
• Tamua, a Grandfather.
• Tata, Fire.
• Tecoacu, Luck.
• Tecoateima, Covetousness.
• Temerico, Man or Woman.
• Tendiba, a Chin.
• Tendi, Spittle.
• Tendipia, a Knee.
• Tecobecatu, Wholsom.
• Tema, a Shin-bone.
• Tete, a Body.
• Tiaya, Sweet.
• Tibira, Younger: for so the Brothers call one another, but the Sisters name their younger Brothers Quibira, and Brothers their younger Sisters Teindira.
• Tigue, the Belly.
• Tique perg, the Guts.
• Tinga, White.
• Tipiba, Melancholly.
• Tiquera, eldest Sister.
• Tiquiera, eldest Brother.
• Tuba, Parents.
• Tutira, Father's Brother.
• Tubei-ima, an Hospital Boy.
• Tuibaem, an old Man.
• Tupana, God.
• Ty, Piss.
• Tyuris, the Bladder.

U.

• Uba, the Hip.
• Unhapuapem, a Nail.

Y.

• Yja, a Fountain.
• Ymeneoba, a Widow.
• Yyaobuamba, Naked.

The Words for Action, are these following:

A.

• ABi, Erring.
• Abiqui, Coming.
• Acanhem, I die.
• Acoy, Covering.
• Aei, Missing.
• Ami, Squeezing.
• Amotareima, Hating.
• Anduba, Opinion.
• Anguipaba, Sinning.
• Abba mandeba, To put on.
• Apina, Shaving.
• Apition, Binding.
• Aroca, a Lesson.
• Ayaima, Feigning.

B.

• Beraba, Shining.

C

• Coanga, Measuring, Pro∣ving, or Speaking.
• Cacaba, Passing by.
• Cae, Curing.
• Capucaya, Calling, or To be vex'd.
• Carom, Hoping.
• Caruca, Pissing.
• Cauccuba, Loving.
• Cecaraya, Forgetting.
• Cema, Going out.
• Cenduba, Hearing.
• Cenoya, Naming.
• Cepiaca, Seeing, Punish∣ment.
• Cerura, Carrying.
• Cetuna, Smelling.
• Ceyara, Relating.
• Cica, Ploughing.
• Cipya, Making wet.
• Ciquye, Fearing.
• Co, Going.
• Cobaitim, Meeting.
• Coquendaboya, Opening.
• Cuaba, Knowing.
• Cupira, Performing.
• Cuu, Defending.

E.

• Ecatu, To be able.

G.

• Genonheca, Praying.
• Goameenga, Biting.
• Guapua, Sitting.
• Guata, Walking.
• Gueena, Vomiting.

I.

• Jababa, To run away.
• Jecoacuba, To remember.
• Jenumuna, Spitting.
• Jerure, Demanding.
• Igtaba, Swimming.
• Igu, Drinking.

M.

• Maenduara, Thinking.
• Mano, Dying.
• Maramonhanga, Warring.
• Mayaoca, Dividing.
• Mba-eraca, Buying.

• Mubacu, Eating.
• Meenga, Delivering.
• Menbirara, Barring.
• Moaibaba, Bewitching, or Preventing.
• Mongueba, Putting out.
• Moanga, Thinking.
• Moaquima, Making wet.
• Mobibua, Sowing.
• Moete, Praising, or Ho∣noring.
• Moendi, Setting on fire.
• Mogiba, Boyling.
• Mogyco, Polishing.
• Momiya, Moving.
• Momita, Lodging.
• Monberaba, Bruising.
• Monbeu, Delivering of a Message.
• Monbuca, To bore through.
• Monbuja, Boring.
• Mondoca, To cut, take a∣way, or cleave asun∣der.
• Mondoroca, Breaking.
• Monguy, Grinding.
• Monguya, Making loose.
• Monhanga, Doing.
• Moperua, Being cold.
• Mopotaya, Buttoning.
• Moriba, Consenting.
• Moropiana, Changing.
• Moeyeceara, Mixing.

N.

• Nheangeru, Sighing.
• Nheenga, Speaking.
• Nhemboe, Learning.
• Nhengara, Singing.

P.

• Paepua, Answering.
• Paraboca, Chusing.
• Paronduba, Enquiring.
• Pea, Abstaining.
• Pitu, Remaining.
• Pitanga rempi, To cast off.
• Pitera, Kissing.
• Pitibo, Helping.
• Aittiba, Anointing.
• Poacema, Mourning.
• Pobana, Spinning.
• Pocuaba, To use.
• Pocaucuba, Dreaming.
• Porabiqui, Working.
• Potara, Lying.
• Potareima, Refusing.
• Potara, Desiring.
• Puama, Rising.
• Puaya, Commanding.
• Puca, Laughing.
• Pura, Using.

Q.

• Quera, Sleeping.
• Querara, Waking.

R.

• Raba, Untying.
• Qereco, Having.
• Rura, Coming.

T.

• Tara, Catching.
• Tecobe, Living.
• Tiguioca, Bleeding.
• Tiu, Disgracing.
• Tima, Ploughing, War∣ring, or Burying.

Y.

• Yaceo, Crying.
• Yeaoboca, Pulling off.
• Yeupira, Climbing.
• Yuca, Killing.

These are of the most usual words of the general Language in Brasile, besides which every distinct Tribe or Division of People hath its peculiar Tongue, as hath been said, of which the chiefest and most eminent are the Tupinambu, Tabaiaras, Potigi-iguaras, Marhuites, Waimoores, Tomonimenos, Waitaquazes, Wainasses, Topinaques, Po∣ries, Molopaques, Motaias, Biheros, Wainawasons, Tamoies, Tocomans, and the Cariogs; of all which the Tupinambu are the most comely, especially their Women, which (ac∣cording to the testimony of the aforesaid Emanuel Moraes, an Eye-witness) may stand in competition with the European Beauties. These Women accompany their Hus∣bands when they go into the Wars, and carry their Provisions, especially store of Tobacco. In the Lips both of the Men and Women hang little Stones. The Men take as many Wives as they please; and amongst the generality of the fore-men∣tion'd Nations, there is scarce any sign of Religion to be discern'd.

* 1.222The Tobaras arc accounted the best Horsemen; but in Singing and Discourse, the Potigi-iguaras exceed all the other Brasilians: They place twenty or thirty Singers in a Row, which observing Time, Sing the Transactions of their Prede∣cessors with good Voices.

* 1.223The Waimoores are a strong People that inhabit the large Tract of Land between Bahia and Isleos, and having well timber'd Bodies, can keep pace with a Horse run∣ning full speed. Five or six of them often set upon a Sugar-Mill, though a hun∣dred Men be at work in the same: They are all over bedaub'd with Dirt, because they lie like Beasts on the Ground: They wear long Hair, and have no certain Abodes.

* 1.224The Tomonimenos, living about Spirito Santo, are more civilis'd; they make Walls of Stone about their Huts; and these Walls are full of Holes, through which they shoot Arrows at those that Invade them; their Bodies are Painted red and black, and cover'd with Feathers. The Portuguese taking sixteen thousand of them Priso∣ners at once, kill'd most of them, and destroy'd the Countrey all along the River Paraiva.

* 1.225At the South and North Point of Cape Frio dwell the Waitaquazes, bigger and stronger than the Waimoores; and they also sleep like Hogs on the Ground about a Fire, hold all People for their Enemies, and their Flesh for the greatest Dainty. The Women Arm'd with Bowes and Arrows stand by their Husbands in Battel.

* 1.226On Isla Grande reside the Wainasses, a little People, which have very long Bellies, go stark naked, shave the Crown of their Heads, and let the other part of their Hair hang down long on their Shoulders. The Women, which are of gross Bo∣dies, colour themselves Red with Vruca,* 1.227 which is a wild Plant, but much us'd a∣mongst them: the Kernels are inclos'd in Husks full of red Fibres. These Kernels are not onely mix'd with the other Ingredients of the Chocaletta Drink, but also us'd to Dye of a red Colour: The Wood of this Plant is very white, and the Bark grey, like the Hazle; the Leaves being of a deep Green, resemble a Heart; at the end of the Boughs grow several Blossoms, each as big as a Rose, consisting of five Leaves, parly red and partly white, in the middle whereof are yellowish Threds with pur∣ple Points, which give little or no smell: after the Flower follows the Fruit, two Fingers long; when it begins to be ripe it grows still redder and redder, each Cod containing thirty or forty round Kernels, which being touch'd leave a red tincture upon the Fingers; the Cod when ripe opens of it self, and shews the Kernels speckled white, which dry'd, pounded, and mix'd with Piss, Dye so strong a Red, that Linnen dipt into the same will never receive any other Colour. This Root also boyl'd in Broth, makes it not onely red, but gives it a pleasant taste.

* 1.228The Topinaques, which dwell about St. Vincent, are a strong and gross People, go stark naked both Men and Women: when they kill any of their Enemies they Paint themselves with the Fruit Janipano, put a great Plume of Feathers on their Head, and two Sticks in their Mouths, Dancing with strange motions of the Body, inclining sometimes towards the right, and sometimes towards the left side, for three day together; during which time they drink a filthy kind of Liquor. The Women, who have well proportion'd Bodies, onely covering their Heads with a Cap, about which they tie a bread of Hair, to which a square Basket being fastned, hangs below their Backs when they travel.

* 1.229The Mountains along the Ocean, which inclose much Gold, are inhabited by the Pories, a peaceable People, molesting none of their Neighbors; they sleep in Nets of Flags, and have no other Houses than three Poles plac'd triangular, and cover'd with Palm-Leaves; they feed on Pine-Nuts and Eyrires, Apples that have Shells like a Walnut, and have also the precious Balsam-Oyl in great abundance.

* 1.230Along the River Paradiva inhabit the Molopaques; the Men strong and well timber'd, have Beards long enough to cover their Privities. The Women also fair, modest, prudent, and never laughing, tie their Hair, painted with several colours, round about their Middle with a Cord, so that it serves in stead of an Apron. They observe a set-hour for Dinner and Supper, which is not us'd by any other Brasili∣ans. The Mountains in these Parts consisting of a black Mold, have plenty of Gold, but it is of no esteem or regard amongst them, onely that which is wash'd down by the Rain they gather up, but put to no other use than to make Hooks to hang their Nets on.

[illustration]

* 1.231The Motayas, being of a low Stature and brown Complexion, shave off the Hair of their Heads, or else pluck it up by the Roots; they are eaters of Man's-flesh.

Not far from whose Dominions appear the Mountains Pinos up in the Coun∣trey, which abounding with Gold and Precious Stones, are inhabited by the Bihe∣ros, otherwise call'd Lopos, which live under the Trees like Beasts.

* 1.232The Waianawasons have little Villages, built along a nameless River; they are a Gigantick People, but very ignorant. Thirteen Portuguese undertaking some years ago to travel through this Countrey to the South Sea, found on some Mountains abundance of Gold and Precious Stones; and amongst many strange things they saw a Crystal Mountain ten days before they came near it, over which they could not travel because of its steepness; at the foot thereof sprung a broad Stream, ma∣king a great noise. From thence travelling forward,* 1.233 they came to the Tamoyes Countrey, the Men whereof, being well proportion'd, wore great Bunches of Fea∣thers on their Heads: The Women, exceeding fair, had carv'd Breasts. The said Portuguese being taken here, were put into Prison, and all slain and eaten, excepting one, who escap'd after this manner: Thirty thousand Tamoyes falling into the Countrey of the Amazons, by the Americans call'd Mandiocuysyams, made a great Feast with three hundred of them, whilest the rest fled to the River La Plata, where they got help from the Portuguese, who kill'd ten thousand of the Tamoyes, made the rest Slaves, and releas'd their imprison'd Countreyman.

* 1.234The Tocomans, a little People, dwell between La Plata and St. Vincent.

The Caryogs possess much Gold and Precious Stones.

The Maraquites, by the Western Indians sur-named Tapuiyers, that is, Wild People are divided into seventy six sorts, all differing in their Languages; amongst which the chiefest are the Arodera, Cajau, Maquaru, and Poyme, which all live without Law, Religion, setled Abodes, or Friendship with any Neighbors; and the Women Fight as well as the Men. Jacob Rabbi, who dwelt a considerable time, and con∣vers'd amongst these People, describes their Customs thus:

* 1.235

Their King Jandui, sir-named Otshicayayna, from the River which flows through

the Countrey of the Tapuyans, causes (if he thinks fit) to be publish'd through the the whole Camp of the Enemy, whither he will go the next Morning, and what he will do ill the Day following, having first consulted with his Council of Sorcerers. Before they march they wash their Bodies in the River; rub them∣selves all over with Sand, and afterwards wash it off again, then stretch them∣selves till all their Joynts crack, run to the Fire, and when throughly warm, scratch their Bodies with certain Fish-Teeth, insomuch that the Blood gushes out of several places, all which they judge to be good against wearisomness. About a Stones-cast from the King's Tent lie two thick Logs, a large Stride one from the other, against which the whole Multitude stand divided into two Par∣ties, each of whom chuse the strongest Man accounted amongst them to carry the Log for a Wager, and when these two are tir'd, they are releas'd by others, and he that comes last to the appointed place with the Log, is laugh'd at by the Party to which he belong'd that was there first, where they all stay for the Youths that bring their Arms, which when they have deliver'd, they all fall to work, cutting down Trees, breaking off the Boughs, sticking them in the Ground, and tying them together on the top for Tents, which are built in rows one against another, leaving a broad Path between. Mean while the Women and Children coming with their Baggage, the Men run to Fish and Hunt, or to seek Honey. The old Women dig up Roots, which stamp'd serve them for Bread, whilest the young Women help one another to prepare the Meat in the Huts. Moreover the Men spend their time in several Exercises, as Wrestling and Running, of which two Women, appointed for that purpose, are the Judges. When the Evening draws on upon them, then the Youths dividing themselves into Companies, go Singing from one Tent to another, and are follow'd by the Maids Dancing and Leaping, every one standing behind him whom she loves best; and this is look'd upon as a singular sign of affection. When a young Man is inclin'd to Marry, he carries Honey and Venison to his Mistresses Father, who if he hath more than one Daughter acquaints the Soothsayers with it, who inform the King concern∣ing it; he then causes all the young Men and Maids to be call'd together out of the Camp, sends them into the Woods to Hunt out a wild Beast, which they no sooner see, but they return and acquaint the Multitude therewith, who immedi∣ately surrounding the Place, soon catch the Beast, whose Entrails they pull out and throw to the Dogs; and give the Flesh to the Women to roast, which when ready they make merry with, Singing and Dancing after they have eaten; then if the Youth hath behav'd himself well in pursuing of the wild Beast, the King grants him the Maid which he desires for his Wife: Four days before the Wedding they bore a Hole through each of the Bridegrooms Cheeks with a sharp piece of Wood, which done they solemnize the Marriage; at which the King himself distributes the Meat to every Guest as he thinks fit; after Din∣ner they extol the Mothers Care, in preserving her Daughters Virginity for the Bridegroom in strange Songs. If a Maid be Marriageable, and no Suitor comes to her, then the Mother draws red Strokes under her Eyes, and conducts her to the King, who sets the Maid down by him on a Mat, warms his Hands against the Fire, then stroaks himself and the Maid, and also blows Tobacco-Smoak on her and himself, which done, he performs the part of a Husband with her. But their making Holes through their Ears and Lips is done whilest they are Chil∣dren, after this manner: The Boys who undergo this Ceremony, come to the Place appointed, where the whole Multitude Dance and Sing, and the Conju∣rers (who are the onely Priests they have) sit in two rows opposite to one ano∣ther;

one of them starting up, takes a Boy by the Head, ties him Hand and Foot that he cannot stir at all; which done, a second Sorcerer comes to his assistance, and with a sharp-pointed Stick bores Holes through his Ears and Lips, whilest the Mother of the Boy makes a sad Lamentation. Women refuse to have any familiarity with their Husbands as soon as they perceive themselves to be with Child; and as soon as any Woman is Deliver'd, she runs into a neighboring Wood, where with a Shell she cuts off the Childs Navel, which boyling she eats with the After-birth; then washes her self and the Child every Morning and Evening in cold Water; as long as she gives Suck her Husband lies not with her, unless it be a Man that hath but one Wife. If a Woman commit Adultery, her Husband beats her out of his House, but if he takes her in the Act, it is law∣ful for him to kill both. In the middle of the King's Tent stands a great Calabash full of Stones call'd Kehnturah, cover'd with the corner of a Mat, which none dares approach without the King's leave, unless it be to smoak the same with Tobacco, or to lay Venison or Honey before it.

* 1.236It is also remarkable how the Sorcerers deal with their Sick; the aforesaid Jacob Rabbi, an Eye-witness relates, That the King Drarugh being extreamly troubled with pains in his Sides and Legs, and finding no help amongst his Sorcerers, who pretended to be Physicians, went to the neighboring King of the Tapuyans, where three undertook to cure him, which they did after this manner: One of them blew To∣bacco-smoak on his Body, suck'd his Knees, roar'd like a Lyon, and after much ado vomited a little Eel into his Hand, which he pretended had put the King to so much pain; whilest the second suck'd his Belly, and also roar'd exceedingly, and vomited forth at last a Stone, on which appear'd a Rose; the third suck'd his left Side, till he vomited something like a Root; after which the King is said imme∣diately to have recover'd.

* 1.237There is but little Ceremony of Religion to be found amongst the Tapuyans, onely they shew Reverence to the Seven-stars when the Fruits of the Field are ripe, after this manner: First they spend three days in Dancing and Singing, then the Youths prepare themselves to Fight with Lances and Clubs, tie tough Twigs about their Legs, pour Honey on their Heads, tie their Hair behind in Knots after it is pow∣der'd with red Powder, Paint their Faces and Bodies with several Colours, stick a long Feather in their Necks betwixt their Hair, and on their Heads set Garlands of red Feathers pleited, down their Backs hang Bundles of Branches like Tails, and have their Arms adorn'd with the Wings of the Bird Kosetug; thus dress'd they fight three days, at the end whereof the Conquerors shew great joy.

It deserves special observation what the Learned Gerard Vossius relates of them from the Mouth of Christopher Arcisseusky, a Polish Nobleman, famous for his hetoick Exploits for the United Netherlands in Brasile.

* 1.238

The Tapuyans (saith he) are a People that range up and down, never staying long in one place, between Siara and Meranthon, a vast Tract of Land, and go al∣most naked, having onely a slight Covering about their Middle. When the Hol∣landers gave them Clothes, they admir'd the strange Fashion thereof, and after two days return'd them again: In their Lips, Nostrils, Ears and Cheeks they hung Ornamentals of Wood, Bones, Feathers, or Stones; a great Club, and a strong Bowe made of hard Wood serve them for Arms; Gold and Silver they esteem'd not, wherefore they barter'd whole Chests full (buried there by the Por∣tuguese and discover'd by them) with the Hollanders for Greyhounds: They judge themselves to be better than other Man-eaters, because they eat not the Flesh of their Enemies, but of their own Relations, and those neither kill'd in the Wars,

[illustration]

nor dying a natural Death; by which they pretend to express their exceeding love to the Deceased, who else would, say they, be eaten by the Worms and rot, wherefore they rather chuse to eat them, that they may receive the nourishment themselves.

The same Author relates also, That he saw a Tapuyan yield up the Ghost not far from the Castle Rio Grande, after which his nearest Relations taking the Body, wash'd the same, together with the Entrails, and cutting the Corps into several pieces, roasted the same on a Spit, preserving the Fat that dropt from it in Pans, and eat the Flesh with a greedy Appetite. None were admitted to this Feast but his chief Relations; and that which they could not eat, as the Hair, Teeth, Nails, and Bones, they burnt to Ashes, which gathering up they mix'd with their Liquor till it was all drunk up.

* 1.239The Tapuyans acknowledge two Deities, the one good and the other bad; to the good they shew no Reverence, because, say they, he is bountiful of himself, and doth them no hurt; whereas on the contrary they zealously call upon their Devil-Deity, because they think he destroys all those who worship him not.

* 1.240They never Travel nor go to War before they have consulted with their angry God, and that not without great Ceremonies; whereupon they ascribe to them∣selves the knowledge of future things; and indeed they often foretel future things which are beyond humane apprehension; as a testimony whereof that may serve which Sapo Amama, a Friezland Gentleman, found by experience: for he keeping Guard before Conjahu with a Troop of Horse against the Portuguese, had several Ta∣puyans in his Service, who foretold, That the following day the Lieutenant Amama and a Trooper should be kill'd by a Shot from a great Gun; which, though slighted, was confirm'd by the exact fulfilling of the Prediction. The like Passages hapned daily, and amongst many Arcisseusky relates one very remarkable Accident, viz. He remov'd a considerable number of Men out of the Garrison Rio Grande, to sur∣prize the Spanish Fort Barra-Canium, and nothing could more promote the Design than secrecy; but fifty Tapuyans having joyn'd with the Hollanders, Arcisseusky fear'd

they might discover his Plot, wherefore he charg'd them that they should not stir a foot from his Company, which they accordingly promis'd, and having march'd three days through By-ways, they daily perform'd their Devotion in open view, and Arcisseusky desir'd that they would call him when their Devil appear'd, which they granted, on promise that he should not do him any hurt: On the third day the Army being sufficiently refresh'd, he being call'd, found the Tapuyans sitting in a Semi-Circle, with their Feet spread asunder; opposite to them sat their Priest on the Ground, whom they ask'd concerning all manner of Affairs, and he questi∣on'd them again, on which they gave their several Answers, but could not be un∣derstood for want of Interpreters; for those whom the Hollanders us'd spake only two Languages, one of which is us'd commonly by the Brasilians along the Sea-Coast, and the other by the Portuguese, in which they Interpreted to the Hollanders as much as possibly they could understand of what the Tapuyans said, whose Language dif∣fers very much from the vulgar Brasile Tongue, because they live up in the Inland, and are divided into divers Tribes, so that the Interpreters could not understand the Tapuyans, but judg'd their meaning more by nodding of the Head, and the like signs: after the Assembly had done speaking, the Priest rose up and went out of their sights into the Wood, where with a loud voice he call'd three times upon the Devil; but he not answering, the Priest return'd to his Company, who began their Questions and Answers afresh, which could not be understood by the Inter∣preters; and soon after the Priest (seeming to be commanded by the rest) went again to the Wood, but calling still in vain, return'd; then going a third time, and calling as before, was by a small, but shrill Voice, answer'd from the middle of the Wood, from which the Tapuyans concluded that their Business would come to perfection, and that the Devil would soon appear to them: The Priest hereupon going backwards and forwards three times one after another to his Company, they began to talk as before; at last going into the Wood again, they all spoke louder, and with more vehemency than before, whilest the fore-mention'd shrill Voice approached nearer and nearer, and at last the supposed Daemon came forth with the Priest, who commanded him to sit opposite to the Congregation, which had a great deal of Discourse, and sometimes the Priest speaking was answer'd by the Devil in his shrill Voice; but some of the People calling aloud, catch'd up their Arms, and threatned to beat the Devil, as they often us'd to do upon the like occasions. At the departure of the Daemon, the Multitude conducted by the Priest into the Wood, cry'd out in so terrible a manner, that they affrighted the Hollan∣ders, who judg'd it rather to be Lyons and Tygers that roar'd than Men. During these Transactions, a German Soldier in the Rere quitted his Arms and fled, but being miss'd was pursu'd, found in a Hedge, and laid Hold on as a Person suspected to carry Advice to the Spaniards, and being brought before Arcisseusky and Exami∣ned, gave such ridiculous Answers as increas'd the suspicion, insomuch that he was led to a Tree to be tortur'd; where as he stood ty'd he solemnly declar'd, That the reason of his running away, was because he had not Pray'd in ten years, so that he was exceedingly afraid, lest when he saw the Devil amongst the Tapuyans, he would have known him, and carry'd him away to the Place prepar'd for all such Wretches.

* 1.241The Learned Gerard Vossius made a particular Enquiry after this Story, whether the Spirit's appearance were a Reality, or an Imposture; and the truth is it was no better than a subtile Cheat, and so it was apprehended by Arcisseusky, who not long after, on a convenient time, ask'd the Tapuyans why they feign'd him to be a Devil that was a Man, whom he had often seen before? which they denying, affirm'd

that it was a real Devil; but Arcisseusky knew their pretended Friend, who spake so shrill by reason of a Grass-blade which he held in his Mouth. However, though the main of the Fable was acted by Man, yet the Devil without doubt play'd his part with them, as appear'd by those Predictions, which no Man could possibly know, viz. That the Portuguese Fort should with the loss but of three Men fall in∣to the Hollanders hands; for so accordingly it hapned. But because the Devil can∣not foresee all things, therefore they often erre: for they said that the Hollanders should cross the Moat on Boards nail'd together in stead of a Bridge, and that the Enemy should not perceive it; and indeed Arcisseusky had resolv'd so to do, but was discover'd by the Portuguese, who defended themselves with great Guns, which so affrighted the Tapuyans, not us'd to such a noise, that they ran away and never returned, so that by Morning the Fort was conquer'd, and all things quieted.

After this Arcisseusky burnt several Portuguese Ships in the River Monguoape, and kept one, carrying ten Demi-Cuiverins, laden with Sugar and Spanish Wine; which to carry to a safe Harbor a short Way, he requir'd the Tapuyans assistance; but they refus'd to enter, pretending the Ship would perish by some or other unfortu∣nate Accident, which accordingly hapned as they had said; for the Ship was split against a Rock in the Mouth of a narrow Haven, insomuch that nothing of it was sav'd; all which the Tapuyans knew beforehand by the Devil's information, for they never go upon any Business of consequence before they have consulted with him, and done him worship. Yet, it seems, they cannot secure this Devil of theirs from the Stripes of a Mortal,* 1.242 as appears by this pleasant Story: A Tapuyan Priest was promis'd a Shirt from Arcisseusky, upon condition the Devil should pull the same out of his Hand and carry it up in the Air: The Tapuyan liking the Proposal, promis'd immediately to call the Devil; but when Arcisseusky desir'd leave to Drub him with a Stick which he had in his Hand, he could by no means perswade the Priest to call for his Daemon; at which every one began to laugh: and to carry on the Mirth farther, Arcisseusky Joking with the Priest, said, I will shew you that I am a greater Artist than you, for to Morrow I will bring it about by my Art, that great Horns shall grow on your Head, so big, that you shall not be able to pass these Doors; which so af∣frighted the Tapuyans, that all of them fled, onely the Priest return'd the next day with an Interpreter to Arcisseusky, desiring him that he would use him mercifully, and not cause any Horns to grow on his Head.

At the time when Jacob Rabbi convers'd amongst the Tapuyans, they were Go∣vern'd by Janduy, a Man of above a hundred years old, whose chief Seat was on each side of the River Otschunogh, and round about the Lake Igtug, in which none durst Swim, because of the many biting Fishes in the same.

The King Pritigaba having entred into a strict League with Janduy, Warr'd con∣tinually against the Kings Arygpoygh, Wanasewasug, Tshering, and Dremenige; and had not the Portuguese taken the four last into their Service to aid them against the Hol∣landers, they could never have held out long against the Forces sent by Janduy, who destroy'd Man, Beast, and Houses, sparing nothing they met with; for they murther and destroy all things where e're they come.

* 1.243The several Nations that now possess Brasile, besides its native Inhabitants, are Portuguese, English, Hollanders, Germans, and French, which the Brasilians by a general Name call Ajuru-juba; otherwise they call all Strangers Caraiba or Pero. But from the commixing of several Nations proceeds a fifth sort, for one that is born of Eu∣ropean Parents in Brasile is call'd Mozombo; of an European Father and Brasilian Mo∣ther, Mameluc; of an European Father and a Moor, Mulatto; of a Brasilian and Moor, Curiboca, or Cabocles; of two Negro's, Criolo. But above all others the Portuguese are

the strongest along the Sea-Coast, who when first they began to settle on Brasile, found great resistance; and had not the Natives been at Wars amongst themselves, they could never have got so much footing, but now they are sufficiently Masters; for they have either slain all the old Inhabitants, or driven them up into the Inland: however, the Brasilians are so valiant, that they will Encounter a great Army, be∣ing brought up in the Wars from their Cradle. When they Engage one with an∣other they shoot their Arrows exceeding thick, Hooting, Hollowing, and Leaping from one side to the other to shun the Arrows with a wonderful dexterity: The Conquerors spare none, but kill all, and Feast on the slain Bodies; but some they hale away Prisoners with a Rope about their Necks, to each of whom they allot a young Maid, who cherishes and fattens them up for five Moneths, at the end of which they make a great Feast, and drink to a pitch beyond Sense or Reason, having first fill'd their Bellies with the Flesh of the slain Prisoners roasted. If the Woman be got with Child by the Slain, they imagine that they can take no greater revenge of their Enemy, than to devour the Child as soon as it comes into the World; but it often happens, that the Woman really loving her Husband the Prisoner, runs away with him, and so bereaves her Friends of a Banquet.

SECT. II. St. Vincent.

THe continual Wars which the Portuguese have maintain'd against the Brasi∣lians, have hindred them from Setling any where but along the Sea-side, where their Residences are divided into thirteen Praefectures or Lordships, by them call'd Capitanias; the Southermost whereof being 1. St. Vincent,* 1.244 hath a City of the same Denomination, which lies near a River that coming out of the Ocean runs round in the Countrey, and so returns into the Sea.

2. Sanctos los Leyes, which reckons four hundred Houses and three Sugar-Mills. Here great Ships take in their Lading in the middle of the City.

3. Hitauhacin, the most Southern, is inhabited by the Portuguese. Twelve Leagues from thence up into the Countrey the Jesuits have built the Village St. Paulo, near the Gold-Mines that lie in the Mountains, extending from East to West thirty Leagues. This Village, long since containing eighty Houses, is inha∣bited by Brasilians and a mix'd People; the Way thither is troublesom, over rough Mountains, and Ways overgrown with Brambles.

On the Island Britioga, at a sandy Inlet which makes a good Harbor, lies a Fort for defence of the Haven St. Vincent: and since the English, Anno 1582. sunk a Ship there, a second Fort hath been built to prevent the coming in up the River; yet notwithstanding Captain Thomas Candish ran by both the Forts, and burnt St. Vincent, but spar'd Sanctos.

Before the River which washes St. Vincent, appears the Island Sebastian, pretty large, wooddy, and well stor'd with Venison; It hath wholsom Water, good Her∣bage, and a secure Road for Ships against all Winds.

Farther into the Sea appears the high and rocky Isles Alcatraces, as also Victorio des Busires, Porto des Castellanos, Monte de Frigo, Muella, and Queimadas.

* 1.245The Natives of St. Vincent, which are in League with the Portuguese, are call'd Tupinikinsi, inhabiting the Mountains which extend above twenty eight Leagues up into the Countrey: They maintain continual Wars against the Carioes, a civiliz'd People, and white of Complexion, as also against the Cupin-Imbas on the North,

and a nameless People bordering on Peru. Moreover, the Miramumins, a very wild People, range all the Countrey over, but are much lessen'd since the Portugueses Arrival.

SECT. III. Rio de Janeiro.

* 1.246THe second Lordship Rio de Janeiro, formerly by the French call'd Ganabara, was discover'd Anno 1515. by Juan Dias de Solis; but the French first Setled themselves here forty years after Dias de Solis: for setting Sail from Havre de Grace with three well Mann'd Ships, Commanded by Nicholas Durandus Ville∣gagnon, they arriv'd at Rio Janeiro in November, and at the Entrance into the River, which is about half a League broad, built a woodden Fort of a hundred Foot long, and sixty broad, and giving it the Name of the French Admiral Coligni, put several Guns into the same to secure the Entrance, inclos'd on each side by two steep Moun∣tains. In the River, which is very broad, lie several wooddy Isles, on one of which, near the Fort Coligni, Villegagnon Setling himself, suffer'd great Inconveniences for want of Water, because he durst not Land on the Main, for fear of being surpris'd by the Natives. Here he stay'd a year and a half in a deplorable Condition, when Philip Corguileray and Du Pont set Sail with three Ships from the Haven Honfleurs; but they also though they had many Men, yet were ill stor'd with Provisions, in∣somuch that Hunger increas'd amongst them daily: wherefore Villegagnon return'd home without any farther Exploits.

Jean Leri, who went with Corguileray, describes Rio Janeiro after this manner:

* 1.247

The River (saith he) lies twenty three Degrees Southward of the Equinoctial Line; the Inlet of the Sea, twenty fourthousand Paces broad, and in some places broader, is hemm'd in by hills; the Mouth of the Inlet is somewhat dangerous, by reason of three rocky Isles; beyond the large Bay is a narrow Channel, on the left-hand whereof there rises a high Mountain, which the French call'd Le Pot de Beure, because it resembles a Butter-pot. Somewhat farther lies the Rock Ratier, where Villegagnon thought to build a Fort, but the Water in stormy Wea∣ther washing over the Rock, he was forc'd to give over his Design. Half a League farther is an Island a thousand Paces in length, and a hundred and fifty in breadth, surrounded with Rocks, on which the French resided: at each end of the Isle rises a Hill, and from the middle a Rock sixty Foot high; on the Hill Villegagnon pitcht his Tent till he had built him a handsom House on a Rock; the other Houses were built in the Valley. Three Leagues and a half farther lies a fruitful Isle nine Miles in circumference, inhabited by a salvage People call'd Touoebinambauti: there are several other Isles, on which breed good Oysters with little Pearls, which stick so fast to great Stones, that they can scarce be pluckt off. The River Janeiro abounds with Fish.

* 1.248The French once possess'd this Island, but were dispossess'd by Emanuel de Sa, Governor of Brasile, for the Portuguese.

The City Sebastian, which contains three hundred Houses, is built on the Sou∣thern Point of Janeiro; opposite to which, on the Northern Point, lies the Fort; a large Church, the Jesuits Cloyster, and two Sugar-Mills, give no small lustre to the City, where the chief Trade consists in Brasile Wood and Cotton. The French Storm'd this Town Anno 1581. but march'd off without any success. Dirk Ruiters, an Eye-witness, gives us this Description of Sebastian:

The Town (says he) lies two Leagues up the River Janeiro, in a Bay, about which it is built like a Semi-Circle in a sandy Soil along the Water, and is about a Mile long; at each end rise steep Mountains, besides which it hath neither Walls nor Gates; but its strength consists of four Forts, the chiefest whereof stands towards the East on a Rock in the Mouth of the River; the second to∣wards the West, an Isle which on the South-East rises with a Mountain resem∣bling a Sugar-Loaf: the third crowns a Rock South-East from the Town; and the fourth, in the North-West, a high Mountain. The Natives, call'd Tououpi∣nambauti, are very serviceable to the Portuguese.

Besides the fore-mention'd Towns Coligni and St. Sebastian, some make mention of another in this Praefecture, call'd Angra de los Reyes, twelve Leagues distant from St. Sebastian Westward.

The Burroughs of the Natives are populous, but neither strong by Nature, nor fortifi'd, and so not by any one thought worthy the naming.

SECT. IV. De Spirito Sancto.

* 1.249NExt to Rio Janeiro lies the Lordship or County De Spirito Sancto, exceeding fruitful, having divers Woods abounding with Venison. The Rivers Parayva, Manangea, Itapemeri, Iritibi, and Guarapari,* 1.250 are stor'd with all sorts of Fish, and amongst others the Fish Piratiapua, which in the Winter Moneths lives in the Rivers, and against the Summer returns to the Rocks wash'd by the Ocean. This Fish hath a wide Mouth full of Teeth, a reddish Tongue, little Fins, except those on their Backs, divers colour'd Scales, yet most of a dark Red, and generally weighs fifty Pound.

Here is also the Fish Paru, full of yellow Scales like Half-Moons over a black Skin; it hath long Fins near the Tail, and a little Head.

No less remarkable is the Guebucu, which hath a long Body, a sharp bonie Snout, the upper Jaw reaching over the other, no Teeth, a Tail divided in the middle, sharp Fins on the Back, and a Skin full of Silver-colour'd Prickles. This Monster not onely devours great Fishes, but also Men; when it is hungry it often runs its Snout through the side of a Ship.

But there is no Fish more deform'd than the Abacatuaja, which being oval and flat, hath two long Fins underneath, and one on the top, a divided Tail, green Fins, a smooth Skin, and fiery Eyes; as soon as it is taken it cries like a Hog.

In this County stands a Town of the same Denomination, which contains two hundred Houses, a Sugar-Mill, and a Cloyster of Jesuits, and drives a great Trade in Cotton and Brasile Wood. Before the City lies an Inlet full of Isles, the Mouth of which is guarded by a Castle. The Natives, call'd Maigaias, are in League with the Portuguese, but the Tapuyans and Apiapetangas do them all the mischief they can possibly; so that the Portuguese travel in great danger of their lives, when any Busi∣ness calls them, through the Countrey of these salvage People. But besides these People, the Way is pester'd with strange wild Beasts, especially on the Mountain Mestre Alvaro, which is seen at a great distance off at Sea; on which, amongst other Creatures, breeds the terrible Serpent Boiguacu,* 1.251 whose length is generally twenty four Foot; it is of an Ash colour, with great and small black Spots, with a little white Speck in the middle; when hungry, it leaps out of the Hedges, or from the tops of Trees, raises it self upright on its Tail, and winding about either Man,

Beast, or whate're it be, squeezes it to death, or puts its Tail, which ends in a sharp Point or Sting, in at the Fundament in such a manner, that it kills the Creature on which it seizeth in a moment, and then swallows it up. This Serpent hath strong Ribs inwardly, and more than seventy bonie Joynts; wherefore it turns it self with great ease; the Joynt-bones near the Head are the biggest, and grow smaller and smaller towards the Tail: It also feeds on Pismires.

* 1.252This County also breeds the Bird Jabicu-guacu, which exceeds the Crane in big∣ness, and hath a long thick Bill, but no Tongue; on his Head appears a white grifly Crest or Mitre; the Wings and Tail are short, and the Feathers most of them white, except the Pinions, which shine like Rubies; their Flesh is of a good rellish, but somewhat dry.

Near the River which washes the City Spirito Sancto, the Paraibes dwell in Huts, not unlike Ovens.

SECT. V. Porto Seguro.

* 1.253NExt to the fore-mention'd County borders Porto Seguro, discover'd by Pedro Alvares Capralis, who gave this Countrey the Name of Terra de Santa Cruiz, but afterwards chang'd it to Porto Seguro, because he found a secure Harbor there. The Town, built on the top of a white Rock, gives its Denomination to the whole Countrey, and harbor'd long since two hundred and twenty Families, and hath five Sugar-Mills. The Land on the North side of the Rock rises high, but South wardly a smooth Coast runs along the Ocean, from which two Leagues off at Sea lie several Cliffs, against which the Waves break with a great force.

The Towns Santa Cruiz and Amaro are left desolate, because the Portuguese were continually Invaded by the salvage Aymures, whom they were not able by any means to repress.

Southward from Porto Seguro appear the Shoals Abrolhos, twenty six Leagues from the Coast; they are of one breadth, but one is longer than the other.

* 1.254On this Coast the Ship Batavia was cast away Anno 1629. which Accident is the more remakable for the Murders committed by the Factor, Hieronymus Cornelis∣zoon, who with some Confederates resolv'd to run away with the Ship, and to Sail to some Spanish Haven, or Dunkirk, and so to pillage the Netherland Vessels; but their Design was frustrated by the Ships running against the Abrolhos: Francis Pelsaert, chief Commander, first caus'd the Sick, with the Women and Children, to be put on an Island, or else on two Rocks about three Leagues distant from the place where the Ship lay, in which remain'd seventy Men, whom Pelsaert in vain endea∣vor'd to carry away; for the Sea was so rough that a Boat was not able to abide in the same, and also the Storm beginning to increase, beat the Ship more and more against the Sands, and the Seamen venturing towards the Isle on pieces of Timber, were some drown'd, others by the Waves, were driven ashore, amongst whom was Hieronymus Cornelszoon, who preserv'd his Life twenty four hours on the Bolt sprit after the Ship was stav'd; but not terrifi'd with such an Accident, he continu'd in his fore-mention'd Resolution. On one of the Cliffs were forty Persons with eighty Cans of Water, but on the Island a hundred and eighty with much less; upon which Pelsaert, who when the Storm ceas'd, thought to save somewhat more out of his Wrack, was necessitated to seek for fresh Water on one of the said Cliffs, but not finding enough, trimm'd up his Boat and set Sail homeward, from thence to

[illustration]

fetch a new supply of People:* 1.255 During which time Cornelisszoon perform'd his Vi∣lany; for he chose David of Zeevang, Gysbrecht Welderen, Coenraed Huissen, Cornelis Pie∣terszoon, Rutger Frederickszoon, and Hans Heilwerk, for his Assistants, besides several others, and destroy'd all the People on the Island, except five, who escap'd on pie∣ces of Timber to the Rock where Weyber Hays resided with forty Men, who being inform'd what the aforesaid Villains had done, prepar'd for resistance with sharp∣pointed Sticks, those People on the second Rock being also slain by Zeevang, who spared onely some Women and seven Boys; after which Hieronymus Corneliszoon took Lucretia Jans for his Wife; in like manner Huissen took Judith Sebastiaens; the remain∣ing Women serv'd the rest for Concubines. Not long after twenty of them going in Sloops, fell upon Weiber Hays, who valiantly resisted them: but because Hays's Life was of great consequence, by reason he might give notice of their Actions to to the Ship which was expected from Holland, and which they design'd to run away with, therefore they renew'd their Assault with fifteen Men more, and were again beat off; wherefore they resolv'd to make a Peace, which Heronymus Corneliszoon promis'd to ratifie the next day; nevertheless this Peace was but feigned, for under pretence thereof they deliver'd Letters to several French Soldiers that were under Hays's Command, promising each six thousand Guilders if they would joyn with them; but they shew'd the Letters to Hays, who keeping it secret, that he might draw on Hieronymus Corneliszoon, not mistrusting the Discovery, to come thi∣ther at the appointed time, took him Prisoner, and caus'd Zeevang, Huissen, Wel∣deren, and Cornelis Pieterszoon to be put to death; but Wouter Loos making his escape, was chosen chief of the Rebels, who ventur'd a fourth Assault, but returning with∣out any effect left off making any farther Attempt. Mean while Pelsaert arriving with the Sardam Frigat from Holland, sent a Boat ashore, which by a little Skiff dispatcht by Hays, was inform'd of all the Passages; whereupon the Boat return∣ing, Pelsaert as he was putting himself into a posture of Defence, espy'd a Sloop co∣ming about the Southern Point of the Island, in which were eleven of the Rebels clad in Scarlet with Silver Lace, which making directly towards the Ship, as soon

as they came up, were commanded to throw away their Arms over-board; which having done, and coming aboard the Frigat, they were all put in Irons, as also their remaining Party, and condemn'd to die.

Opposite to the Abrolhos on the Main Coast, a plain Countrey extends it self thirty Leagues in length, inhabited by the Ouetacates, a cruel People, who continu∣ally either destroy one another, or else make sad slaughters amongst their Neigh∣bors.

The County Porto Seguro belongs to the Spanish Duke of Avero, but is very much decay'd.

* 1.256The Rivers Moucuripe, Caruvelas, and Lucura, breed abundance of Water-Hogs call'd Capybara, which have short Feet, Bristles and Ears, a thick Body and Head, with a bearded Snout, besides two Tusks, and twenty four lesser Teeth in each Jaw, but no Tail; they feed on Grass and Bushes in whole Herds on the Shore, and make a terrible noise; and though they cannot run fast, yet they dive and swim extraordinary quick.

* 1.257The Tapiirete also resembles a Hog, especially in its Head and Feet, but is as big as a Heifer of six Moneths old, hath a Snout hanging over its under Lip, a Mouth full of Teeth, and on its Skin short and dark colour'd Hair. This Beast is very libidi∣nous, and in the Nights spoils the Fruit-Trees, especially the Sugar-Canes, but in the Day-time it sleeps in Thickets. The Flesh of a young Tapiierete tastes like Beef.

Lastly, the Inhabitants of Porto Seguro are plentifully supply'd with Rabbets, and the more, because there being divers sorts of them, (some say five) they are ta∣ken in great abundance, either in Traps, Snairs, or Gins, or by discovering their Holes; for the Hunters stopping the entrance of them, dig a Hole directly over the place where the Coneys lodge, and so kill them with long Pike-staves in the Ground.

* 1.258Of these five sorts of Rabbets in Brasile, the chiefest, call'd Paca, hath a thick Head, little Ears, their fore-Feet bigger than their hind-Feet, short, hard, and brown Hair, speckled grey on the Sides, but no Tail: The Flesh of this sort of Rabbets is very delicate.

The second sort is the Tupesi, which being like a Hare amongst us, may as well be accounted of that kind.

The Aguti resembles our Rabbets, onely it hath harsh brown Hair, round Ears, bald Feet, gruntles like a Hog, hath two Toes more on their hind-Legs than on the foremost.

The Cavia Cobaya, though less than the European Rabbets, excell them in soft and divers-colour'd Hair, distinguish'd by white, red, and black Spots; their Head and Teeth resemble those of a Rat, but it hath no Tail: No Rabbets can be made tamer than these, and if carry'd to any remote Countrey, breed as well there as in Brasile.

The last of all is the Aparea, which differs little in running from a Hare, as also in respect of the Head and Beard, harbors more in rent Cliffs than in sandy Ground.

* 1.259The Soil of Porto Seguro bears two sorts of Palm-Trees, viz. the Tucum and Airi; the Tucum hath small Boughs full of prickly Leaves, and a fruit not unlike the Da∣mask Prune, hanging in Clusters of three or four hundred together; and being excel∣lent Food to fatten Hogs and Apes; also when press'd yielding a clear Oyl, which is highly esteem'd: the Fruit when ripe grows black without, and within hath a white Kernel: of the Leaves the Brasilians spin fine and strong Thred.

[illustration]

The Airi grows much higher than the Tucum, and hath also longer Leaves, a Body full of sharp Thorns, and a round Fruit full of white and oylie Pulp, but not eatable; the Wood hard, heavy and black, sinks in the Water, and the Brafilians make their Clubs of the same.

* 1.260Along the Rivers flie the Birds Cocoi, resembling Herons, though in beauty they far exceed them; they have but little Flesh, long sharp Bills, of a yellowish green colour, and curious Crests of Feathers on their Heads, which fall back over their Necks; their Flesh when young is delicate.

SECT. VI. Los Isleos.

* 1.261NExt Porto Seguro borders the Countrey Los Isleos, so call'd from its chief Town, which consists of a hundred and fifty Houses, (or perhaps by this time many more) eight Sugar-Mills, a Cloyster for the Jesuits, and a Church. The Inhabitants live by Tillage, and Transporting of Provisions in lit∣tle Barks to Pernambuco.

Seven Leagues farther in the Countrey, beyond the Town of Isleos, lies a nameless Lake three Leagues long, as many broad, and above ten Fathom deep, and full of the Fish Manati, which are very large and well tasted, besides abundance of Crocodiles; and in windy Weather the Water is as rough as if it were in the Ocean. Out of this Lake flows a River by a Passage so narrow, that a Boat can scarce pass through the same.

Round about this River live the Guaymures, the most salvage People of all Ame∣rica; they are of a Gigantick size, have white Skins, carry exceeding great Bowes and Arrows, live without Houses like Beasts, devour Mans-flesh like Tygers, never Fight in Companies or Armies, but watch to surprize a single Man or Beast; they also eat their own Children, and possess'd formerly all the Land from the River

St. Francisco to the Promontory Frio; but beaten from thence by the Tupinambas and Tupinachias, they went to the County Los Isleos, which they Invaded in such a man∣ner, that the Portuguese were not onely forc'd to leave several Sugar-Mills, but also the whole Countrey.

SECT. VII. Bahia de Todos los Sanctos.

* 1.262NExt to Isleos borders Bahia de Todos los Sanctos, belonging to the Portuguese. The Inlet which borrows its Denomination from all the Saints, gives Name to this eminent County. The Bay great and wide, and in the middle from twelve to eighteen Fathom deep, lies in thirteen Degrees Southward of the Equinoctial Line. The Coast rises white along the Sea side. The Current ac∣cording to the course of the Sun runs six Moneths towards the South, and as many towards the North. The opening of the Inlet is on the South, but it flows up Nor∣therly, and contains two Leagues and a half in breadth; several fresh Rivers dis∣charge their Waters into the same: The utmost and biggest Island Taperica breaks off the Waves which come rowling in from the Ocean. Those that Sail into the same must have the Island on their left Hand, and the Main Coast on their right, which is known by a Promontory, on which the Fort Antonio, and the old City Villa Veja are built, near a little Bay with a Foreland on the North, from which the Main Coast circling like a Half-Moon ends near the Point Tapagipe, which juts out from Bahia Todos los Sanctos. The Castle Tapesiepe stands on the utmost Point, where the Countrey winding towards the East makes the Inlet larger, from whence a narrow Channel runs up into the Countrey, and there makes a Lake which extends North and South: from the Mouth of the Lake the Coast reaches Northward to the River Pitanga, which comes gliding out of the East, and in its Passage receives several Streams, on whose Banks stand divers Sugar-Mills. From Pitanga the Coast extends a League Northward, then Westerly with a crooked. Elbow, in whose circumference lie two nameless Isles close under the Shore; this Elbow ends in a blunt Point, about half a League from which lies the Island Mare, a League long, in the Mouth of the River Pitanga. To the Northward from hence a River disembogues in the said Inlet. More Southerly appears Monks-Isle, from whence the Coast extends it self Northerly, where several Islands appear at an exact distance from the Coast; the first beyond the fore-mention'd blunt Point, is Birapebiara; the next, which lies closer to the Shore, Porto Madero; next comes in view a long Island in the Mouth of a River, from whence the Countrey extends Westward, and fronts the Island De Fuentes, as doth also the River Tambaria, which comes out of the North, but empties it self with a crooked Arm near the rest; from hence the Coast with two little Bays runs North-West to the Stream Geresipe, in whose Mouth, which is pretty large, appear three Isles on a row, the utmost whereof is call'd Caraibe, the middlemost Pycca, the innermost hath no Name, but divides the River into two Channels; from hence the Coast bends with several Inlets, in∣to which fall divers Rivulets towards the South, from the River Cachoera, full of lit∣tle Isles, opposite to which stand several Sugar-Mills. Against Cachoera appears the Island Meve, and more Southerly Taperica, between the sharp Point Tapagipe and the Castle Antonio. Near the fore-mention'd the City St. Salvador was built by Tho∣mas de Sosa, who weighing Anchor from Lisbon, Anno 1549. Landed safely near Villa Veja, and about half a League from thence pitch'd upon a Hill, and took order

[illustration]

forthwith for the erecting of his new City there, giving to each of his Followers a place to build on: the Jesuits chose the large Plain where at present stands the Church Consecrated to the Virgin Mary; the Names of the said Jesuits were Juan Azpilcueta, Antonio Pireo, Leonardo Nonnio, Didaco Jacobeo, Vincentio Roderigo, and Emanuel Nobrega; whilest the common People set themselves to the building of Dwelling-houses: But when John the Third, King of Portugal, sent a Priest thither to Teach in the new Church of Maria, the fore-mention'd Jesuits remov'd from thence to a high Hill, which they call'd The Mountain Calvarien, whither divers Brasilians came flocking, and pitch'd their Tents about the Cloyster, admiring their strange Neigh∣bors.

When Sosa Landed on the fore-mention'd Shore, the Portuguese had but little footing on America; for their Plantations at Isleos, St. Vincent, Pernambuco, Villa Veja, Itamaraca, and Porto Seguro, discover'd by Pedro Alvares Capralis, Anno 1500. were run all to ruine.

Beside the City St. Salvador and the decay'd Town Villa Veja, the City Paripe lies three Leagues farther into the Countrey, consisting of three thousand Families, and eighteen Sugar-Mills: The Countrey about the same produces plenty of Cotton.

The Island Taperica, which is pretty large, hath a fertile Soil for the production of Tobacco, and Grass to fatten Cattel: The Inhabitants boyl much Train-Oyl of the Whales, which come ashore there in considerable numbers.

Twelve Leagues Southward from St. Salvador appears the Village Cacocheira, for∣merly belonging to a rich Portuguese, who took great pains in reforming the sal∣vage People Guaymures to a civil Life; but seeing he profited but little, he caus'd great Companies of them to be remov'd to Taperica, that they might do less mis∣chief, where the unusual and unwholsom Air kill'd them all in a short time.

The Lordship Bahia hath abundance of Sugar-Mills, which are either turn'd by the Water, or drawn by Oxen.

* 1.263The Sugar-Canes, by the Brasilians call'd Viba or Tacomaree, grow better in a clayie and fat Soil, over which the Rivers flowing leave their Mud, than on High-lands, Hills, or Mountains; they are Planted after this manner: They first plough their Fields, weed them, and make Holes at an exact distance one from the other, into which they plant their Canes in such a manner, that the tops touch one another. The Holes before mention'd require more Earth to fill them in Summer than in Winter, that the violent Heat of the Sun may not dry up the Root, and that the Rain may the freelier come at them to moisten them, for the more moisture they have, the better they grow; they attain to their full ripeness in ten, or at most in twelve Moneths; February and March being the two last Winter Moneths, are ac∣counted the best to Plant in, because the Earth softned by Rains, suffers the Root to shoot forth the better. The ripe Canes being cut off, are left in the Field till the following Year; during which time new Canes growing, are often ground in the Mill with the old ones; but if they stand two years, then the sweet Liquor dries up, and the Cane withers. The young Plants carefully planted in good Ground may last forty, nay fifty years; but in a barren Soil they set new every five years. Sometimes in great Droughts and extraordinary hot Seasons, the Canes are scorcht to nothing, which being burnt in the Winter, the Ashes serve to Dung the Ground; and so in like manner when the Water, overflowing the Fields, drowns the young Plants. In moist Grounds the black-wing'd Worm, call'd Guirapeacopa,* 1.264 (by the Por∣tuguese nam'd Pao de Galeuba) gnaws the Roots in such a manner, that the Canes die; and sometimes it happens also that the Weeds choak the young Plants;

[illustration]

wherefore the Ground is to be weeded four times a year,* 1.265 till such time as the Canes are strong enough to bear against the Weeds: they cut off the ripe Canes at the lowermost Joynt, and, all the Leaves being first pull'd off, tie them up in Bundles, and bring them to the Mills, which consist of three great Iron Bars, between which the Canes are squeez'd. The Water-Mills are turn'd by the force of the Wa∣ter, which in great Gutters led from high Mountains falls with exceeding force in∣to Pools made for that purpose; after which manner, though they wind the Canes much faster, yet they get not so much Sugar as when they grind them in the Mills turn'd by Cattel: The places through which the Juice runs must be cleans'd twice in twenty four hours; the Canes put in behind between the first Bar, are turn'd into the second, and thence into the third, which successively squeezes out all the remaining Juice: The Canes thus press'd, serve for Fewel to burn; but they con∣stantly keep such a great Fire both Night and Day, that besides those press'd Canes, they burn forty Fathom of Wood in twenty four hours, insomuch that whole Woods are consum'd in a short time: The Liquor, nam'd Caldo, runs along wood∣den Gutters into great Kettles, in which it is boyl'd, but if it happen to be over∣boyl'd they put Water amongst it, whereby it becomes excellent Food for Horses; then they put the Liquor into a second Kettle, where it is boyl'd afresh, and also scumm'd; and for the better cleansing of it, Lime-Juyce and other things are put amongst it; then they strein it through Clothes, and give the Dross which remains in the same to the Slaves, which work for half a year together Night and Day like Horses. The Dross mix'd with Water makes also good Wine. Out of the great Kettles, by the Portuguese call'd Caldero de Mellar, the Caldo runs into the lesser nam'd Tachas, where it is boyl'd a third time, and continually stirr'd till it comes to be thick like a Syrrup, and at last to the consistence of Sugar: It may be accounted amongst the Mysteries of Nature, that while the Sugar boyls in the Tachas, which are the little Kettles, they must drop Oyl amongst the Liquor, which if they should do whilest it is in the great Kettel, the Liquor would not turn to the consistence of Sugar; as on the contrary, if they should put their Lye into the little Kettles as they

[illustration]

OLINDA DE PHERNAMBUCO

• A. Narale.
• B. Nonasterium in Insula Antonic vace.
• C. Hospitium domini Presiotu•• H. C. Lonck.
• D.Ecclesia Pagi Povo.
• E. Promptuaria Sac••aro, A•• Hispanen ique delec••••.
• F. Vallum ferrestre cum nonnu••••is fortulitus.
• G. Monasterium Sancti Benedicti dictum Bento.
• H. Sancti Antoni.
• I. S^•i. Francisci.
• K. Ecclesia Maga••.
• L. Ecclesia Jesuitarum.
• N. Promontorium ex virgultis. ••••••stium.

do into the great, the Liquor would be quite spoil'd. In their Boyling-houses stand several hundreds of Earthen Pots one by another on Planks full of Holes; which Pots they cover with moist clay, and after fourteen days knocking it out of the Pots, they separate the brown Sugar from the white, both which are laid to dry in the Sun, and put into Chests.

SECT. VIII. Pernambuco.

* 1.266NOrthward from Bahia de Todos los Sanctos lies Pernambuco, which extends along the Coast above seventy Leagues, between the River St. Francisco and the Countrey of Hamaraca.

Pernambuco, which signifies Hells-Mouth, is on the East wash'd by the Northern Ocean; in which grows a Weed much like an Oaken Leaf, and so thick, that un∣less it be cut to make their Way, impedes the Sailing of Ships.

* 1.267The Sea is also very full of Fish, which in calm Weather are visible sixty Fathom deep, and are taken in greater abundance than they are able to spend; for they no sooner let down a Bait, cover'd with Feathers and Tallow, but the Fish immedi∣ately swallowing the same, are taken.

Here are in the first place abundance of Hays, a Fish so rank and oylie, that they are not eatable, but their Brains are accounted good against the Stone.

There are also hereabouts a sort of flying Fish like Herrings, but not so big; they have Wings like Bats, which carry them above Water whilest they are wet; they swim in shoals, and are chased by all other Fishes, which endeavoring to escape by flight out of the Water, they become a prey to the Sea-pies.

The Sea-Breams are as well tasted as the flying Fish; the Mariners cover them in Salt, or stuff them within full of Salt and Pepper, and so hang them to dry in the Sun.

Pernambuco it self lying in five Degrees Southward from the Equinox, produces abundance of Brasile Wood and Sugar-Canes, which last is no proper Brasilian Plant, for the first Plants thereof were by the Portuguese first transplanted thither from the Canary Islands.

* 1.268This Countrey was first discover'd by Americus Vesputius, who being sent thither by Emanuel, King of Portugal, to discover the Coast between the Promontory before Olinda and the Island Itamaraca, and finding a split Rock and some Brasilian Huts, Landed, and ask'd the Denomination of the Coast, which he was inform'd was call'd Pernambuco, which he found full of steep Mountains, inaccessible Woods, and in some places Plains and pleasant Valleys; but the chiefest thing he could find to lade his Ship with, was Brasile Wood; but being inform'd that the Soil would bear Sugar-Canes, he caus'd Canary Sugar-Plants to be Set there.

* 1.269Olinda, formerly the chief City of Pernambuco, had (according to Lopez) above three thousand Houses and seventy Sugar-Mills: It is built on several Hills, which on the North-side are steep and overgrown with Brambles, betwixt which in ma∣ny places grow Orange-Trees. John Newhof, who arriv'd at Olinda Anno 1642. found a few Netherlanders and Spaniards there, who dwelt in the ruin'd Houses. The Land-side of the City is strengthned by Hills overgrown with Brambles and Thorns, and towards the Sea-side with Earthen Walls, fortifi'd by fourteen Bul∣warks and a Stone Castle, able to withstand a considerable force: The Out-works towards the South were maintain'd by Jews, who from the fore-mention'd Hills

could see not onely a great way into the Ocean, but also the River Biberibi, which hath a Stone Bridge leading to the City, and Northerly and Westward the Way lies through great Woods and Forrests. Olinda it self is divided into twenty seven large Streets, besides lesser Lanes and several Avenues, and five chief Churches, viz. Misericordia, Nostra Sennora del Emparo, and Nostra Sennora de Guadalupe, San Salvador, and San Pedro, besides two others of lesser note. On the highest Hill stands the Je∣suits Cloyster, built square and high, and surrounded with Walls, on which Seba∣stian King of Portugal, by the perswasion of his Uncle Cardinal Henry, spent a great sum of Money, and endow'd it with annual Revenues, Anno 1571. The Capuchins also built a stately Cloyster towards the East. The Franciscans moreover inhabited a magnificent Building, near which stood the Governors Palace. The Carmelites had also a stately Edifice, whose former lustre still appears by the Ruines, where now Cattel graze; from the Hills about which may be exactly discern'd Reciffa, the Promontory of St. Augustine, and the Castle before the Road of Reciffa: Along the Shore stood the Dominican Cloyster, and in the upper part of the City the Minster, Consecrated to St. Bento, exceeding strong both by Nature and Art; near which stood Conceptio de nostra Sennora. The Fort Juan de Albuquerque stood on the South∣side, from whence a Way leads you along the Shore to Reciffa, where hard by the Potter's House stood a Beacon. But since Olinda fell into the hands of the Nether∣land East-India Company, they built a strong Fortress on the North near the Sea∣side, where formerly a great Trade was driven with Sugar, insomuch that forty Ships have been fraighted in a day therewith from Olinda, and still as much more remain'd in the Store-houses. The Sugar cannot be made without the help of African Slaves, and that in great numbers; for Angola alone provided fifteen thou∣sand four hundred and thirty Moors for the Sugar-Mills about Olinda.

In the Years 1601, 1602, and 1623. there was sent to surprize this City Henrick Loncque, who a little before with Peter Peterszoon Hein took the Spanish Plate-Fleet, and brought it away from Matanca.* 1.270 In the middle of June, Anno 1629. Loncque weighed Anchor from the Goerean Road, and between great Canary and Teneriff he was Engag'd (having but eight Sail) with forty Spanish Ships, Commanded by Fre∣derick de Toledo, fought his way through the midst of them, and near St. Vincent (the rest of his Fleet being come up to him, which in all made up twenty seven) he stay'd for a farther promis'd Supply of Ships to assist him, and the longer, because the Men rais'd by the Netherland West-India Company were taken into the States Ser∣vice, to oppose the Spanish and Imperial Forces, who at that time had gain'd some advantage upon them: But not long after Hartogen-bosch being taken by the Hol∣landers, the rest of the expected Fleet, with the promis'd Aid, arriv'd at St. Vincent; from whence Loncque, after four Moneths stay, set Sail with these additional Forces, his Fleet then consisting of fifty Sail of Ships, which carry'd above seven thousand Soldiers, befides Seamen; but he was forc'd to lie a considerable time under the Line, being either becalm'd or beaten back by contrary Winds, insomuch that ma∣ny of his Men perish'd, or were disabled with the Scurvey: At last his Fleet being come to an Anchor upon the Coast of Pernambuco, the first that Landed about two Leagues Northward of Olinda, was Colonel Diederik van Waerdenberg, who by Day∣break divided his Men into three Divisions, the Forlorn-Hope consisting of nine hundred and thirty four Men, march'd towards Olinda along the Shore, led by Adolf van der Eltz; the second being a thousand and forty nine, by Stein Callenfels; the third, consisting of nine hundred and sixty five, was led by Fouke Honx: thus drawn out, and marching on, they met with no resistance till they came to the River Dolce, where eight hundred Portuguese Charg'd on them from behind a new Sconce;

but Waerdenberg wading up to the Middle through the River with two Field-Pieces, the Enemy left his Works and ran into the Wood; the Forlorn-Hope approach∣ing the City, march'd up towards the right side, up a Way through the Woods, Scal'd the Walls, near which the Jesuits Cloyster stood, over which he got after some resistance. The second Party march'd in a narrow Path along the Shore,* 1.271 and broke into the City between the Franciscans and Jesuits Cloyster, towards the Cathe∣dral Salvador, from whence they discharg'd several Guns, as also from the Castle, which they had taken, whilest Fouke Honx Storm'd the Battlements towards the South; but Stein Callenfels and Eltz being already Masters of Olinda, the Defendants surrendred all. Mean while the Colonel's Skiff brought five hundred Men more ashore, with which he march'd without any hinderance into the City, where the Conquerors, faint with excessive Heat and want of Water, found but little Booty, because the Inhabitants having notice of the Hollanders coming, had convey'd all their Goods and Wealth to Reciffa, which the Governor Matthias Albuquerque (Bro∣ther to the Lord Duarte Albuquerque, to whom Pernambuco properly belong'd) burnt with all the Store-houses, partly out of revenge to the Inhabitants, who fled contrary to his Commands, and partly because he would not enrich the Hollanders. The Por∣tuguese Captain, Correa de Castel Blanco, in his Letter to the King of Spain, values the loss at twenty hundred thousand Ducats. But still the Portuguese had possession of several Forts about the Countrey, whereof the most considerable was St. George, whither Stein Callenfels march'd in the Night with six hundred Men, but his Lad∣ders being too short, and the Hand-Granado's not easily taking fire, he was for'd to Retreat; whereupon judging it most convenient to besiege the Castle, he digg'd Trenches about the same; nor was it long ere the Besieged desir'd Quarter,* 1.272 which being granted, they march'd from thence with ninety Men. The Water Castle sur∣rendring in like manner, they found fifteen Brass Guns therein; and in that of St. George four thousand pound of Gun-powder, and twenty four Iron Guns.

When the Netherland Forces Landed on Pernambuco, the Portuguese inhabited eleven Towns, the chiefest whereof being Olinda, was generally Garrison'd by four Companies of Armed Citizens, each containing a hundred Men and three Com∣panies of Soldiers: Amongst the Citizens were two hundred Merchants, some of whom were judg'd to be worth fifty thousand Crusados.

Southward from Olinda, between the River Biberibe and the Ocean, was a nar∣row Cawsey, at the end of which lay the populous Village Reciffa, where the Ships lade and unlade. About the middle of the Cliff, being a League long, is the An∣choring place for great Ships, call'd Pozo. At the end of the fore-mention'd Caw∣sey against Pozo, appear'd a round Tower of Fre-stone.

* 1.273The Journal kept by the English Fleet that came hither under the Command of Captain James Lancaster, Anno 1595. makes mention of a Fort which lay at the Mouth of the Haven before Reciffa, which the English valiantly Storm'd, notwith∣standing six hundred Men and seven Brass Guns might easily have made it invinci∣ble: But they conquering the same, march'd up to Olinda, took the Suburb, con∣sisting of a hundred Houses, without any resistance, as also a great Booty, and the greater, because the Goods of a rich Carak which had some few days before suffer'd Shipwrack, were kept there; they also took fifteen laden Ships, and for thirty days kept the whole Countrey about Olinda restless with continual Alarms. Since this Invasion the Portuguese built a third Fort on Reciffa, so that the Ships must pass in in between two Forts, where the Channel is also full of Rocks, and consequently the more dangerous.

From Reciffa the Goods are sent in Barques or Lighters to Olinda, between which

and St. Salvador run the two great Rivers Francisco and Real, the first whereof re∣tains its freshness twenty Leagues into the Ocean.

Along the River Popitinga stand many Sugar-Mills; and five Leagues farther Northward beyond Olinda the Portuguese inhabit these Villages, viz. Garasu, Reciffa, Moribeca, Antonio de Cabo, Miguel de Poyuca, Gonsalvo de Una, Povacon de Porto Calvo, Ala∣goa del Nort, and Alagoa del Zur, besides other Brasilian Hamlets, and above seventy Sugar-Mills.

* 1.274The County of Pernambuco hath for the most part a good Soil, several Plains, low Hills, and fruitful Valleys, abounding with fair Canes, which also grow on the Mountains Masurepe, Zebaatan, Poyuca, and Moribeque.

The Wilds of El Gran Matto, afford the best Wood, with which they drive the greatest Trade in the Village Laurenzo. Whilest Matthias Albuquerque Intrench'd himself a League and a half Westward from Olinda, by the Sugar-Mills belonging to Francisco Montero, with a hundred Portuguese, and three times as many Armed Brasilians, Loncque finding that he could not long keep the City Olinda against the Enemy, caus'd the same to be pull'd down and burnt.

* 1.275Between the Rivers Francisco and Real, lies the Town Sergippo del Rey, up in the Countrey near a small Rivulet, which at Spring-Tydes hath fourteen Foot Water. The Woods round about feed wild Cattel, and the Mountains contain Mines of Gold and Silver.

The first Plantation in Brasile was in the Island Itamaraca, three Leagues long and two broad, but extends its Jurisdiction along the Main Coast, from which it is separated by a narrow River, which runs betwixt both thirty five Leagues. The Countrey is eminent for twenty Sugar-Mills, and abundance of Brasile Wood.

* 1.276The chief Town of this Island is call'd Villa de Conception near the Sea, which round about the Island is full of Rocks. The French settling themselves here at first, were driven from thence by the Portuguese. The Town it self, built on a Rock, hath a strong Castle on the one side, erected near a shrubby Moor; to the Northward of which Stein Callenfels found a little Isle, scarce a Musquet-shot long, which at High-water is overflown, and being full of small Trees makes a Receptacle for Sea-Fowl, which flock thither about six a Clock in the Evening to Roost on the Boughs, from which, when once setled to take their repose, they will not stir till six of the Clock the next Morning, though you discharge Guns at them all Night; but since Stein Callenfels cut down the Wood to make Pallisado's for the new Fort against the Town Conception, they were never seen afterwards.

SECT. IX. Parayba.

* 1.277NOrthward from Itamaraca borders the County of Parayba, whence the French Ships carry'd yearly several Ladings of Brasile Wood, till Anno 1585. the Portuguese General Martin Leytam drove them from all places, since when they never recover'd any part thereof.

This Territory of Parayba borrows its Denomination from the chief Town, ly∣ing five Leagues from the North Sea near the River Parayba, which in the Summer Season hath but little Water, but in the Winter Season increases to that heighth, that it oftentimes on a sudden overflowing the Countrey sweeps away both Peo∣ple, Cattel, and Houses. The City it self, though small, yet hath several fair Buildings, amongst which three Churches and as many Cloysters, inhabited by

[illustration]

OSTIS••••••NES

Franciscans, Carmelites, and Benedictins, are none of the meanest. The Countrey there∣abouts indifferently fruitful, hath twenty Sugar-Mills. The Mountain Cupaguao, formerly very populous with Natives, being exceeding fertile, produces all man∣ner of Fruit; at present it lies desolate, the Brasilians being all destroy'd by the Por∣tuguese. These Mountains produce also curious green Stones, which the Inhabi∣tants wore in their Lips for an Ornament, and which also cures the Griping of the Guts, by being laid upon the Belly.

* 1.278The French under the Command of Captain Dourmigas, discover'd ninety years ago the Silver-Mine Copaoba, and for a considerable time carry'd Silver and Brasile Wood from hence, till the Portuguese made themselves absolute Masters.

Moreover, on the North-side of Parayba, the Salvages call'd Petiguars inhabit sixteen Villages.

* 1.279Amongst the Birds of prey which breed here, are the Ouyaourassou, twice as big as a Crane, with curious Feathers, and so bold and strong, that it devours not onely Sheep, but Deer and Men.

The Bird Mayton is no way inferior in beauty to the Peacock, his whole Body being cover'd with white and black Feathers; on his Head grows a Tuft; the Flesh is also very pleasant to the taste.

The Toucan, another Bird, resembles a Turtle-Dove in all parts, except the Bill and Breast; for the Belly is ten Inches long and three broad, the Breast of an Orange colour, mix'd with Crimson Spots; the remaining part is white, the Back red, and the Tail and Wings Coal-black.

* 1.280The Plant call'd Yarammacarou deserves also a peculiar observation, viz. It is thicker than a Man's Thigh, grows twelve Foot high, with three Branches of equal length and thickness, which you may easily break; it is green without, white within, and without Leaves, leaving red Blossoms streak'd with blue, from whence grows a Fruit about the bigness of an Apple, crimson without and white within, and tasting like a Mulberry.

* 1.281The River Parayba produces amongst many other Fishes the Guara-tereba, which hath a thick Body, flat Head, crooked Back, split Tail, and triangular Scales, which laid in the Sun, shine like polish'd Gold.

The Sea also hereabouts affords a strange Fish with a very long and thin Tail, the Females whereof Lay every day Eggs like Hens: they are full of poysonous Prickles, and divided into several sorts, amongst which the chiefest are accounted the Naainari and Jabebara.

* 1.282THe Sea-Coast of Brasile from St. Vincent to Spirito Santo appears as followeth: Before the Coast of St. Vincent lie the four little Isles Queimadas, and on one side the Alcatraces and Busios; East North-East from which bears the Island Sebastian: Before the Inlet Ubatuba lies the Isle Dos Porcos, close under a high Shore, where the Haven runs far up in the Countrey. Fourteen Leagues farther the Island Grande, stor'd with fresh Water, with Fish-ponds, Woods, and two good Havens. Before the Road of Garatuba appear several broken Isles, the chiefest whereof is Morambaya. The Ships Sailing along the Brasilian Coast view next the Mouth of the wide River Jenero, without fear of Rocks or Shoals. Moreover, a sandy Ground ex••ends from the Western Point to Cape Frio, which rises out of the Sea like a Rock, with white Streaks, and crack'd on the top, between both which the high Island before Frio makes a safe Harbor. Nine Leagues beyond Frio to the Northward, St. Salvador opens a large Bay, hemm'd in on the South by divers nameless Isles. Lastly, the several Salt-pans along this Coast are very remarkable, as also the Promontory

St. Thoma and Parayva, the Inlets Manangea and Itapemeri, and the River Guarapari, famous for the Mountain Pero Cam towards the North, and Guapel to the South. The Island Salvago, round and mountainous, lies before the Mouth of the River Guarapari, where the Main Coast grows uneven and Hilly. On the North-East Point of Spirito Santo a long ridge of Rocks appears above the Sea; and near the Inlet rises three black Hills on the South, and two Leagues up in the Countrey the bro∣ken Mountain Mestre Alvaro, which extends along the Sea-Coast. The River Des Reyos Magos encompasses three Mountains severally, and makes three Isles. The Coast on each side of the River Dolce is very plain and even, but Cricare hath a mix∣ture of high and low Lands. In the Mouth of the River Maranipe lies a great com∣pany of white Shelves near together, appearing afar off as if all one. Parairepe is re∣markable by the high Trees growing on it. The Mouth of the River Caruvelas lies full of Sand-plats. Near the Beacon Tauhaen rises a red Cliff from which a sandy Point reaches to the River Curubabo. Before Porto Seguro lie several dangerous Rocks in the Sea, to the Southward of which rises the High-land Cape Pasqual. Not far from hence Santa Cruiz a good Haven for small Vessels, from whence the Coast extends North North-East, and South South-West, to Rio Grande, where the Shoals call'd Baxos de St. Antonio, making a dangerous Entry, force the Ships for the most part to keep three Leagues from the Shore. Beyond the Arm of Rio Grande appear three high Mountains cover'd with Trees; from whence to Ilheos is a safe Passage free from Shelves. Eight Leagues farther, the River Dos Contas runs between two broken Cliffs into the Sea: in the Mouth of it rises a Rock resembling a high Island. Between Ilheos and Contas the Coast rises also, but falls low again in a Bay, where white Sugar-Mills, formerly belonging to Lucas Giraldes, are seen at a great distance. The Countrey on each side of the River Camanu is plain; the Stream it self hath a wide Mouth, and respects with its Northern Shore the Isle Cayepa, dan∣gerous for the many Shelves which are about the same. The River Tinhare is known by the Mountain Morro de Santo Paulo, which rises like a Galley on the Southern Shore. Twelve Leagues farther opens the Bay of Todos los Sanctos, on whose East∣stern Point stands the Castle Antonio, and before the Northern Shore the Island To∣poam, to the East and South-East low and strong. The River Das Pedras falls with a wide Mouth into the Ocean. Next you pass by the Streams Tapicuru, Real Vasa∣baris and Francisco, known by a low Promontory. The Rivers Miguel, Antonio, Ca∣maragili, Porto Calvo, Formoso, and Serinhaem, disembogue also into the Sea. Next the Stream Das Pedras rises the Promontory St. Augustine, all overgrown with Bushes and Brambles. Five Leagues Southward lies the small Isle Alexo. The Coast from St. Augustine to Pernambuco extends North and by East, and South and by West. The Island Tamaraca lies in the Mouth of the Stream Gajana; and fifteen Leagues farther appears Parayba; between which two the Shelf Pedra Furada extends three Leagues along the Coast, and another from the Shore of the Promontory Blanco, where the Road Porto de Franeses affords Seamen secure Anchorage for Shipping. Next to Parayba follow the Havens Treicaon, Pipa, and Busios, the Stream Siara and Maragnan, which washes the Western part of Brasile, and is taken for the Boundary between the Spanish Indies and the Portuguese, according to the Division by Pope Alexander the Sixth, Anno 1502. Lastly, there belongs to Brasile the Island Fernando de Noronho, in three Degrees of Southern Latitude. The Capuchin, Claude de Abbe∣ville, going thither, found the same to be six Leagues in circumference, and extra∣ordinary fruitful; besides good fresh Water, Pease, Beans, Maiz, Potato's, Melons, Cotton, Cattel, wild Goats, and all sorts of Poultrey, which this Island affords; but it chiefly abounds with great variety of a sort of Birds which suffer themselves

to be caught with the Hand. There grows likewise a nameless Tree,* 1.283 not unlike the Laurel, being of a strange Nature, for who e're touches the Leaves, and after∣wards rubs his Eyes, loses his Sight for four hours, with exceeding pain; which pain nevertheless another Tree growing in the same Island cures immediately. The French, who Landed on Noronho Anno 1613. found a Portuguese there, with eighteen Brasilians, Men, Women, and Children, banish'd thither from Pernambuco, whom Baptizing, they carry'd to Maragnan. Near Noronho lies the Isle De Feu.

SECT. X. Maragnan.

MAragnan, forty five Leagues in circumference,* 1.284 lies in two Degrees of Sou∣thern Latitude, and a considerable distance from the Bay, which ap∣pears between the Rivers Aperegha and Comajamu.

The Eastern Entrance into this Bay hath before the Promontory Arbres Secs, the Isle St. Anna, by the Brasilians call'd Upaonmiri.

Opposite to Maragnan, about half way from the said Inlet, fall three Rivers into the Sea, the most Easterly call'd Mounin, hath a Mouth a Mile wide, and discharges its Water into the Sea; the middlemost Taboucourou, is five hundred Leagues long, and ends with two Mouths, half a League distant one from the other; the most Westerly, call'd Miary, is about six Leagues broad, so falling into the Sea.

The Stream Maracou falls into the Pinare, and thus united they joyn both with the Miary, which runs exceeding swift into the Sea.

Between the Capes Arbres Secs and De la Tortue, the Coast lies full of sandy Banks, some of which extend a League into the Ocean.

On the other side of the Promontory Tapoytapere near Maragnan, towards the River of Amazones, lie so many Isles along the Sea-shore, that no Ship is able to approach the same, because the Spaces between the Isles are overgrown with Trees call'd Apparituriers, whose Boughs shooting down and rooting in the Sea, produce other Trees, which grow so close together, that they seem one entire Tree with many Branches. Besides this Inconvenience there is abundance of drift Sand when the Wind sits from the Shore, which oftentimes swallows the Ships which lie upon the same.

Beyond Maragnan lie two Roads, the first between the Promontory Arbres and the Isle St. Anna, but dangerous; the other, discover'd some years since, reaches to the Fort of Maragnan, and is as dangerous as the first.

This Island hath twenty seven Villages, by the Natives call'd Oc or Tave, each Village consisting of four Houses made of great Stakes, and cover'd with Palm-tree Leaves against the Rain, each House being thirty Foot broad, and from two hun∣dred to five hundred Paces long, according to the greater or lesser number of In∣habitants. The first Village, opposite to St. Anna, is call'd Timbohu; the second, well known for two eminent Fishing-places, is Itapara; but the two biggest are Juniparan and Eussaouap, each having about five or six hundred Inhabitants.

This Island of Maragnan lies under a temperate Climate, being seldom troubled with excessive Colds, Droughts, pestilential Vapors, Wind, Hail, or Thunder, only it Lightens Morning and Evening in serene Weather. When the Sun returns from the Tropick of Capricorn to the North, then it Rains for six Weeks together; but when he declines from Cancer towards the Southern Solstice, the Trade-Wind, or

Eastern Breezes rise at seven of the Clock in the Morning, but grow fainter to∣wards Sun-setting.

* 1.285The Soil of Maragnan is exceeding fruitful, producing abundance of Brasile ••ood, Sugar, Cotton, the red Colour Roucou, Tobacco, Balsam not inferior to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Ara∣bian, Pepper, and all manner of Fruits. On the Coast is often found excellent Amber-greece and Jasper Stones, which the Inhabitants wore in their Lips. In some places along the Sea-shore appear Rocks of red and white Stone Diaphanous, like Crystal, which (some say) are as hard as Diamonds, and call'd Allencon. The Woods produce Timber, and the Shore Stones and Shells, of which they make Mortar. There are also several pleasant Fields and Hills, whose Feet are wash'd by delightful Brooks, along which they pass in Canoos from one Village to another. The Woods consist most of Palm-Trees, amongst which breed all sorts of Fowls and Beasts.

* 1.286The chiefest of the Fruit-Trees which grow here is the Accayou, which being much bigger than our Pomewaters, hath Leaves not unlike those of an Oak: and also a Nut resembling a Sheeps Kidney, cover'd with a hard Shell, which incloses an oylie Pith. Out of these the Islanders press a very wholsom and pleasant Li∣quor; as also out of the Pacoeira and Bannanas, both excellent Plants, which will grow in any Ground. This Plant they pluck up by the Roots wild as soon as it hath put forth three Leaves; which Leaves being rowl'd up hard together like a Twig, are again Set, and then sprout up each with ten green Leaves, which when mov'd by the Wind, rattle like Parchment, and tear very easily: the Stalk is an Inch thick, from which spread several lesser Branches; under the Leaves hang yel∣lowish Flowers of a pleasant smell, at whose Stalks are lesser Leaves resembling little Scoups, full of Juice, in taste like Honey, and in colour like the White of an Egg: after the Flower follows the Fruit, very like a Cucumber, onely they are three square, and have a hardish Shell, which incloses a well tasted and wholsom Pulp, which commonly grows in Clusters. This Plant, when the Fruit is ripe, is pluck'd up, from whence another springs up immediately, which bears the like Fruit the next year; so that this Plant lives as it were by propagation conti∣nually.

The Bannanas bear Leaves of a Fathom long and two Foot broad; the Fruit is very like that of the Pacoeira.

The Mangaa is very like the Apricock both in taste and form.

The Tree Jaracaha hath a spread Crown, leaves like those of a Fig-Tree, yellow Flowers, and Pears with Shells, and full of Kernels.

The Ouaieroua is an exceeding sweet-smelling Tree, bears a Fruit much bigger than the greatest Melons.

The Junipap, which is much taller, hath Apples, which whilest they are green are best, yielding a Juice which Dyes Coal-black, and therefore is us'd by the Natives to paint their Bodies with: The Apples when ripe are yellow within and without, very well tasted, and melting in the Mouth.

Besides these fore-mention'd Fruit-Trees there are several others that grow on this Island, amongst which is the Vua-pirup, eminent for its Blossom, which is yel∣low, blue, and red, and bears delicate Apples, which ripen best in the rainy Season.

Lastly, the Pekey, which three Men cannot Fathom, bears a Fruit of two hand∣fuls bigness, having a hard thick Shell, and within four Kidney-like Kernels, each concealing a prickly Stone, which hurts the Mouths of unwary Eaters.

The Plant Carouata hath Leaves an Ell long, and two Inches broad; they are

very thick and thistly from the middle, and about two Foot from the Ground grows an exceeding pleasant Fruit, yellow without and within, three square, a Finger long, and hanging oftentimes sixty in a Cluster.

Vua, a sort of Melons, green without, and within full of white Pulp and black Kernels, and hath a pleasant Juice, dissolves to Water, if cut in the middle, sweeter than Sugar, and very refreshing.

Manioch, a thick Root of the Plant Manicup, Leav'd like a Fig-Tree; being ground to Meal, it serves in stead of Bread.

Besides these already mention'd, there are several other Plants, the most usual are the great flat Beans call'd Commanda-ouassou, and the long Pease Commanda-miry.

* 1.287Here are variety of Birds of several sorts, especially of Parrots, which flye in great Companies, most beautiful to the Eye, and very docible to speak, and also good for Food.

The Partridges Nanbououassou, in bigness no way inferior to a Capon, have blue Feathers, and also Lay blue Eggs.

The Ourou, resembling a Partridge, hath a Combe like a Cock, but mix'd with three Colours, viz. red, black, and white.

The Bats, nam'd Andheura, have a mournful Note in the Night, often biting those they find asleep, and suck their Blood so hard that it can hardly be stopt.

The Ostriches here call'd Yandou, being as tall as a middle-siz'd Man, cannot flye, but run as swift as a Greyhound.

Their Fowl call'd Falian, with long Bills and Cranes Legs, flies very low, but runs so swift that a Horse can scarce overtake them.

* 1.288The Ocean about Maragnan produces abundance of all sorts of Fish, and amongst others the Pyraon, six Foot long, thicker than a Barrel, and cover'd with black Scales of a hand-breadth.

The Fish Camouroupouy differs not much from the Pyraon, onely in having fewer Scales.

The Ougry, four Foot long, hath a broad Head, and two sharp Fins on the Back, which wound terribly. This Fish also swimming in the River, smells of Musk whilest it stays therein.

The like length hath also the Camboury Ouassou, whose Hog-like Head, and yel∣low scal'd Tail, makes it seem like a Monster.

The Yauebouyre is a Foot in thickness, in length two Fathom, and a Fathom in breadth, and hath a Tail of half a Fathom long, out of the middle of which sticks a sharp and great Bone, which makes such dangerous Wounds, that if any part of a Man's Body be touch'd therewith, it must be cut off.

The Narinnary, which is much lesser, wounds with its Sting very dangerously.

The flat Fish Acaraiou hath the length of a Foot, a green Head, thick Scales, a yellow Back, and white Belly.

The Araououa hath a hard Skin, is eight times bigger than the Acaraiou, and hath a three-pointed Sword, with which it kills other Fish.

Another sort of Sword-fish is the Panapans, whose Sword is a Foot less than that of the Araououa.

The Picamo and Caramourou resemble the Pilchard, and are taken in great abun∣dance near the Rocks.

The Rivers and Brooks on Maragnan are also very full of Fish, amongst which the Pourake, four Foot long, full of green, blue, red and white Specks and Streaks, the Skin so hard that no Sword can penetrate it; wherefore it regards not a blow, but if it moves, it causes such a pain on the Arm of him that strikes, that he falls down on the Ground.

The Caurimata, which is very like a Carp, is the most delicious Fish that ever was tasted.

The Pyrain, without Scales, colour'd red and yellow, hath sharp Teeth, which cut sloapingly; as also the Opean, Tarehure, Paraty, and Jerou.

The red Crabs Oussa, with hairy Legs, breed about the Roots of the fore-men∣tion'd Trees that grow in the Water.

The white Crabs Aouara-oussa carry the Amber-greece, cast on the Shores to their Holes.

They have also good Mussles, and well rellish'd Oysters sticking on the Boughs of the said Trees.

During the rainy Season there are generally standing Pools, in which yearly breed many Fishes, which are taken up by the Inhabitants when the Pools begin to dry.

* 1.289Moreover, this Island feeds abundance of four-footed Beasts, amongst which their wild Deer, Rabbets and Hares, differ little from the European. They have al∣so wild Swine call'd Taiassou, who seem to have Navels on their Backs, which cast a sweet Musky smell; besides another sort of Swine, not inferior to the former, but of a stranger shape, being Mouth'd like a Hare, with two long Tusks in their up∣per Jaws, and two beneath; their Ears like a Mans; the foremost Feet white, and hoof'd like an Ass; the hindermost part of their Body like a Bear, and full of Bri∣stles, half white and half black, three handfuls long: when they creep in their Holes their staring Bristles fall; they keep much amongst Brambles, feed on Apples and Roots; In the Winter Season they Stye themselves up in their Holes.

Here are also Pismire-eaters, call'd Tamandua, with a Boars Head, Dogs Ears, sharp Snout, Horses Hair, and Ox Feet.

The Tapiyre-ete differ little from wild Cows, onely they have shorter Legs and Tails, and wanting Horns, are Arm'd in stead thereof with Teeth; in their Heads are often found a Stone like the Bezoar Stone.

Several sorts of Armadillo's here differ much in form each from the other.

The wild Cats Margaia are caught for their curious Skin.

The Foxes Janovare, and Leopards Sovassovaran, both curiously mark'd, are very ravenous.

Here is also a deform'd slow creeping Beast call'd Ai, whose Head is like a Mans, and cover'd with rough and grey Hair, on each Foot three Claws close together, and at least a Finger long, sharp Teeth, a smooth high black Nose, little drowsie Eyes, no Ears, a Tail small above and broad at the bottom, long Ash-colour'd Hair over all the Body; and being about the bigness of a Fox, it climbs slowly up the Trees, and comes not down before it hath eaten off all the Leaves; it feeds also on Earth, and sometimes sits on a high Bough without Meat twenty days to∣gether; it goes so softly, that it will hardly clear fifty Paces in twenty four hours.

On this Island are likewise all sorts of Apes and Monkies, amongst which is one most remarkable, call'd The Zimme Cayon, hairy all over, with a long white Beard, an old Mans Face, bald Ears, black Eyes and long Tail, which they wind about a Bough, and so hanging, swing themselves from one Tree to another; they are very fierce as well as subtile, for being wounded with an Arrow, they set upon their Enemy without the least fear; when they climb up the Trees, they carry their Mouths and Hands full of Stones to throw at Travellers; and if any one of them chance to be wounded, all the rest that are near come to help him, and stop the Wound with Leaves, and the like; the young ones hang upon the Backs of their Dams, who run very swift with them, and leap from one Tree to another.

[illustration]

Juan Ardenois relates, That the Coyons play at certain Games with the Natives for Money, and spend what they win in publick Houses.

Joseph de Acosta tells us, That one of these kind of Creatures being sent to a Tavern for Wine, would not part with his Money before his Pot was fill'd, which he defen∣ded from the Boys that offer'd to take it from him, by throwing Stones at them; and though it lov'd Wine very well, yet brought it always home without tasting.

It is no less wonderful what Peter Martyr relates of one of these Creatures, viz. That observing one ready to fire a Gun at him, before he could discharge, it leap'd from the Tree and snatch'd up a Child, which he held as a Buckler before him.

* 1.290The Sagovin resembles a Lyon in the fore-part of the Body, with shaggy Hair; they are exceeding dainty and tender, yet so stubborn and sullen, that they take pet at the least affront, and often pine themselves away and die with hunger.

* 1.291The Serpent Boy-ete, two Fathoms long, without Legs, having a bright speckled Skin and four sharp Teeth, wounds also mortally with its Tail; but is the less dan∣gerous, because at the end of the Tail grows a Bladder, which moving rattles as if there were Pease in it, which gives notice to the Traveller, though unwary, by which means he makes his escape.

The other Serpents call'd Jouboy, Tara-gouyboy, and Tarehuboy, serve the Natives for a great Delicacy; as also the great Toads or Frogs, call'd Tourourou.

They have also a sort of Flies call'd Ton, which exceedingly molest them, against which their chiefest Medicine is Palm-tree Oyl, and the Roucou, with which they colour their Skins.

The Natives of this Island of Maragnan, driven out of the pleasant Countrey Cayete by the Portuguese, are a sort of the Toupinambas, who Setled here about a hun∣dred and fifty years ago. The time of their first coming hither us'd formerly to be solemniz'd with the great Feast call'd Caoven; but because a Woman boldly set up∣on a Commander in his Cups, there arose a great Tumult amongst them, and ever since the Island hath been divided, one Party calling the other Tobaiares, that is,

We are Enemies: They are so inveterate against one another, that who e're they take Prisoners they unmercifully devour: Both are of a middle Stature, have flat No∣ses, which the Midwive make at the Birth of the Child; they are generally a strong People, and many of them living a hundred years, without being grey, bald, or sick; they live temperate, and under a wholsom Climate: Some of their Women bear Children (as they say) till they are eighty years of age, which being born white, turn to be of a Tawny colour, by being anointed with Suet call'd Roucou, and Oyl; otherwise they are well proportion'd. The Men pluck out all the Hair of their Foreheads, but suffer it to hang pretty long over their Ears, and behind. The Women let their Hair hang down to their Middle, and wear woodden Ear-rings; but the Men hang green Beads in their Lips, and thrust, little Bones through their Noses. They go all stark naked; their Legs are colour'd black with the Juice of the Herb Junipap, and upon the other parts of their Body appear Fi∣gures of several Representations. Those that will manifest their Valor, and be ac∣counted hardy, gash their Bodies all over with Wounds, which they heal in such a manner, that the Scars may more plainly appear. They never come to their usual Feasts, but dress'd up in various colour'd Feathers; upon the Crown of their Heads they wear Caps stuck with Plumes, which they call Acangoap, or Coronets, call'd Acangerar; about their Necks, the Necklaces Aiouacava; over their Shoulders, the Man∣tles Assoyave; their Garters they call Tabacoura, at which they hang hollow Nut∣shells full of little Stones, which gingle and rattle as they go, and about their Arms Armlets call'd Mapouyh-couaychovare; all which are curiously checker'd with various colour'd Feathers.

The Maragnans live not much up in the Countrey, but rather on the Sea-Coast, because of their Fishing, removing every sixth year, calling the Village where they Settle, by the former Name.

They take every Man as many Wives as he pleaseth; but the Women must stick each to one Man, unless she be Divorc'd from him, which often happens upon small occasions.

Their Cotton Hammocks call'd Yu, on which they sleep, hang between two Stakes, in which they lie.

Singular Friends and Relations Feast one another daily; but they are cruel and revengeful against their neighboring Enemies, whom, when they take any of them, they fatten, kill, and eat. The least affront done them, or injurious word spoken to them, or against their Predecessorss, makes them take up Arms, which consist of Bowes and Arrows, which they call Ouyrapar and Oune.

Here the French have built the Fort St. Lovis on an Island, from whence West∣ward may be seen the Cape Tapouytapere, which at High-water seems like an Island, and lies four Leagues from thence; at Low-water they can walk over the Sands from the same to the Main Land.

This fruitful Countrey hath twenty populous Villages.

Westward lies Comma, which gives Denomination to the chief Village, the River, and the rest of that Countrey, wherein are sixteen more handsom Villages, better built, and more populous than Maragnan or Tapouytapere.

Concerning the building of the fore-mention'd Fort on Maragnan, it hapned as followeth:

* 1.292The French Captain Riffaut, upon the Advice of Ouyrapive, who bore a great sway amongst his Maragnan Subjects, fitted out three Ships; but because of a Contention between the Sea-men, and the loss of his chiefest Vessel, he was forc'd to Sail to France, and leave some of his Men on Maragnan, under the Command of a young

[illustration]

I. TAMA••CA

• A. Castrum Auriaci.
• B. Ostium fluminis ad Austrū.
• C. Castrum in monte.
• D. Oppidum Scoppi••.
• E. Sac••llum.
• F. Via quibus ascenditur.
• G. Fluvius qui versus Garasu abit.

[illustration]

UVIUS GRANDIS.

• A. 〈…〉〈…〉.
• B. 〈…〉〈…〉.
• C. 〈…〉〈…〉.
• D. 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

[illustration]

SIARA.

• A. Castrum.
• B. Fluvius.
• C. Via lit••us versus.
• D. Sylva.
• E. Campestria.

Gentleman call'd De Vaux, who carry'd himself so discreetly amongst the Islanders; that they promis'd to embrace the Christian Religion, if new Supplies came from France to assist them against their Enemies; of which De Vaux advis'd the French King Henry the Fourth, who approv'd of it,* 1.293 and sent Monsieur De la Ravardiere to Maragnan, to make a farther Enquiry into the whole Matter, where he spent six Moneths; after which returning he found the King murder'd, wherefore the Busi∣ness lay dead for a while; but at length Ravardiere took with him the Lord Rosilly, and the Baron of Sansi, desiring some Capuchins of the Queen-Mother, for the pro∣mulgating of the Christian Religion in Maragnan; which being granted, they set Sail with three Ships Anno 1612. with which arriving safely there, and Landing, he built next the chiefest Haven the Fort St. Lewis on a Hill, by whose foot two Rivers glide into the Ocean. After which this new Plantation went on for a considerable time, till the Portuguese overpowering them, drove them out of this their new Field,* 1.294 ma∣king themselves absolute Masters of the Fort, and also of the great Mountain Ibou∣yapap, four Leagues high, plain on the top, twenty four Leagues long, and little less in breadth. No Champain under the Sun is more pleasant and fruitful than this; for in some places it is shaded with Trees, in others hath brave Pastures, lies under a wholsom Climate, and abounds with fresh Springs, from whence are de∣riv'd store of Brooks, and Rivulets full of Fish.

SECT. XI. The Lordships Tamarica, Rio Grande, Siara, and Para.

* 1.295THe Praefecture of Tamarica, not above three Leagues in length and two in breadth, so call'd from a little Island lying before it, and part of its Pre∣cinct, is counted the first, that is, the most ancient Lordship of Brasile, having otherwise nothing in it that is very considerable, save onely a good Haven or Port, with a Castle for the Security or Command of it, held to be impregna∣ble, and so found by the Dutch, who under Peter Heyn and Stein Callenfels in vain attempted the taking of it, as shall be mention'd hereafter more particularly, but made it useless to the Portuguese, by making a Bulwark at the Mouth of the Haven, and so blocking it up.

This Capatania yielded formerly a Rent of thirty thousand Ducats to the Earls of Montesanto, whose Right it was.

* 1.296THe Praefecture of Rio Grande, a small Precinct, so denominated, as lying on the South-side of that great River which the Portuguese call Rio Grande, and the Natives Potingi, where it falls into the Sea, was once possess'd by the French about the Year 1597. who were outed by the Portuguese, and the Place fortifi'd both against them and the Salvages, (of whom they slew and took Prisoners very great numbers) with a Castle, which the Dutch in the Year 1631. found an impregnable piece, and too hard for them to take.

* 1.297THe Praefecture of Siara, so denominated from the Haven; it hath long been in the possession of the Portuguese, but they have therein no Towns of note, onely a Castle, and some few Houses for those that attend the gathering of Cotton-Wool, and Manuring of the Sugar-Canes, which are here in great abundance, also the Countrey is said to afford some Crystal and other Precious Stones.

* 1.298LAstly, the Praefecture of Para is the most Northerly part of Brasile, bordering upon Guiana, so call'd from the River Para, which runneth through the midst of it, upon which, in a convenient place, and upon rais'd Ground, the Portuguese have built a very strong Castle, well Wall'd on all sides, save onely towards the River, where it is planted with Ordnance: It is built in a quadrangu∣lar form, and hath at least three hundred Persons of the Portuguese Nation (besides the Garrison Soldiers) belonging to it, who have all Employment enough about the Cotton-Wool, Sugar-Canes, and Tobacco, which the Countrey is said to af∣ford in great plenty.

A Relation of the Proceedings of the Netherland West-India Company in Brasile to the Year 1658.

THe chief Disturbers of the Portuguese in the possession of the Countrey of Brasile, were the United Netherlanders; for they having had good success with their first Fleet, under the Command of John Molenaer, John Dignums∣zoon, John Schelinger, Simon Mau, and the Merchants Cornelis Woddman, Gerard Beveningen, and Heinier van Heb, Anno 1595. in the East-Indies, where they got such footing, that they took whole Kingdoms, to the great enriching of the Eastern World, where they spread their Trade over the whole Country, were thereupon emboldned to venture also to the West, that thereby they might cut off the Sinews of the King of Spain's Wars, he being continually supply'd with Treasures from America.

The grand Promoters of this Design were the Company of Merchants, who hi∣therto had Traded to Guinee; and the rather, because Guinee brought them but little Profit. But to set upon the Spanish Power, was a Business of no small Consequence; nevertheless they undertaking it, obtain'd Letters Patents from the States of the United Netherlands, Anno 1621. for erecting of a West-India Company, in which it was declar'd,* 1.299 That none without the said Companies leave should drive any Trade to Africa from the Northern Tropick, to the Cape Bonne Esperance; nor to America from Terre-Neuf to the Straights of Magellan, or Le Maire; nor in the South Sea to Anian; which if any attempted, they should forfeit Ship and Goods; besides several other Priviledges and Immunities granted towards the promoting and establishing of the said Company. After a long Consultation which way to steer their Course, it was concluded upon in the Council for the Affairs of the Company, to Invade St. Sal∣vador in the Inlet Todos los Sanctos, whether they sent twenty Men of War and three Ketches, Commanded by Jacob Willekens, and Peter Peterszoon Hein; the Land Forces being under the Command of Colonel John van Dorth. In the beginning of the Year 1624. the Fleet set Sail out of the Texel and the Maes, and in five Moneths arriv'd at St. Salvador. As soon as the Portugueses discover'd the Dutch Fleet, they shot with∣out ceasing from the Fort Philippo with three Brass Guns, as also from the Castle Tapagipe, with four Demi-Canons, but chiefly from the Battlement rais'd three∣square out of the Water before St. Salvador, from whence they play'd at them with twelve great Guns,* 1.300 whilest the Vice-Admiral ran within Musquet-shot of the said Battlement with three Ships, and found fifteen Portuguese Vessels lying near the Shore not far from the Castle Philippo, where there began a sharp Conflict, to the no small advantage of Peter Hein; who thereupon ventur'd with three Boats to Board the fifteen Ships: which resolute Attempt of the Dutch Seamen so amaz'd the Portuguese, that they set their biggest Ships on Fire, and fled ashore: Those Ships that escap'd, being in all ten, the Hollanders took and brought them to the Fleet.

[illustration] view of Salvador

Urbs SALVADOR

• A. Coenobium de Carmo.
• B. Portude Carmo.
• C. Collegium Jesuitarum.
• D. Coenobium S. Francisci.
• E. Basilica.
• F. Carcer.
• G. Aula Marctionis et Vice-regis Brasiliae.
• H. Porta S. Benti.
• I. Suburbium.
• K. Coenobium S. Benti.
• L. Repositorium.
• M. Castellum maritim••m.
• N. Aguae mediterranca.
• O. Castellum S. Alberti.

This flight of the Portuguese encouraging Peter Hein, he went with fourteen Boats, each Mann'd with two hun dred Arm'd Men upon the very Mouths of the Can∣nons to the fore-mention'd Battlement and took the same, notwithstanding the Stone Wall rose eight Foot out of the Water, and above a hundred Portuguese de∣fended it, whilest the Admiral Willekens sent twelve hundred Soldiers, and two hun∣dred and forty Seamen ashore with Field-Pieces. The Forlorn-Hope consisted of sixty Musquetteers, led by Captain Helmond, who was seconded by Lieutenant La Main, all the Seamen following with Spades and Pick-axes; the Reserve was brought up by Captain Kyf, Ysenach, and William Schouten; thus drawn out, they were led towards the City by the Guides Dirk Colver and Dirk de Ruiter, along a nar∣row Way, which the Portuguese might have guarded with a few Men, had they not been all struck with a pannick fear, and making use of the dark Night, fled into the Woods. The Dutch found in the City an incredible Booty,* 1.301 because the Gover∣nor Diego Mendoza de Furtado had forbid the carrying away of any Goods, that so the Citizens might be the easier perswaded to defend the City; which they might well have done, had they not been surpris'd with the suddenness of the Action; for when Willekens Anchor'd here, there were above sixteen hundred Soldiers, besides a considerable number of Arm'd Citizens in St. Salvador; besides, in the Forts about the City on the Walls lay twenty three Brass, and twenty six Iron Guns.

This Victory was scarce obtain'd, when Colonel Dorth, who had lost the Fleet at Point Vincent, arriv'd here after all was done, and caus'd Edicts to be publish'd, in which the fled Citizens were promis'd greater Priviledges under the Netherlanders Protection, than ever they had under the King of Spain. Whereupon a few Portu∣guese return'd to the City; but the greatest part of them, and those the most consi∣derable, were partly kept back by Command of the Bishop Teixera, who laid the fault concerning the loss of the City on the Governor Furtado, and partly because they judg'd the Netherlanders unable to defend them against the Spanish Power.

About the same time several rich laden Vessels arriv'd there from Lisbon, Janeiro, Spirito Santo, Angola and other Places, all ignorant of the Conquest of St. Salvador.

Whilest Dorth and Willekens were ordering all things within the City, the out∣staying Portuguese at last taking courage, Storm'd the City from Midnight till the next day in the Afternoon, but fearing they should be set upon behind unawares, Retreated; after which Dorth thinking he had been free from all fear of Enemies, and with a small Guard riding out of the City to take a view of the adjacent Coun∣trey, was scarce got a Bowe-shot from the Walls,* 1.302 when a great Body of Brasilians rush'd forth unexpectedly from an Ambuscade, and wounded him so mortally, that he fell dead from his Horse, and had his Head suddenly chopt off, and his Body mangled very terribly.

Allart Schouten being chosen Governor in Dorth's stead, took no care to fortifie the City; and after his Decease his Brother William Schouten succeeding him, regarded it less, so that all things went to ruine, every one striving onely to enrich themselves. Amongst other Booties, they took the rich laden Vessel which Francisco de Sarmiento, Governor of Chili, brought to St. Salvador, with fifty eight thousand Guilders, and a much greater sum of Gold and Pearls, all which was imbezled away.

* 1.303This City St. Salvador, built by Thomas de Sosa along the Sea-side, runs up broad at the Suburb Carmo, hath four Market-places, into the biggest whereof, being of a long square, run nine Streets, the chief of which being very broad, hath many stately Houses. The second Market-place is of like form, onely it winds a little to∣wards the Right, and at the Entrance stands a strong Prison. The Cloyster St. Francis, inhabited by Jesuits, stands in a Park near the Wall by which the Moat runs. To∣wards

the Sea-side they have a second Structure, much statelier than the Franciscan Cloyster. Near the Prison stands the Armory, and somewhat farther the great Church, which Anno 1624. was not quite finish'd. The Church dedicated to the Virgin Mary appears with a high Spire near the Gate Bento, without which the great Cloyster Bento is built; but the chief Church is St. Salvador. On the utmost Point towards the South-West of the City lies the Fort Antonio, between which and the City stands a very neat Pleasure-house, belonging to the Bishop. Besides Antonio there are four other considerable Forts, viz. Diego, St. Maria, De Gracia, and Vittoria, About half way between Vittoria and the Cloyster Bento, stands the Castle with four Bulwarks; but on the North-side the City is guarded by the Forts St. Peter, Philippo, and Tapecipe.

* 1.304The Spanish King seeming exceedingly concern'd at the loss of so eminent a Place, fitted out a great Fleet for the recovery of what had been taken from him; but the Netherland West-India Company having notice of it, put themselves into a posture of Defence, and in a short time made ready eighteen Men of War and seven Ketches, Mann'd with a thousand six hundred and ninety Seamen, and a thousand three hun∣dred and fifty Land-Soldiers, John Dirkszoon Lam being Admiral: But news coming day after day of the extraordinary Preparations in Spain, it was judg'd convenient to strengthen the Fleet with fourteen Ships and two Ketches more, carrying a thou∣sand four hundred and thirty Seamen, and five hundred eighty Soldiers, under the Command of General Boudewyn Henrickszoon, and Admiral Andries Veron. Moreover, the West-India Company fitted out a third Fleet, consisting of four Frigats and three Ketches, Commanded by Henry Kat, with Orders to Cruise along the Spanish Coast.

In the beginning of the Year 1625. Frederick de Toledo weighed Anchor from Cales with one and thirty Gallions, four Pinnaces, three Tartans, and a Carvel, all carrying seventy five hundred Men. The Soldiers were divided into three Regiments, Commanded by the Colonels Pedro Osorio, Juan Orellana, and the Mar∣quess De Torreclusa.

Near St. Jago at the African Cape Verde, Toledo joyn'd with the Portuguese Fleet, consisting of twenty one Gallions and fourteen Carvels and Barques, Mann'd with four thousand Seamen, two Regiments of Soldiers, Commanded by Antonio Nunnez Barreio, and Francisco de Almeida; but the chief Commander of this Fleet was Emanuel Meneses. Which great Fleet being arriv'd at St. Salvador, Toledo himself Landed at the Fort Antonio, leaving the Command of the Fleet to Juan Fajardo: The first thing he did, was to set upon the Cloyster Bento; which having gain'd, he left Serjeant Troppani with two Regiments in the same, whilest he went and Storm'd the Carme∣lites Minster, and at last took it; but in the mean time four hundred Hollanders Sal∣lying out, made a furious Onset upon the two Regiments, who had possession of the Cloyster Bento, where the Spaniards sustain'd considerable damage; for besides the wounding of three Captains, and the loss of a great number of Soldiers, there were slain the Commanders Emanuel Aquitara, Alonso de Gana, Pedro San Stevan, Diego Espi∣nosa, and Colonel Pedro Osorio. But Toledo no whit dismay'd hereat, but taking fresh courage, brought twenty nine Demi-Culverins ashore, which fir'd so vehemently out of the Carmelites and Bento's Cloysters, on the seventeen Dutch Ships that lay near the Shore, that several of them were sunk, and others shatter'd beyond hopes of ever being repair'd. After this the Spanish Army was divided into three several Parties, which continually fir'd on the City from three new rais'd Works; the chiefest Party, which was in the Carmelites Minster, had twenty three Brass Guns; the secon'd, plac'd on the great Wall of the Cloyster Bento, fir'd Night and Day with eight Demy-Cannons on the City, in which all things were in a confusion,

whilest the Governor William Schouten went unconcern'd from one Tavern to ano∣ther railing at the Soldiers, who thereupon mutinying and deposing him, chose Serjeant Hans Ernst Kyf in his room, who, as he was calling a Council of War, re∣ceiv'd a Summons from Toledo to deliver up the City; at which Kyf being much surpris'd, sent a Drummer with a Letter to Toledo, desiring him to grant the Be∣sieged three Weeks time to repair and make fit their batter'd Vessels to carry them back for Holland; and also that they might, according to Martial Custom, march out with lighted Matches, flying Colours, Bullets in their Mouths, and with Bag and Baggage. To which Toledo return'd Answer, That he was now in his own Countrey, and had gotten possession of four Fortifications about St. Salvador, on which he had planted thirty seven Cannons, and therefore saw no such necessity to grant the Besieged (who could not possibly expect any fresh Supplies) such advan∣tageous and bold Demands; and onely promis'd them their Lives should be at his discretion. Yet at last William Stoop, Hugh Antoniszoon,* 1.305 and Francis du Chesne being sent to the Carmelites Cloyster, agreed with Toledo on these Conditions: That the Hollanders should surrender St. Salvador in the Condition it was then in, march out unarm'd, but with Baggage, and have a free Pussage with Provisions and all things necessary allow'd them for their Trasportation for Holland. Whereupon on the first of May the City was de∣liver'd up to the Spaniards in such disorder, that some of them had taken possession of the Gate Bento, before those on the other side of the City knew of any Agree∣ment that was made between Toledo and Colonel Kyf. And thus the Place which had a whole year been under the Jurisdiction of the Netherlanders, fell again under the possession of the Spanish Crown, onely through the indiscreet management of the Commanders; for otherwise it was sufficiently strong, and well stor'd with Am∣munition and Men, being able to make out two thousand. Moreover, the Ketch De Haes, was set out before from the Holland Fleet, and brought news of the Forces that were sent from the Netherland Havens to their assistance: But the Ships under Admiral Lam, as also those under Boudewyn Henriczoon, were stay'd a considerable time in their Harbors by contrary Winds, and at last reaching the Line were be∣calm'd, and through the excessive heat of the Climate many Men lost by raging and mortal Distempers, insomuch that they reach'd not the Bay Todos los Sanctos before the twenty sixth of May, on which they saw the Spanish Flag streaming from the Walls of St. Salvador, and fifty great Ships riding at an Anchor near the Shore.

The Netherland Fleet, divided into four Squadrons, consisted of thirty four Sail, amongst which Lam carry'd the Flag on the Main-top, the Vice-Admiral Adrian Cheszoon on the Fore-top, the Rere-Admiral Adries Veron on the Main-mast, and the Commander of the fourth Squadron on the Mizne-top: All of them seeing the Spa∣niards absolute Masters, judg'd it most convenient to put to Sea; but standing a pretty while to the South, they found that the strong Current drove them to the Shelves on the West-side of the Inlet; wherefore Tacking about, they made towards the Enemy, who at first seem'd to meet them with twenty eight great Ships, but re∣turning towards the City, the Hollanders also stood to Sea again, Steering Southerly, though without making much advantage in their Way, the Sea going very hollow, and the strong Current setting them towards the Shore, by which means they were in no small danger before the River Francisco, where many of the Men dy'd for want of fresh Provisions, and the number of the Sick increas'd daily, insomuch that some of the Ships were like to perish for want of Men to guide them: It was also judg'd dangerous to lie longer with such a great Fleet near a Lea-Shore, herefore they put into the Inlet Trayciaon, which lies a League to the Northward of he River Monguapigape, from whence a ridge of Rocks extends to Tayciaon, and being

overflow'd at High-water, hath three Openings or Entrances, two for great Ships, and one, the most Northern, for small Vessels to pass through: The Sea also break∣ing against this Cliff never molests the Ships whatever Winds blow. The Coun∣trey is overgrown with Brambles, and hath a Lake two Leagues long, and a quar∣ter broad, on the opposite Shore of which stood a Village, inhabited by Portugueses and Brasilians; but the Portugueses flying from thence left the Brasilians in absolute possession: The Hollanders going thither found thirty Chests of Sugar in one Hut; after which the Admiral Lam caus'd his sick Men to be brought ashore, whilest the Captains Boshuisen, Swart, Dyke, Stapels, and Uzeel, march'd up into the Countrey, where they got plenty of Oranges and Cattel. In the mean time the Ketch Vosken, Mann'd with thirty six Seamen, Cruising along the Sea-Coast of Brasile, took three Ships, one out of the Inlet Todos los Sanctos, laden with Sugar and Tobacco, ano∣ther with the same Merchandise from Pernambuco, and the third laden with Wines from Madera. On the first of August the Fleet set Sail again, to the great sorrow of the Brasilians, who out of hopes of being protected by them against the Portuguese, had joyn'd their Forces with theirs; but now being forsaken, they expected no∣thing but utter Ruine; which to escape, many of them desir'd to be admitted to go along with the Fleet, which had been granted them, had not the Hollanders wanted Provisions for themselves. The Fleet getting off at Sea, the Admiral Veron ran with twelve Sail to the Coast of Africa; and Boudewyn Henrickszoon kept eighteen Ships under his Command, the rest returning home with Admiral Lam: and thus the Fleet left the unfortunate Haven Trayciaon, where above seven hundred Dutch Seamen were bury'd. Boudewyn Henrickszoon refreshing at Cape St. Vincent, steer'd Westerly, when a Storm (which in twenty four hours blew from all Points of the Compass) surprising him, broke his Main-mast, separated the whole Fleet, and sunk the Flushing Frigat; at last getting beyond the Isle Virgin Gorda, the Fleet meet∣ing again, got to Juan de Porto Rico about the latter end of September; into whose Haven Henrickszoon Sail'd with great courage,* 1.306 notwithstanding the narrow Mouth thereof was guarded by a strong Fort full of Brass Guns, which fir'd very fiercely upon him, who on the other side was not idle in discharging his Guns on the Fort; and had not the shallow Water before the City prevented his Landing that day, he had gotten a far greater Booty than afterwards he met with; for the Inhabitants had, during the Low-water, remov'd all their best Goods: but the next Morning before Sun-rising, the Admiral Landed with eight hundred Men, march'd into the City without any resistance, pitch'd the States Flag on the Governor's House, guar∣ded all Avenues, unhoop'd all the Wine-Casks which he found there, for fear his Men should make themselves Drunk therewith, and so neglect their Duty, fir'd from the Land-side towards the Castle with three Brass Guns, gain''d the Re∣doubt, built for the security of the Bridge, which unites the small Isle on which Porto Rico is built with the great, rais'd a Platform, from whence he fir'd Day and Night with six Cannons, guarded by Captain Thyene, whilest the Commander Uzeel kept Watch near the Fort; but his Men being most of them sick, he could not do any great Exploits, especially since the Spaniards Sallying out, as they did daily, kill'd many of the Hollanders,* 1.307 and amongst them Captain Uzeel, after he had shot down two Turrets from the Castle; which damage the Enemy repair'd by taking several of the Hollanders Boats; by which means they could not prevent fresh Sup∣plies from going to the Castle; the Besiegers in the mean time beginning daily to be in greater want for Ammunition and Provisions: whereupon Henrickszoon judg'd it convenient to sound a Retreat, after he had set the Ships belonging to the City Porto Rico on fire in four places. In which Retreat he receiv'd so many

farewel Shots from the Fort, that they were forc'd to go to the Leeward to stop their Leaks, and leave one of their Ships to the Enemy, in lieu whereof the West-Capel Frigat took a Barque with four Brass Guns, in the little Haven Sierra Gorda; from whence the Fleet ran into the Western Bay of the Island Porto Rico, where whilest they repair'd and took in fresh Provisions, Henrickszoon sent the Ships Hester and Jonas richly laden for Holland; the remaining part of the Fleet meeting with strong contrary Tydes at Porto Rico, were necessitated to put into the Inlet Francisco, where they made several Marches up into the Countrey, to the loss of many of their Men, which were kill'd by the Spaniards, lying in Ambuscade amongst the Bram∣bles that grew along by the Ways.

* 1.308In the middle of January, Anno 1626. Henrickszoon Sailing about the North of Porto Rico, steer'd to Dominico, and from thence along the Isles Martinigo, Luzia, and the Promontory De tres Puntas, towards the Island Margarita, where Landing, and Storming the Castle on the Land-side with fifteen Men, he gain'd the first Breast∣works; but the Spaniards stopping up the Way along which they were to return, they had without doubt been all slain, had not the Captains Stapel and Estienne come to their assistance; for the Spaniards seeing them climbing up the Bulwarks, betook them to their Heels, after they had kill'd nine of the fore-mention'd fifteen, amongst whom were the Captains Urk and Molkman: of those that leap'd over into the Ditch most part escap'd; those few that were taken inform'd the Hollanders, That the Way towards the Village, inhabited by Spaniards, was every where stopt up with Barricado's, through which none were able to pass. Hendrickszoon thus become Ma∣ster of the Fort, sent the Booty which he had gotten there, together with three Brass, and five Iron Guns, aboard of his Ship, blew up the Fort, burnt all the Houses, and ran into the Haven Muchina, to which he gave the Denomination of Port Mau∣rice; where, besides a great number of dry'd Fish, he took forty Tun of Salt out of one Salt-pit. After this he taking in fresh Provisions at St. Fe, discover'd Aves, a low Isle full of high Trees, took above two hundred Sheep, and abundance of red Wood on Bonaire, and before the Coast a Spanish Frigat richly laden, made Inspe∣ctions into the Havens of Hispaniola and Jamaica; from whence he fell back on the Coast of Porto Rico, about the Island Mona, where discovering four Spanish Ships, he took three of them, and burnt the fourth; he also got abundance of Tortoises and Crocodiles on the great Caiman, and took a new Ship between the little sandy Isles Caios, as also before Cuba a Barque, which inform'd him, That the Fleet from the Honduras, as also that from New Spain, was daily expected at Havana: Thence Sail∣ing into the Haven Cabannas, he took a new Vessel of a hundred Tun, and abundance of Timber and Carpenters Tools one the Shore; he Landed also with seven hun∣dred Men on the East-side of the Haven, from whence he march'd along a narrow Path a League up into the Countrey, where he found a running Stream, Pastures full of Cattel, and a Village, the Inhabitants whereof being warn'd by the Barking of their Dogs, fled, and left all manner of fresh Provisions to the Hollanders, viz. above two thousand Oranges, abundance of Lemmons, Bananas, Hogs, Calves, and Bacon; all which having sent aboard, they burnt the Village: After this they took a Spanish Barque before Havana, as also a Ship laden with Timber, another Barque with Poultry, Cochenile, Money, and Haberdashery Ware, one Vessel with live Tor∣toises, and another full of Salt, dry'd Fish, and some Merchandise. While the Fleet was thus Cruising up and down before Havana, the Admiral Henrickszoon dy'd; a Man of most approv'd Valor, and of great Conduct:* 1.309 After which Adrian Cheszoon carry'd the Flag; but the Men mutinying about the dividing of the Pro∣visions, which began to grow very scarce, all things fell into great disorder; the

Seamen rebell'd against their Commanders, saying, That they had been out long enough, and that they would not stay waiting any longer for the Fleet from New Spain or Honduras: Wherefore steering Home, they all arriv'd safe at the Texel and other places in Holland.

In our foregoing Relation we have given you an Account of the Fleet which came to assist the City of St. Salvador, divided into two Squadrons; eighteen Sail Boudewyn Henrickszoon kept under his Command, and twelve Sail remain'd in the Admiral Veron's Squadron, who Sail'd to the Inlet Serre Leona, where he found the Admiral John Dirkszoon Lam with three Ships, which had lay'n there above two Moneths, by reason of the Sickness amongst the Seamen.

Frambore, King of this Place, granted Lam and Veron free liberty to Hunt, and to gather as many Oranges and Lemmons as they pleas'd, with which the Seamen were so refresh'd, that they set Sail again, and amongst many other things carry'd a Baboon with them from Sierra Leona,* 1.310 which so exactly resembled a Man, that it was wonderful to behold, having a Body, Hands, Eyes, Ears, Feet, and Actions like a Man, smoak'd Tobacco amongst the Seamen, made a noise like a Child when beaten. The Inhabitants of Sierra Leona, where these Monsters run in great Com∣panies through the Woods, believe that the Souls of the Deceased reside in them.

John de Laet, in his annual Journal of the Transactions of the West-India Com∣pany, affirms, That he saw a Female of these monstrous Creatures, which usually had her monethly Flowers.

The Fleet, as is before mention'd, Sailing from Sierra Leona, came to an Anchor at Commany, and Landed twelve hundred Men at Poquena, besides a hundred and fifty Negro's; which Regiment Andries Veron and Arend Jacobszoon carry'd to the Castle Del Mine,* 1.311 whither they before sent a Company, Commanded by Hans Gryf, to prevent the Sallies of the Enemy. The Hollanders tir'd and thirsty, Encamp'd themselves near the Fort, and whilest some of the Men were seeking for Water, others smoaking Tobacco, and lying without their Arms and in disorder on the Ground, and the Commanders were taking a view of the Fort from a neighboring Hill, two hundred Negro's fell upon the scatter'd Army with great rage and fury, and so much the greater, in regard the Portuguese had promis'd them great sums of Money for every Hollander they kill'd: never any Army was in such a distraction, they being dispers'd and kill'd like so many Sheep, the Admiral Veron and all the Officers slain, and in a short time four hundred and forty Men cut off; and had not Captain Arend Jacobszoon been in League with the Inhabitants of Commany, whi∣ther the routed Regiments fled, not one Man had escap'd that bloody Slaughter: Nor was it to much purpose to Besiege the Castle Del Mine, because the Bullets hit∣ting against the Walls of the Castle, built all of Rock-stones, did no Execution. But the four Ships inform'd of this miserable destruction, fell down to Commany, to fetch those that were left alive, and return'd home with the other eleven.

During the unfortunate Expedition of this Fleet, the West-India Company fitted out nine great Ships and five Ketches in the beginning of the Year 1626. under the Command of Peter Peterszoon Hein, to Cruise for the Spanish Ships that were expe∣cted from New Spain and Honduras.

The Fox Frigat being sent before to inform Henrickszoon of Heyn's coming, reach'd about the latter end of May beyond the Isles Dominico, Guadalupa, Mevis, St. Christo∣phers, and by Santa Crux; there not finding a Harbor on the South-side, because of the Rocks, she Sail'd from Mona over to the Main Coast, where seven Leagues West∣ward of Carakess, he discover'd a high broken Land, whose Mountains seem'd to reach to the Clouds; from thence she steer'd to the Promontory Caldera, the Isles

Margareta and Coche, on which last he took abundance of Goats, not without the loss of forty six Men, kill'd by the Spaniards and Indians.

Mean while the Admiral Peter Heyn, in the beginning of June, Sail'd to the Southward of Barbados, Island pretty mountainous, as hath been formerly men∣tion'd, and full of Woods, and by Martinino, whose Hills are very high and over∣grown with Trees. Here Peter Heyn could get nothing else but sweet Water, and a Fruit resembling a green Grape, which grew on a round Leav'd Tree, whose Juice cur'd the Scurvey. Sailing from hence, and Landing on Guadalupa, he found a Canoo seven Fathom long and one broad, and cut out of one Tree. The Inhabi∣tants, a well timber'd People, went stark naked, and desir'd to be excus'd, that they could not furnish the Hollanders with more Provisions, because the French and Eng∣lish, Inhabitants of St. Christophers, had pillag'd them.

Near Mona the Fox Frigat joyn'd with the Fleet, with information, that he could hear no tydings of Henrickszoon; wherefore Peter Heyn judg'd it convenient to Sail along the South-Coast of Hispaniola with a separated Fleet, which was to joyn again near the great Caiman. Near Cape de Corientes the Dutch took a Spanish Ship laden with Sarsaparilla; after that another with Salt and Fish, and on the Shelves before Coche before the Promontory Antonio, a Fly-boat with Tallow and Hides, and at the same places two Vessels more with Ballast, the Men whereof inform'd him, that the Fleet from New Spain had about a Moneth before weigh'd Anchor from the Haven Juan de Ulva, and set Sail to Havana, so that without doubt they were arri∣ved there; wherefore Peter Heyn steer'd towards Tortugos, in hopes, if he could, to overtake some of the heavy Sailers. Before the Promontory De Florida he disco∣ver'd seven Sail, and coming up nearer, above thirty, which, had Henrickszoon been united with Peter Heyn, had without doubt fallen into the hands of the Netherlanders; but it being judg'd a madness to set upon so great a Fleet with so small a number of Ships, they Sail'd away undisturb'd. Peter Heyn steer'd his Course along Florida, where he met three Canoos with strange Men in them, who came aboard of him, their Bodies being naked, were painted with several colours, onely Mats of Rushes about their Middle, and on their Backs long Tassels hanging down: their Mer∣chandise consisted of a sort of Gum of little value. The Netherlanders in this Place took also a Vessel with Sina Leaves, and some pounds of Ambergreece: but the Scurvey increasing daily amongst them, they Tack'd about, and ran to an Anchor at Sierra Leona, where they stay'd till the latter end of January 1627. and then set Sail to Brasile, and overtook a Vessel from Madera laden with a hundred and fifty Pipes of Wine, and other rich Goods, and ran into the Inlet Todos los Sanctos with undaun∣ted courage, not regarding the Guns that were fir'd from the Fort and Battlements of the City St. Salvador, near which lay thirty Sail of Ships, to which he making up,* 1.312 steer'd between the Portuguese Admiral and Rere-Admiral, whom sinking, he forc'd the Admiral to surrender, whilest the Hollandia and Geldria Frigats fell upon the rest, which were forsaken by the Seamen, who leap'd over-board; then several Mann'd Boats of the Hollanders (notwithstanding the Enemy's continual firing) went and fetch'd off twenty two Sail of the Portuguese Vessels; all which they did in three hours time, onely with the loss of fifty Men, besides some that were wounded, amongst whom was the Admiral, being shot with a Bullet through the Arm, and wounded in the Legs with a Splinter; his Ship also was, with the Gelria Frigat, driven with the Spring-Tide on a Bank, whence, after the Gelria had receiv'd above sixty Shot from the Enemy, they both got off at last; but the Admiral's, Frigat be∣ing shot in a manner to a Wreck, was set on fire; which Misfortune ended not there, for the Orange-tree Frigat blew up, with sixty Men, fourteen whereof, though mise∣rably

scorch'd, had their Lives sav'd. Soon after which the Admiral sent into Holland the Ship St. Peter, the Hoop, Nostra Sennora de la Vittoria, and the Black-Lyon, which besides their Lading of Hides, Silver, Gold, and Precious Stones, were most of them full of Sugar; which safely arriving, did not a little encourage the West-India Company. After this Heyn took two Ships with Slaves from Angola, which because the Governor of St. Salvador would not redeem, were put ashore on Taperica. On the last of March he set Sail from the Inlet Todos los Sanctos, pass'd by Mono Pablo, and on Easter Eve with a strong Gale by the Abrolhos: before the High∣land between Cape Frio and the River De Jenero, he discover'd two Sail, one whereof being laden with Sugar was taken, but the other escap'd in the Night; then Sail∣ing on to the meandring Stream Spirito Sancto, he digg'd Pits on some of the River-Isles to get fresh Water, because it was not safe to Land on the Continent on each side, because the Inhabitants shot frequent showers of Arrows from the Thickets, in which they lay ambuscaded. Moreover the Town Spirito Sancto sent off several Fire-ships at the time of Flood, but they being easily quench'd did no harm. Here also a Vessel laden at Lisbon with Wines and Piece-Goods, was taken by Heyn, who setting Sail again divided the Fleet into three Squadrons, the Vice-Admiral Cor∣nelis Oole keeping three Ships to Cruise withal before the River La Plata, Henrick Best had one Frigat, a Ketch, and a Carvel, to guard the Mouth of the Stream Jenero, whilest the Admiral himself Sail'd with four Frigats, three Ketches, and a Barque, towards the Inlet Todos los Sanctos, where two Ships riding near the Shore by the Fort Tapecipe, were by him set on fire. Also taking a Barque he was inform'd, that six laden Vessels lay in the River Tapecipe, whither he sending some Boats to explore the truth, they found a great Ship without Men in the Mouth of the Stream, and half a League farther six Portuguese Vessels lying near the Shore; bringing back news thereof to the Admiral, he went aboard of the Fox Ketch the next Morning, and taking two Ketches and several Boats with him, Sail'd up the River, and per∣ceiv'd that the fore-mention'd six Ships were gotten up higher, and were Mann'd with a hundred and fifty Soldiers, Commanded by Captain Padilha; the Portuguese Admiral lying in Ambuscade, no sooner perceiv'd the Netherlanders Boats, but he let flie a whole Volley of small Shot at them, insomuch that it made them Retreat, and their whole Design had been fruitless, had not Heyn animated his Men to board the Vice-Admiral; which encouragement prov'd so successful that they master'd the same, killing all those that fell into their hands; which so amaz'd the two Vessels that lay by, that all the Men swam ashore, and left their rich Lading to the disposal of the Hollanders, besides which the vanquish'd Party lost above a hundred and fifty Men, and the Conquerors but fifteen. Somewhat farther up lay three Ships more, but the River being dry there at Low-water, and so narrow that the Trees on each Shore could touch one another, Heyn judg'd it convenient to prosecute the Design no farther, but to return with the three for-mention'd Prizes, which he did not without great difficulty; for the Portuguese had rais'd Battlements on each side of the Mouth of the River Tapecipe, and stopt the same with a sunk Vessel, which Heyn himself set on fire at Low-water, and return'd untouch'd through thick Volleys of Shot, which flew about his Ears to the Fleet, leaving the three Ships to be fetcht off afterwards; to which end he commanded that they should hang some of the taken Hides about the Fox Ketch's Pinnace, the Carvel and Boats, that so the Men which were in them might stand secure from the small Shot, and the rather, be∣cause the Ships could not be got out of the shallow and narrow River but by Toe∣ing. Mean while the Governor of St. Salvador lay with a considerable number of Citizens and Soldiers behind the fore-mention'd Battlements, not doubting but to

take revenge for the Losses sustain'd by Heyn; who nevertheless coming down thi∣ther Toed out the three Prize-ships with Boats hung about with Hides, firing into the Enemies Battlements with his great Guns, which he had put aboard of the Fox Ketch. About the middle of June he took in the Prize-goods in view of the City St. Salvador, where seven Netherland Ships from several places lay at an Anchor. Setting Sail from hence on the fourteenth of July, and reaching Noronho, known by a Mountain which appears like a Steeple, he met with Cornelis Oole's Fleet, (who had been Cruising before La Plata) with whom he arriv'd safe in the Texel, having in their Way thither from Noronho taken a Prize, laden with Sugar, Tobacco, and Brasile Wood.

* 1.313During Peter Heyn's Expedition Thomas Sickes, fitted out by the West-India Com∣pany, weighed Anchor out of the Texel with two Sail, and coming to St. Vincent he found a Spanish Vessel burnt down to the Hulk, took a Portuguese Pink with Slaves from Angola: Near the Inlet Todos los Sanctos he sunk a Barque, having first taken several Pots of Oyl and Packs of Linnen out of the same: Before Pernambuco he took a Carvel with a hundred and eighty Pipes of Wine, and a Vessel with Sugar and Hides, and drove another ashore against the Promontory St. Augustine. But Sickes being supply'd and strengthned by three Ships from the Texel, and four ta∣ken Vessels, ran with four to Todos los Sanctos, sent two to Cruise about Cape St. Augustine, and two more to the North of Pernambuco: At the Isle Noronho they were order'd to stay a Moneth one for another, from whence, after much hardship, they return'd home with so many rich Prizes, that they pay'd their Charges ten times double; which so encourag'd the Adventurers, that the Chamber of the West-India Company in Zealand fitted out three Sail under the Command of Henrick Lucifer,* 1.314 who weighing Anchor from Flushing Anno 1627. steer'd along the Coast of Africa to the Amazone River, and from thence North North-West to the Stream Wiapoco, to settle a Colony there; to which purpose Rowing up the River with Sloops, they came in the Night to two empty Houses, built at a place call'd Wacogenive, which they judg'd fit for their purpose; wherefore they carry'd all things ashore which they had brought out of Zealand with them for the new Planters, who while they were all busie building of Huts, a Negro was taken Prisoner, who being ask'd why the Inhabitants fled ? reply'd, That it was occasion'd from a guilty Conscience; for two years before a Barque and two Sloops with Christians coming thither from the Amazone River, had stay'd thirty days on Wacogenive, when unawares they were set upon by the Natives, and all kill'd except three, who were yet living. Upon which Lucifer, having four Indians, three Men and one Woman, aboard of his Vessel, threatned to put them all to the Sword, unless they would produce the three fore∣mention'd Christians: Whereupon the next day a German came to the Water side, of whom they could get little Information, he having in a manner forgot his native Tongue; but at length the other two coming thither, the eldest of them, nam'd John Hendricszoon, related to him, That the Portuguese in great numbers fell upon the Plantations near the Amazone River, Govern'd by Captain Oudaen, who after he had fought valiantly a whole day, being overpower'd by number, retreated to his Barque, and Sail'd into the Creek inhabited by the English, whither the Portuguese following in Canoos, cut off not onely Oudaen, but the English also, forty six Men onely escaping in a Barque under the Command of Lieutenant Peter de Bruine to the River Wiapoco; where they had stay'd about three days, when Sergeant Matruit treacherously shot Lieutenant Bruine: after which the forty six divided them∣selves into four Parties; but the Inhabitants to rid themselves of these Strangers, under the shew of great friendship, made them Drunk with the Liquor call'd Pernau,

and then murder'd them all, except himself and two Germans. Which villanous act Lucifer judg'd worthy of punishment; but his Orders being to shew Kindness and Civility to the Inhabitants, he suffer'd the Murder to go unpunish'd, but built a tri∣angular Fort near the River Wiapoco, on a Hill eight Fathom above the Shore, to prevent the passing by of Sloops; which done, he went to visit the Island Blanco, where he caught three hundred Goats. From thence he went to the Bay of Honda, the Inhabitants whereof are a valiant People, tall of Stature, having long Beards, and wearing Copper Rings through their Ears. Near the Sea-side is a Salt-pan, of which the Inhabitants make great benefit. Lucifer setting Sail again from hence, met with three Ketches sent out by the West-India Company at Amsterdam, before Corientes. The Commander Dirk Simonszoon van Uitgeest, steering his Course to∣wards the Promontory St. Anton, took a Frigat laden with Meal, Silk, and other rich Goods, and within view of Cuba near the River Poros, descrying two brave Gallions from Honduras, bore up to them with his three Ketches; one of which, call'd The Lyon, being got betwixt both the Gallions, was in no small danger, the Netherlanders not being able to get up out of their little Vessel into the high Gallions, in which the Spaniards stood pushing them down with their Pikes; but no sooner did the Netherlanders throw their Hand-Granado's amongst them, but Uitgeest got aboard of the Gallion, and carry'd her off, whilest the other by nimble Sailing got away. With this Prize Uitgeest thinking himself sufficiently enrich'd, steer'd home∣wards.

Joost Johnson and Claes Henrickszoon, Commanding each of them a Ketch, took a a Ship coming from Lisbon before Pernambuco, laden with Meal, Salt, Wine, and thirty Monks; and not long after a Pink with six hundred Negro's, a Barque with Salt and Iron, a Ketch with Wine, and a Frigat with Brasile Wood, Sugar and To∣bacco: Before Itamerica they took two Prizes more; with all which they return'd to the Texel.

* 1.315The West-India Company thus enrich'd by the Spoil taken from their Enemies, fitted out twelve Ships again under the Command of Peter Adrianszoon Ita, which set Sail in the beginning of the Year 1628. and anchor'd first before Blanca, an Isle abounding with Goats, the Ground stonie, and in some places Rocky, and having a small, but very convenient Haven, from whence Ita ran beyond Porto Rico, where he took a Vessel with seven thousand weight of Ginger, and Landed opposite to Hispaniola on the stonie Isle Catalina, where he took in fresh Water, and then Cruis'd to and again before Cuba, took six Barques, the Prisoners whereof inform'd him, That the Honduras Traders were on their Way coming thither, and that they had two small Men of War for their Convoy: Not long after Ita discover'd them Sailing along the Shore towards the Haven of Havana, but before they could get in, Captain John Peters, whose Ketch carry'd two Brass, and fourteen Iron Guns, boar∣ded the Vice-Admiral, but having no Graplings to take hold with, the Spanish Ship ran aground, as likewise John Peterszoon in the pursuit of him; which the Admiral seeing, came to assist his Vice-Admiral, and ran aground on one side of John Peters, which drove the Netherlanders Ketch in great danger, she not being able to do Exe∣cution with her small Guns, whilest the Spaniards with their Demy-Cannon play'd vehemently upon her; neither was Ita, by reason of calmness and contrary Tide, able to come up with them, but was forc'd to stand Northerly, that so he might get an Easterly Wind, which about Noon always blows fresh here, and so by de∣grees got near the Spanish Fleet, till at last coming up with the Vice-Admiral, call'd St. Jago, he threw Fire-pots into her, and presently after boarding her, enter'd with that Valor, that of three hundred Spaniards above a hundred and fifty were slain;

for those that leapt over-board were kill'd in the Water, whilest Joachim Guyszoon, John Braems, and Anthony Gonde fell upon the Admiral Sennora de los Remedios, and took her. In both these Ships Ita took Two thousand five hundred Chests of In∣digo, above Six thousand Hides, Two thousand five hundred Packs of Sarsaparilla, several Pots of Balsam Oyl, Seventy thousand Pound of Ginger, One and twenty Bars of Silver, Twelve Brass, and Twenty eight I•••••• Guns; all which having taken out, he set fire in both the Ships.

A little before this Victory, the Fortune Frigat weighed Anchor from Flushing, with sixty three Men of War, to be Landed on the Island Tabago. At St. Vincent they found two Men that were left of seven, who having setled along the River Wiapow, under Captain John Van Ryen, were forc'd by the salvage Natives to remove, two whereof dyed by the way, the remaining five landing on the Isle Trinidad, had three of their Companions kill'd by the Indians of Granada, they being French-men, to whom the Natives bore an inveterate Hatred, so that they left onely the two Hollanders alive. The Fortune assisted by the South-star Ketch, took a rich Barque near the Isles des Virgines.

* 1.316Not long after the West-India Company set out twelve Ships more, under the Command of Derick Simonszon Uitgeest, (who had the year before brought home the two fore-mention'd great Prizes,) who setting Sayl and getting into the large Bay of the Rocky Island Vincent, catch'd several Goats and Tortels. Before the Coast of Brasile he took two rich Carvels, one from Pernambuco, and another from the In∣let Todos los Sanctos; which Prizes having sent home with three Ketches, he sayl'd towards Sierre Leona, known by high and thick Woods, which grow on a high Coast; from whence returning again to Pernambuco, he took six rich laden Ves∣sels, amongst which was one Gallioon from Goa, with a great Treasure of Dia∣monds.

* 1.317These successful Expeditions of the Fleets set out from time to time by the West-India Company, enabled and encourag'd them to undertake Matters of great∣er consequence, viz. They fitted out one and thirty Sail, which carryed four thou∣sand Men, one hundred and thirty Brass Guns, and five hundred fifty eight Iron Guns; of which Peter Peterszoon Hein being Admiral, took near the Soundings of Tortuga, two Barques from Havana, the Men whereof inform'd him, that the Plate-Fleet was not yet arriv'd there, nor that from Terra Firma, but were both expected every day. The strong Current drove Peter Hein farther Eastward beyond Havana than he expected, insomuch that he got sight of Matanca, where he overtook a Barque sent out by Landronce de Cabrera, Governor of Havana, to give notice to the Plate Fleet of the Hollanders Ships, which he had seen from the Castle Morro before Havana:* 1.318 Mean while John Van Hoorn took a Vessel which was sent out before by the Plate Fleet, the Men whereof inform'd him that the Fleet it self was near at hand; which Peter Hein found to be true, when the next Morning before Sun-rising he descry'd ten Sayl, of which some had ignorantly sayled to Leeward, and others to Windward of the Dutch Fleet; nine of them which were Laden with Hides, Meal, Campeche-Wood, Cochinele, Indigo, and other rich Goods, were taken by several Mann'd Sloops, because the Ships were not able to come up to them by reason of the Calm. About Noon Peter Hein discovering nine Gallions more, made sudden Chace after them; which they perceiving, made toward the Shore, and about Twilight in the Evening they ran aground in the Bay of Matanca, where the Commanders Landing saved themselves, each carrying with him what Jewels they could. About Break of Day Peter Hein made all the Sayl he could possible to come up with them, and seeing them fast aground, leapt into a Boat and Rowed

up to the Admiral, who fired eight Guns, whilest his Men got ashore: Hein ap∣proaching the Gallioon, saw no way to get up, till at last one of his Men spying a Rope, climb'd up the same, and made fast other Ropes for his Companions to get up by, the Spaniards standing still gaping upon him, as if their feet and hands had been ty'd, which made Peter Hein grant them their Lives; which the other Gal∣lions seeing, surrender'd themselves upon promise of Quarter; by which the Spa∣nish Crown lost, besides the Musk, Bezoar, Ambergreece, and the Cargo of two Gallioons and a rich Prize, above One hundred and fifty Tun of Gold.

The Night succeeding this great Victory being somewhat Tempestuous, drove the Gallioons from the Bank on which they stuck the Day before, into deeper Wa∣ter: Five Days they spent in unlading of the taken Vessels, after which Peter Hein set Sayl with four Gallioons, a new Spanish Merchant-Man, and his own Fleet, out of the Bay of Matanca, on the Seventh of September, Anno 1628. for Holland, where in a short time he safely arriv'd.

* 1.319The Tyger Frigat sent from Zealand, and Commanded by Lucas Pol, Anchor'd be∣fore Blanca, where he brought away above five hundred Goats: This Island which is six Leagues in circumference, hath on the West a Sandy Inlet, sit for great Ships to Ride at Anchor; Moreover, it is steep and Rocky, in the Valleys the Grass grows above half a Mans length. The Woods are overgrown with Thorns; the Soyl also would produce much more fruit, did not the Rats, Leguanes, Hedge-hogs; and other Animals, devour and spoil the Plants.

Pol leaving this Island ran to Tortuga, a low Isle, except on the West side; it pro∣duces Guaiacum, or Pock-wood, in great abundance, and nourishes great Flocks of Goats, and hath an eminent Salt-Pan; in all which things it is parallel'd with the Island Orchilla, known by its high Mountains on the East and West; the other part thereof not being above six Foot above the Water: Pol Landing here, carry'd off above two hundred Goats near the Western Shore, whose bryny Soil produces neither Grain, nor Grass. The Trees which are on the same are so dry and weak, that they may be pusht down with one hand; Neither are there any Birds to be found here, except Owls; nor Beasts, except Goats and great Hedge-hogs. Pol sayling from hence, steer'd by the nine Wooddy Isles call'd Roccas, and the three call'd Aves, to Bonaire, a pretty large rising Isle, which on the North-West hath a convenient Road, a fresh Water-spring, store of Sheep, on which the Spaniards live; Pock-wood, and Cotton Trees: Then steering to the Isle Mona, he found the same to be surrounded with Rocks, and full of Horned Cattel difficult to be catch'd because of the thick Woods, in which grow exceeding good Oranges. Pol leaving this Isle, set sayl and steer'd for Flushing, where he safely arriv'd without ha∣ving perform'd any remarkable Exploits.

* 1.320Mean while the West-India Company fitted out twelve Sayl more, under the Command of Adrian Johnzon Pater, who set sayl in the middle of August, and Crui∣sed in vain about the Flemmish Isles for Spanish Ships: About the beginning of the Year 1629. he sent away three Ships under the Command of Martin Landrode, from the Island of St. Vincent, whilest he himself ran with the rest of the Fleet into the Inlet Todos los Sanctos, within a League from the City Salvador, where there lay onely seven Barques near the Shore, which he judging not worth the while to ha∣zard his Ships and Men for, steer'd to Pernambuco, took a rich Laden Barque in his Voyage, and was inform'd by a Brasilian that came aboard of him on floating Pie∣ces of Timber, that three Sayl of Ships full of Goods were return'd to Reciffa, so soon as they heard of the Dutch Fleet: But Pater judging no good to be done there, return'd back to the Caribbee Islands, where near Granada he found three Dutch Ves∣sels,

which had likewise Cruis'd in vain before the Coast of Brasile. Moreover, the Pegasus, Raven, and Hart Frigats, parted from the Fleet to Cruise about Monges, tou∣ching at Blanca, they took above a thousand Goats, and between the Cliffs of the little Isles Monges, abundance of Fish; but descrying no Spanish Ships, they Sail'd to the Island De Vacca, which hath a brave Harbor, delightful Woods, pleasant Pa∣stures, fresh-water Brooks, and abundance of wild Horses, Hogs, and Lyons, of which the Sea-men took an infinite number. Before the low Promontory Corientes, overgrown with Trees, they got two Prizes laden with Campeche Wood.

These three fore-mention'd Frigats, as also the Walcheren and South-star from Zealand, joyn'd with Pater's Fleet, when he receiv'd Information, that a considera∣ble number of Spanish Ships were suddenly expected from Campeche: Whereupon Paters divided his Fleet into three Squadrons, whereof the Forlorn consisted of three Sail, the Reserve of the like number, and the Admiral kept five under his own Command: Thus divided, they stood to and again before Cape Corientes, when Captain John Stapel brought three, and John van Hoorn four Netherland Ships to their assistance.

* 1.321Hoorn having set Sail from the Texel about the latter end of April, was beaten off from Granada with poyson'd Arrows, and took a Prize before the Promontory St. Anthony, the Men whereof inform'd him, that the Governor Gabriel de Chaves Osorio, an old Soldier, had great trouble in repairing the Walls, Forts and Houses in the City, which two years before had been blown down by a great Storm, and that six great Ships were lading to go for Carthagena with the Gallions for Spain, because they durst not Steer by Porto Rico for fear of the Netherlanders; moreover, that abun∣dance of Ginger was spoyl'd for want of Vessels to carry it away; and that the Citizens were in great want for Stuffs, none having come in along time from Spain; in like manner there went none but Copper Coin, so that nothing was to be got there. The Silver and Gold-Mines were not look'd after, the Spaniards not caring to work, and the old Natives were long since cut off, insomuch that if the Imperial Court was not kept in St. Domingo, to which belong'd Cumana and Coro; that City and Island, and Hispaniola it self, would soon be left desolate. Hoorn there∣fore Sail'd by the Promontory St. Cruiz, being a low Point overgrown with Trees, into the Bay, twenty Leagues from the Mouth whereof lie the Isles Jardin de la Reyna. Before Corientes he took a Barque with three hundred and six Guns, sent from Havana, the Men whereof inform'd him, That the Governor of Havana, call'd Laurence de Cabrera, having Intelligence of the Dutch Fleets approach, rais'd many Men, and gave notice to the Ships in all the Harbors thereabouts; after which he took another rich Prize, and joyn'd at last with Paters Fleet, which now consisted of twenty Sail, with which he Steer'd for the Soundings of Tortugas, where the Fleet met with a dreadful Tempest, wherein a Thunderbolt splitting the Main-Yard of the Hunter Frigat, fell down by the Mast, and rowl'd out at one of the Port-holes, kill'd the Purser, and wounded two more in the Head: great show∣ers of Rain fell daily, when Samuel Lucas and Captain Outger Minne brought seven Sail of Ships more to the Fleet, with which Paters put in for fresh Provisions into the spacious and secure Haven De Cabannas, where several Isles lie, formerly inha∣bited by Shepherds and Carpenters.

From hence Paters Sail'd by Havana, mended the Port-holes of his lower Deck, and took off the Top-gallant Masts, because in September the usual Storms begin here; and seeing that he could not do any Exploit with so great a Fleet, he sent nine Ships home, and with the rest went to Barbados, where at that time there were about fifteen hundred English that Planted Tobacco.

Paters Sailing from hence, ran to the Main Continent of America, inspected the River Oronoque, where he quenched the Town St. Thomas, that had been set on fire by the fled Inhabitants, and brought aboard all what they had left.

* 1.322During his fruitless Expedition, the West-India Company Rigg'd out twenty seven Sail under the Command of Henrick Lonque, Peter Ita, and Joost Bankart; the Land-Soldiers being Commanded by Diederick van Waerdenberg. Lonque coming to St. Vin∣cent, stay'd a long time at Anchor there; for in regard the Spaniard in the Low Coun∣treys rang'd on the Veluwe, and had taken Amersfoort, the States of the United Nether∣lands were forc'd to keep those Men in their Service which the West-India Company had rais'd; but so soon as Wesel was re-taken, and the Hartogen-Bosch won by Frede∣rick Henrick, Prince of Orange, thirty six Sail were sent to Lonque's assistance; of which some came sooner to him than others at St. Vincent, where he had stay'd four Moneths without doing any remarkable Exploit. On St. Steven's Day he set Sail with fifty two Ships, thirteen ••loops, and two Prizes, all Mann'd with seven thousand Men, which meeting with contrary Winds and Calms, lay a great while under the Line, the Scurvey began to encrease amongst them daily, insomuch that above twelve hundred lay sick, and three hundred dy'd since they set Sail from St. Vincent; yet at last Lonque getting sight of Olinda, sent Waerdenberg on the fourth of February with sixteen Ships, carrying three thousand Men to Pavo Morello, a Wood, lying two Leagues Northward from Olinda, where he suddenly Landed, notwith∣standing the Portuguese guarded the Shore with two thousand Men, whom Waerden∣berg, after a short Skirmish, putting to flight, was the whole Night in Arms, and the next day became Master of Olinda,* 1.323 by breaking in on the North at the same time, when Colonel Schutte Storm'd on the South. Moreover, the Enemy surren∣dred the two Forts on Reciffa, and forsook the Island.

About the middle of March nine Ships which were wanting to make up Lonque's Fleet, came to an Anchor by him, having brought him above six hundred Soldiers, many Guns, all manner of Ammunition under the Command of Lieutenant Colo∣nel Alexander Seton, and the three Adjutants John de Bruine, Philip Serooskerken, and Horatius Calandryn, who immediately order'd the Cloyster on Antonio Vaes to be for∣tifi'd, and built a Fort with four Bulwarks at the Entrance of Pozo in the Countrey Reciffa. Seton also set fire on the Suburbs of Olinda, in which the Enemy had Lodg'd the Night before, and endeavor'd to poyson the fresh Water on Antonio Vaes, when on a sudden the Netherlanders fell upon them; two which drank of the Water dy'd, and others fell into great Fits of Sicknesses, and it wanted little but that the Admi∣ral Lonque, with a Company of fifty Musquetteers, had been kill'd returning from Reciffa to Olinda, he being unawares set upon by two Companies of Portugueses and Brasilians, who kill'd above thirty six of his Men, and dangerously wounded six more, so that he brought off but eight Men unhurt. The like Misfortune be∣fell the Wood-cutters on Antonio Vaes, surpris'd by the Portuguese from an Am∣buscade.

Whilest Affairs stood thus about Olinda, there first arriv'd two Ships from the United Netherlands at Reciffa, not long after four more, Commanded by John Walbeek, and eight more under the Admiral Dirik van Uitgeest, who was follow'd by the Noahs Ark.

About the same time Dirk de Ruiter set Sail with six Ships, and Peter Ita with ten, to Cruise at Sea.

* 1.324About the beginning of February, Lonque having put all things in good order, pre∣par'd to return home, and weigh'd Anchor with nine Ships. But Ita going from Reciffa to Olinda, to take his leave of the Council there, was suddenly surpris'd af∣ter

a strange manner; he had ninety Musquetteers for his Guard, whose Matches were all put out, and their Arms all wet by a great shower of Rain, which they perceiving from their Ambuscades, immediately got cross the River, and kill'd thirty of the Netherlanders, the rest running away, left Ita to defend himself, which he did for some time with his Sword, but had absolutely been slain, had he not re∣ceiv'd Aid from Olinda.

Because the Portuguese made several Attempts upon the Netherlanders, not with∣out damage on both sides, the West-India Company often sent Ships to their assi∣stance; and likewise many Brasilians deserting the Portuguese, joyn'd with the Ne∣therlanders, who built a five-corner'd Fort with Bulwarks about the Cloyster on An∣tonio Vaes; which to prevent, the Portuguese ventur'd many a Sally, though not with∣out considerable loss on their part. They also reported, that Frederick de Toledo was making thither with a great Fleet, to drive the Netherlanders out of Brasile; at which they taking the Alarm, put themselves all into a posture of Defence, rais'd new Works about the Castle on Reciffa, whilest the Ships which Cruis'd on that Coast brought in several Prizes.

John Walbeek being chosen General by the West-India Company over Brasile, had a Design on the Promontory St. Augustine; but it came to no effect, because the Sea beat so vehemently against the Shore.

* 1.325The Report of the great preparation of a Fleet which was making ready in Spain, mov'd the West-India Company to raise mo're Men, and to send out Admiral Paters with seventeen Ships, which all arriv'd safe, except the Black Lyon Frigat, which carrying the Lieutenant-Colonel Eltz and Captain Uitgeest, was never heard of.

Joost Bankart was also sent out in March with eight Ships to St. Helena, to Cruise there for the rich Carraks which us'd to Water there; but though he stay'd till Au∣gust before this fruitful Island, yet saw not one Ship at Sea, nor a Man on the Island, but great numbers of Sea-pies, which are so tame, that they suffer themselves to be taken up with the Hand, or knock'd on the Head with Sticks.

Near this Isle Ita took a Ketch Prize, and rallying his whole Fleet together, Steer'd for the Caimans; the most Eastern Isle whereof being about three Leagues long, is full of Rocks, with a high Point on the East; the other part thereof is plain. Then dividing his Fleet into seven Squadrons, he made them all ready for an Engage∣ment, when he was inform'd by an English-man before Corientes, that Frederick de To∣ledo had set Sail with eighty Ships from Havana to Spain, of which he had sent back eight Gallions to Carthagena: Hereupon bending his Course near Havana, he put the whole Countrey to an Alarm, burnt a rich laden Vessel, and another that carry'd a Flag on the Fore-top, and a third laden with Ballast.

Joachim Guysen being made Commander of the Dolphin Frigat, and sent to joyn with Admiral Pater's Squadron, was driven below Jamaica, and at last strook against the great Caiman, where his Vessel was all shatter'd to pieces; but all his Men and Goods being sav'd, he spent sixteen Weeks in making a Ketch of the pieces of the Dolphin, and brought a hundred and twenty Men, four Brass, and two Iron Guns to the Fleet, having buried the rest on Caiman.

Five Leagues beyond Havana, a Spanish Ship laden with Campeche Wood and Sar∣saparilla, being chased against the Shore, was set on fire by her own Men, which the Hollanders attempted twice in vain to put out.

After this Ita's Fleet lay long upon the Coast Cuba, but finding no Spanish Ves∣sels, and their Provisions growing scarce, return'd back to the Texel, where they arriv'd without doing any farther Exploits.

In the mean while Pater lying before Punta del Gallo, intending to Invade the City built on the Shore of the Island Trinidad; but the Fort built at the Mouth of the River, and contrary Current preventing his Design, he ran through the mid∣dlemost Hole of Boccas to Blanca, where he caught two thousand Goats and a Bo∣naire, set several Towns on fire, whilest the Spaniards made a Smother of dry Stub∣ble all along the Fields, through which the Hollanders were to return, that so they might be choak'd with the Smoak; which their Invention had prov'd successful, had not the Hollanders forc'd a Way through a Wood. At last the Fleet leaving Hi∣spaniola, Steer'd for St. Martha, a Town built on the Main Coast between Cartha∣gena, and the River La Hacha, being instigated thereto by a Letter (taken by the Hollanders in a Prize) writ by the Governor Hieronymo de Quero to the Spanish King; which Letter set forth the present Condition of St. Martha,* 1.326 whereby they conceiv'd great hopes of a possibility of taking it, and of the Advantages that would accrue thereby: nor did it happen contrary to their expectation; for the Admiral Landing his Men, took the City without the least resistance; and though the great Fort fir'd some Guns, yet it soon surrendred on promise of Quarter; the City also was sav'd from being burn'd, by paying fifty five hundred Pieces of Eight, after they had plunder'd the same, and carry'd away whatsoe're they thought good. Mean while the Provisions growing scarce in the Fleet, Pater judg'd it convenient to return home, where he arriv'd safely with all his Prizes.

* 1.327Notable Exploits were perform'd by John Lichthart, one of which, amongst others ought not to be omitted, viz. he setting Sail homewards from Reciffa about the beginning of October Anno 1630. chanc'd to fall with his Ship, the Over-yzel, amongst five Biscayan Pyrats, Cruising between the French and English Coast, which thought to clap him aboard on a sudden; but they seeing him bear up to them, were afraid to venture, and Tack'd about: after which he was set upon about three Leagues to the Northward of the Lizard, by three Frigats belonging to Dunkirk, the biggest whereof carry'd thirty six Guns, the second twenty eight, and the last twelve; with which three he maintain'd a Fight eight hours, in which he had fourteen Men kill'd, and thirty two wounded; his Ship resembled a Wreck, the Main-mast being shot overboard, the Rudder hung by pieces at the Stern, and the Tackling all shatter'd and torn, besides seven Shot under Water, and not less than four hundred through the sides above, but not without sufficient marks of retribution on the Dunkirkers side; but Lichthart getting into Plymouth, mended his Ship, and from thence Sail'd to Amsterdam, where he was Presented with a Gold Chain in recompence of his Valor.

* 1.328The Expedition of the Brown-Fish Frigat is also remarkable, which Sailing be∣yond Cape deVerd, Steer'd by Cape Roxo along the Shore to the River Catchieu, at whose Mouth lie two Shelves, and between them ran a Channel through which the Ships pass'd. The Brown-Fish Sailing about a League up the River, which is a Mile in breadth, took a Portuguese Barque. The Seamen also Landing on the Isle Bissis, spake Portuguese with the Natives, who are Coal-black, and have strong Bodies, go Arm'd with Darts, Bowes, Arrows, Symiters, and were Baptiz'd by a Priest sent thither from Portugal, who with a few Countrey-men had built a Chappel and some Houses there.

From hence the Brown-Fish Sail'd to the most Northern Isle Bisegos, which is con∣tinually at Wars with Bissis. The King of this Isle receiving some Presents from the Nepherlanders, gave leave to his Subjects, shie at first, to go aboard of them.

Steering from hence to Noronho, they found the Inhabitants carry'd away, and their Gardens and Houses ruin'd, so that they could get nothing but wild Pum∣pions;

to refresh themselves with; therefore leaving the Isle they anchor'd at Reciffa.

In the interim, whilest these Expeditions were carry'd on as hath been related, Captain John Boon-eter (who parted from the Admiral Ita's Fleet with eight Sail of Ships) Cruis'd to and again before Hispaniola till May Anno 1631. near Mona he took a rich Vessel coming from Porto Rico, another before the Island Vacca, and a third full of Ginger, with which he Steer'd to the Tortugas, being seven in number, resembling rather sandy Flats than Isles. Before Havana he also chased several Ves∣sels, but lost sight of them in the Night. Mean while their Provisions growing short, the Seamen were desirous to return; which Boon eter would no way yield to, because the time began to approach in which the Spanish Ships came from all places to Havana; but the Men mutinying forc'd him to Steer to the Texel, where they ar∣riv'd without doing any considerable Exploit advantageous to the West-India Company.

But at the same time fourteen Ships, three Sloops, and seven great Pinnaces, weighed Anchor from Reciffa with a thousand two hundred and sixty Men, divided into twelve Companies, under the Command of Hartman Godefrid and Stein Callen∣fels; who Landing on the Island Tamarica, march'd along a bad and narrow Path,* 1.329 partly craggy and partly sandy, to a Fort built on a high Ascent overgrown with Brambles in such a manner, that it was impossible for them to break through, whilest they in the Fort fir'd continually upon Stein Callenfels, who judg'd it conve∣nient to draw off, and Storm the Castle on another side.

The Admiral Pater newly come from the Texel to Olinda, sent three Ketches, a Sloop, and two Pinnaces, beyond the Town Tamarica, to prevent the Enemies cros∣sing over to the Main, and keep off their Fire-ships. They also receiv'd Informa∣tion from three Portuguese and five Brasilian Prisoners, That the Castle, surrounded with Fens and Brambles, had sixteen Guns; and that Albuquerque had sent eight hundred Men to assist the three hundred that lay in Garrison there before. The Captains Le Grand and Arcisseusky found two other Ways that led to the Fort, but al∣together unfit to march along with their Men and Guns. Pater also Row'd round the Island with Sloops, and fathom'd the Water, whilest Arcisseusky Sailing up the River to Garasi, suppos'd that he had found a much better place to make an Onset on the Castle in, than had been found out yet; but the Council of Olinda and Stein Callenfels look'd upon it as too great a hazard to Storm a Fort, to which the Ways lay so much to the Enemy's advantage, a small number in the same being able to beat off a considerable Party; therefore it was judg'd best, and concluded upon, to build a Fort on a little Isle near Tamarica, at the Mouth of the River; to which purpose the Engineer Buuren contriv'd a square Castle with a long Horn-work, which was call'd Orange; in which the Captains Arcisseusky, Mellingen, and Beyer, were left in Garrison with their Companies, whilest the rest of the Regiment re∣turn'd to Reciffa.

Mean while Antonio de Oquendo brought a great Fleet to St. Salvador; and Callenfels drew four Companies of Musquetteers, and a great company of Seamen with Pick∣axes and Spades out of the Fort Frederick Henrick into the Field, and marching South∣ward along private Ways, he found the River strongly fortifi'd near the Forts Affo∣gados, having above and below a row of strong Pallisado's; yet the Portuguese that guarded these Works after a small resistance fled, and left all: But because a gene∣ral Alarm drew many People in Arms out of Real, and several other places, Callenfels drew off in good order, and was inform'd by a Prisoner call'd Peter Alves, that the Fort Affogados receiv'd that Denomination from the River on which it was built;

that there lay generally a hundred and fifty Men in Garrison there; that about a Mile farther was the Fort Pirange; that Peter de Acunha bore the chief Command next to Albuquerque over the Militia, who us'd few Musquets but what had Fire-locks; and that they wanted no Ammunition, for six great Carvels loaden with the same had not long since stor'd them with great plenty thereof. The Netherlanders also understanding by Letters which they had taken, that the Tapuyans were very much incens'd against the Portuguese, who stood in great fear of these salvage People, it was judg'd convenient by the Council at Olinda, to invite the Tapuyans to be their Friends.

* 1.330On the eleventh of September Anno 1631. Admiral Pater and Vice-Admiral Mar∣tin Thyszoon, whose joint Forces were fifteen Men of War and three Ketches, carry∣ing nine Companies of Foot, Commanded by Captain Engelbert Schutte, descrying the Spanish Fleet about an hour before Sun-set, animated all the Officers and Cap∣tains to regard their Honor and Oath which they had taken; telling them, That on this Engagement would depend the Welfare or Ruine of the West-India Com∣pany. But his Men were not so much heartned by his Speech, as daunted at the sight of the Spanish Fleet, which consisted of twelve Castilian and five Portuguese Gal∣lions, and twenty six other Vessels, as Pinks, Fly-boats and Carvels, all well Mann'd and full of Guns, the Gallions carrying whole and Demi-Cannons; the Admiral, call'd Antonio de Oquendo, carrying forty eight great Guns in his Gallion, call'd St. Jago; whereas, they had receiv'd information but of four Gallions and eighteen lesser Vessels; nevertheless Pater no whit discourag'd, boarded him about ten a Clock the next Morning, whilest Captain John Mast boarded him on the other side, which occasion'd a bloody Engagement; and it would have prov'd fatal to the Spaniard, had not Pater's Stern taken fire, which he endeavoring in vain to put out,* 1.331 and none coming to his assistance, after he had hung a good while by a Rope at the Spanish Admiral's Bowe, he was forc'd through faintness to let go and fall into the Water, whilest his Ship was blown up, a few of his Men onely being sav'd by Oquendo. In the mean time Martin Thyszoon boarded the Gallion Antonio de Padua, Commanded by the Vice-Admiral Francisco de Vallezilla on one side, and the Utrecht Frigat on the other, which after half an hours Engagement lost her Main-mast, and after a sharp Fight of four hours the Fire took hold of her Sails; which the Nether∣landers not being able to quench, leap'd desperately over into the Spanish Vice-Admiral; but he having two hundred and sixty Men aboard, beat them off, forcing them to leap into the Water, or sell their Lives at a dear rate. But Captain Thys∣zoon had better success, for he not onely sunk the Vice-Admiral, but took the Bona∣ventura Gallion, and likewise gave the Gallion John Baptista so many shot under Wa∣ter, that she sunk likewise. The Night approaching ended this bloody Engage∣ment; and the Netherlanders Fleet much damnifi'd stood Northwards, with inten∣tion to return to Reciffa. The next Morning Oquendo had lost sight of them, but de∣scry'd them again on the fifteenth of September, and kept in view of them the six fol∣lowing days, five Leagues from him to the East, or East South-East, Martin Thys∣zoon coming to an Anchor before Reciffa on the twenty second of September.

About the same time the Amsterdam Frigat set Sail from thence for St. Salvador, with intention to joyn with Pater's Fleet there, but not finding the Admiral, re∣turn'd, and near Cape St. Augustine discover'd the Spanish Fleet; wherefore running close behind them she receiv'd four Guns from Oquendo, which she answer'd, and kept at a distance from them the whole Night, in hopes to meet with one single Vessel or other belonging to the Fleet; but the Spanish Vice-Admiral bearing lit∣tle Sail, guarded the Rere, and fir'd continually at the Amsterdam Frigat, who fear∣ing

an unlucky Bullet, made all the Sail she could possible, and brought news of the approach of the Spanish Fleet to Reciffa. Soon after which the Elephant came from the Dutch Fleet thither, with a full Account of the fore-mention'd Engage∣ment, viz. That besides the Admiral Pater, there were slain Captain Thomas Sickes, Cormillion, and Lieutenant Steenbergen, also that two Ships, the Prince William and the Povince of Utrecht, were sunk: In lieu of which they had taken the Gallion call'd The Bonaventura, with twenty six Brass Guns, weighing above sixty four thousand Pound, two hundred and forty Castilians, and a great parcel of Sugar and Tobacco; Amongst the Prisoners was one call'd Francisco de Fuentes, who being Examin'd, gave this Information, viz. That the Fleet carry'd two Regiments of Spaniards and one of Italians; in which three Regiments were four thousand Men, under the Command of Conde del Bangniola; and that upon the setting out of Ferdinand, the King's Brother, to the Netherlands, all the chiefest Gallions and Dunkirk Ships were sent for, and English Vessels hir'd, to convey him safe to the Flemmish Coast, which made Oquenda set Sail with so much the lesser number to St. Salvador; that the sunk Gallion, call'd Antonio de Padua, had fourteen Brass Guns in her Hold, besides twenty six that were mounted.

* 1.332Soon after a Brasilian that had pass'd by Albuquerque's Army to Olinda, brought In∣formation, That he was sent by Jandui and Oquenou, two Kings belonging to the Ta∣puyans, to enquire if the Topatingas (for so they call'd the Netherlanders that belong'd to the West-India Company) did yet reside in Pernambuco, with Proffers to assist them with their Forces. Moreover, he inform'd them, That since his departure from Boudewyn Henrickszoon, a great many of the Tapuyans Petivares were kill'd by the Por∣tuguese near the River Grande and Inlet Trajiciaon, because they had assisted Henricks∣zoon, who had left them helpless at his departure. He added also, That if the West-India Company would give the other Brasilians any assurance to assist the Tapuyans, it would be necessary to Consult about it near the River Grande.

This Proposal was found to be of so weighty a Concern, that Ellert Smient being sent with the Ship call'd The New Netherland, and a great Sloop, to Siara, to make farther enquiry into the Business, was accompanied by a Renegado Portu∣guese call'd Samuel Cochin, and several Brasilians (whom Henrickszoon upon their Re∣quest carry'd with him from the Inlet Trajiciaon to Holland) who went, under pre∣tence of visiting their Relations at the River Grande and Siara, to invite their Coun∣trey-men to joyn with the Netherlanders.

* 1.333During Smient's absence many Consultations were held about the demolishing or defending of the City Olinda, about which there had formerly been many Con∣tests; but at last the Voices carry'd it, which were for the demolishing thereof, in regard it was of little Consequence, and could not be kept without many Men and great Charges, because of its bad Situation, whenas their Men might do greater Service in other places: Wherefore they began to carry all things necessary from Olinda to Reciffa, and on the twenty fourth of November the City was set on fire with Barrels of Pitch and Tar, being in a light flame at every corner, whilest Stein Callen∣fels drew off the Garrison in good order to Reciffa; and immediately sixteen hun∣dred Men under his Command were put aboard of sixteen Vessels, with intention to go to Parayba; but the Enemy having a fortnight before had notice of this De∣sign, had fortifi'd himself all along the River. Callenfels approaching, espy'd twelve Portuguese Standards, and the Men ready on the Breast-works to prevent his Land∣ing; yet nevertheless he not regarding their Bullets, press'd in amongst them, and forc'd the Enemy from his Works.

Near the Water stood a Stone Castle, and on one side of it a large Store-house;

on the Mountain near the City appear'd the Franciscan Cloyster; the Fort rais'd of Earth had four Bulwarks, and twenty six Guns, according to the Information of the Eye-witnesses Drevis and Berster, who were sent thither as Spies.

* 1.334Callenfels Landed not so carefully but that he lost forty Men, either kill'd from behind the Breastworks, or out of a neighboring Wood. Being inform'd by a Por∣tuguese Prisoner, of the ill Condition of the Town, and how slenderly it was provi∣ded, he immediately rais'd a Sconce, two Watch-houses, and a Pallisado, from which he fir'd with two Guns on the Castle, and made several Trenches; but the Besieged were stronger in People and Guns than the Besiegers, who being scarce able, by reason of their small number, to keep Guards in all places, were also tir'd out under a hot Climate, and fainted for want of Provisions, insomuch that in two days there dy'd and fell sick above two hundred; wherefore Callenfels judg'd it best to draw off in time; which that they might do securely, they made a Redoubt, and the six Companies Commanded by the Captains Redinchoven, Meppelen, Cloppen∣burg, Schenk, Byma, and Cook, resolv'd upon a desperate Attempt, as followeth: Marching privately through a Wood behind the Enemy's Works, they fell in at one side upon the Portuguese Trenches, from whence they drove them after a small resistance, and forc'd them to flie towards the Fort, whither they were pursu'd with such eagerness, that those who were in the Fort, lest the Hollanders might get in with them, lock'd up the Avenues against their own Men; at which they were so amaz'd, that some of them climb'd up by the Walls of the Fort, but were either kill'd by the Assailants, or knock'd on the Head by their own People, because several Hollanders went to climb up amongst the Portuguese; the rest running about the Fort, fell into the midst of the Netherlanders, where they were all cut off, being in number above a hundred. The Hollanders also in this resolute Design, had about twenty Men kill'd, and fifty wounded; after which they put lighted Matches on Sticks in their Ene∣my's Works, as if they had never made any Attempt on the City Parayba.

Whilest this Expedition fell out so unfortunately, Smient performing his Voyage, found in the Inlet Trajiciaon a Portuguese Vessel hal'd near the Shore under the protection of two Pallisado's; wherefore supposing it best not to make any Attempt on the same, he ran to an Anchor before Ubranduba, twenty Leagues below the Ri∣ver Grande; where the Natives Marcial, Tacou, Ararova, and Matauwe, who had been in Holland, Landing, went to see, and speak with their Countrey-men to joyn with the Netherland West-India Company: and some days after the Seamen Landing again in the same place, met with Tacou, together with eight more stout Men, and seven∣teen Women and Children, who carry'd a slain Portuguese call'd Juan Perera, to the River Grande, about whom they had found Letters containing the whole Condition of Siara; which the Brasilians imparting to Smient, he sent a Ketch thither before, and follow'd after himself; they Steer'd along the Shore beyond the Shelves Guamare, by the Mountains Sailinas and Porto de Mel, the Haven De Onces, and River Juaguarive, to the White Point, where the Brasilians Landing spake with their People, and towards the Evening brought good tydings, and desir'd that they might be Landed at Siara, where they would put their Design in practice: Smient following their Advice, receiv'd them aboard the New Netherland, and Sail'd along by the square Fort Siara towards a smooth Shore on each side, hedg'd in by thick Woods, where the Brasili∣ans intended to Land; but the Portuguese, and Brasilians belonging to their Party, being gotten into the Wood before, fir'd so vehemently, that they were forc'd to Retreat, and Sail five Leagues farther beyond the Cape Opese, made dangerous by the many blind Cliffs that lie about the same. Smient anchoring here, Landed the Brasilians, on promise that they would return in two days; but the Seamen seeing

sometimes ten, sometimes fifteen Arm'd Portugueses ashore, judg'd that the Brasili∣ans had been slain by them, and therefore weighed Anchor to the great dislike of the West-India Company.

Since this unsuccessful Design on Parayba, the Council at Reciffa were no whit discourag'd, but resolv'd to make an Attempt on the River Grande with twelve Ships and two Sloops, carrying ten Companies of Soldiers, besides Seamen; but by reason of the difficulty of Landing (because the Coast being very Rocky, makes the Sea go very hollow) the strength of the Place, both in respect of its Fortificati∣on and number of Defendants, and the joyning of the Brasilians with them, they were forc'd to return without effecting their Design.

* 1.335About the same time eight Sail arriv'd at Reciffa from Holland, and Jonathan de Nekker, Cornelis Corneliszoon, alias Houte-been, and Reinier Peterszoon, set out with three Frigats from the Texel to the Isle Vacca, where with Hunting, Fishing, and gather∣ing of Fruit, they refresh'd themselves, and afterwards Steer'd to the River Magda∣lena, discernable at three Leagues distance by the thick yellow Water it discharges into the Sea through three Mouths. Between the Western and middlemost Mouth lies an Isle in the middle of the River, behind which Houte-been came to an Anchor, whilest Nekker and Peterszoon kept Guard near Punto Verde; where though the Wind blew very fresh in the Night, yet the Water remain'd smooth: About Day-break Nekker discovering a Sail, made chase after the same, but not able to come up with her, lost her the following Night, and in the Morning saw a Barque, which run∣ning ashore was set on fire by Peterszoon; after which Nekker chased two other Ships, which likewise getting from him, he stood off at Sea out of sight of the Isles Zamba, which are low on the West, and Hilly at the East-end, where the Sea beats vehemently against a Promontory, and chased a Barque ashore, whither he sent a Boat with eight Men; which being beaten to pieces by the Waves, drowned four of them, and the rest getting ashore were kill'd by the Spaniards. Soon after which four Spanish Ships set Sail after Nekker and Peterszoon, and had not the Night favor'd them they had been but in a bad Condition; for they were not able to get their Sea-men aboard, who having taken some Wine ashore, had made themselves Drunk; about Day-break they descry'd the four Spnish Vessels, which were gotten so far from them, that they could but just discern them from the Main-top. Not long after they took two Barques, and came to an Anchor behind Zamba by Houte-been, who being driven by a Storm out of the River Magdalena to Jamaica, had chased a Barque ashore there, and a Ship with four hundred Negro's against St. Martha, and since took a rich laden Barque near the River Magdalena. In like manner Nekker and Peterszoon took a Ship coming from Caraques, leaving Houte-been alone before Magda∣lena, who not long after discover'd eighteen Spanish Ships near the High-land St. Martha, which were Steering to Carthagena; one whereof belonging to Carthagena he made Prize of, but was forc'd to forsake her in a great Storm; after the ceasing of which he took another Frigat, the Men whereof inform'd him, That the Admi∣ral Thomas de Caspure was going with eleven Ships from Cape Antonio to Porto Belo, to lade the Peruvian Silver there. The Ship with Angolan Negro's, taken by Houte-been, he set free, but kept a Frigat laden with Tallow, Hides, Tobacco, and Flesh, which he had taken just before the Coast of Rio Grande; and thus he went Privateering up and down, when the Plate-Fleet from New Spain weighed Anchor from Juan de Lua, the like of which in Riches had never set Sail before, for it carry'd 2169340 Ryals of Eight for the Merchants, an unvaluable Treasure for the King, besides many rich Commodities which several bought upon their own Accounts, that were not entred in the Custom-house: all which Treasure, laden in nine Gallions, be∣sides

a considerable number of Frigats and small Vessels, was committed to the Charge of Miguel de Echacareta; but he dying before the Fleet set Sail, Manuel Serano de Ribera was chosen Admiral; but a dreadful Storm arising as they were Sailing be∣fore the Coast of Campeche in their Way to Havana, the whole Fleet was in a manner utterly destroy'd, with a most unvaluable Treasure: The Admiral, Vice-Admiral, Gallion Teresia, and several other Gallions, sunk, with at least two thousand Men, a great number of Persons of Quality, and amongst the rest the Marquess Salinas, who was most treacherously slain by thirty Persons,* 1.336 who made themselves Masters of a Sloop, into which he went for fafety out of the sinking Admiral Juseppe: That which instigated them to this horrid Act, was the sight of a small Trunk of Jewels which he carry'd into the Sloop: Not long after falling out amongst themselves about dividing the Spoil, several of them were discover'd, apprehended, and put to death.

This Fleet weighed Anchor the day after their Admiral Miguel de Echacareta was buried, who dy'd so suddenly that he could make no Will. A few days after the departure of the Fleet, a hundred and seventy Houses were burnt at Juan de Lua. It appears that the Spaniards out of fear of the Netherlanders, set Sail on the tenth of October, notwithstanding it was at an inconvenient time, because about that Season the Hurricanes rage most terribly in the Bay of Vera Crux.

By a Letter from the Treasurer Franciscus Suarez it appears, that the two Regi∣ments in the City St. Salvador, the one Commanded by Christopher Mexia Bocanegra, consisting of nine Companies, each of sixty Men, and the other Commanded by Vasco de Mascarennas, consisting of thirteen Companies, cost the King of Spain yearly 21515 l. to maintain them.

* 1.337The Netherland Council at Reciffa no way discourag'd by their successless Attempts made the last Year on Rio Grande, sent thirteen Companies of Soldiers aboard of seventeen Vessels, to build a Fort at the River Formosa, where the Portu∣guese being too weak to resist them, set fire on a Store-house with three hundred Chests of Sugar, and fled. Walbeck was Commander in Chief in this Design, who Landing on Formosa found no fit place to build a Fort in, because the Shore, not being above a Musquet-shot broad, was inclos'd with Woods, behind which lay high Mountains that Commanded the Shore; therefore marching to Serinhain he burnt several Houses and a new Sugar-Mill, near which in a Store-house he took twelve hundred Chests of Sugar, which for want of Carts he could not carry to his Ships. Also before Porto Calvo he burnt a Carvel, and took a great number of Cat∣tel on Camarigibi, and return'd without any farther Exploits to Reciffa, where the Cruisers had brought in several Prizes during his absence.

The Council resolving not to sit idle, set out another Fleet of eighteen Ships under the Command of Martin Thyszoon, with a Regiment of fourteen Companies under Stein Callenfels.

* 1.338This Fleet approaching Cape Augustin, they found a ridge of Rocks along the Shore, against which the Sea beat with great vehemency; at length they came be∣fore a small Inlet, at whose Mouth lay a small Fort from which the Enemy fir'd up∣on the Mann'd Boats which Row'd by the same: at some distance they discern'd two Breastworks, one rais'd above the other near the Shore; on which when the Hollanders thought to Land, three hundred Portuguses fir'd at once upon them; and on a Hill not far from thence appear'd more Men, which amaz'd the Council of War, for the Inlet was so narrow, that not above six Boats could Land at once; and it was evident, that though the Enemy should chance to be beaten from behind his Breastworks, yet the Hollanders would lie expos'd to the Enemy's Guns from the

Fort Nazareth built on the Mountain; besides, Nazareth, if gain'd, could scarce be defended, unless the whole Mountain were Intrench'd round, which would not onely be very chargeable, but also impossible, because of the red Earth, altogether unfit for Fortifications; and the barren Mountain afforded neither Wood, nor any thing else; besides, the Storming of it would be very dangerous: The Entrance into the Haven was difficult, because a stonie Bank before the same suffer'd no Pas∣sage but betwixt small Openings; the chiefest whereof was guarded by a Water-Castle, and farther within by the Fort Puntael. Along the Sea-shore their Landing was prevented by the violent beating of the Waves, and a great square Tower on the Way up to the Fort Nazareth, whose Church is seen at a great distance off at Sea. All which consider'd, they judg'd it best to draw off their Men again, and so they return'd without having effected any thing to the purpose, onely Captain Schuppe took two Carvels with five hundred Chests of Sugar in the River Formosa.

Soon after Martin Thyszoon being sent out with twenty two Sail, sent four Ships for Holland with the Lieutenant-Colonel Stein Callenfels, and the Councellor Seroos∣kerken; yet thirteen Sail remain'd still before the Coast of Brasile, under the Com∣mand of Captain John Mast, who whilest he stood to and again from the Shore, and Cruising up and down, the Governor of Reciffa and Colonel Rembach march'd with five hundred Men and forty Negro's, from Reciffa about six a Clock at Night, by Olinda along the Shore: Whereupon the Portuguese Horse-watch ran instantly to Real, two Leagues from Olinda, to give notice thereof to Albuquerque; but they sur∣mounted all the Difficulties they met with by the Way (which were the greater in regard of the abundance of Rain that had lately fall'n,) and on the first of May 1632. came to the City Garasu about Noon;* 1.339 where whilest Rembach stood still in good or∣der with three Companies, the Governor of Reciffa fell upon the Town with three Companies. The Inhabitants had not the least thoughts of being molested by the Netherlanders there, because they judg'd the Ways which led thither could not be pass'd in that rainy Season. In the first Onset a hundred Portugueses, most of them great Merchants, were slain, they being come thither with their Goods from Olinda; and amongst the Prisoners which they took, were six Franciscans.

This Victory the Hollanders obtain'd with the loss but of eight Men, and twenty five wounded, besides Captain Rembach, who was also wounded. The Governor of Reciffa entering the City, stav'd two hundred Pipes of Wine, to keep his Soldiers from over-drinking; and because there were many fair Women there, he caus'd them all to be lock'd up in the Church of St. Cosmo, to preserve them from the Sol∣diers outrages.

* 1.340The Priest Duarte Mendez Serraon (a Letter of whose John de Laet quotes) values the Booty carry'd away by the Hollanders from Garasu, at 9000 l. Sterl. besides the da∣mage which the Place suffer'd, being almost ruin'd. He relates farther, That the City call'd Villa de Santo Cosmo de Garasu lay five Leagues to the Northward from Olinda; and that in it were three Churches, viz. Cosmus, Misericordia, and Heremi∣tage de Santa Crux; as also two Cloysters, viz. Invocation de Antonio, inhabited by Capuchins, and another dedicated to Franciscus, inhabited by Persons of his Order; That the chief Church Cosmus, built like a flat-roof'd House, had a fair Entrance, before which stood two Turrets, and in them hung Bells; That the Franciscan Cloyster was inclos'd within a great Wall in the middle of a pleasant Garden, and had on each side a Tower; That most of the People who kept the Feast of St. Phi∣lip and St. Jacob, were at Mass when the Hollanders came thither, and though they saw the Soldiers out of their Windows, judg'd them to be Portugueses, who (as it was reported) had a Design upon Tamarica.

The Governor of Reciffa marching with his Booty from Garusa, set several Hou∣ses on fire, and march'd towards the Fort Orange, on the Island Tamarica, Albuquerque inform'd thereof, dispatch'd a Spanish Regiment, Commanded by Colonel Ferdinand Ludovico Barbalho, and Paulo de Perado, with a considerable Body of Volunteers; but they all came too late: Whereupon the Portugueses, being thus kept in continual Alarms ashore, and sustaining every day more and more Losses at Sea, began to desire Peace, and the rather, because they could not hear of any Fleet coming from Spain to their assistance; and hearing a Report, that the West-India Company were making great Preparations. To which purpose Peter Alvares (acquainted with the Dutch Commanders, as having been their Prisoner) was sent by Duarte de Albu∣querque (to whom the Lordship of Pernambuco properly belong'd) and by his Brother (being General of all the Forces in Brasile) to Reciffa, to Treat about the deciding of the Differences between them and the Netherland West-India Company: But the Council in Reciffa weighing the many Disadvantages that would ensue, if they should upon easie Terms patch up a Peace with the Portugueses, return'd Alvares this Answer:

That the West-India Company was resolv'd, to the utmost of their power, to keep all those Places which they had taken by force of Arms; but that if he could move Albuquerque to deliver up the Countrey to them, he should be bountifully rewarded.

After this the Hollanders Landing at Barra Grande, took great quantities of Wine and Tobacco, and burnt two Villages; as also the Sugar-Cane Fields, and Sugar-Mills on Catuwanha, also one at Barra Grande, and three at Porto Francisco.

At the same time the Hollanders also scatter'd Letters amongst the Portuguese, sig∣nifying their trouble for the great effusion of Blood in those Parts, which was oc∣casion'd by their own stubborn and unreasonable Proceedings; likewise intima∣ting the great Preparations that were making on their own part, and on the other side the great unlikelihood, and indeed impossibility, as things then stood, of receiving farther Succors from Spain.

* 1.341These things bieng powerfully urg'd, had perhaps taken greater effect with the Portugueses, had not the secret Counsels of the Netherlanders been betray'd by Leonard van Lom, Overseer of the Prizes, and Translater of the Portuguese Letters, who confess'd that he was perswaded to that villanous Action in Amsterdam by a Por∣tuguese Merchant, call'd Duarte Rodrigues Delves, with whom he had made some Agreement; and for the better confirmation had receiv'd the Sacrament upon it of an Amsterdam Priest: His Agreement was, "That he should go to Reciffa, enquire "after all Concerns, and give speedy advice thereof to Rocque de Barros; which he did by a Mulatto, who carry'd Letters between them.

This Villain the Council judging worthy of Death, first caus'd his two fore-Fingers to be cut off, next his Head, and afterwards his Body to be divided into four Quarters. The Mulatto was likewise Beheaded.

About this time the Treasurer Ceulen viewing the Isle Mayo, found the same to be surrounded with steep Rocks, abounding with Horses, Asses, Partridges and Goats, besides two Salt-pans. The Inhabitants, which go Arm'd with Half-pikes and rusty Hangers, are said to be a sort of out-law'd Portugueses, to the number of thirty, amongst whom was one Woman. They had a Governor, call'd Amaro, to whom they gave yearly eight thousand Goat-skins.

Ceulen Sailing from hence Steer'd by the Island Del Fogo, known by a great Mountain, whose high top vomits Fire. Not far from which he took the Ship St. Peter laden with Wine, with which he return'd safe to Reciffa, where a while after Gysselling arriv'd also, and was no sooner Landed, but four Ships, two Sloops,

six Cock-boats, a Barque and a Hoy, set Sail under the Conduct of John Mast with four or five Companies of choice Musquetteers, Commanded by Colonel Schuppe, who Landed behind the stonie Bank of the River Alexio, surpris'd some Portuguese and Negro's in their Houses, and march'd in the Night so fast, that by Day-break they were got to the Shore of the River Formosa, where they took two rich laden Fly-boats and a Carvel; and afterwards Landing in the Road Camarigibi, they took fifty Portuguese in a Village, as also a Store-house full of Chests with Sugar and To∣bacco, burnt all the Buildings thereabouts, and amongst others a brave Sugar-Mill: Captain Byma burnt also an eminent. Sugar-Mill near the Brook Maria Fa∣rinha. Martin Thyszoon lay a long time under the Line; but at last getting to the Isle Vacca he gave each Captain his Orders, and divided the Fleet, which joyn'd again before Havana, pass'd through the Straights Bahama (where he met with great Storms, and many other Inconveniences) to Holland. But Galeyn van Stapels, who parted with a Frigat from Thyszoons Fleet near Bonaire, Steer'd by the Promontory Cotoche to Sisab; which Village having plunder'd, he set it on fire, fetch'd a Barque in the Night from the Road of Campeche (whose City is seen at a great distance off at Sea, by the white Cloyster Francisco) and so set Sail for Zealand. Houte-been arriv'd also about the middle of June with a rich Booty in the Texel.

* 1.342Not long after Houte-been weighing Anchor with the Otter Frigat, return'd to Reciffa, and in his Way thither took a Ship laden with Wine. Colonel Schuppe im∣mediately upon his arrival had a Command given him of five hundred Men, and John Lichthart of three Sail of Ships, a Pinnace and five Sloops; with which they set Sail to the River Formosa. Schuppe Landing his Men there, march'd up to the Fort Formosa, fortifi'd with Moats, steep high Walls, and four Guns, Storm'd and took the same, killing all those that were in the Garrison, except the Governor Peter Al∣buquerque: In which Victory nevertheless the Hollanders lost the valiant Captain Philbert du Basson, who being shot in at the Throat with a Bullet, which came out behind the Ear, dy'd of the same, the Wound immediately festering, to which all Wounds are very subject in Brasile. The Hollanders also burnt four laden Barques, a Store-house full of Sugar, and pull'd down the Fort they had taken.

Setting Sail again, they Landed to the Northward of the River Antonio Grande, where they gain'd a Platform with five Guns, destroy'd six Ships, and took two more in the Haven Camarigibi; from whence they return'd to Reciffa, after having spoil'd and taken thirteen of the Portuguese Ships, several Sugar-Mills, Store-houses, and a Castle.

The Swol Frigat came also in a shatter'd condition to Reciffa, having been En∣gag'd with a Spanish Gallion carrying twenty eight great Guns, and full of Men, which nevertheless she would have master'd, had not an unfortunate Shot spoil'd all her Rigging.

About the same time the Captains Byma, Everwyn, and Rinking, set; Sail with their Companies in three Ships to Porto Francisco, where Landing, they burnt three Sugar-Mills, besides several other brave Buildings, and brought away a rich Carvel, whilest Laurence van Rembach was made Colonel in Waerdenberg's place, and Sigismond Schuppe Lieutenant-Colonel.

The Proffers which the Tapuyan Agent made to the Hollanders had been very ad∣vantageous, had not the Summer Season been too far spent: for he had promis'd, That if they would Land a considerable Party of Men two Leagues Southward from the River Grande, all the Tapuyans should joyn with them, and assist them in driving the Portuguese out of Brasile.

After this Schuppe and Lichthart went with thirteen Companies of Soldiers, and

two hundred Seamen, to fall upon the Enemy's Camp at the Afogados, where Albu∣querque had rais'd several Works, partly for the securing of Verga, the best Spot of Land in all Pernambuco, where there are likewise more Sugar-Mills than in the whole Countrey, and partly to keep an open Way between Arryal and the Promon∣tory St. Augustine: To which purpose they march'd by the Fort Aemilia along the plain Countrey, to the Stream Capivaribi, which they had cross'd before the Portu∣guese knew any thing of their approach, who being but a hundred and thirty, for∣sook their Works and ran into the Woods; but assisted with four Companies of Italians, they Sally'd out of Real, and fell with great eagerness on the Seamen, who being guarded by forty Musquetteers were raising of Works in the Road which leads to Real, and put them to flight; but being rally'd, and seconded by Colonel Redburgh, they drove the Enemy into a By-way, guarded by Byma and Bongarson; where being stopt, and Captain Cloppenburgh from another side falling in amongst them with his Musquetteers, they became encompass'd, and had been all slain, had not Le Grande, by making way for Cloppenburgh, given them an opportunity of get∣ting away between them.

The Council at Reciffa, to secure the footing which they had got on the other side of the River Capavaribi, took order about the building of a Fort, which requir'd the greater Labor, because the Earth was very stonie: not far from whence Cap∣tain John Smith walking, was shot by a Party of Portuguese lying behind some Chests of Sugar; the Blow whereof giving notice to his Ensign, he speedily march'd thi∣ther, and surprising the Portuguese, kill'd most part of them. The like success had Le Grande, Cloppenburgh, and Bongarson, who marching out upon a Design, surpris'd unawares in John de Mendoza's Sugar-Mill, two Companies of Portuguese, who ha∣ving watch'd there the whole Night, and composing themselves in the Morning to sleep, were set upon, and most of them kill'd, and the old Commander Antonio Or∣tizo de Mendoza taken, who not long before came thither with a Regiment of Por∣tugueses; the Sugar-Mill was also set on fire.

These successful Expeditions still adding to the Hollanders fresh Courage, they follow'd the career of their Successes, and placing three Companies in the Works of the Afogados, drew their Army into three Divisions; Colonel Rembach was to Com∣mand the Forlorn; Schuppe, the main Body; and Byma, the Reserve; in which Or∣der they waded through the River Capivaribi, placing some Musquetteers in a House built near the High-way, to secure their Return that way, and came without any resistance to the Arryal; where they found a long Street, with Shops on each side full of all sorts of Goods, which they pillag'd, notwithstanding the Enemy fir'd furiously from the Castle upon them, and wounded Colonel Rembach and Captain Redburgh. To the Northward before the Castle lay a Redoubt with two Guns, which Schuppe mastering, kill'd all that were in the same; but being too weak to carry away the Guns, he nail'd up the Touch-holes, and march'd off with his Men, but in such disorder, that the Portuguese Sallying out of their Garrison, fell in amongst them in that manner, that they were not able to bring away their woun∣ded Men, amongst whom was Captain Redburgh; and it had been worse, had not Remback (who though he was shot in at the Shoulder, under the Blade-bone whereof lay the Bullet) kept them off till such time as the Hollanders were got over the River Capivaribi, near the fore-mention'd House, guarded by a Company of Musquetteers, who kill'd above fifty of the Portugueses, besides fifty that had been slain in the for∣mer Skirmishes; the Hollanders themselves also had lost a hundred and thirty Men: yet notwithstanding they ceased not, but march'd in Parties through all parts of Verga, where they met with no opposition, but found the Sugar-Mills full of Sugar,

left to be kept by a few Negro's. Rembach also sent a Drummer to Real, to demand the Wounded, especially Colonel Redburgh, with a Letter from the Prisoner Anto∣nio Mendoza, requesting the Governor Albuquerque and Duke of Bagnola, that they would be pleas'd to release the Hollanders on Exchange, or else upon Ransom. The Drummer being civilly Entertain'd by Albuquerque, brought back with him a strange Oyl call'd Aury, for the wounded Mendoza; with which a Wound made by a Bullet being anointed about three Fingers breadth, it draws out the same. Bagnola afterwards sent it to Rembach, in requital for his kindness in sending Mendoza in a Hammock to Real. Mean while the Hollanders still fortifi'd their Works at the Afo∣gados with Pallisado's and Platforms, on which they put five Guns. They likewise work'd daily on the fore-mention'd Castle, whilest Schuppe march'd with four hun∣dred Men in the Night over the River Jangada to Moribeca; which approaching, he perceiv'd the Way stopt up with fell'd Trees; wherefore he march'd about to the Village, which he found forsaken by the Inhabitants, and all the Houses left empty, onely five hundred Chests of Sugar that had been brought thither from Verga, which Schuppe Commanded to be set on fire with the Village, leaving onely the Church, and at his Return burnt also a Sugar-Mill.

* 1.343The Governor Albuquerque having formerly never spar'd any Hollanders which fell into his hands, began now to be better advis'd; and it was also Agreed upon between the King of Spain and States of the United Netherlands, That they should burn no Church, unless the one, or the other Party made resistance in the same; That the Victor should be oblig'd, upon request of Quarter, to spare his Enemies, and release the Prisoners for an indifferent sum of Money; That both Parties should forbear to use chew'd or poyson'd Bullets.

Schuppe being chosen Chief over the Militia in Rembach's Place (who dy'd of his Wound,) lay not long still, but setting Sail with eleven Ships to the Isle Tamarica, Landed seven Companies before the Castle Nostra Sennora de Conception; which, though well provided and fortifi'd, the Governor Pignioro surrendred, on Condition that he might depart with all his Men and the Church Ornaments.

Matthias van Ceulen and Schuppe Rowing up the Stream Goiana with Sloops and Boats, put to flight Laurence Cavalcanti, burnt divers Sugar-Mills, and took abun∣dance of rich Merchandize: Ten days they made havock in the middle of their Enemies Countreys without any resistance; for all of them fled to the Aldas, (so they call the Brasilian Villages): At last they return'd home with great Booty, especially of Sugar and Brasile Wood; whilest those at Reciffa were not idle, doing the Portuguese great mischief by their continual Sallies, Tourlong burning a Fishers Village, and Bongarson a stately Banquetting-house belonging to Cavalcant near Arryal; as also Pedro Acunha de Andada's Sugar-Mill, from whence he took great Booty.

* 1.344About the same time the Portuguese of several Parts, terrifi'd by continual Alarms and Losses, began to incline to the West-India Company, believing that they should utterly be ruin'd, if they continu'd to joyn with Albuquerque's Party (who claim'd Pernambuco wholly to himself) and therefore car'd not whether he or the Hollanders were Masters, so they might live peaceably. Mean while the Hollanders march'd from the Afogados to Arryal: Schuppe marching before with two hundred and fifty Sea∣men, was follow'd by the Lieutenant-Colonel De Vries, and he by a Company of Negro's that carry'd Provisions; next Byma march'd with the Reserve. The Trea∣surer John Gyseling also accompanied the Army, which Encamp'd near Francisco Brito Machado's Wind-Mill, and Garrison'd the half-finish'd Fort near the Sugar-Mill be∣longing to Marcus Andre, whilest three Companies Commanded by Captain De Vries

march'd to Monteroos-Mills to take the same; but the Portuguese lying in an Ambus∣cade had given them a shrewd Rebuke, had not Schuppe, hearing the Guns, sent away the Captains Picard and Garstman, who coming out from amongst the Sugar-Canes, put the Enemy to flight; yet the Portuguese began to increase daily, insomuch that they got above two thousand Men together at Arryal, whilest the Dutch Army began to want Provisions; wherefore Jacob Huigen was order'd to fetch a Supply from Reciffa; but as he was coming up the River with the Exeter Ketch, and a Boat hung about with Hides to secure his Men from the Bullets, and being within Musquet-shot from the Works where Captain Schuppe lay, the Enemy's whole Power shot so vehemently upon him from the top of a Hill, that both the Ketch and Boat were sunk;* 1.345 Huigen himself receiv'd two mortal Wounds, and most of his Men were kill'd, a few wounded onely escaping with Life. Schuppe therefore was forc'd to return for want of Provisions, and the rather, because he was inform'd that Bagnola was coming with a Supply of seven hundred Men.

Mean while the two Captains, Smient and Dunkirken perform'd a valiant Exploit, viz. they went with a few Men in a Boat, and took a great Portuguese Vessel richly laden, having no more than four Blunderbusses and their Swords in the Boat with them.

* 1.346Byma also fell upon the Village Moriwere, where he found most of the People at Church. Albuquerque inform'd thereof, sent two hundred Men immediately, Com∣manded by Francisco Almeda, to intercept him in his Return; but he marching on to Tamarica, they pursu'd him; he marching but slowly, because the narrow Way was stopt up with fell'd Trees, they overtook him half a League beyond Garasu, near Peter Rocha's Sugar-Mill; where after a sharp Encounter between them, a great slaughter was made amongst the Spaniards, Almeda and many other Persons being slain, and the rest put to flight. Byma having obtain'd this Victory, march'd to Ga∣rasu and burnt the same, sparing onely the Churches and Cloysters, according to the Articles made between Albuquerque and Rembach.

Schuppe prevented from crossing the River Jangada by the many muddy Creeks, return'd back to Reciffa with great Booty, which he had taken out of a Store-house. The Dutch Cruisers also brought in many Prizes.

* 1.347The Exploits perform'd by John Johnszoon van Hoorn, with four Ships, three Ketches, and a Sloop, are likewise very remarkable; for with this Fleet in the first place he took the City Truxillo, and from thence Sailing towards the City Cam∣peche, and Storming the same valiantly, soon became Master of it; the Booty of which two Places being brought aboard, increas'd considerably the West-India Com∣panies Stock.

In regard Albuquerque understood the Situation of Pernambuco better than the Hol∣landers, and had all the Natives to assist him, and by conserence was the better able to defend himself against their continual Alarms, the Council at Reciffa therefore judg'd it convenient to make a farther Voyage to the South, that the Portuguese, who were highly discontented about the Losses which they had sustain'd, might be the sooner induc'd to submit to their Government: To which purpose ten Ketches, Mann'd with seven hundred Soldiers, besides Seamen, set Sail on the tenth of Octo∣ber, under the Command of John Gyseling, Schuppe, and Servaes Carpentier, who first ran into the River Porto de Piedras, where they took a considerable number of Chests of Sugar, out of Mills, Barques, and Store-houses, waded through the little Stream Tatona Mansa, burnt a Village of the same Denomination, and Sail'd to the River Camarigibi, which they Rowing up in the Night, were got not above four Leagues by Day-break, the contrary Tide, and the Plants call'd Mangues having

hindred them from getting farther; but being inform'd by certain Portuguese Pri∣soners, that abundance of Sugar lay in Porto Francisco, they marching thither, found under a Straw Roof in a Wood, seventy four Chests of Sugar, and a great deal more in several Store-houses. They also pillag'd the whole Countrey towards Alagoa del Noort, St. Miguel, and Alagoa del Zur. Not far from which Schuppe falling upon the Village Sennora de Conception, burnt the same, as also a Ship upon the Stocks, the Houses at the Mouth of the Stream Alagoa, and the Tackling belonging to the two Ships, and carry'd away with them a very great Booty.

Tourlon also march'd with four Companies from Tamarica to Mangianguape, where the Garrison from Garasu, and some Jesuits lay, to disswade the People from sub∣mitting themselves to the West-India Company, to which they were much inclin'd. But Tourlon march'd not so privately, but that the Enemy had notice thereof, and fled; wherefore he finding Mangianguape empty, offer'd the same to the Flames, as also several Sugar-Mills, but spar'd the Lives of all those who begg'd Quarter.

Byma about the same time with a hundred and forty Musquetteers, besides two Companies of Seamen, leaving the Afogados in the Night, march'd to Amaro by Day-break, which he set on fire, with a Sugar-Mill and a Store-house full of Sugar, after every Soldier had taken as much as he could carry: upon which the Enemy taking Alarm, plac'd their Ambuscades so cunningly, and fell upon them so furi∣ously, that they had undoubtedly kill'd every Man of them, had not a Party come in timely to their assistance, and forc'd the Portuguese to fly to a neighboring Sugar-Mill built on a Hill, from whence they fir'd with great eagerness, and made a mighty noise, blowing their Trumpets and beating their Drums.* 1.348 Byma being for∣ced to pass by the Mill within the reach of the Enemy's Guns, resolv'd upon a bold Attempt, and commanding his Men to throw away their Sugar, and other Booty with which they burthen'd themselves, on a sudden ran up to the top of the Hill; which Action so amaz'd the Portuguese, that they fled without offering the least resi∣stance. Byma thereupon proceeded on his Way to the Afogados, leaving behind him above seventy slain, and divers wounded.

* 1.349During these Exploits on Shore, the Commander Smient Cruis'd with six Sail before Paraiba; two Ships belonging to his Fleet steering towards the Haven of Formosa, discover'd five Carvels, a Pink carrying twenty six, and a great Fly-boat eighteen Guns, both Dunkirkers; one of the Carvels ran aground, and was stav'd to pieces, two of them got into Rio Grande, and the other two were taken.

About the same time Lichthart with two Sloops pass'd into the River Conayou, set upon seven Barques of the Portuguese, Mann'd with seventy Seamen, and ply'd them with his Brass Guns after such a manner, that few escap'd with their Lives: he took what he thought fit out out of the Barques, and afterwards set them on fire.

* 1.350The Treasurer Matthias van Ceulen weighed Anchor with four Ships and seven Ketches, Mann'd with eight hundred Men, with which he set Sail to Rio Grande, with intention to fall upon the Fort Tres Reyes. In the River he took two Carvels, though they lay close under the Castle, Landed a Company of Soldiers, and a hun∣dred and fifty Seamen on the Southern Shore, guarded the fresh River with Boats, march'd directly to Tres Reyes, and Encamp'd himself near the Redoubt which lay before the Castle, being follow'd by Byma, Garstman, and Cloppenburgh, who in their Way took a House built on a Hill, and considerable Booty in it. Byma getting about Noon to the Village Natall, left some of his Men there, whilest he march'd with the rest to the Castle Tres Peyes. Ceulen sending to demand the Castle, receiv'd at first a resolute denyal from the Governor Peter Mendez de Govea; but when the

Besieged saw the Hollanders resolutely bent upon a Storm, they sent to desire a Treaty, and after some small Capitulation the Castle was surrendred upon Articles. Garst∣man being made Commander of the Castle, had a hundred and fifty Soldiers allow'd him. The Fleet set Sail again, after they had pull'd down and destroy'd all the Works which had been rais'd, and made the Inhabitants take an Oath to be faithful to Garstman, who chang'd the Name of the Castle from Tres Reyes to that of Ceulen, being the Name of the Treasurer, who bore the chiefest Commmand in the Siege, and when the Brasilian King Jandui came with a great Train to congratulate the Companies success, receiv'd him with great civility.

In the beginning of the Year 1634. twenty six Sail weighed Anchor from Reciffa, to Cruise up and down in Squadrons before the Inlet Todos los Sanctos, the Promon∣tory St. Augustine, the Rivers Francisco and Parayba. Schuppe and Lichthart also set Sail with two Ships, a Ketch, two Pinnaces, and a Sloop, carrying two hundred Sol∣diers besides Seamen.

Mean while fresh Forces were sent from the Texel, the Maes and Zeland, to Re∣ciffa, where the Council undertook another notable Design, viz. to surprize the Forts along the River Parayba: whither coming with twenty Sail, they divided themselves into two Squadrons under the Command of the Treasurer John Gyse∣ling, Schuppe,* 1.351 Servaes Carpentier, and Lichthart. Having receiv'd some repulse at the Fort Nazaretta, they resolv'd upon Action in some other place, and to that purpose Steer'd towards the Point St. Augustine; by Day-break a part of the Fleet ran into the Mouth of the Haven, notwithstanding the Portuguese fir'd upon them with great Guns from the Castle, and all their Works, without doing any considerable damage, onely the Sea-knight Ketch running aground was shatter'd all to pieces; whilest the Hollanders Commanded by Captain Lichthart Landed near Puntael, and fell upon the Portuguese in such a manner, that they forc'd them to forsake he Place, burnt above two thousand Chests of Sugar, several Store-houses, and a great Ship, besides two Barques.

Lichthart being Master of the Puntael, was very busie in finishing a Stone Re∣doubt which the Enemy had begun, and secur'd it by a Wall and Pallisado's. Here he plac'd two Companies, and rais'd several Works, whilest the Portuguese receiving Aid from all the neighboring Places, set upon the recovery of the Puntael, being the rather encourag'd thereunto, in regard the Hollanders Forces were still in their Ships.* 1.352 Fifteen hundred Portugueses were divided into two Parties, the greatest of which came through behind the adjacent Morasses, and forc'd in on the side or the place near which the fifteen Ships taken by Lichthart lay at an Anchor, whilest the other Party fell upon the Out-works; where though the Hollanders defended them∣selves valiantly at first, yet they were forc'd to Retreat to the Redoubt, where both Parties fought with great eagerness; but the Hollanders Ketches haling near the Shore, and firing in amongst the Portuguese with their great Guns, forc'd them to flye, and contrary to their Custom, to leave their dead Bodies behind them.

Soon after, whilest Gysseling, Schuppe, and Lichthart stay'd at the Puntael, the Por∣tuguese, designing to take Reciffa, kept the Afogados and the Fort on Antonio Vaes in continual Alarm; which made the Hollanders send most of their Militia thither, and to fortifies yet more strongly than before. The Castle De Bruin first discovering the Portuguese wading through the Water, fir'd great Guns at them, upon the hearing of which Waerdenburgh and St. George fir'd also. The Treasurer Ceulen and Lieute∣nant-Colonel Byma march'd with a Company of Soldiers to the Stone Redoubt, from whence they fir'd stoutly upon the Enemy; yet thirty of them got by the Pallisado's and Stone Redoubt: wherefore Ceulen march'd in with some of his

Men to assist the Citizens, and keep the woodden Battery, where the Portuguese were stopt, and with great and small Shot put to flight. The Prisoners which the Hollanders took inform'd them, That Martin Suares, chief Commander over the Pot∣tuguese that made this Attempt, had divided his Men into three Parties; the Reserve, which consisted of three hundred Men, was to march on upon the making of a sign when the other Parties were past, one along the River Bibiriba, and the other along the Shore by the Stone Redoubt into Reciffa, to burn the Place, as also all manner of Provision and Ammunition.

Whilest this Design of the Portuguese fell out so unfortunately, being discover'd to Ceulen by a Renegado, the Hollanders at Reciffa receiv'd two Companies from their Regiment at the Puntael, and a considerable number of Men rais'd in Holland by the West-India Company. Ceulen and Byma thus supply'd, went continually out in Par∣ties, burnt in view of the Garrison in Arryal the Sugar-Mills belonging to Francisco Montero and Lewis Ramires, and were inform'd by five Italian Renegado's That there were not three hundred Men in Garrison in Arryal; which so encourag'd Byma,* 1.353 that he resolving to fall upon the same, march'd thither in the Night with a thou∣sand Men from Reciffa, and by Day-break shot sixteen Granado's from a neighbor∣ing Hill, of which seven fell into Arryal, but did little Execution; besides, the Strength of the Place was such, and the number of Men so considerable, that his Design had no other success, than that a Hand-granado falling short amongst the Houses before the Fort, set fire on them, and in a short time burnt a whole Street with rich Shops, and the Habitations of the Italians.

The Portuguese at the Puntael being inform'd, that Byma had Besieg'd Arryal with a thousand Men, judg'd that most of the Hollanders were gone thither from the Puntael; which they were the apter to believe, because the Hollanders coming but little abroad stay'd within their Redoubts, which Lichthart had joyn'd to a Battery; wherefore they made another Attempt with a hundred and twenty Men on the Puntael; but a Carvel with two Brass Guns, and a Company of Soldiers lying at Anchor near the Place by which the Portuguese were to pass, and they not expecting to meet with any resistance there, they were, as soon as they approached the Carvel, fir'd upon by the Hollanders, who killing several of their Men, so affrighted them, that they return'd without making any farther Attempt.

* 1.354Whilest every day more and more Prizes were taken by the Hollanders, and brought into Reciffa, and fresh Supplies sent them from Holland, there began to be some Overtures of Peace from the Portuguese; wherein also the King of Spain, by reason of the several Damages he had sustain'd from the Dutch, began to concern himself, and to menace them with the great Forces he was able to raise, by reason of the late safe arrival of two rich Plate-Fleets, if they came not to reasonable Terms. But answer was return'd from Byma,

That if they were minded to Treat about giving of Quarter, or any such like Point in difference between them, they should find him ready; but that the West-India Company would never re∣sign those Places taken in Brasile with the Sword, either for Money or Goods, but would defend them to the utmost of their Power.

The Hollanders also chang'd the Names of several Places taken from the Portu∣guese; for the Castle near the Promontory St. Augustine was call'd Gysseling; the Town on Tamarica, Schuppen-stadt; the Fort at the Afogados, Prince William; and the Puntael, The Fortress Vander Dussen.

* 1.355Notwithstanding the Requests of the States of the Netherlands and West-India Com∣pany, to the Commissioners Ceulen and Gysseling, to stay longer in the West-Indies, yet they prepar'd for their Voyage home, and the speedier, because they expected

great scarcity of Provisions, unless a sudden Supply came from Holland. During their two years Government here, they had taken five thousand five hundred and nineteen Chests of Sugar, a hundred fifty nine thousand nine hundred thirty and nine Pound of Brasile Wood, one and thirty Ships laden with several Goods, which amounted to 230000 l. besides the value of the Ships and Guns, the taken Forts, destroy'd Sugar-Mills, and other Buildings. They left at their going away above four thousand Soldiers, divided into thirty two Companies, to guard Brasile, under the Command of Schuppe and Arcisseusky, and carry'd with them a hundred Soldiers, besides one and fifty sick and maimed: Moreover, thirty two Sail of Ships, Mann'd with a thousand and eighty seven Seamen,* 1.356 were order'd to Cruise up and down be∣fore the Coast of Brasile, besides four Ketches before the Promontory of St. Augu∣stine, and six Ships in the Haven of Pernambuco.

After Ceulen and Gysseling had set Sail for Holland, divers Prizes were brought in∣to Reciffa, as also several Ships arriv'd there from the Texel and the Maes. The Hol∣landers went out continually in Parties, whilest Schuppe and Lichthart set Sail also with eight Ships, Mann'd with six Companies of Soldiers, besides Seamen, to plunder and pillage all the Havens to the South, where several Portuguese Vessels lay laden with Sugar. But Janduy, who with his Subjects the Tapuyans, joyn'd with the Go∣vernor Garstman, kill'd at one time thirty seven Portugueses, and not long after two hundred and sixty more; taking his leave of Garstman, went home with six Hol∣landers, leaving his Son, the young Janduy, and his Brother Caracara, together with his Nephew Copun, to his care.

Janduy made it his Business to perswade the adjacent Tapuyans to joyn their For∣ces with his, and so by the Hollanders assistance to fall upon the Portuguese. Mean while the young Janduy and Copun went to Reciffa, which was the rather permitted, that they might be able to damp the Reports which the Portuguese had spread amongst the Tapuyans, viz. That the Hollanders were very ill provided, and there∣fore made all possible Preparations to defend Reciffa, and consequently the whole Countrey of Brasile, and so leave those Tapuyans that joyn'd with them to the mercy of the Spaniards.

* 1.357Not long after were dispatch'd from thence the Councellors Jacob Stackhower, and Colonel Arcisseusky, with the Interpreter Antonio Parapoavo, to Treat with Janduy about the Design which they had upon the Portuguese, and also what Advantages he should receive, if he would assist the West-India Company with his Forces, when∣ever he should be sent to.

* 1.358King Janduy bore Command over sixteen hundred Men, whose Wives carry'd their Hammocks after them to sleep on in the Night, having no setled Habitations, but ranging in Parties up and down from place to place to get their Food; the young People went commonly along with Beretiawa, and the old with Janduy; round about whose Countrey dwelt the poor Natives Aciki, as also Juckerijou, Ocioneciou, Pajoke, and Aponorijou: the first are Commanded by King Coctaculy; the second, by Mara∣kou, a Friend of the Portugueses; the third, by Nonhu; the fourth, by Kidoa; and the last, by Jarepo: which two last are no way inferior in Power to Janduy, but the others much weaker.

Four sorts of People continually Warr'd against Janduy, viz the Jenho, who live so far up in the Countrey, that no Christians ever came to the knowledge of them; the other three are the Woyana, Carivy, and Caririwassu, who assist the Portuguese.

The fore-mention'd Interpreter Parapoavo was met in his Journey by a Com∣pany of Tapuyans, led by Commendaoura, Janduy's Sisters Son, who was to succeed him after his death, according to the Custom of the Tapuyans, whose Sons do not

succeed their Fathers in the Throne, but their Sisters Sons. Commendaoura told him, That he was impower'd by his Uncle to Treat with the Hollanders; to which pur∣pose coming with forty Men before the Castle Ceulen, he inform'd them, That Jandouy could not come to them with his whole Power, because there was no fresh Water in the Mountains Mitiapa in the Summer; Moreover, that he Mourn'd for his deceased Wife. Janduoy was also requested to go to Parayba, where he should get great store of Booty, and that the Hollanders would follow them with a consi∣derable Power.

* 1.359Arcisseusky being inform'd of the Condition of Conayou by two, who having been taken Prisoners by the Portuguese, leap'd over-board from a Carvel, bound from thence to Portugal, and swam ashore, march'd from the Fort Ceulen in the Night with two hundred Men, besides forty Tapuyans, who kill'd more Venison for the Hollanders than they were able to eat; and coming within two Cannons-shot of Co∣nayou, he divided his Men into four Parties, that so they might Storm the four Cor∣ners of the Fort at once; which having done by swimming over the Moat, and climbing up the Walls, which were a Pikes length, they got into the Fort, in which they found eleven dead Bodies, ten Iron Guns, two Hooks, and several Chests of Sugar; and amongst other Prisoners they took the Captain Alvares Fragoso d' Al∣buquerque.

Stackhower also setting Sail when Arcisseusky left the Castle Ceulen, intending to meet him again at an appointed time before Conayou, was kept back by contrary Winds.

After this Arcisseusky set Sail to Mongoangape, where Rowing up the River, he took a Ketch with two hundred Chests of Sugar, as also a Carvel and a Boat, and Landed where the River bends about a Mountain, which so affrighted the Portu∣guese, that they quitted Antonio Marino's Sugar-Mills. Soon after the Fleet took a Barque with Wine, and return'd to Reciffa.

Mean while Schuppe was not idle, for going up the River Camarigibi, he burnt di∣vers Houses, as also on each side of the River Alagoa; where he also took four rich Sugar-Mills, whilest many Vessels from the United Netherlands brought several Ships into the Haven of Pernambuco, which they had taken on the Coast of Brasile.

About the latter end of November 1634. thirty two Sail, divided into two Squa∣drons (the first carrying in one and twenty Ships, a thousand nine hundred forty and five Soldiers, the second on eleven Ketches, four hundred and nine) under the Com∣mand of Schuppe, Arcisseusky, Carpentier, and Stackhower, weigh'd Anchor to go to Pa∣rayba; where Schuppe Landing first with six hundred Men, fell upon the Enemy in such a manner, that he put them to flight, and forc'd them to leave a great part of their Arms, Hats and Coats behind; and it wanted little but the Governor Antonio d' Albuquerque had been taken in the pursuit: Mean while the rest of the Hollanders Landed, and Casper Ley march'd along a Cart-Road with three Companies directly to the Fort Santa Margareta, and Encamp'd himself behind a Hill, about a Musquet-shot from the Walls of the Fort: Schuppe going along the Shore,* 1.360 found divers for∣saken Works, and Intrench'd along the River on the East-side of the Castle. Ar∣cisseusky march'd on the Right-hand along the Sea-shore in view of the Portuguese in Garrison. In the River lay an Isle, on which was built the Castle Restinga, which could receive constant Aid from the Castle Margareta on the Main.

Lichthart going in between the Island and the Castle Margareta with six well Mann'd Boats, took two Barques and a Boat behind the Island, and march'd through a Wood to Restringa; where he found that the Fort separated from the Island, was surrounded with Water, wherefore he withdrew into the Wood till

〈1 page duplicate〉〈1 page duplicate〉

〈1 page duplicate〉〈1 page duplicate〉

the Water was fall'n down, and then Storm'd the Fort Restringa, and notwith∣standing the Portuguese fir'd continually upon him with two Brass Guns, he soon became Master of it, and cut off all those whom he found had born Arms; whilest Schuppe fir'd upon the Fort Margareta from a Platform,* 1.361 and also threw Granado's in∣to the same. Arcisseusky likewise approach'd nearer and nearer with his Trenches, on which the Portuguese discharged many Guns; but after the Breastworks were most of them spoil'd, the Governor, Simon de Albuquerque, surrendred the Fort to Schuppe, who permitted a hundred and fifty Men that were in Garrison there, to go to their several Dwellings up in the Countrey, the rest were Transported to other places, on promise that they would not bear Arms against the West-India Company during the space of six Moneths. In the Castle the Hollanders found six Brass Demi-Culverins and fifteen Drakes, besides other Ammunition, with which the Victors pursu'd their Conquest, putting themselves in a posture to go up a Creek which runs two Leagues along a River to Parayba, and to fall upon that City, when two French Renegado's coming from the Northern Fort Antonio brought information, That that Fort was guarded but by a few Men, and had but little Gun-powder, and if the Hollanders would but once make a shew of Storming the same, it would soon be deliver'd to them, though for its Situation it is invincible; but Schuppe suppos'd that there might be a Plot in this Information, and the rather, because he heard that the Duke of Bagnola was coming thither with six hundred Men; nevertheless, to be better assur'd thereof,* 1.362 he sent a Drummer to demand Antonio: The Gover∣nor thereof, call'd Magaglianes desir'd three days time to consider, which was utterly deny'd him, and he had onely leave to carry away the King's Standard, and his Request granted, That the Hollanders should make a shew of Storming the Castle, that it might not be said he had surrendred such a Fortress without a Gun being fir'd; after which Lichthart went into the Castle, wondring at such a Victory; for the Fort, on which no Charges had been spar'd, lay upon an inaccessible place, and had five Brass Culverins and nineteen Iron Guns.

* 1.363The Hollanders encourag'd by their good Success, went the same Night up the River Parayba to the Creek Tambia Grande; where Landing, they found all the Works empty, three Iron Guns lying dismounted on the Ground, the City Parayba without People, and the Guns about the same either made useless, or sunk in the Haven. A Hamburgher that had liv'd a considerable time in Parayba, otherwise call'd Philippea, inform'd the Hollanders, That Bagnola seeing no means to defend Parayba, was gone to Goyana with two Companies, one of Italians, and the other Spaniards, who were march'd into the Woods, after they had burnt three Ships, and two Store-houses full of Sugar, in which there were consum'd near upon three hun∣dred Chests.

Before this Design upon Parayba was undertaken, the West-India Company sent out four Vessels under the Command of John Walbeek, to the Isle Curacao; the Situa∣tion of which John Otzon knew exactly, having been a long time a Prisoner there: Walbeek getting through a narrow Mouth between several Rock into a convenient Harbor before Curacao, Landed seventy five Musquetteers who were Encountred by seventy Brasilians Arm'd with Clubs, which the Spaniards had animated to fight, by making them half Drunk. The Hollanders having march'd all over the Island, burnt the Village Maria, and at last agreed with the Governor Alonso Lopes de Morla to leave the Isle.

Schuppe chang'd the Name of Parayba, or Nossa Sennora das Nieves, or Philippea, into Frederick-Stadt, in honor to the Prince of Orange, nam'd Frederick Henrick.

* 1.364This City hath two great Market-places, twelve Streets, and a large Franciscan

Cloyster, built near a Lake, and inclos'd within a Wall by a broad Bay, which the River Parayba makes before the City; the Countrey about which is mountainous: In other places, especially along the River, lie many fruitful Plains, abounding in some places with the Grain Mandihoca, which is ground to Meal, Potato's, Lem∣mons, Cabbages, Cucumbers, Bananas, Cocoa-Nuts, Ginger, Araba, very delicious when Preserv'd with Sugar, and Cacious, somewhat like Chesnuts, of which the Natives make an intoxicating Liquor.

Whilest all things were put in good order at Parayba, Colonel Picard march'd with eight Companies to the House Validaris, if possible, there to take the Governor Antonio Albuquerque Prisoner; but he being forsaken by all the Brasilians (who came back with Picard and their Commander, the Jesuit Emanuel de Morais) absconded himself; not long before which a Proclamation had been publish'd in the Name of the States of the United Netherlands and the West-India Company, promising great Civilities and Advantages to all the Inhabitants of Parayba, whether Natives or others, that would come in and submit to their Government.

This Invitation was so well receiv'd, that many who were kept back so long as Albuquerque appear'd, as soon as they heard of his obscuring himself, came in to the Hollanders, as Duarte Gomes, and several eminent Portugueses, with a considerable ••umber of indifferent quality; as also the Inhabitants of the Province of Rio Grande ••ame to Frederick-Stadt, to claim the benefit of the Proclamation.

Arcisseusky and Stackhower marching to Goyana with seven hundred and fifty Men, took up their Quarters in the Village Capivaribi, lying at a River of the same Name; where all the Inhabitants of Goyana being fully satisfi'd with the Hollanders Propo∣sals, own'd their Government, and fell off from the King of Spain.* 1.365 But the Spanish ••aptain Rebellino, animated by the Jesuits in the Village Mosuick, got three hundred ••oldiers together, besides a considerable company of Brasilians, Commanded by ••amaron, and burnt all the Sugar-Canes and Brasile Wood in Goyana; whither Arcis∣seusky marching, soon put them to flight, and burnt the Village Mosuick, with the ••hurch and Jesuits Cloyster, from whence the Enemy ran to the strange Mountain ••iritbi, which in the rainy Season, especially when great Showers fall, makes a ••oise like claps of Thunder, or like great Guns. The same Wonder is observ'd of ••••e Mountain Pasayra, in a Wood behind Girgolio Barro's Sugar-Mills; the mystery whereof we leave to Philosophers to enquire into. Arcisseusky follow'd Rebellino, who had ambuscado'd himself about half a League from Mosuick; from whence he being also driven, his Men began more and more to desert him, whilest Schuppe with a considerable number of Men came to Arcisseusky; Encamping themselves about Musarope, they sent eighty Musquetteers, Commanded by Lieutenant Metting, ••o an adjacent Wood, where Rebellino Quartering, Engag'd with Metting, till Schuppe coming to his assistance, he fled to Nazaretta. After which the Countrey there∣abouts enjoy'd the happiness of Peace.

* 1.366Arcisseusky staying to settle all things in good order in Parayba, took up his Quar∣ters near the Castle Real, about a Cannon-shot from the River Afogados, and a League and a half from the Hollanders Fort so call'd; yet his Design was not to lay close Siege to the same, but to prevent all manner of Aid from coming to it, the rather, because he was inform'd, that there were not above sixty six hundred Cans of Meal, and sixty five Head of Cattel in the Fort, for three hundred Portuguese and seven hundred Brasilians; to which purpose he built several Redoubts, Batteries and Platforms: after he had lay'n before it three Moneths it was surrendred upon these following Articles, viz.

That the Besieged should march out with lighted Matches, Bullets in their Mouths, flying Colours, and with Bag and Baggage,

and be Transported either to Tercera or Madera.

The Church Ornaments they had also leave to carry away with them, but the Guns and other Ammunition were to remain in the Fort. Hereupon the Governor Andres Marini march'd out with five hundred choice Soldiers, besides a hundred and fifty which he had out of the Countrey; and two hundred Families that dwelt about Real, ransom'd their Goods for 5000 l. In the Fort the Hollanders found fifteen Brass, and five Iron Guns.

Mean while Lichthart set Sail with six Ships and five little Ketches, carrying five Companies; with which Landing on Barra Grande, he march'd two Leagues along the Shore to the Church of St. Bento, built on a high Hill, round about which he Encamp'd himself, and fortifi'd the same with Pallisado's.

Hither the Inhabitants of Porto Calvo came in great numbers to take the Oath of Allegiance to the West-India Company.

Lichthart assisted by Captain Cornelis Exel's Company, march'd directly to Porto Calvo, notwithstanding he had but three hundred and twenty seven Men, with which he went a••ong a troublesom Way, up Hill and down Hill, and coming near Porto Calvo, was inform'd by a Portuguese, That the Duke Bagnola posses'd a Church there full of Port-holes, with two hundred choice Men, besides a Company newly arriv'd there from Serinhain;* 1.367 and that he had a strong Fortification near the Ri∣ver; nevertheless Lichthart marching towards him, discover'd his Forces rank'd on a steep Mountain, whither he running with his Men, forc'd Bagnola to quit the Church, as also those that lay in Ambuscade near the High-way, whilest eighty Brasilians, some Portugueses, and a Company of Neopolitans, thought to have fall'n upon the Barques of the Hollanders; but seeing the States Flag upon the Church, and Bagnola routed, they soon Retreated. This Victory cost the Hollanders but seven Men, be∣sides eighteen wounded; for which the Portuguese lost many more.

The Inhabitants of Camarigibi, Antonio, and about Porto Calvo, accepting of the Articles propos'd in Parayba, took the Oath of Allegiance to the Hollanders.

In the interim after Arcisseusky had taken the Fort Real, and given Command thereof to Verdoes, he set forth with ten Companies and three hundred Brasilians, to joyn with Schuppe, who Besieg'd the Fort Nazaretta near the Promontory St. Au∣gustine; but the Governor Albuquerque fearing he should be surpris'd, fled from thence with three hundred Men, and left Peter Correa de Gamba, and Lewis Barbalho Bizerra in his stead. But Schuppe approach'd so near with his Trenches and Granado's, that Correa inform'd of Arcisseusky's coming, surrendred the Castle upon advantageous Articles.

After this Success Schuppe march'd along the Shore, and Arcisseusky up into the Countrey, both with intention to fall upon the Enemy in Serinhain. Arcisseusky marching along a troublesom Way, came to Miguel de Poyaca with six Companies, where the Councellor Schotte had fortifi'd a Church; and somewhat farther he met with a brave Franciscan Cloyster, where he was inform'd, that the Governor Albu∣querque had again surpris'd the Fort Porto Calvo;* 1.368 which prov'd too true; for Schuppe hastening to his assistance through Serinhain, Una, and Barro, staid at Furicoso, a League from Porto Calvo, for Arcisseusky, who was coming thither with seven Companies over the deep and crooked Stream Serinhain; and before Villa Foamosa, a pleasant Vil∣lage, in which stood an old Jesuits Cloyster and a little Church, both their Forces joyn'd together, making up seventeen Companies of Foot, and one Troop of Horse; but they came too late: for after a long and stout Assault, and no less Resistance from the Besieged, the Place was surrendred to Albuquerque, who caus'd Domingo Calabar to be Quarter'd; a Man not inferior for Strength and Activity to that Milo Crotoniates, so famous amongst the ancient Grecians: Amongst other proofs of his

[illustration]

OBSIDIO ET REPUGNATIO PORTUS ••••••VT

• A. Castram paracon.
• B. Ʋrbi.
• C. Basilica.
• D. Castella duo hosti d••relickta.

Strength it is related, that he took a Stag running full speed by the Horns, and turn∣ing its Neck, pull'd the Tongue out of its Mouth. The reason why Albuquerque caus'd him to be put to that death, was because he had once joyn'd with the Hol∣landers, and done the Portuguese much hurt. But Schuppe and Arcisseusky marching to Porto Calvo, to Engage with Albuquerque, who was eight hundred Portuguese and a thousand Brasilians strong, found the Place ruin'd, and about a hundred Hollanders unbury'd, and Albuquerque march'd away, driving the Inhabitants about Porto Calvo before him, with three hundred Prisoners: The Hollanders following him, built a Fort at Praipuera, to prevent the Portuguese from returning to Porto Calvo. Schuppe also demanded three Companies more to supply the places of the sick and slain Men, as also those who were so miserably plagued by the Bicios, that they were not able to go. These Bicios are little Animals, which creeping in at the Pores, cause an insufferable pain. Schuppe's Request was the sooner granted, because the Coun∣cel at Reciffa judg'd it convenient to pull down the Forts Real and Nazaretta, being already much decay'd and unserviceable, and that those who were in Garrison in them, should Encamp in the Fields.Schuppe had long before this time fall'n upon the Enemy in the Afogados, but that he wanted Provisions, and little Vessels, which were requir'd for that Expedition. But marching up into the Countrey, he left the Command to Arcisseusky, who much forwarded the building of the Fort on Paripuera.

* 1.369The Year 1635. being almost expir'd, one Morning about Day-break thirty two Sail were seen to Steer directly towards Reciffa; two Ships of an extraordinary bigness were follow'd by nine Gallions, and these by the rest of the Fleet, con∣sisting of Pinks, Carvels, and Barques; all which approaching, were known to be Spaniards, which struck no small amazement to the Inhabitants of Reciffa, most of their Ships being Cruising abroad before the Coast of Brasile, and their Men a great distance off in the Field; onely five Ships fitted for an Engagement being at An∣chor, and five more deeply laden: Mean while the Spanish Admiral approach'd within a Cannon-shot of the Fame Ketch, discharg'd one Gun, and stood off to Sea again, being inform'd that Real and Nazaretta were taken by the Hollanders. On the other side, all the Places in their possession had notice of this Fleet, which Lichthart follow'd with six Ships and two Ketches, carrying two Companies of Soldiers, be∣sides Seamen, and keeping just within sight of them, saw them at last come to an Anchor, before Paripuera (where a part of the Dutch Forces lay under the Command of Arcisseusky,) and make preparation to Land their Men: Whereupon Lichthart Landed also, with the Councellor Carpentier, and joyning with Arcisseusky, took up a valiant Resolution, to Sail close up to the Spanish Fleet with his eight Ships, whilest Arcisseusky march'd in the Night with six hundred Men to Jaragoa, to prevent the Enemy's Landing; but having a Portuguese for his Guide, was led a wrong Way; wherefore returning, he secur'd the Way to Paripuera, whilest the Portuguese Inhabi∣tants, contrary to their Oath, refus'd to carry or bring Provisions to the Dutch Forces, and joyning together combin'd with the Spanish Seamen, and kill'd all the Hollanders which they could meet either on the High-ways, or in their Houses, ma∣king use of the Negro's to carry the Spaniards what Intelligence they could give them of the Hollanders Proceedings: Wherefore they thought it the best way to be rid of such Villains, to destroy them all that dwelt in the Countrey between Paripuera and Porto Calvo, and for the space of ten Leagues burnt all their Sugar-Canes in the Fields, their Mills and Houses. Arcisseusky caus'd Edicts to be put upon every Church Door, That all the Inhabitants should remove from Porto Calvo, where the Dutch Army was to Encamp, to keep them from the Spanish Oppression.

That Summer having been so dry, that no man ever remembred the like, had dry'd up all the Morasses, so that the Spaniards marching over them and high Moun∣tains, got a back Way into the Countrey. In the mean time John Walbeck made a Fort with five Bulwarks on the Island Caracao, near the Haven Santa Cruz.

Houtebeen also ran with two Ketches, the Otter and Brack, to Anchor before Cura∣cao, and from thence to the Haven St. Jago de Cuba, where the Watch made no Alarm, because he carry'd Burgundy Colours, by which also several others, both Portuguese and Spaniards were deceiv'd. Not long after he burnt one Barque with Tortoises, sunk another, and set a third a Drift; after which having refresh'd at Jamaica, he Engag'd with several Spanish Men of War and took them, besides a great number of Prizes, in one of which he found such abundance of Copper, Indigo, Money, Canaster, Tobacco, and Piece-Goods, that the two Ketches were not able to load the same;* 1.370 but at at last Steering for Holland, he was set upon by seven Dunkirkers, Com∣manded by Colaert, and after long and stout resistance was taken.

Captain Abraham Roosendael setting Sail from the Texel, met with a Frigat carry∣ing forty six Chests full of Ryals of Eight, being in number eighty six thousand, de∣sign'd to pay the Forces at Porto Rico; besides a quantity of Plate, which amounted to a considerable sum of Money; with all which he arriv'd safe in his desired Port.

Arcisseusky fortifi'd himself along the crooked River Paripuera, full of Crocodiles, which hurt none, unless provok'd. This River runs five Leagues to the North∣ward of Punta de Jaragoa, where the Spanish Forces Landed.

Southward from Jaragoa lie the Alagoas del Nort and Zul, distinguish'd by a high Tract of Land; where the Spanish General Lewis Rochas Borgia left his Guns and a thousand Men, under the Command of the Duke Bagnola, whilest with three times as many more he went to Porto Calvo to be there before the time which the Hollan∣ders had in their Edicts set the Inhabitants for their removal.

Arcisseusky had by this time built on the North part of the Mouth of Paripuera a Redoubt like a Castle, out of the middle whereof rose a woodden Tower, fill'd with Earth, and secur'd by a Half-Moon; on one side whereof he lay Encamp'd with fifteen Companies. On the South side of the River stood also two strong Forts. Arcisseusky having not the least thought that Borgia would come over the Mountains, and through inaccessible Woods and Morasses, a back Way into Porto Calvo, receiv'd news on the thirteenth of January 1636. by a Renegade Negro, that the Spanish Army, consisting of three thousand Men, were come to Rodrigo de Bar∣rors his Sugar-Mills, about five Leagues from Paripuera, and was suddenly expected to fall upon Colonel Schuppe in Porto Calvo; whereupon Arcisseusky immediately set forth with twelve hundred Men and two Field-pieces, burnt all the Houses, Sugar-Mills and Canes he could meet with. Mean while Borgia (upon whose Approach Schuppe had left Porto Calvo) observing by the Smoak in the Countrey, that Arcisseusky had put his Edicts in Execution, leaving a considerable Garrison in Porto Calvo, went to meet Arcisseusky with the choicest Men. Arcisseusky being got between Ca∣marigibi and Porto Calvo, without having any notice of the Enemy's being so near, and his Forlorn being unawares Engag'd, and running back in great disorder, drew up his Men into a posture of Defence about a Musquet-shot from the Ene∣my; but the darkness of the Night made a great confusion in both Armies, being as it were mingled pell-mell one with another. Arcisseusky was much inferior in number to the Spaniards, but considering it was impossible to march back, in regard the Enemy was as well behind them as before, and that thousands of Brasilians lay watching for them in the Woods, in case they should be dispers'd, he saw there

[illustration] view of city

was no way but to stand to the hazard of Bartel. About Day-break both Armies stood an hour looking upon one another; the place where they stood being surrounded with Woods and deep Valleys. Borgia drew out his Men on a Hill, overgrown with Bushes. Arcisseusky had drawn out his Men on somewhat a lower Ground. Borgia at last sent some of his Musquetteers down the Hill,* 1.371 who fir'd with a full Volley upon the Dutch, whilest Arcisseusky onely discharg'd a Field-piece at a Tree, under which Borgia stood to take a view of the Hollanders Forces; upon the firing of which Gun Borgia began to come down the Hill with all his Army, against whom Arcisseusky drew out his first and second Division, whilest Captain Vanden Brande led his Companies within two Pikes length from the Enemy, before he dis∣charg'd, which was no sooner done, but contrary to Order they broke into the left Wing of Borgia's Army, and put his Musquetteers to flight, who were soon fol∣low'd by the whole Spanish Army, some running into the Woods, others into the Morasses, but most of them along the narrow Way which leads to Porto Calvo. Among the Slain was Borgia himself, who was Descended from the greatest Families of the Dukes of Lerma and Borgia; he was about forty eight years of Age, and had serv'd the Spanish King a considerable time in the Netherlands. This Victory cost the Hol∣landers about forty Men, besides as many more wounded. Amongst the Spanish Pri∣soners was a Neopolitan Gentleman, call'd Hector de la Calce, who upon Examination inform'd the Hollanders, That with the last Spanish Fleet there Landed two thousand four hundred Men in Alagoa, with twenty Brass Field-pieces, abundance of Wheel∣barrows, Spades and Pick-axes, which cost in Portugal eight hundred thousand Cru∣sado's; with which great warlike Preparations Borgia made no doubt to have got fast footing in the Countrey, and to have cut off all manner of Assistance from the Hollanders; That the Spanish King rais'd a great many Men both in Spain, Italy, and Germany, that with the first opportunity he might fit out a Fleet, which was to be conducted by four thousand two hundred Seamen, to whom the Castilians were to add eight thousand five hundred Soldiers and two hundred Seamen, and the Portu∣guese the like number, to serve ashore, and to drive all Strangers out of Brasile; That this Design had long since been put in Execution, had not the Albuquerquers continually deceiv'd the King of Spain, under pretence that Brasile was in no danger; That Albuquerque would be forc'd to resign up the Interest which he had in Brasile, for which the King would give him a Dukedom in Portugal in exchange.

Schuppe and Arcisseusky judging it no way convenient to fall upon the Enemy in Porto Calvo, Garrison'd Paripuera with four hundred Men, under the Command of the Captains Day and Philip Andrews, whom they furnish'd with Provisions for five Moneths, and left Order to defend the Countrey against the Incursions of the Ene∣my; which done, they went aboard with eleven hundred Men, and took in two Companies of Brasilians at Barra Grande; with whom Landing behind the Isle Alexio, they came to Serinhain before Day-light, and found all the Inhabitants fled into the Woods, fearing they would take Revenge on them for murdering of their Sick which they had left there. They were no sooner Encamp'd here, but they receiv'd. Information from John Talibon, that the Spanish Army intended to Besiege the Re∣doubt in Barra Grande, which therefore, as lying on an ill place, and not able to re∣sist long, they slighted: After which being furnish'd with Provisions out of some Ketches Commanded by the Admiral Lichthart, they return'd, with Intentions to take up their Quarters in Serinhain during the Winter Season, whilest the Enemy lay in Cockau, on one side of Una and Serinhain, and kept private Correspondence with some of the Portuguese that had taken the. Oath of Allegiance to the Hollan∣ders; but Arcisseusky fell so fiercely upon them, that they all fled to Porto Calvo, and

took three Monks Prisoners, who had been the chief Authors of this private Cor∣respondence.

Soon after twenty eight Ships arriving at Reciffa, brought fresh Supplies of Men thither from the Maes and Zealand, with Ammunition and Provisions, which was much wanted; also two Councellors, Henrich Schild and Paulus Serooskerken.

This Fleet was scarce got in, when in the Evening news was brought, that eight hundred Spaniards were broke in through Poyuca, and had taken John Paez Baretto's Sugar-Mill, and destroy'd all they came at; but that the Hollanders defend∣ing the Church with great Valor, obtain'd Quarter upon the surrendring of it.

This raging Army, led by Colonel Rebellino and Madurera, march'd to Laurenzo and Massiapi, whither there resorted daily more Men to them, which put the Coun∣cil at Reciffa to a great Dilemma, foreseeing, that if they should send for Schuppe from Serinhain, the Enemy from Una and Porto Calvo would hem him in, neither had they sufficient Forces to withstand Rebellino; therefore it was judg'd convenient to send to Arcisseusky to joyn with Schuppe's Army, that they might both unawares fall upon the Enemy. In the interim a hundred and twenty Tapuyans, sent by Janduy, came to Reciffa, with information that Janduy was coming himself, with seve∣ral other neighboring Kings, to their Assistance. Schuppe, according to the Councels Order, march'd in the Night through the Sugar-Mills of Rio Formoso, rested the next day in the Valley Orekinda, and guarded all the Avenues: Whilest he went about to Storm the Village Una, Mansveld was to Engage with a hundred Spaniards on one side of Iletta's Sugar-Mills, and Arcisseusky was to fall upon the Village; whither marching early in the Morning, they saw onely a few of the Inhabitants, the Enemy being gone with his Forces over to Manbucava, nor could they pass any farther, finding the River too deep to wade through: But it, had like to have gone worse with Stackhower and Litchthart, who with Maulpas making twelve hundred Men, were surpris'd by Rebellino, rushing forth of an Ambuscade near Laurenzo,* 1.372 where Maulpas receiving a Wound dy'd of the same. This rough En∣tertainment at first much daunted the Hollanders; but regaining their Courage, they press'd upon the Spanish Army in such a manner, that Rebellino being wounded in his Shoulder, fled in great disorder through the Sugar-Fields to Porto Calvo, and of fifteen hundred Men sav'd not above four hundred, the rest being either kill'd, or scatter'd up and down the Countrey; twelve taken Hollanders were also released by this means. The Portuguese Design on Paripuera also succeeded not much better.

Arcisseusky receiving Letters of Advice from the Councellor Serooskerken, that Camaron lay Encamp'd with fifteen hundred Men about the Fortress Capavaribi in Goyana, and that the Besieged could not hold out above four days longer, and that the Enemy had also taken two Barques full of Provisions and Ammunition, sent thither to relieve the Besieged, march'd with excessive toyl through uncouth and in∣tricate Ways, which were rendred unpassable by the great Rains that had lately fall'n,* 1.373 and came about an hour after Sun-set to Capaviribi; from whence Camaron be∣ing fled two hours before, had left Ammunition in three Carriages, secur'd from small Shot by thick Planks, which were drawn close under the Walls; also a Bur∣gundian Flag, two Field-pieces, and two Barques which he had taken with Provi∣sions. The Enemy fled to Tapiserica, and from thence to Terra Nova. Whilest Arcis∣seusky view'd the Works, and his Men stood in good order, great numbers of Brasi∣lians Sally'd out of the Redoubt, took the Provisions which Camaron had left, spread themselves up in the Countrey, robb'd the Portuguese Houses, and kill'd the Peo∣ple. As soon as Arcisseusky had put all things in good order, he left the Brasilians in Goyana under the Command of the Councellor Eyssens, and pursu'd the fled

Enemy, notwithstanding there fell great Showers of Rain, rested a little in the de∣serted Village Tapiserica, formerly inhabited by three thousand People, who pos∣sess'd several fair Structures, brave Walks, a large Jesuits Cloyster, and a Church. The sweet Water and pleasant Pastures invited the Hollanders to stay here a Night. The next Morning marching forward to Terra Firma, they saw a strong Fortifica∣tion newly rais'd, but without People, and heard the Enemy's Sentinels fire; where∣upon Arcisseusky appointing part of the Army to follow at a distance, march'd be∣fore with the rest, and being fir'd upon from an Ambuscade by Camaron's Party, he order'd Captain Talibon to press in upon the Ambuscade; but because it was per∣form'd in great disorder, he fell in himself on the right-hand of the Enemy, whilest Lichthart's second Division stood still; which so affrighted the Enemy, that without making the least resistance he fled into the Woods, leaving many dead behind him. The next day Captain Bohart's Party tracking the flying Enemy, fell in amongst them, and gave them a total Rout.

Arcisseusky resolv'd to stay some time in Terra Firma to wait for Camaron, but he not appearing, he laid waste the Countrey thereabouts.

* 1.374Rehellino and Lewis de Sosa falling upon the Councellor Eyssens, Governor of Pa∣rayba, routed him, and set fire on the Sugar-Mills belonging to Emanuel Pirez, which forc'd them with their Swords in their Hands to break through Flame and Smoak upon the Enemy, who kill'd nine of them upon the Spot (amongst whom Eyssens and his Secretary) the rest being either taken or fled.

Immediately after Arcisseusky being inform'd by two Prisoners, that the Spanish Forces Commanded by Sosa, Dias, and Rebellino, were all joyn'd together in the Wood Antonio, where Camaron was also expected, he march'd away presently with half his Army, and as soon as the Captains Metting and Tourlon, whom he com∣manded to follow him the next day, were come up to him, he fell upon the Ene∣my, who lay on a Hill, at whose Foot was a deep Valley, through which he climb'd to the top; which valorous Attempt so amaz'd the Spaniards,* 1.375 that without firing a Gun they fled into the Wood: After which Metting and Tourlon went back to Lau∣renzo; and Arcisseusky destroy'd the Rossas, of which the Farinha is made, that so by scarcity of Provisions he might prevent the Enemy from so often joyning together in Parties: In the mean time ten Ships from Holland arriv'd with fresh Forces, Am∣munition, Provisions, and two taken Prizes, at Reciffa.

* 1.376Houte-been being releas'd from his Imprisonment in Dunkirk, set Sail from Hol∣land with three Ships, and took ten Iron Guns out or one Ship, and several Pipes of Wine out of another before Matanca; after that a Tartan from Havana, two Frigats with Meal, one full of Wood with two Guns, two Barques carrying Bananas, a rich laden Pink, two Ships with Hides, and one with Sugar. Near the Island Baru he heard several great Guns shoot off, whereupon making thither, he found the Zealand Privateer Martman Engag'd with a Ketch carrying ten Brass and six Iron Guns, which was run ashore; whereupon Houte-been went to his assistance with a well Mann'd Boat; which the Spaniards seeing, set fire on their Ketch and fled; but the Flame having onely hurt the Stern, fifty Men were order'd to get her afloat, who having begun to unlade the Tobacco, and to take out the Brass Guns, the Gun-Room took fire, and blew up both Men and Goods;* 1.377 of which twenty four being sadly hurt, dy'd, the rest escaping miraculously. Not long after Houte-been took a Ship with Hides, fraighted the Alcmaer Pink with his Prizes for the Texel, ran close by Carthagena, and kept a considerable time in sight of the Plate-Fleet, of which he carry'd one of the heaviest Sailers away with him; Being thus enrich'd, he re∣turn'd home.

* 1.378Whilest Businesses were carry'd on after this manner both by Land and Sea in Brasile, the West-India Company resolv'd to send some Person of Quality thither as President or supream Governor; and after no long Consulation who should be the Person, Grave Maurice of Nassaw was pitch'd upon, as being not only eminent for his Noble Alliance by Marriage to Emperors and Kings, but also for his excellent skill in Martial Affairs the proofs whereof were known to all Men, as his marching to the Paltz against Spinola, his being in the great Siege of Grol, Hertogen-Bosch, Maestricht, Venlo, Rhynberk, and Schenkenschans, at all which he receiv'd great Honor; all which consider'd, they made him chief Governor of Brasile, giving him a Commission Sign'd by the States of the United Netherlands and West-India Company, to Govern with absolute Power, as well in Civil as Martial Affairs, to the best ad∣vantage of that State. At first they resolv'd to send a Fleet of thirty two Sail thi∣ther, but they afterwards reduc'd that number to twelve, which they Mann'd with two thousand seven hundred Men. Grave Maurice set Sail on the twenty fifth of October 1636. onely with four Sail, whereof the Admiral Ship call'd The Zutfen, carry'd but three hundred and fifty Men: about the Sorlings they met with bluster∣ing Weather, insomuch that the Fleet was forc'd to put in at Falmouth, and after forty days stay there, weigh'd Anchor, and Steer'd for Cape Verd, and refresh'd at the Isle of May, famous for Salt-pans, and inhabited by a few Negro's, and ba∣nish'd Portugueses.

* 1.379On the twenty third of January 1637. Grave Maurice arriving at Reciffa, was by every one receiv'd with great joy; as also Adriaen vander Dussen: and soon after Mat∣thias van Ceulen, Servaes Carpentier, and John Gysseling, were chosen to be of his Privy Council; whose first Work was exactly to know their Forces, which were either Inhabitants that were to guard Towns and Fortresses, or Soldiers that march'd in∣to the Field, two thousand six hundred whereof were appointed to defend Reciffa, the Afogados, the Promontory St. Augustine, Tamarica, and Parayba: the greatest Party, which lay in the Field, consisted of two thousand nine hundred Men, and another lesser Party of six hundred; which last flying Regiment was to be continu∣ally employ'd to make work for the Enemy. They also took an Account of what Provision and Ammunition they had in store, and found that there was want of both, especially of Match. Next he enquir'd after the Enemy's Condition and Power.

From Porto Calvo the Portuguese made continual Sallies out into the Countrey, which they spoil'd and pillag'd, insomuch that the Brasilians being oppress'd by them, deserted their Villages, and came for refuge to the Hollanders. The Garrison in Serinhain was also much too weak to withstand the Incursions of the Enemy, the rather, because the Portuguese came along private, and to the Hollanders unknown Ways. All which Grave Maurice considering, caus'd a Fast-day to be proclaim'd, on which they desir'd Gods assistance in the carring on of their Designs.* 1.380 After which he march'd with the Army to Serinhain, from thence cross the River Una to Barra Grande, and thenceto meet with Bagnola, who though he was four thousand Men strong, besides Negro's and Brasilians, had stopt up all the Ways with fell'd Trees, and fortifi'd others. On a Mountain, a League from Porto Calvo, Bagnola kept his Station. At the foot of the Mountain flow'd a Brook, whose Shore was overgrown with Rice and young Trees, before which lay a high Bank; opposite to which Grave Maurice Encamp'd himself towards the Evening, with intentions to fall upon him the next Morning, notwithstanding his Army consisted not of above fifteen hundred Men, of which there were six hundred Brasilians. Grave Maurice's Guard marching before were follow'd by Schuppe and Arcisseusky, and they by Lichthart,

whose Men were all Seamen; all of them firing their Guns amaz'd the Enemy, whilest two Companies of Brasilians, and three of Hollanders crept through the over∣grown part on the right-hand of the Mountain, and as many more on the left, fell unawares upon him; but Maurice's Guard Engaging with a thousand▪ Portugueses, ran through the Water up against the Works with such undaunted Courage, that Bagnola Retreated, leaving four hundred Men slain, besides three Brass Guns, and a great number of Prisoners; those which escap'd fled to Porto Calvo: But Bagnola fearing to be Besieged there, left Povacon, which Castle, built on one side of Porto Calvo, lies twenty five Leagues from Reciffa, on a Plain, partly surrounded with Mountains and Pastures. The River Porto Calvo runs so crooked, that it almost surrounds the Castle and Town. The Countrey hereabouts is full of Pools. Two Forts, each built on a Hill near Povacon, Bagnola had caus'd to be undermin'd and fill'd up with Gun-powder; but they taking fire, were blown up before the Hollanders came thither, who found them smoaking, and lying like a heap of Rub∣bish. Maurice marching forward, Besileg'd Povacon;* 1.381 and Encamping himself be∣low the Hill where one of the Forts had stood, he rais'd a Redoubt, and with a Trench approach'd the Moat. Whilest Schuppe lay along the Town from the Church, Lichthart made a Battery to the North, and somewhat farther Arcisseusky another; then firing from four Batteries on Povacon, the Besieged answer'd them again from their Walls, and on the thirteenth day the Governor Michael Giberton surrendred the Castle upon honorable Articles: for those in Garrison being Itali∣ans, Portugueses, and Castilians, to the number of five hundred, befides the Wounded and Sick, were to be Transported to Tercera. Maurice entring the Castle, took two and twenty Brass, and five Iron Guns, four Mortar-pieces, a great many Bullets, Matches, Gun-powder, and other Ammunition, this being the King of Spain's Ma∣gazine.

Near Moribeca, and before St. Laurenzo, the Enemy receiv'd a shrew'd Repulse by the flying Regiment, led by Stackhower; but Lieutenant Helmich obtain'd special Honor herein.

Grave Maurice after these Exploits took Shipping in Barra Grande, at a great Inlet near Porto Calvo, and Landed again at the Promontory Sergoa, from whence he pur∣su'd the Enemy to the River Francisco; the Inhabitants about which desir'd, and ob∣tain'd free Conduct. Bagnola lay on the other side of the River Francisco, in the Town Openeda; wherefore Schuppe, who was sent to the Afogados to be near the Ene∣my, was afterwards commanded to go to Openeda to secure Grave Maurice's Passage over thither; but he coming thither after him, Maurice cross'd to the Shore on which Openeda lay with Boats, and got great Booty; and the more, because the Natives had not secur'd any thing, Bagnola assuring them that the Castle Povacon could en∣dure at least a Siege of four Moneths.

Openeda belong'd properly to the Lord Melchior Albes. Near the Town rose a stonie Rock out of the deep River Francisco, eighty Foot high; from which Rock there jutted out like Redoubts five Points, and it was call'd Maurice Castle. Along the Shore of the fore-mention'd Stream lay several very pleasant Isles. Bagnola escaping pri∣vately from hence, was follow'd by his Men kneeling on floating pieces of Tim∣ber, which with Sticks they Row'd over to the Northern Shore, notwithstanding the Stream glides so swift, and is so broad, that a six-pound Bullet cannot be shot over the same; at the Mouth thereof Maurice built another Castle. A League from his Camp seven hundred Tapuyans (a great salvage and strong People, whose Lan∣guage the Portuguese, Brasilians, and Tapuyans that belong'd to Jandui, could not un∣derstand) had Ambuscado'd themselves, and with signs and motions of their Bodies

[illustration]

they gave the Hollanders to understand, that they would kill the Portuguese if they offer'd to cross the Rivers.

Maurice advising Prince Frederick Henrick of his Transactions, desir'd that he would send over Planters thither, whether they were banish'd Germans or Vaga∣bonds, out of their Houses of Correction; for without them the fruitful Countrey of Brasile would render but a slender Account to the West-India Company, nor be able to prevent the Invasions of the Spaniards.

The fruitfulness of this Tract of Land was not inferior to any Countrey in the whole World, Cattel grazing up and down in Herds of five, six, and seven thou∣sand. Moreover, Maurice advis'd them about the scarcity of Provisions, without which they were not able to maintain War.* 1.382 He also setled the Traders in a good Order, dividing all those free People which bore no Offices, into four Companies, under Captains, Ensigns, and Lieutenants. The Customs and Tributes were Farm'd, Marriages were order'd to be perform'd by the Netherland Priests, the Jews had leave not to Watch on their Sabbath, all manner of Debosheries were strictly forbid from being acted on the Lords-Day, and Punishments ordain'd for Drunk∣ards and other Deboshees; several Schools were also erected for Youth, and for the instruction of the Brasilians in the Christian Religion; an lastly, it was permit∣ted to any that would, to build in the ruin'd City Olinda, or else to repair those Hou∣ses that were fall'n to ruine.

Some of the Portugueses fill'd Maurice his Ears with a Report of the Silver-Mines at Couhaou, Copaou, Terra Nova, and about Cape St. Augustine; but he not regarding them, plac'd Sheriffs over the Villages, and Oveseers over the Alms-houses and Hospitals, issuing out Orders also for the delivering of the Provisions, which be∣ing very scarce, every Man had a certain Allowance, that so it might last the longer; but when in this Distribution the meaner sort began to be scanted, the Peoples Complaints were such, that an Insurrection was like to ensue, if not carefully and speedily prevented: whereupon the decay'd and deserted Sugar-Mills of the Portu∣gueses were put to Sale, and sold some for three, others for six and seven thousand

[illustration]

Pound, insomuch that the West-India Company got above 200000 l. for them all. Soon after they fortifi'd their Castles and other strong Holds, and broke down those that were judg'd useless. The Brasilians obtain'd liberty also to inhabit their Villages and till their Land, that they might make Provision for themselves, and not oppress the Planters that liv'd near them. The Portuguese that had submit∣ted themselves to the Government of the Hollanders, had free leave granted them to exercise the Roman-Catholick Religion, onely they were not to send for any Priests from St. Salvador, which if they did, they should be dealt with as Plot∣ters of Murders and Treasons; they had liberty also to re-build their Houses in Olinda, paying Tribute with the Hollanders: Moreover, they were promis'd that they should live free from all Oppressions of the Hollanders. There was also order taken about paying the tenth part of the Sugar and Farinha. The Income also of Fishing and Fowling, amounted to a considerable sum of Money. And to prevent deceit in Trade, Measures and Weights were made according to those of Amsterdam. For the Converting of Pagans, Jews, and Roman Catholicks, able Teachers were sent into the Countrey to promulgate the Gospel.

About this time there went a Report, as if the West-India Company were in∣clin'd to remove their Seat from Reciffa to the Island Tamarica; but Maurice advi∣sing them that it would not be so convenient for them, they chang'd their Reso∣lution.

* 1.383Whilest Lichthart Cruis'd a considerable time before the Haven Todos los Sanctos, he Crain'd his Ship in the Bay of Camaniu, took the Town Isleos, with a hundred and fifty Men. In the Town, which is built on a Promontory, he took but little Booty, and sav'd the Houses, which were built most of Stone, as also the four Churches and Jesuits Cloyster, and return'd to Reciffa.

About this time the invincible Castle Mina, afterwards call'd St. Joris, was taken by the Hollanders, upon the Advice of Nicholas van Yperen, Commander of Guinee, who sent word to Grave Maurice, that the said Castle might easily be conquer'd, if any Forces could be sent him front Reciffa: Whereupon Maurice immediately sent

sent John Coin thither with nine Ships, which set Sail on the twenty fifth of June, Anno 1637. who in the Road Commendo joining with Yperen, soon after he was set down before it, and was preparing to Storm, had it surrendred to him upon Terms no less advantageous to the Hollanders, than dishonorable to the Besieged, yet not without the loss of many Men; for in their March thither they were fiercely set upon by the Negro's inhabiting the Village near the Castle; in which Conflict Co∣lonel Latan amongst others was slain.* 1.384The Fort might very well have endur'd a longer Siege, it being surrounded with double Moats, each twenty five Foot deep, and high Bulwarks, which could not be undermin'd because of the Rocky Ground on which they were built; and to make it yet more stronger, Coin after he had taken it rais'd a Fort on the Hill, from whence he had fir'd on the Castle, in which he found thirty Brass Demi-Culverins; and leaving Walraeven Malburg as Governor, he re∣turn'd to Reciffa.

During these Proceedings of the Dutch in Guinee, the Duke of Bagnola ransack'd the Countrey about Seregippa del Rey; Maurice not able to go himself, having had a Feaver three Moneths, sent Schuppe and Gyseling with two thousand three hundred Soldiers, four hundred Brasilians, and two hundred and fifty Seamen, whilest Lich∣thart Steer'd to Todos los Sanctos, that so he naught draw the Enemy down to the Sea-Coast. Bagnola flying to Terra Gratia d' Avila, Schuppe demolish'd the Town Sere∣gippa, the Sugar-Mills, and all manner of Fruit-Trees, and march'd with incredible speed to the Stream Francisco; where Encamping on the Southern Shore, he drove three thousand Head of Cattel before him, that so he might starve the Enemy.

* 1.385In the interim the Brasilians in Siara desir'd Aid against the Portuguese, offering, That if the Hollanders could conquer the Fort there, they would soon destroy all the Portuguese; that the Charges of the Siege might easily be made good, the Coun∣trey producing abundance of Amber-greece, Crystal, Cotton, Pearls, Salt, and other Merchandise. In confirmation of this their Resolution, the Brafilians left two eminent Persons Children of Siara in Reciffa: Whereupon George Garstman being sent thither, was no sooner Landed, but he made his Arrival known to the Brasilian Governor Algodoi; who came to meet him with two hundred Men, bearing white Flags in token of Peace: Thus assisted he set upon Siara, which is a square Fort, built at the foot of a Hill, hath within its Walls six Houses, two Redoubts full of Port-holes, one on the North, and the other on the South, jutting half way out from the Wall; as also two Gates, secur'd with large Portcullises: without the Fort appears the Governor's House, about which were several Huts for Portugueses.

This Lordship, already spoken of, is reckon'd amongst the Northern parts of Brasile, and hath onely twelve Leagues in circumference. The Haven before the Castle, which the River Hacu makes, is of little consequence: The Ground in some places rises with high Mountains, in others, especially on one side, it is over∣grown with Wood: hath also several brave Pastures, especially along the River.

* 1.386Garstman approaching the Castle Siara, found little resistance, so that he took it with small expence of Blood, most of the Portuguese being taken Prisoners, a few onely escaping by flight.

After this Grave Maurice took great care of the Civil Affairs, building a Guild-Hall at his own Cost and Charge; sent all manner of Minerals, digg'd out of the Brasilian Mines, to the Netherland; laid great Penalties on those that stole the Cu∣stom of Goods, and punish'd with Death Murders, Robberies, and such like Capital Offences, besides several wholsom Laws relating both to the Civil and Ecclesia∣stical Government; and as soon as he was recover'd from his tedious Sickness, he march'd up into the Countrey to the Rivers Grande and Parayba, to take care to

furnish the Forts with Provision and Ammunition. Near the Castle Ceulen he was receiv'd by the Tapuyan Agents, and Presented by them with Bowes, Arrows, and brave Ostrich Feathers, us'd by them when they go to the Wars: in return for which they receiv'd Linnen Shirts, Knives, Shells, Bugles, Fishhooks, and Nails. Maurice caus'd a deeper and wider Moat to be digg'd about the decay'd Castle Cabo Dello, rais'd the Works, and call'd it by the Name of his, Sister Margareta; he also pull'd down the Fort Antonio, keeping onely a Tower to defend the High-way. Re∣stringa was likewise strengthned with Pallisado's, and the Cloyster near the Town Parayba fortifi'd against an Assault, and Elias Harkmans made Governor of the same.

Whilest these things were transacted on the Land, Captain Schuppe at Sea Enga∣ging alone between Todos los Sanctos and Terre Garcie d' Avila with three Spanish Ships, drove one of them aground, and brought another away with him to Reciffa. The Letters found in the taken Vessel made mention, that in the River of Lisbon lay ten Galleys, and twenty more before Cales, to which were to joyn thirty Pinks; which Fleet some suppos'd was coming for Brasile; others, that it was onely a Plot of the King of Spain to get Money from his Subjects, according to the Custom of several other Princes.

Hereupon Maurice wrote to the West-India Company, that they would Rig out a Fleet with all possible speed, which might fall upon the fore-metion'd Spanish Fleet, and fetch those Sugars which lay ready in Brasile to be Laden.

About the same time a Party of the Portugueses crossing the River Francisco, came to the Stream Miguel, whither Picard marching, put them all to flight.

* 1.387Grave Maurice having a Design on St. Salvador, the Portuguese Metropolis in Bra∣sile, formerly taken by Peter Hein and Jacob Willekens, and not long after lost by the faint-heartedness of William Schouten and Hans Kyf, though in all likelihood not strong enough to undertake so weighty a Design, yet considering it he should stay longer, the Season would not permit him, therefore he went aboard, hoping that he should receive some Aid from the Netherlands; his Army consisted of three thou∣sand four hundred Netherlanders, and a thousand Brasilians. He had the greater hopes of Victory, because he receiv'd information from St. Salvador, that the Soldiers in Garrison there mutiny'd for want of Pay, and that the Governor and Duke of Bag∣nola were at difference concerning the management of the War. But before he set Sail he had seeur'd all Places against any Invasion, and got ready twenty two Sail, furnish'd with Ammunition and Provision, with which on the eighteenth of Au∣gust Anno 1638. he weigh'd Anchor, and met with six Ships at Sea, which he took, and arriv'd on the sixth day following before the Mouth of the Inlet Todos los Sanctos, which he could not enter by reason of contrary Winds, but Cruis'd up and down before the River Vermelho and the Isle Tapoam; whereupon the Governor of St. Sal∣vador and Bagnola drew the Portuguese Forces down thither to prevent his Landing: About Noon the Wind coming about fair for the Hollanders, brought Maurice within Shot of the Ships, Forts, Walls and Batteries of the City St. Salvador, so that he thundred with his Cannon against them, and Landed on a Promontory near the Sconce Bartholomew, without the least resistance, in a convenient place about a League and a half from the City; where Encamping himself, he was inform'd by the Prisoners which he had taken, that about half a League farther was a narrow Bank, border'd with Morasses, so that none could pass along the same but at Low∣water, and then onely at a certain time. Tourlon being sent before with three hundred Musquetteers to discover the Place, found the Way not onely as the Pri∣soners had inform'd, but also fortifi'd by the Enemy; against whom Maurice drew out his Men, ordering Captain John vander Mast in the mean time to run with ten

Sail directly upon the City, and to drop his Anchors just without shot of it. Ha∣ving beaten the Enemy from his Works, he broke through all the Paths, Hedges and Banks, till at last he came and Intrench'd himself near the Out-works of the City, by which his Army was secur'd from any Assaults from the Sea-side. Colonel Brand also with little trouble took the Fort Philippo, built on the Shore, and fortifi'd with five Guns. The next day Maurice Storming the Castle Philippo, soon became Master of it, notwithstanding it was well Garrison'd, and had thirteen Brass Demi-Culverins. The taking of this Castle afforded the Besiegers a free Passage to their Fleet. They also rais'd two Batteries, from one of which they shot night and day with seven great Guns, and from the other with the like number of Field-pieces, on the Castle Rosario, which the Portuguese, forsook but going about to take a Horn-work on the top of the Carmelites Cloyster, he lost many Men in the Attempt, and amongst the rest the Captains Howin, Echbrecht, Boward, Hollinger, and the En∣gineer Berchem;* 1.388 and in the end, after many bold and resolute Attaques, what with the strength of the Place, both for number of Defendants, and well fortifi'dness thereof, and what with the want of his expected Supplies, and lastly the sickliness of his Army, by reason of the extraordinary Rains that fell, to the loss of many Officers of note as well as common Soldiers, besides what were slain by the Enemy, he made as honorable a Retreat as he could, so that this Expedition prov'd altoge∣ther unsuccessful.

Mean while the Provincial States of Holland and Zealand differ'd about allowing of a free Trade to Brasile, and sending of Colonies thither: Whereupon Grave Maurice writing to them his Opinion, demonstrated with good Reasons, that a free Trade, and fresh Colonies, would be much to the Companies advantage; which was approv'd of by the States of the United Netherlands and West-India Com∣pany, who onely engross'd the Trade of Negro's and Brasile Wood; and on the Im∣ported and Exported Goods they put a certain Custom.

The West-India Company considering what Treasure Peter Hein had brought from Matanca to Holland, they resolv'd to venture another Expedition thither; and to that purpose set out fourteen Sail under the Command of Cornelis Houte-been, who weigh'd Anchor out of the Texel on the fourteenth of August Anno 1638. and ar∣riv'd safe at Reciffa; where Houte-been having spent some days in Consulting with Grave Maurice, went aboard again, and at his entring into the Ship, bruis'd his Leg between the Boat and the sides thereof, which some superstitious Persons look'd upon as very ominous; but this Wound was not so great as to keep him back from whatsoever Service came in his way: for discovering the Spanish Fleet from Terra Firman near Cuba, before the Rocky Isle Organes, which consisted of eight great Gallions, and six lesser Ships, whose Lading was valu'd at two hundred Tun of Gold,* 1.389 and Commanded by Carel Dievaro, he clapt the Admiral aboard, threw in his Grapling-Irons, and made him self fast, with a Resolution either to take him or die, whilest the Dutch Vice-Admiral Abraham Michaelzoon Roosendael boarded the Spa∣nish Vice-Admiral, and the Rere-Admiral John vander Mast the Enemy's Rere-Admiral; and doubtless, had not the Vice-Admiral and Rere-Admiral been slain, together with Verdoost, Captain of the Orange-Tree, and other eminent Officers, and those that surviv'd fail'd in their Duty to him for want of Courage, he had given them a signal Overthrow; but whilest with much ado he had prevail'd with his Captains to renew the Combat (having been forc'd by the coming on of the Spa∣nish Vice and Rere-Admirals to quit his hold) and was preparing for a second On∣set, the Sea began to be rough, and the Enemy was gotten to the Windward. Some few days after being inform'd, that the Spanish Fleet lay before the Flats of Cuba

and the Rocky Organes, Steer'd thither, resolving to venture once more; but when he came there, the Spaniards were gone; whereupon he sent some of his Ships to Brasile, others to Cruise before Cuba, whilest he himself went for the Netherlands.

Whilest this Expedition fell out so unfortunately, Cameron, General of the Brasi∣lians, sent three Agents to Grave Maurice, desiring to enter into League with the West-India Company, upon some Differences that were risen between him and the Duke of Bagnola. Grave Maurice seeming much inclin'd to his Offer, treated the Agents very nobly; who not long after, oblig'd by his Civility, inform'd him, that Came∣ron, an inconstant Man, had made Peace again with Bagnola. But that which chiefly obstructed Grave Maurice's Designs, was the want of Provisions, Ammunition and Men, notwithstanding his continual Complaints to the Company.

About the beginning of the Year 1639. the Spanish Fleet, consisting of twenty eight Sail, most of them Gallions, appear'd in sight of Reciffa, but Steer'd South∣wardly; Grave Maurice hereupon sent out the best Sailers to follow them, and see whither they were bound, or if they intended to Land, whilest himself march'd along to Porto Calvo; but inform'd that they were gone into the Inlet Todos los San∣ctos, he return'd to Reciffa, after he had stor'd the Forts Porto Calvo, Una, Serinhain, and that at the Promontory St. Augustine, with all Necessaries.

About the same time Arcisseusky arriving from Holland with a Commission to be General over the Forces there,* 1.390 imparted to some Friends the Copy of a Letter that he intended to send to the Amsterdam Burgomaster Albert Coenraedszoon vander Burgh, containing many Accusations against Grave Maurice and his Council; of which he being inform'd, call'd a general Assembly, to whom he makes a large Speech, wherein he declar'd how faithful a Servant he had been to the States of the United Netherlands for the space of twenty years, complain'd of the malice of Arcisseusky in wrongfully aspersing him, both in the aforesaid Letter and otherwise, answer'd particularly to every thing which was laid to his Charge, (as he did afterwards in a Letter also from himself to Vander Burgh) and lastly made it his peremptory Request, that he might return home, and leave Arcisseusky in Power, or that Arcisseusky might be sent home, and he remain undisturb'd in his Government; and so withdrew, leaving them to their own Consultations. It exceedingly perplex'd them, and took up a long Debate what Judgment to give in this Matter, which before they concluded on, they propos'd several Expedients of Reconciliation between them; but seeing it was all in vain, they unanimously judg'd it convenient,* 1.391 that Arcisseusky should return; who not long after accordingly weigh'd Anchor from Parayba for Holland.

Arcisseusky arriving in Holland, appear'd unexpectedly before the States of the United Netherlands and West-India Company,* 1.392 where several Judgments were pass'd upon him; some said he deserv'd severe punishment, for his misbehavior to Grave Maurice; others seem'd to have compassion of him, because he had done so many noble Exploits; most laid the blame on the Company, who rashly sent him with a Commission as Chief over the Militia, not without impairing Grave Maurice's Power; but these Discourses fell amongst those who were not call'd to give their Opinion of this Case.

* 1.393John Coin was chosen Field-Marshal in Arcisseusky's stead, whilest the Councellors Matthias Ceulen, Adrian vander Dussen, John Guiseling, and Servaes Carpentier, were ready to come for Holland, and on the twenty ninth of October 1639. they set Sail from Parayba, Vander Dussen bringing with him an exact Relation of the Condition of Brasile, so far as concerns the West-India Company, which being material, we shall reserve it for a more fit place.

It being fear'd that the Spanish Fleet in the Harbor of Todos los Sanctos might

undertake some Design or other against the Hollanders, Grave Maurice kept a watch∣ful Eye upon them, repair'd all decay'd Forts, rais'd new Forces, sent out some Vessels to watch the Fleet, and prohibited the Transporting of Provisions, anima∣ted the Brasilian Commanders to fight against the Portuguese, and forc'd the Owners of Sugar-Mills to Plant store of Mandihoka, that so his Provisions might last the longer.

A Party of the Enemy, consisting of about twelve hundred Men, having pass'd the River Francisco, was soon after oppos'd by Colonel Donker.

* 1.394The Spanish Fleet having lay'n a whole Year before St. Salvador (because they had lost near three thousand Men, who on the Coast of Africa dy'd of several Distem∣pers, and therefore waited for a fresh Supply) set Sail on the ninteenth of November Anno 1639. with eighty seven Sail, carrying sixteen thousand Men, of which thirty seven were great Gallions. Ferdinand Mascarenhas, Duke of Torre, being chief Ad∣miral, carry'd the Flag and sixty Brass Guns in the Ship Domingo; the Portuguese Admiral, Roderigo Lobo, carry'd fifty two Guns in the Gallion Bernardo; of all which, with the number of the Enemy's Forces, Grave Maurice was inform'd by a Letter taken out of a Pink laden with Sugar; and also that the Spaniards were in great hopes of the Portuguese deserting the West-India Company, with whom they were forc'd to joyn; that this great Fleet was order'd to Cruise two years before the Coast of Brasile, and to Land divers Men under the Command of Bagnola, Francisco de Moro, Antonio Roderigo, Nunno de Mello, Jacob Pirezio, Francisco Pezam, and Lopes Bar∣balio; all which made Maurice write continually for Aid,

Which the West-India Company must send speedily, unless they were resolv'd to lose what they had gotten in Brasile, as also the People, who had hitherto defended the same with the loss of their Lives and Fortunes.

A Negro that serv'd a Spanish Captain, call'd Henrick Dias, being taken, inform'd the Hollanders, That the Spanish Fleet was much weakned by a poysonous Air on the Coast of Africa; and that they had left a considerable number of their Men in the Hospital at St. Salvador; that the Admiral was resolv'd with divided Forces to burn all Places he came at, and to receive the Negro's, Mamolucks, Mulatto's, and Bra∣silians, under his Jurisdiction. But Grave Maurice gave little credit to this Relation, because the Spaniard doubted not in the least, but that he should take Brasile from the Netherlanders with his fore-mention'd Forces, why then should he ruine what he hop'd to posses? None knew whither the Spanish Fleet intended to go; for setting Sail under the Command of Antonio Oquendo, under pretence of falling upon the Netherlands, they Steer'd their Course to Brasile, and at last from the Inlet Todos los Sanctos to Goyana; but four days before they weigh'd Anchor, William Corneliszoon Loos, who had some time been Cruising before the said Inlet, came back to Reciffa with thirteen Sail of Ships, which wanted all manner of Necessaries.

The West-India Company had now been in a mean Condition, had there not happily arriv'd first eight, next two, and at last nine Ships from the Texel, the Maes, and Zealand, with Provisions, and a Supply of Men; which Maurice had no sooner taken out, and unladen the Ships, but he fitted them for an Engagement, and made up the number of forty one Sail, who yet were not to be compar'd to the Spaniards, whose smallest Vessels carry'd more Men and Guns than the biggest of the Hollan∣ders, which in all had but two thousand one hundred and ninety six Men, and one Ship with another under twenty Iron Guns:* 1.395 With this small Power the Admiral William Corneliszoon Loos went to meet the Enemy, and before the River Michael took four Spanish Ships, which carry'd Ammunition and Provisions for the Army, which Lopes Barbalio commanded ashore. On the twelfth of January, Anno 1640.

he descry'd the Spanish Fleet between Itamaraca and Goyana; not far from which Mas∣carenhas thought to Land seven thousand Men at Paomorello; and they were already gotten into little Vessels when the Hollanders Fleet made towards them, and about three a Clock in the Afternoon began a bloody Engagement for four hours, in which Loos Engaging with the Spanish Admiral and four Gallions,* 1.396 was kill'd in the middle of the Fight, which ended in the Evening. Jacob Huigens carrying the Flag the next day in sight of the Promontory Blanco, chearing up his Men,* 1.397 went to re∣new the Fight with Mascarenhas, and with a few small Ships Engag'd several great ones, of which they had an advantage onely in their nimble turning and wind∣ing. In this Engagement Huigens lost the Ship call'd The Sun, which sunk with Colonel Mortimer and forty four Men, thirty four being sav'd in the Boat. The Hollanders Loss was the less, because the Spanish great Gallions fir'd over Huigens's Ships, which fir'd in the midst of the Spaniards Vessels. Huigens not being tir'd with two days Engagements, fell upon them a third time before Parayba, and firing at the Spanish and Portuguese Admirals, pursu'd their Fleet to the Northermost Coast of Brasile, where by a strong Current they were driven Westerly; and the Swan, Commanded by Jacob Alderick, losing her Main-mast, was cut off from the Fleet by twelve Gallions; and three hundred Spaniards were already Masters of the Deck, when Alderick breaking from the Enemy, drove towards the Shore,* 1.398 and either kill'd the Spaniards that were in his Ship, or forc'd them to leap overboard, whilest Anto∣nio Cunha de Andrada, not knowing that Alderick was aground, making up to him, ran also aground, which occasion'd a new Fight, and at last Andrada was made to surrender his Gallion, and with it three thousand Pound of coin'd and uncoin'd Silver, besides other rich Goods, and two hundred and thirty Men, who were all sent Prisoners to Pecissa.

January the seventeenth Huigens ventur'd a fourth Engagement between Rio Grande and Conyaou, where approaching the Spanish Fleet, a sudden Calm prevented him from coming within shot of them, till against the Evening the Wind began to rise, but the Night approaching, it was not judg'd worth while to Engage for so few hours, therefore they referr'd the bloody work till the next day; when about Day∣break Huigens ran through the midst of the Enemy's Fleet,* 1.399 and fir'd so fiercely on Mascarenhas, that he Tacking about, stood away right before the Wind, and not be∣ing able to get beyond the Shelves Baxios de Roachas, nor to get Water on the Coast, because the Hollanders Ketches guarded the same, he Sail'd into the Offin towards the Line with a South-East Wind. After which Huigens lay eight days before Rio Grande to refresh and rest himself, and on the first of February he arriv'd at Reciffa, where Maurice caus'd a Thanksgiving Day to be kept for this wonderful Victory, whilest the Enemy was exceedingly abash'd.

Several Disadvantages occurr'd towards the overthrow of the Spanish Fleet; for first it was much weakned by the Disease which rag'd in the same on the Coast of Africa, insomuch that it lay still a whole year in Todos los Sanctos to gather fresh For∣ces, whilest Maurice put himself in a posture of Defence: Secondly, they lay be∣calm'd, and met with contrary Winds for several Moneths, when as the Voyage be∣tween St. Salvador and Pemambuco is commonly not above twelve days; which tedi∣ous Passage occasion'd also a Distemper and faint-heartedness amongst the Spaniards, whilest divers Ships arriv'd at Reciffa from the Netherlands, without which it had been impossible to have Engag'd with the Enemy, in regard till then all manner of Ammunition and Provisions were wanting. Huigens also had continually the advantage or benefit of the Wind, and lost in the Engagement but two Ships, a hundred and twenty four Men, besides twelve wounded: Moreover, but twelve

Ships onely of the Dutch Engag'd with this great Spanish Fleet, the rest never coming within shot; wherefore the two Commanders, John Coopman Ryk, and Peter Jacob, were condemn'd to be Beheaded; Cornelis Johnszoon and Peter Dirkszoon had their Swords broke over their Heads by the common Hangman; Cornelis Lucifer, Dirk Eger, and Jacob Clavor, were banish'd; and others came off by paying great Fines: but the Spanish Fleet lost in the four Engagements twenty Ships, and some thousands of Men, the Joseph alone having four hundred slain in her. Lastly, anchoring near the Island Margareta, the Portuguese Admiral Cosmo de Couto, and the Captain-General Francisco Pimentello, falling out, the Spaniards Steer'd to Tercera, and from thence to Cales, where there Landed but few Men, most of them dying of Hunger and Thirst in their Return home: Four Gallions, with two Pinks, got into the Spanish Harbors, the rest being either stranded before New Spain, sunk, or return'd to the Inlet Todos los Sanctos.

Before the foremention'd Fleet weigh'd Anchor from St. Salvador, two thousand Portugueses, besides Tapuyans and other Brasilians, march'd under the Command of Cameron, Vidal, and Barbalio, with divided Forces into the Countrey, partly to get Provision, and partly to do what mischief they could to the Hollanders, far and near: their Orders were to joyn in the Village St. Laurence, seven Leagues be∣yond Paomarello, that there they might make way for the Seamen to Land, if the Netherland Forces should chance to guard the Sea-Coast thereabouts, and to joyn with them as soon as they were Landed. But Grave Maurice encourag'd by his late Victory at Sea, immediately sent the Field-Marshal Coin against Cameron, who diviidng his Army into small Companies, had distributed them through the Woods;* 1.400 in which Coin follow'd his Example, and with divided Forces pursu'd Cameron's Army, and overtook his Captain Tak and two hundred Men at Poyuca; (whereof Lopes Barbalio was Governor) who fled, notwithstanding he Commanded six hundred Men.) Soon after which the Muster-master Mansveld met him near the Village St. Laurence, Engag'd him, and putting him to flight, found several Papers of Concern that he had left behind,* 1.401 and amongst others a Letter, in which Barbalio was commanded to spare neither Brasilians nor Netherlanders alive, but to kill all, without regard either to their Age or Quality, except the Portuguese. Moreover, Andries Vidal urg'd the Owners of the Sugar-Mills in the Netherlanders Brasile, im∣mediately to take up Arms, to regain their ancient Freedom, as soon as Mascarenhas appear'd with the Spanish Fleet on the Coast of Brasile: Thus Vidal, by Letters and private Conferences, prevail'd so much, that most of the Portuguese were ready against their Oaths to root out the Netherlanders: The sign when they should be ready, was the burning of some Sugar-Mills, Vidal imagining thereby to have drawn the Netherlanders from the Sea-side, and so made the Sea-Coast free for the Spaniards to Land securely in. But the Garrison under Coin along the Sea-shore near Alexis, not ignorant of the Enemy's Plot, kept their Stations, and suf∣fer'd the Mills to burn. The like did Craey at the Promontory of St. Augustine, Picard at Paomarello, Captain Day at Cantolaria, and Donker on Goyana; Hoogstraet kept Guard up in the Countrey; Tourlon also sent out by Maurice against Francisco Sosa and Henrick Dias, who had pillag'd all the Countrey about the River Conajou, fell upon them in such a manner, that he destroy'd eighty seven of them, and wounded a considerable number more of them, made the rest flie to St. Salvador.

Two Moneths before the Spanish Fleet set Sail from Todos los Sanctos, three thou∣sand Tapuyans came to Rio Grande with their Wives and Children, from an unknown Countrey remote from the Sea. Grave Maurice requested their King John de Wy, that he would please to keep Watch along the Sea-Coast, and prevent the Landing of

the Spanish Seamen: Whereupon De Wy sent his Son to the Castle Ceulen, making solemn Protestations, that he was ready to lose his Life and Fortune for the Nether∣landers, in helping them to drive the Portuguese out of Brasile. Maurice also joyn'd two thousand Brasilians, and Colonel Garstman with sixty Netherlanders, to the Tapu∣yans, that so he might train them up in Martial Discipline, whilest the Tapuyans Wives and Children were plac'd on the Island Tamarica.

About the beginning of the Year 1640. Houte-been and Lichthart brought a considerable Fleet from the Netherlands to an Anchor at Reciffa, where a Consu∣tation was held, whither these Ships might be sent to do most Service: every one had an Eye on St. Salvador, not long since Storm'd in vain; but Maurice judg'd that they had not Forces enough to undertake so grand a Design, but thought it would be better to Land some fresh Forces near St. Salvador, that there they might burn the Sugar-Mills, and destroy all things they could find, in revenge of what the Enemy had done at Parayba. Whereupon Tourlon and Lichthart set Sail with twenty Ships, Mann'd with two thousand five hundred Men, to the Inlet Todos los Sanctos, where they burnt all the Portuguese Sugar-Mills, Houses and Villages; nei∣ther did their Swords spare any alive but Women and Infants: The Cattel which they found they carry'd aboard of their Ships, and burnt all other Provisions.

In the mean time Houte-been and Coin fell upon Porto Franco, where they ruin'd all things, to no other end, but that the Enemy might call home his Forces out of the Netherlanders Brasile, to defend the Province Todos los Sanctos.* 1.402 But Captain Brand going up too far into the Countrey with his Army, was suddenly set upon, had a hundred of his Men slain on the Spot, and was himself taken Prisoner, together with many more. Also the Storming of the Town Spirito Sancto by Coin prov'd un∣successful,* 1.403 because he led an undisciplin'd Company, and wanted little Vessels to Land in on a sudden; for the Enemy having had timely notice, immediately rais'd a Sconce about the Town, and with five Brass Guns fir'd stoutly on him, who en∣deavor'd to climb up the Hill, but was forc'd to sound a Retreat, his Men failing in their Courage; yet at last breaking into the Town, he set some of the Houses on fire, which being built of Stone, resisted the Flame; so burning onely four hun∣dred and fifty Chests of Sugar, he left sixty Men kill'd, and brought back eighty wounded. Lichthart in the mean time made great havock about St. Salvador.

In this Conjuncture the West-India Company suffer'd much by Robberies and Spoils committed up and down the Countrey, by the setting their Woods of Bra∣sile on fire by a company of Negro's,* 1.404 the chief Ring-leader of whom was one call'd Peter Vist, who from Caves and almost inaccessible Ways came forth in the Night, and set fire on whatsoever places he came to, notwithstanding a hundred Negro's of his crew were soon after caught, which he at several times had by force taken out of their Masters Sugars-Mills; which Grave Maurice prevented as much as pos∣sible, by keeping Soldiers up and down in Arms. He also us'd the Portuguese very civilly, who though they promis'd Obedience, because they liv'd under the Ju∣risdiction of the West-India Company, yet were ready on all occasions to shew the contrary; wherefore Grave Maurice sending for the chief of them to Reciffa from Pernambuco, Itamaraca, and Parayba, told them before the Privy Council, that they might easily see how vainly they expected that the Spanish Crown should take Brasile from the Netherlanders; that formerly they depended on the Spanish Fleet Commanded by Mascarenhas, but that being destroy'd by a small Force, that hope Was lost; therefore if henceforward they would Trade on their own Accounts, they might be assur'd they should not suffer in the least, either in their Goods, Religion, or Persons.

* 1.405The Neopolitan Field-Marshal Hector de la Calce, setting Sail from the Haven Todos los Sanctos with an old Ship carrying six hundred Men, was forc'd to run aground in the Haven of Parayba, where he and the chief Commanders were taken Prisoners, whilest the Common Soldiers by reason of the scarcity of Provisions, were set at liberty.

Houte-been and Lichthart weigh'd Anchor with twenty Ships, carrying two thousand Soldiers and seven hundred Seamen to Havana, to Cruise for the Plate-Fleet, but the Spanish Ships keeping within their Harbors, and their own being dis∣pers'd and scatter'd by ill Weather, their Voyage prov'd in vain.

Not long after Grave Maurice sent some Ships under Lichtharts Command to Cruise before the River Januarius, and others for the same purpose to Angola; but he effected little, for he onely took two Ships, one whereof being laden with Wine, was sold for 9400 l. Sterl.

The news of the Portuguese Crowning the Duke of Bragancia, and casting off the Castilian Yoke, which very much chang'd the face of Affairs in Brasile, was about this time brought over by the Jesuit Francisco Vilhent, and the Under-Field-Marshal Peter Corera de Gama, who were by Bragancia sent to St. Salvador, not onely to bring the tidings of the Portugueses Revolt, but also to take the Oath of Allegiance from Montalvan to the new King, which he made no scruple of; so that from thence∣forth all but the Castilian and Neopolitan Soldiers, cast off their Obedience to the Crown of Spain. Whereupon Montalvan desir'd Grave Maurice to allow a Cessation of Arms, till such time as they might both receive information what Tristan Mendoza, in the new King of Portugal's Name, had Treated with the States of the United Ne∣therlands about; and to make the Request seem the fairer, several Dutch Prisoners were set at liberty, and the Companies with which Paulo Acunhas was marching to Pernambuco, were call'd back.

Grave Maurice desiring in his Letters to be releas'd from his Employment in Brasile,* 1.406 receiv'd for Answer from the States,

That it would be very disadvanta∣geous for the States for him to come home, now he throughly understood the In∣treagues of the New World, in which he might do much good, especially since the Portuguese being revolted, would in all probability assist them in destroying the King of Castile's Forces; therefore it was now the most proper time to prepare for Action.

To this Request of the States was added that of the West-India Company, who also sent earnest Letters to the same purpose; which made Maurice defer his Re∣turn, and prepare himself for some grand Undertaking: And first he joyn'd the Province of Seregippe Del Rey to the Netherland Brasile, built a Fort and Armory in the same, and built a Wall about the Town; which Work was the more follow'd, because Seregippe, which border'd upon the Province of Todos los Sanctos, fed abun∣dance of Cattel, and gave great hopes of Silver-Mines.

Grave Maurice likewise observing what great Profit proceeded from the Angolan Negro's, and that the Spanish Sugar-Mills could not work without them, undertook to ingross that Trade wholly into the West-India Companies hands; to which pur∣pose Loando St. Paulo being judg'd a fit Place for a Factory, Houte-been was sent thi∣ther wich twenty Ships, Mann'd with nine hundred Seamen, two thousand Land-Soldiers, and two hundred Brasilians: the Land-Men were Commanded by Hinder∣son, who arriving with the Fleet on the twenty fourth of August 1640. before Loando St. Paulo, ran in between the Enemy's Castles, St. Crux, Bento, Sibylla, Vincent, Velho, and against five Batteries along the Water side, all full of Guns, and fir'd so vehe∣mently upon the Enemy, that being forc'd to leave his Works, he made room

for Hinderson to Land; who immediately march'd to the Town, which Peter Caesar Meneses defended with nine hundred Portugueses, and some thousands of Negro's,* 1.407 who stood the first Onset; but Hinderson falling upon them again, so affrighted them, that they fled; which Meneses perceiving, soon follow'd, and left him Master of the City, in which he found onely a few drunken Soldiers, decrepid old People, twenty nine Brass Guns, besides several Iron ones, and great plenty of Provisions and Am∣munition. Mean while Houte-been took thirty Ships hal'd near the Shore.

* 1.408This City is built on a Hill, and hath several fair Buildings and Cloysters, amongst which the Jesuits and Capuchins are the best. Along the Sea-shore, at the foot of the Mountain, stands also a long Row of Houses, near which Hinderson im∣mediately cast up Bulwarks against any Assault, and likewise two Sconces, the big∣gest whereof is on the utmost Point of Loando, near the Fort Sibylla.

* 1.409Twelve Companies being left here in Garrison, quite contrary to Meneses his ex∣pectation, who thinking that the Netherlander came onely for Booty, and not to take or keep the City by force of Arms, made his Complaints therefore by Letters to Houte-been, alledging, That there was Peace made between the King of Portugal and the United Netherlands, and that the former Acts of Hostility were chang'd to friendly Correspondencies. But Houte-been answer'd,

That he knew not of any such Agreement between Portugal and the Netherlands; and if he had known it, how should he be sure whether Meneses held with the Castilians or Portugueses? If Meneses knew of this Agreement, and was of the Portuguese Party, why did he re∣ceive those as Enemies, whom he must acknowledge as Friends? His Complaints were now too late, since the Hollanders had obtain'd the Victory with the loss of their Blood.

Meneses therefore seeing no hopes to regain Loando, either by Complaints or Force, desir'd eight days Cessation of Arms, that in that time he might fit himself to go from thence to another Place; which the Netherlanders in Garrison would not hearken to, but commanded him to march away immediately sixteen Leagues from Loando.

Mean while the Angolan Princes joyning with the Netherlanders, fell upon the Por∣tuguese where-e're they met them. Moreover, several Citizens return'd to Loando, and proffer'd half their Negro's, if they might but have liberty to be Transported to St. Salvador with the other half; but it was judg'd more convenient to keep them, and by fair means also to invite the rest, because it appear'd by the Ango∣lan Accounts,* 1.410 that the profit of the Negro-Trade amounted yearly to sixty six Tuns of Gold, the Charges of the Garrison, and fitting out of the Ships being deducted from it. The Spanish King had yearly above fifteen thousand Negro's from hence to employ in his American Mines.

* 1.411Houte-been Sailing over from Loando to the Isle of St. Thomas, Landed some of his Men over against the Sugar-Mills of St. Juna, and ran with his Fleet to an Anchor near a square Castle, with intention to use no Hostility, unless provok'd; which the Portuguese did by firing their Guns, and were answer'd by Houte-been, one of whose Ships call'd the Enchuisen was blown up; those that Landed also met with some re∣sistance from divers Negro's; yet at last they gain'd the Fort, in which they found six Guns, and soon after march'd into the Town Pavaosa, where the Inhabitants had left nothing but empty Houses; the great Castle they were forc'd to let alone, be∣cause the Scaling-Ladders would not reach to the top of the Walls, which were twenty eight Foot high: But Houte-been coming ashore, rais'd a Battery behind the Church, from whence he fir'd with six Demi-Cannons, and threw sixty five Granado's amongst the Besieged, twenty whereof burst with such violence, that all 〈2 pages missing〉〈2 pages missing〉

which reach'd from Maragnan to the River Real; with the necessity of keeping the Soldiery undisbanded, in regard the Portuguese were ready to take all advantages, notwithstanding the Articles of Agreement; with the discontent of their own Men, and their readiness to mutiny upon the report that they were to be Dis∣banded; with the great Inconveniences of altering the Government of the West-India Company; with the number of Soldiers wherewith every Place belonging to the Company was at that present furnish'd, which amounted in all to near five-thousand Men; and with the impossibility of keeping those Places, unless a speedy Supply of Men and Provisions were sent.

Grave Maurice receiv'd a Letter from Mascarenhas, wherein he made great com∣plaint of the Netherlanders Actions on Loando, St. Thomas, and Maragnan, during the time of the Treaty, and us'd many Arguments for the delivering back of the Pla∣ces then taken; but Maurice took little notice of the said Letter, being busie about setling all Affairs in this quiet Juncture of time: He freed all new Planters from the paying of Tenths for seven years, sold several Fields to be Cultivated, repair'd all decay'd Forts, kept the Catholicks in strict awe, ordain'd good Orders for Schools, Alms-houses, and payment of Money, and gave particularly Liberty to the Portu∣guese both in Spiritual and Temporal Affairs.

* 1.412In the mean time sad news was brought, viz. That the Maragnans, assisted by the Portugueses and Brasilians, had taken the Fort of Calvaria near the River Tapicuru, destroy'd all those that were in Garrison, and Storm'd the City Lodowick: Where∣upon Hinderson was dispatch'd thither immediately with three hundred Netherlan∣ders, and two hundred Brasilians from Siara; which the Enemy hearing, though there were seven hundred Portugueses, and three thousand Brasilians, left the Island Maragnan, and went over to the Main Continent.

The occasion of this Plot was imputed to the fault of the sottish Governor of St. Lodowick, and his Secretary William Negenton, who by their Folly and Misgovern∣ment provok'd the Natives to Rebellion.

* 1.413In the interim Grave Maurice had a Design upon the City Buenos Aires in the Sou∣thern parts of Brasile, near the River La Plata, where a Way leads by Land to Peru; and whither the Silver and Negro's were often brought, especially when any Ships were suspected to block up the Channel of Panama.

Whilest Maurice was preparing for this Expedition, news was brought that two Ships had Landed their Men on the Island St. Thomas, under the Command of Lau∣rence Pirez, who had driven the Netherland Garrison out of Pavaosa, and Besieg'd the Fort, out of which many for want of Water ran to the Enemy; and it was fear'd that the same Misfortune would suddenly befall the City Loando and Seregippe del Rey; which prevented Henrick Bower's Expedition to Chili, and Lichthart's to Buenos Aires, and so alarm'd Grave Maurice, that he thought it expedient to give speedy no∣tice thereof, to warn the Netherlanders on Angola, that they should keep strict Watches, and beware of the treacherous Portuguese, who affirm'd, That it was lawful for them during the ten years Peace, to re-take those Places which had been taken from them during the Treaty of Peace in the Hague.

* 1.414These Proceedings forc'd Grave Maurice to Disarm most of them; and because the Negro's did much mischief from the Palmares, especially to the Husbandmen in the Alagoas, Maurice gave order to destroy their Habitations. The Palmares were two Villages, built along the River Gungohuby under close Woods, six Leagues North∣wardly from Parayba: The Inhabitants of them, being then about six thousand in number, were most of them fled Negro's, who gathering together in a Head, de∣stroy'd all the Countrey thereabouts: They dwelt in Huts of Boughs and Straw

interwoven; behind which were Gardens and Orchards of Palm-Trees, and con∣form'd to the Religion and Government of the Portuguese.

* 1.415Whilest three hundred Musquetteers, a hundred Mameluks, and seven hundred Brasilians were fitting to go to the Palmares, there arriv'd Agents at Reciffa from the King of Congo, who brought as a Present to Grave Maurice, two hundred Neno's, a Golden Collar and Pot, besides many Negro's for the West-India Company. These Agents desir'd Aid against the Duke of Sonho, who treacherously Plotted to drive the King out of Congo; which Plot was discover'd by scatter'd Letters, Sign'd by the Governors and Bishop at Loando, a little before Loando was taken by the Hollan∣ders. Maurice courteously Entertaining the Agents, proffer'd himself to be a Media∣tor to decide the Difference, and gave them a long Velvet Coat Lac'd with Gold and Silver Lace, a Silk Coat and Scarf, and a Beaver Hat with a Golden Edging.

Not long after there came Agents from Sonho, to beseech Grave Maurice that he would not assist the King of Congo; one of whom went to the Hague, and was fol∣low'd by two from the King of Congo, who open'd their Letters before the Prince of Orange.

* 1.416The two Agents from Congo were strong and black Men, very active, and having grim Countenances; they Danc'd after a strange manner; and showing the Picture of their King sitting in great State, acted the Postures in which his Nobles and other Subjects shew'd him Reverence: their Strength was such, that they were able with ease to carry each of them two hundred thirty five Pound weight: their Ornamentals consisted of Elephants Tails.

In Loando the Governor for the Dutch, nam'd Cornelis Niewland, and the Portuguese Governor Peter Caesar de Meneses, came to this Agreement, That since the ten years Peace was concluded on between the Portuguese and Netherlanders, Meneses should possess the Countrey wash'd by the River Bengo, and call in the ancient Natives to live and Trade as formerly; all which was faithfully perform'd: nay, Meneses fur∣nish'd Niewland with as much Meal as he requir'd, towards the maintaining of a thousand Negro's, whom he had bought; and the Hollanders and Portugueses began now to be every day more and more friendly and familiar with each other, when on a sudden Niewland not onely remembring what was done lately on the Islands Maragnan and St. Thomas,* 1.417 but also stirr'd up by other later Actions, which gave him occasion of jealousie, sent two hundred Musquetteers in the Night from Loando, to take the Governor Meneses, with some others, who he fear'd might make an In∣surrection. The Soldiers accordingly about Day-break fell unawares upon the sleeping Portugueses, kill'd forty of them, and carry'd Meneses and many other Per∣sons of Quality away Prisoners, together with a Booty valu'd at above ten thou∣sand Ducats, and sent a hundred and sixty Portugueses in an old leaky Vessel to St. Sal∣vador; but they being toss'd to and again at Sea for a considerable time, eight of them dy'd, the rest almost starv'd, Landed on Permambuco;* 1.418 where Simon Alvares de la Benho being amaz'd to see his Countrey-men thus hardly dealt with, complain'd of Niewland, Mols, and Cross, who were the chief of Loando, that they had broke the Laws, and the sworn Articles of Peace; urging that it would be very unjust that the poor Portugueses should not have Satisfaction for the Wrong which they had sustain'd, as also for the loss of their Goods. To which Grave Maurice answer'd,

That Loando belong'd to the West-India Company, and that for his part he had no∣thing to do with that City, but that if the States were accquainted therewith, they would without doubt be highly concern'd at it.

Christopher Santches, a free Negro, gave information of the sad Condition of the Island St. Thomas, viz. That the greatest part of the Hollanders that had been left

upon that Island being dead, Pirez hereupon with the King's Consent fitted out two Ships, and setting Sail from Lisbon about the beginning of July 1642. first re∣fus'd to pay the usual Custom at the Island St. Thomas, afterwards fell upon the Hollanders, whom he Besieg'd in the Castle, and against the Law of Arms poyson'd all the Waters.

To prevent the future Inconveniences that were likely to arise from a Famine which about this time afflicted the whole Countrey of Brasile, Grave Maurice judg'd it convenient to sell the Lands in the Alagoas to new Planters; to which purpose Henrick Moucheron was chosen Overseer, to take care that all the Fields about Porto Calvo, and along the River Francisco, as also in the Alagoas, should be Sow'n with Bread-Corn.

* 1.419Grave Maurice obtaining leave at last to go home, took Leave by Letters of the Governors of Serinhain, Porto Calvo, Iguarazua, Itamaraca, Parayba, Rio Grande, and in Person of the Council at Reciffa, who all thank'd him for his prudent Government, manifesting their hearty sorrow for his departure, Which without doubt would produce many Inconveniences. But though the Council of the West-India Company had order'd him to return home about the beginning of March 1643. yet he went not so soon, because he was to reduce the number of Militia to eighteen Companies, and also to the settle Revenues, and dispose of Offices, in which be found much trou∣ble; wherefore before his departure he wrote to the States of the United Netherlands, assuring them how impossible it was to defend Brasile, which extended some hun∣dreds of Leagues, with so small a number of Men, since the Portuguese cover'd in∣ward malice under a feigned shew of kindness, and at the same time watch'd all opportunities to drive the Netherlanders from their Plantations, being very much ex∣asperated by the priviledge of Religion granted to the Jews, whilest their Monks and Jesuits were banish'd. Moreover, in regard they ow'd the West-India Company above fifty nine Tuns of Gold, they sought to cancel that Obligation, by making themselves Masters of whatsoever their Creditors had in Brasile, so that there was no way but to keep them under by force of Arms.

* 1.420After Grave Maurice had sent this Letter to Holland, he left the Government of Brasile to the chief Council, the Militia to Henrick Hoes, Captain of his Life-guard, with Directions for Governing after his departure. Having setled all things in good order, he went from Maurice-stadt through Paratibi and Iguarazu to Parayba; where Janduy sent him three of his Sons, with twenty Tapuyans, desiring him not to go away; two of them with several Carapates and Waypebarans, (a People who made themselves Masters of the great Palmares) and five other Brasilians went aboard with him on the twentieth of May 1644.

The Fleet, consisting of thirteen Ships, and Mann'd with fourteen hundred Men of all sorts, was laden with so many Merchandizes as were valu'd at twenty six Tuns of Gold; with which Grave Maurice arriving at the Texel, Landed at the Helder, and gave an Account of his Government in Brasile, and of the then present state of that part of it which belong'd to the West-India Company.

* 1.421After Grave Maurice's departure, Hamel, Bassi, and Bullestraet, bore the chief Com∣mand in Brasile: The Charges made by the War were mitigated, and the number of the Soldiers in Garrison reduc'd to sixteen hundred; some Forts lay without a Man in them, whilest the King of Portugal watch'd for such an opportunity; for he seem'd to be as much concern'd for that Countrey, as for his Kingdom of Portu∣gal, and the rather, because his Predecessor Sebastian receiv'd above forty hundred thousand Ducats yearly out of the same, besides the Presents and other Gains made by the Portuguese; wherefore he gave order to the Governor of St. Salvador, to be

very vigilant, and assur'd him, that in a short time he would send him both Men and Provisions. A Mulatto call'd John Fernandes Viera,* 1.422 did not a little assist the Portu∣guese in their Design; for he having liv'd a considerable time in a Councellors Housech in Reciffa, had narrowly observ'd all Passages, and insinuated himself into several Statesmens Affairs, by Presenting them now and then with some Rarities, inso∣much that he came in time to Farm the Rents which the Weft-India Company re∣ceiv'd from the Sugar-Mills; but at length being discontented because the Coun∣cil would not make any abatement upon the same, when he complain'd that he lost by Farming the fore-mention'd Tax, he held private Correspondence with Andreas Vidal, that when a convenient opportunity presented it self for the Portuguese to fall on the Hollanders, he might be assisting; to which end he had gotten several Arms and Ammunition together.

In this Plot a Jew nam'd Moses Accoignes, living in Viera's House, a League from Reciffa, to keep him from Arrests, was perswaded to joyn, which he seemingly pro∣mis'd to do; but went away by Day-break, and discover'd the Design to the Privy-Council, who being rock'd asleep by the Portugueses fair Pretences, gave no credit to the Relation.

* 1.423For the better carrying on of this Design, Cavalcantelca, Provost-Marshal in Maurice-stadt made a great Wedding for his Daughter in Viera's House, to which the chiefest Persons of Quality, both of the Portuguese, and also all the Privy-Coun∣cellors and Military Officers belonging to the West-India Company were invited: and the Plot was so contriv'd, that whilest they were all at Dinner, the Portuguese were suddenly to fall upon the Netherlanders and kill them, both Servants and Ma∣sters; this done, some were to go to Reciffa or Maurice-stadt, with news that the Wedding People were coming; whereupon part were to press into the City, others to keep the Gates, till all their Forces were come thither, which then might easily secure and seize upon the Magazine: some Barques also under pretence of loading Sugar, were in the mean time to set upon the Haven and Fort near the Shore. All things were accordingly prepar'd for the Wedding, nothing being wanting that could be purchas'd with Money; and near the Forts of Rio Grande and Parayba were Stage-plays to be Acted in publick, it being concluded that the Soldiers in Garri∣son would certainly be there to see them; the Actors being privately Arm'd with Pistols and Ponyards. And to oblige one another the more for the carrying on of this bloody Design, Viera had caus'd the chief Conspirators to take an Oath before the high Altar. The twenty fourth of June 1645. was the Day on which this Tra∣gedy was to be acted; but a few days before two Portugueses and five Jews,* 1.424 who had been sworn Confederates, their Consciences checking them for so villanous an Undertaking, made an ingenuous Discovery of the Plot. The Councellor Moucheron was also inform'd, that the Portuguese Colonel Camaron and Diez were coming with great Forces from St. Salvador.

The Council when they might easily have apprehended Viera, sent for him by a Jew call'd Abraham Coing, under pretence of Treating about some Business concern∣ing the West-India Company; he promis'd to come in the Evening,* 1.425 but suspecting he was betray'd, fled into the Woods, and gave speedy notice to all his Accom∣plices, who follow'd him in great numbers. The Soldiers sent to search Viera's House, found none but old Men and Children.

The Councellor Van Houten went immediately with seven Sugar-Vessels to Pa∣rayba, fortifi'd the Forts Margareta, Pestringa, and Antonio, and made room for the Brasilians that had remov'd thither from their Villages, in the Houses deserted by the Portuguese in Frederick-stadt. On the other side, Amador da Rouge, one of the Con∣spi rators,

spirators, went with a Company from Poiouca through the Countrey, kill'd seven Dutch Seamen, with three Jews, and erected Gibbets, on which he threatned to hang all those who did not take up Arms for the King of Portugal. Colonel Hous in∣form'd hereof march'd with five hundred Men to Poiuca to meet the Portuguese, who were scatter'd up and down the neighboring Woods. He also publish'd an Edict, in which every one was Licens'd to return to their Habitations, with pro∣mise of pardon for their Rebellion, if they would take the Oath of Allegiance anew, onelv Viera, Cavalcantelca, and Da Rouge, were excluded, and nine thousand Guilders promis'd to those that brought them dead or alive, which made two hundred Inha∣bitants in Reciffa march into the Countrey under the Command of Captain Blar, to find the fore-mention'd Traitors; and at last joyning with Hous, they pursu'd the fled Portuguese.

* 1.426In the mean time the Council sent the Captains Vander Voort and Hoogenstraet, to Antonio Silva, Governor of St. Salvador, to acquaint him with the treacherous In sur∣rection of the Portuguese, and of Camaron and Diez coming from St. Salvador to their assistance, urging, that these treacherous Proceedings and breach of Oath, could not but redound to the dishonor of the Crown of Portugal. Whereto Silva an∣swer'd,

That Camaron and Diez were not under any Obligation of Oath, but that he would check the Insurrection in Pernambuco, and take care that the Au∣thors thereof should make Satisfaction to the West-India Company.

Notwith∣standing which fair Pretences, he so wrought with Hoogenstraet, that after a private Conference between them it was agreed, that for a certain sum of Money he should surrender him the Promontory of St. Augustine, of which he was Governor; but at his Return to Reciffa being made chief Commander of the Castle there, and being jealous what might follow his private Treating with Silva, he declar'd to the Council, that Silva had desir'd him to surrender the Fort St. Augustine, which he had granted, for no other end, but to catch the false Portuguese in their own Nets, and to trapan all such as should be sent to take possession of it; and that if the Council had any suspicion of him, they might make use of his Service in some other place.

About this time a hundred and fifty Tapuyans, led by a German Soldier call Jacob Rabbi, Sallying out of their Woods, fell upon the great Village Conyahou, under the Jurisdiction of Rio Grande, broke into the Church, murder'd all the Portuguese, and eating their raw Flesh, demolish'd the Place.

Hous also unfortunately Storm'd the Mountain Santantan, where the Enemy lay Intrench'd, being forc'd to Retreat with the loss of above a hundred Men, amongst whom was Captain Lo.

* 1.427The Privy Council caus'd a part of Maurice-stadt to be pull'd down, as also the stately Palace Freyburgh, for which the Jews proffer'd Grave-Maurice 6000 l. together with the stately Garden, which were thought to exceed the famous Gardens in Thessalia; but on the other side they kept Men at work Night and Day in repairing the decay'd Castle at Reciffa.

* 1.428About the same time the Admiral Salvador Correo de Bonavides, brought thirty four great Sail of Ships to an Anchor before Reciffa, the Gallion which he Com∣manded carrying sixty Brass Guns. The Admiral Lichthart ran to meet him with five Vessels, and sent him word, that if he fell down to Leeward, since he was got to the Windward, he should soon find, that five Ships durst Engage with a Fleet six times as strong. Whereupon Bonavides sent two Messengers to Lichthart to tell him, that he came as a Friend to damp the Portuguese Insurrection in Pernamhuco; to which purpose he had already Landed some Companies at Tamandera. Lichthart send∣ing the two Messengers to the Council at Reciffa, they sent two of their own Mem∣bers

[illustration] view of Suriname

SERINHAIM

[illustration]

PONTA TAMANDEI••

The Names of the Ships both of the Dutch and Portuguese Fleet.

• A. The Portuguese Amiral.
• B. Their Vice-Admiral.
• C. The rest of their Ships.
• D. Three of their Barques.
• E. Three Carvels, which lay to watch in the Bay.
• F. The Enemy's Battery.
• G. The Utrecht, being the Dutch Admiral.
• H. The Ter Veer.
• I. The Zealand Vice-Admiral.
• K. The Over-Ysel.
• L. Salt Land Pink.
• M. The Folden Deer Faigat.
• N 0. The Leyden Pink, and Unicorn Frigat.
• P Q. A Dogger and three Netherland Barques.

bers to Bonavides, desiring to know of him what call'd him thither with so great a Fleet, and without giving the least notice, contrary to the concluded Peace of ten years?

Whilest the two Commissioners went with the fore-mention'd Orders to the Portuguese Fleet, a Netherland Vessel endeavor'd, notwithstanding the Wind was con∣trary, to get out to Lichthart's assistance; which Banavides observing, stood away Northerly before the Wind: but Lichthart overtook a Ketch belonging to the Por∣tuguese Fleet.

* 1.429Mean while the Portuguese upon Land being two thousand strong, under the Command of Vidal, Diez, Camaron, and Acoignes, Storm'd the Fort Serinhain, where the French Captain Montagne could make but little resistance, not having above forty Men, and being unprovided of Ammunition and Provision; yet he refisted nine days, and at last got two Barques to convey him to Reciffa.

Soon after this the Portuguese Fleet falling out amongst themselves, Bonavides Steer'd back for Lisbon with a few Ships, the rest coming to an Anchor again near Reciffa; where the Seamen whom Lichthart had taken inform'd him, that their Fleet came the first time to Reciffa for no other end, but to stir up the Portuguese by

their Presence to take up Arms, according to a private Contract, having to that purpose Landed twelve hundred Men at Tamandera, besides the Army led by Cama∣ron and Diez from St. Salvador to Pernambuco.

Colonel Hous about this time being sent for back to Reciffa, and staying with five hundred Men for Captain Blaek's coming, who was sent to fetch all the Portu∣guese Women within three Leagues about Reciffa, was set upon in the Night by Vidal with two thousand Portugueses; the Brasilians, who were above half his Forces, flying into the Woods, leaving onely two hundred Netherlanders to fight with Vidal, by whom being so much over-power'd, they were forc'd to submit to his mercy, and suffer themselves to be all carry'd Prisoners to St. Salvador.

By this time at Reciffa all things were in a confusion, the Pits digg'd about Maurice-stadt afforded nothing but brackish Water, which occasion'd Sickness.

* 1.430Vidal encourag' d by his Victory, march'd to St. Augustine, where without doubt he had stopt, if Hoogenstraet, who had the chief Command of the Fort, had not been Disloyal; for this Traitor thought it not enough to surrender this invincible Fort to the Enemy, but also bereav'd Reciffa of Provisions and Ammunition, which he did very subtilly, sending earnestly thither for Souldiers, Bullets, Powder and Shot, in lieu whereof he sent thither two Barques full of old Men, Women and Chil∣dren, that so he might deprive Reciffa of stout Men, and supply their room with un∣able People. For this treacherous and villanous Act the Portuguese were to give him 1800 l. and make him a Colonel: Moreover, all the Soldiers in Garrison, con∣sisting of three hundred Men, receiv'd 3 l. a Man, and were sent to joyn with a Regiment of six hundred and fifty Men, over which Hoogenstraet was made chief Commander.

* 1.431The day before this eminent Castle was to be deliver'd up to the Enemy, Ad∣miral Lichthart obtain'd a brave Victory at Sea; for the Portuguese Fleet (consisting of seventeen Sail, the rest being gone with Bonavides to Portugal) anchoring before Tamandera, were valiantly set upon by Lichthart, who Engag'd with them on the ninth of September 1645. with the Utrecht, being the Admiral Ship, the Zealand, Ter Veer, Over-Ysel, the Pinks Salt-Land and Leyden, a Dogger and three Barques. In the Hole of the Haven Tamandera three Portuguese Carvels kept Watch, and near a Bat∣tery full of Guns lay three Barques, and the other Ships a little farther nigh the Shore. The Enemy at first shot very fiercely from the Battery, whilest the Ships drove to the Shore, and the Men leaping overboard swam ashore, onely the Admiral Jeronymo Serao de Payva made some resistance, but at last surrendred up his Ship, the Netherlanders in their Barques killing above seven hundred Portugueses in the Water. Lichthart burnt the whole Fleet, except the Admiral and Vice-Admiral, which he carry'd to Reciffa.

But this Victory was not comparable to the Loss which the East-India Company sustain'd by the selling of the Promontory of St. Augustine, and the taking of the Forts Porto Calvo and Rio Francisco; to the last whereof the Barques coming too late to carry the Soldiers off, they were all made Prisoners by the Portuguese, as also the Planters, in all to the number of five hundred.

Vidal marching to Tamarica, Storm'd Schuppen-stadt, but found such resistance from George Garstman (who supply'd the Prisoner Hous his Place) that he lost three hun∣dred Men:* 1.432 After which he endeavor'd by means of Fernandes Bouilloux, to purchase the Fort Margareta for 1500 l. Sterl. of the Governor of Parayba, who immediately without any farther Examination, caus'd Bouilloux that proffer'd the Money to be put to death.

A Dutch Sergeant in Olinda dealt very treacherously; for he sold the Fort to a

Portuguese Ensign for 100 l. and also most basely betray'd all his Soldiers Lives to the merciliess Enemy.

* 1.433By these means Reciffa was round about in jeopardy, as also within; for the great Thirst of the Inhabitants under a scorching Climate, augmented by the Hollanders salt Meat, could not be quench'd with brackish Water, for fresh was not to be had; Famine also increas'd daily, insomuch that the Poor threatned to fall upon the Rich, which made the Magistrates go Arm'd from House to House, to enquire what Store every one had, which being writ down was carry'd away and put into the Store-houses, where each receiv'd alike share, without respect of Persons. Fewel also grew very scarce, which made many eat their Meat raw, or half dress'd. In the interim every one that was able, was forc'd to work at the Forts of Reciffa, which were beaten down by the Rains; and the Soldiers continually alarm'd by the Enemy, were forc'd to be Night and Day up in Arms. The People dy'd more and more daily, when two Fly-Boats arriv'd there with Provisions, and News, that a Fleet was coming to their assistance.

The Captains Rhynbag and Montagne went in the Night, each with a Company, to fall upon the Enemy, who being two thousand five hundred strong, drove them back, and pursu'd them within shot of the Afogados, where forty Portugueses were kill'd.

About the same time a Terra Neuf Sailor, laden with the dry'd Fish Bocraillo, came to Reciffa.

In Parayba three hundred Netherlanders Sallying out of the Forts, fell so valiantly upon nine hundred Portugueses, that they forc'd them to flye, not without a consi∣derable loss. After which a Party of Brasilians surpris'd eighty Portugueses, as they were at Mass in Andreas Diez de la Figuereda's Sugar-Mills, where they spar'd none but Figuereda's Daughter, whose Beauty so charm'd them, that they comforted her mourning for her Father's Death, and deliver'd her undefil'd to the Governor of Parayba.

* 1.434Vidal raging for madness because now and then some of his Prisoners escap'd, caus'd several of them to be cruelly murder'd, tying some of them Back to Back, and then cutting them in pieces; others he threw with Stones ty'd about their Necks into the Rivers; others he ty'd by their Privities, and hung them upon Trees; and also knock'd out the Brains of others.

* 1.435In Reciffa the Soldiers, consisting of divers Nations, began likewise to mutiny crying, They should be all starv'd; and saying, They had better be slain in the Field fighting against the Enemy, than die of Hunger in the City. They also complain'd, The Commis∣sioners themselves betray Brasile; and threatned by force to fetch the Provisions out of the publick Stores, saying, They had long enough endur'd Thirst and Hunger.

These Transactions in Brasile were very ill resented in Holland, the common People in the Hague being ready to pull down the Portuguese Ambassador's House, in revenge of the Cruelties exercis'd upon the Netherlanders in Brasile, had they not been hindred by the Prudence of Prince Henrick. The Ambassador pretending to be ignorant of the fore-mention'd Passages, proffer'd to make what Satisfaction the West-India Company should require. But the States not satisfi'd with Excuses, when the Actions plainly manifested what their Intentions were, Complain'd to the French King of the unthankful and malicious Dealings of the Portuguese Crown; and meeting but with small Redress,* 1.436 they prepar'd to right themselves by force of Arms, and to that end rais'd several Regiments of Land-Soldiers, besides Seamen, to send to Brasile. The Fleet design'd thither, consisting of twenty two Sail, after it had been frozen up before Flushing three Moneths, set Sail at last in the beginning

of February, Anno 1646. with the Lord Schonenburgh, a Member of the States, the Councellor Goch,* 1.437 Treasurer Beaumond, Men very well experienc'd in Governing of Countreys: To these were added the eminent Merchants of Amsterdam, Haeks and Trovire, to keep the West-India Companies Accounts, and Le Heremiet for their Secretary. Sigismond Schuppe bore the chief Command over the Militia, and the Admiral Bankert over the Fleet, which suffer'd the greatest hardship imaginable; for being driven by tempestuous Winds into the Downs, two of them driving from their Anchors were call away on the Flats. The Fleet getting out again, was once more forc'd by a Storm to put in at the Isle of Wight; from whence by reason of con∣tinual Gusts they could not stir in nine Weeks time. During this tedious waiting for a fair Wind, the Brasile Frigat, valu'd at 20000 l. was split in pieces against a Rock of the Island, and of three hundred Men thirty onely were sav'd. A Pink, which came in two Moneths from Reciffa, brought also sad tydings to the Fleet, viz. That the Town was in such a Condition, that without doubt the Fleet would come too late to their assistance: whereupon they making the more haste, endea∣vor'd, not without great trouble, to weigh Anchor again, whilest the Wind rose higher and higher, and the Waves going very hollow, drove the Ships down towards Portland Coast, full of Rocks, to which they were so near, that they saw a Scotch∣man split in pieces against them; and had not the Wind come about, and abated of its fury, the Fleet had undoubtedly perish'd. No sooner was this Danger past, but another succeeded; for the Soldiers in the Admirals Ship complaining of the small allowance they had of Cheese, Brandy, and Tobacco, had made themselves Masters of the Store-room, and threatned to kill the Lords Goch and Beaumond; but they, assisted with Men from the other Ships, who came in at the Cabbin Windows, so order'd the Mutineers, that they ask'd forgiveness, which for many Reasons was granted, onely they were distributed by seven in a Ship throughout the whole Fleet. After a great Contest between Goch and Beaumond about carrying the Flag, which could not be decided, Goch was left by the rest of the Fleet, who Steer'd an∣other Course, and getting near the Line, lay becalm'd six days; in which time he lost very many of his Men by a strange kind of Scorbute which rag'd amongst them; at last Sailing along the Promontory of St. Augustine, he came to an Anchor before Reciffa, which he found in the greatest Exigency imaginable, insomuch that it was resolv'd upon, the next day to surrender the Place up to the Portuguese, on promise of Quarter onely: which Resolution none oppos'd more than the Jews; for the Portuguese swore that they would burn them alive, if ever they became Masters of Reciffa, which made them resolve to die with the Sword in their Hands, and sell their Lives at a dear rate. Six Weeks after Gochs Arrival, the remaining part of the Fleet, escaping many dreadful Storms, in which, besides the two that were lost in the Downs, they lost five Ships and five hundred Men, arriv'd also at Reciffa; where the Commissioners appointed Officers to distribute to every one their certain allow∣ance of Victuals. The prime Councellor Schonenburgh also decided the Difference between Beaumond and Goch, as also between Haeks and Trovire, about their Places in the Assembly, viz. that they should sit above one another by Turns. The old Governors, Hamel, Bassi, and Bullestraet, were blam'd by every one for the decay of Brasile; and being sent to Holland, were receiv'd with frowning Looks, and rail'd against in Pamphlets as faithless Persons, who sought nothing but their own ad∣vantage, and were threatned to be call'd to an Account. It was also laid to their charge, that they had not given a true Account of the State and Condition of Brasile; that the State was much more decay'd than they had made known, by which means the present Power prov'd too weak to do any thing to the Enemy.

* 1.438Amongst other Misfortunes which befell the West-India Company, the Revolt of the Tapuyans and other Brasilians was not the least, which hapned upon the occasion of Garstman's putting to Death of Jacob Rabbi, a German, and indeed their chief Ringleader in all Robberies and Villanies; but Dary their then King alledging that Rabbi was wrongfully Executed by Garstman, and that his Tryal belong'd to him as King, prosecuted Garstman so vigorously, that he and his Ensign Jacob Boulan, his Accessory in the Fact, had their Goods and Salary confiscated, and they them∣selves were sent home in disgrace.

* 1.439Mean while the Council seeing that there was not much good to be done by force of Arms, endeavor'd by mild ways to invite the revolted Portugueses, who were all promis'd Pardon for their Insurrection in an Edict which was publish'd in all places, onely Viera, Almado, De Rouche, Antonio Calvantelca, and Hoogenstraet, for whom great sums of Money were offer'd, were excepted. The Portuguese on the contrary publish'd, That they would receive all those Netherlanders into favor that would come over to them, and pay the Debts which they ow'd to the West-India Company, and also Transport them whither they pleas'd. These Promises, writ∣ten in English, Dutch, French, and Portuguese, and hung every where on the Boughs of Trees, and other publick Places, operated much more than the Privy-Councils Edicts; for in stead of one Portuguese that came to them, several ran to the Portu∣guese from Reciffa, notwithstanding a strict Guard was kept to prevent them, besides the great mortality amongst the Soldiers and Inhabitants through several raging Distempers, and want of fresh Provisions: Which general Calamity, it seems, very much cow'd the Spirits of those that were left; for in a Sally meeting with five hundred Portugueses, notwithstanding they were equal in number, yet they made a shameful Retreat; yea, though Schuppe came with eight hundred Men to their assi∣stance, yet he could not prevail with them to face about either by fair means or foul, for with his own hand he Ran-through an Ensign, Sergeant, and two Soldier, who ran away first. Yet notwithstanding this base and cowardly Retreat, it was resolv'd on to set upon Olinda and the Promontory St. Augustine; and at the same time Hinderson was sent to make himself Master of Rio Francisco with fifteen hun∣dred Men, and to harrase all the Countrey thereabouts with Fire and Sword, that so he might force the Portuguese to leave Reciffa.

* 1.440Though John Dary, King of the Tapuyans, seem'd well enough contented with the punishment of Garstman, yet a great Party of his Subjects were not satisfi'd, but went and joyn'd with the Portuguese, because Garstman had not been deliver'd to them in Siara, where they kill'd all the Netherlanders they could meet with, and sent Presents to their King Dary, if possible, to oblige him to joyn with the Portuguese: But he reply'd, That he had more reason to punish them for their ill usage of the Inhabitants in Siara, than to have any thing to do with the Portuguese.

The Council inform'd hereof, sent the Interpreter Ralph Baron, who had a long time Convers'd with the Tapuyans, with a Present of Axes, Knives, Looking-glasses, Shirts, Combs, and the like Trifles, to King Dary, desiring him to continue his for∣mer kindness towards the Hollanders; which Dary promis'd, provided he might re∣ceive Assistance from Reciffa against those whom he had made his Enemies for the Netherlanders sake; which Baron promis'd should be done as soon as the fresh Forces which were daily expected from the Texel, Maes, and Zealand, came to Brasile.

* 1.441Hinderson Landing at Rio Grande, took the Fort without firing a Gun, the Portu∣guese at his first coming flying into the Woods. He found here abundance of Cattel; for no place in the World breeds more than this, several Husbandmen having fifteen thousand Head of Beasts, of which many were taken to supply the want of Provi∣sions.

at Reciffa. As soon as he had taken the Fort, he caus'd it to be pull'd down to the Ground, because it stood in an inconvenient place, and immediately rais'd another, which was much better to be defended, by reason of the rising Ground; but he could neither bring that Work, nor any other Design to any perfection, be∣cause of the treachery of his Soldiers, who being most of them Roman-Catholicks, were so inclin'd to the Portuguese Interest, that they daily more and more deserted the Companies Service, and gave Intelligence to the Enemy of their Transactions. Amongst others, an Antwerper was apprehended for an Intelligencer, and being Hang'd on a Gibbet, fell three times one after another on his Feet, the Halter break∣ing like a burnt Thred, which gave him so many times of respit and opportunity of supplicating for Life; but his Crime was too hainous to admit of Pardon. Mean while the fled Portugueses being supply'd with fresh Supplies from all Places, especially from St. Salvador, to the number of twelve hundred Men, they kiil'd the Out-watches, consisting of twenty Men: The next Sentinel being warn'd by the noise, alarm'd the new Fort, which was scarce finish'd, because a mighty Shower of Rain had wash'd away the Walls.* 1.442 Hinderson being wounded in the Leg, sent Cap∣tain Montagne against the Enemy, of whose Power he was sensible; yet going to the place where the Watch that was kill'd had kept their Station, he met with two hundred Portugueses, divided into three Companies, and drawn out for Battel, who running away were pursu'd by Montagne, till coming up to their Regimeat, which consisted in all of a thousand Men, divided into five Companies, they fell on all sides upon Montagne, who fighting valiantly, was overpower'd and kill'd, with three hundred of his Men, and almost as many more taken Prisoners; amongst whom was the Minister Astette, four hundred onely escaping into the Fort, where Hinderson stay'd expecting the event of Montagne's Exploits.

This Defeat spoil'd Schuppe's Design, who by his marching to Rio Francisco thought to draw the Enemy from Reciffa; but now being forc'd to think of some other way, he thought it convenient to invade St. Salvador by Sea, as the Enemy had done Reciffa by Land. Wherefore Hinderson receiv'd order to stay with six hun∣dred Men (being all that were left of fifteen hundred,) on Rio Grande, whither a Barque with Provisions being sent, was taken, and the Men in cool Blood kiil'd by the Portuguese.

At the same time it was given out, that Schuppe was going with the Admiral Bankert to Hinderson's assistance; and to delude the Portuguese the more, Schuppe went with two thousand five hundred Men to Rio Francisco, where he lay some days at an Anchor, upon which the Governor of St. Salvador sending several Com∣panies thither,* 1.443 Schuppe Sail'd with all speed to St. Salvador, and Landing on the Island Taperica, four Leagues in circumference, he got a rich Booty, and spar'd none whome're he met with, insomuch that two thousand were destroy'd, some by the Sword upon the place, others by their haste to get over to St. Salvador; for most of the Vessels being too full, sunk with them. Amongst the Prisoners that were taken and sent to Reciffa, were two Monks, who were design'd the same Entertainment as the Minister Astette should receive in St. Salvador; whereupon they immediately wrote to their Fraternity, to take care that Astette should not be burnt alive, as the Portuguese had threatned, because they were to expect the same usage: whereupon Astette was set at liberty, and had leave to walk up and down the Streets of St. Sal∣vador. Schuppe fortifi'd himself on Taperica, near an Inlet under the new Works, and together with Lichthart watch'd for all Portuguese Vessels:* 1.444 But Lichthart dying here, was carry'd to Reciffa, and there bury'd. On the other side, the Governor of St. Salvador sent fifteen hundred Men in the Night to the other side of Taperica,

[illustration]

where with all speed they Intrench'd themselves, and Sally'd daily out of their Works upon Schuppe, so that many Men were lost on both sides; but Schuppe was in the worst Condition, in regard his Soldiers ran over in great numbers to St. Salva∣dor, where they were well Entertain'd; of which he advertis'd the Privy-Council, who were the less able to give him Redress, as having the same cause of Com∣plaint.

* 1.445Amongst others there hapned a sad Accident of a young Soldier, scarce sixteen years old, and born at Roan, who having robb'd his Father's Cash, went in a Ship to Holland; where he lavishly spending the Money, was forc'd at last to List him∣self in the West-India Companies Service, and coming with the fore-mention'd Fleet to Reciffa, endeavor'd with two Companies to run to the Portuguese; but overtaken, was Try'd for the Fact, and Condemn'd to be Hang'd, for none of his Excuses which he made, of going over the River onely to fetch some Oranges and Lem∣mons to refresh himself, would save him, nor his protesting that he had no inten∣tion of going to the Enemy, nor the Promise that his Father should release him for ten thousand Crowns, nor his Minority, which ought chiefly to have been consi∣der'd, but that Necessity stopt the Ears of the Compassionate; so that his Execution drew pity from the Beholders a few Weeks after.

* 1.446A very astonishing Passage hapned at Reciffa upon another Sentence of Death pronounc'd against a Portuguese, who after the publication of the Act of Pardon came to Reciffa, and there hir'd a Seaman for two hundred Crowns, to carry a Letter, made up in a Leaden Box, to the Governor of the Promontory of St. Au∣gustine, with order that if he was set upon any where, he should throw the Box in∣to the Water. The Letter written in strange Characters, contain'd a Declaration of the small number of Men in Reciffa, most of the Netherlanders Forces lying on the Island Taperica, so that if Reciffa were Storm'd along the Bank, and from Maurice∣stadt, it might easily be taken. This Letter being intercepted, the Portuguese was taken and Condemn'd, and as he was carrying to the Place of Execution cry'd aloud, You People take delight in my Death, but you shall be interrupted; and indeed it hapned ac∣cordingly:

for when the Executioner began to scorch the half-strangled Criminal with Straw, there sprung up a strange Spirit of Contention amongst the Specta∣tors, who began to justle and strike one another; and soon after a Whirlwind rose in the midst of the Market-place, which in a moment caus'd them all to stagger like drunken People, their Hats and Caps were blown up into the Air, the whole multitude tumbling confusedly on the Ground, the Arm'd Soldiers flying to the next Houses, and the Executioner falling down in a Trance from the Scaffold: A full quarter of an hour this Confusion had lasted, when the People came to them∣selves again, and the Hangman return'd to his Business, cutting off the Portuguese's Nose, Ears, Privy-Members, and tearing out his Heart, which he threw to two Dogs, who devour'd the same; then dividing the Body into Quarters, which were set up at the four Corners of the City for an Example.

The same Punishment receiv'd a Mulatto, who endeavor'd to fire two of the Hol∣landers best Ships in the Haven.

Notwithstanding these Punishments, the Soldiers ran away daily; the blame whereof might justly be laid on the Magistrates, who took no notice of the Soldiers just Complaints of their Officers, cheating them of a third part of their Pro∣vision, and inflicting severe Punishments upon them as Mutineers, when they had real cause of Complaint.

Schuppe was at the same time shrewdly put to it for want of Men, who either dy'd of the then reigning Disease, or ran away to the Enemy; so that he was for∣ced to leave the Island Taperica, and inclose himself within his new rais'd Sconce.

* 1.447The Admiral Bankert had better success; for Cruising up and down before the Inlet Todos los Sanctos, after the taking and sinking of several Ships as they came in his way, he at last set upon the Portuguese Fleet, consisting of seven great Ships, of which one got to St. Salvador, another was sunk, and the other five were taken, be∣ing valu'd at twenty Tuns of Gold, or 200000 l. Sterl. In this Engagement were kill'd above four hundred Portugueses, besides two hundred and fifty who were ta∣ken Prisoners, and sent Shackled to Reciffa. Amongst them was the new Vice-Roy of Brasile, the Admiral, Vice-Admiral, three Monks, and several other Per∣sons of note.

* 1.448This Victory began to give some Breath to Reciffa, when at the same time Mar∣shal Hous arriv'd there with seven Ships, Mann'd with five hundred Soldiers. This Hous on the seventeenth of August, Anno 1645. had been taken Prisoner at the En∣genho, having fought so long till all his Powder was spent, so that he was forc'd to surrender himself upon promise of Quarter to Vidal, who after he had taken an Oath upon the Bible, to spare the Lives of all the Hollanders and Brasilians, fell upon the Brasilians and slew them, being a hundred in all, in Cold-blood, who yet sold their Lives at no easie rate. Being carry'd Prisoner, together with Captain Bristow, Listry, Wildschut, Blar, and two hundred more, by Viera to Casa de Prugar, he was thence sent to Portugal, where being releas'd, be brought News to the States of the mean Condition of the West-India Company, and that all things must needs be lost, if they did not speedily take the Business into Consideration: Whereupon he was fur∣nish'd with a Supply of Ships and Men, with which he set Sail for Brasile; where being arriv'd, most part of the Soldiers he brought with him were Transported to Taperica, to assist Schuppe; who as soon as they came to him, march'd into the Coun∣trey; where being set upon by a thousand Portugueses, he lost sixty Men.

Soon after Hoogenstraet receiving Orders from the Governor of St. Salvador, who was inform'd by some Prisoners, that Schuppe had not above twelve hundred fight∣ing Men, to fall upon him with three thousand, made a furious Assault upon the

Sconce in two places, and Storming the same for two hours together, lost four hundred Men, which made him draw off a little before Day-break.

In the interim nine Privateers, fitted out by several Merchants of Holland and Zealand, came to Cruise up and down before the Coast of Brasile; which the States the rather allow'd of, because the West-India Company was not able to send any more Supplies thither: Nor was it long ere they took five Portuguese Prizes, and afterwards (joyning with Bankert) four more laden full of Sugar, in the Haven To∣dos los Sanctos, where they threw a hundred and twenty Portuguese, and fifty revolted Hollanders overboard.

Reciffa being at that time reduc'd to very great straits, earnestly implor'd Aid from the States, but to little purpose, by reason of the Differences amongst them∣selves, which hapned upon this occasion: The Spanish King by his Agent in the Hague made Overtures of Peace, and proffer'd to fall upon the Portuguese in Brasile: to which Proposition, when as the rest of the States seem'd inclinable, those of Zea∣land would no ways hearken, being resolv'd to have nothing to do with Spain.* 1.449 The news of this Dissention exceedingly perplex'd the Council at Reciffa, especially when to that news was added, that Bankert, the onely terror to the Enemy at Sea, was Commanded home by the States of Zealand, which yet the General States strictly forbad. Whereupon they thought fit to send one of their Assembly to the Hague, to make the States acquainted with the miserable Condition of Brasile, and to Expo∣stulate with them for their insensibility of their Condition, and to let them under∣stand, that ten thousand Men would not restore Brasile to its former Condition: Every one strove to be the Messenger of these sad tydings, but especially their Pre∣sident Schonenbergh wish'd it might be his lot to leave the unhappy Countrey of Brasile; but because his departure would not have been without great murmuring of the People, Haeks was sent in his stead. Together with him went Hinderson (who was in no esteem since the Destruction on Rio Grande;) they both Embarqu'd on Bankert's Ship and five others, which in stead of being laden with rich Commodi∣ties, and ballasted with Sugar, as heretofore, were fraught with discontented Sea∣men, decrepid and sick Soldiers, unserviceable Jews, poor Travellers, Portuguese, Prisoners, and onely ten Weeks Provisions, whereas all other Vessels at their Re∣turn from Brasile us'd to have Provision for three Moneths, which at this time could not be spar'd. The Council also made Orders what Persons should go with the fore-mention'd Ships, viz. None but those whose Names were written in the Lists which had stuck six Weeks at every Church Door, that by that means no Cre∣ditor might suffer by his Debtors going away, nor any Criminal escape his deser∣ved punishament. Bankert had scarce been a Week at Sea, when he dy'd of the Palsie:* 1.450 he was a Man, who for his valiant Exploits was from a Fore-mast Man preferr'd to be Captain; which Office he perform'd with great Prudence and Valor: but that which first made him most eminently taken notice of, was his Engaging with thirteen Dunkirkers, of which he sunk three, and being boarded by three more, and fir'd at by the rest, he refus'd to surrrender his Ship on promise of Quarter, but plac'd his eldest Son with a lighted Match in the Powder-room, commanding him on pain of Death to blow up the Ship with the three Dunkirkers as soon as he gave the Word; which valorous Resolution so amaz'd the Enemy, that they let him go. He also behav'd himself bravely in the Downs against the Spanish Admiral Oquendo. His two Sons that were present when he gave up the Ghost, would not have his Body thrown overboard, notwithstanding it stunk so intolerably, that all the Pro∣visions in the Ship were tainted by it; therefore taking out his Entrails, they Salted the Body, wrapt it up in four Sail-cloths, and nailing the same up in a pitchy

Chest, bury'd it under the Ballast. Mean while the Fleet approaching the Flemmish Isles, was surpris'd by a terrible Storm, in which the Vice-Admiral's old Ship split asunder, but most of the People were sav'd. Between Calice and Dover they met with eight Ostenders, against whom they made themselves ready to Fight; but they, according to the King of Spain's Order, instead of Hostility shew'd them Friendship. All their Provisions were spent, when they happily Anchor'd before Flushing, where Bankert's Body was Interr'd with great Solemnity.

In the interim the United Netherlands had fitted out another Fleet to assist Reciffa, the West-India Company having first demanded of the King of Portugal two hundred and eighty Tuns of Gold, to the value of which they affirm'd themselves to have been damag'd by the Insurrection of the Portuguese. On the other side, the King of Portugal was in a quandary about the Business of Brasile; for first, he had no other thoughts but that Brasile would have fall'n into his hands within the space of three Moneths, because the Plot there was so subtilly laid; neither did he think the States would have concern'd themselves with the West-India Companies Business, which now it was manifest they did. Besides this, there was a third Inconvenience, viz. that the Spanish Crown endeavor'd to conclude a Peace with the United Netherlands;* 1.451 wherefore that he might put a stop to the sending of the Fleet to Brasile, he dealt with the French Ambassador to make very advantageous Proffers in his behalf, viz. That he would surrender all the conquer'd Places, and make good all the Damages that had been sustain'd thereby. The Fleet appointed to go to Brasile was hereupon stopt, till the States had Consulted about an Answer on the fore-mention'd Propositions; but when Haeks brought news of the falshood of the Portuguese, the Scale was im∣mediately turn'd, insomuch that the Portuguese Ambassador went in danger of his Life, till the Mutineers were put into Custody. Moreover the Fleet was order'd to Sail with all speed possible to Reciffa, with promise that another Fleet should soon follow with six thousand Men; but the many disconsolate tydings that had been brought of late, of the hardships and sufferings of those that went before, through the unwholsomness of the Climate, the want of Provisions, the Strength and Cruelty of the Enemy, made the Seamen and Soldiers very unwilling to go so fatal a Voyage, insomuch that as many as could, made their escape: yet at last, on the last day of December, Anno 1647. the Fleet set Sail under the Command of Corneliszoon de Wit; some Weeks before which Schuppe was forc'd to desert the Island Taperica, to go and aid Reciffa, which the Portuguese from a rais'd Battery on the other side of the River Biberibi shot at so incessantly, that none were safe either in their Houses or in the Streets.

Mean while the Portuguese Agent, Francisco de Sousa Continho, proffer'd the States to go to Brasile himself, and cause to be restor'd all those Places which had been ta∣ken from the West-India Company, particularly the City St. Salvador and Tercera, be∣sides Reparation for all other Damages.

* 1.452At the same time Grave Maurice was Treated with to go to Brasile again, but his Demands were so high, that it came to nothing; for he requir'd 4000 l. yearly to spend at his Table, and 5000 l. besides during his Life; also 2000 l. to set him out, and twelve thousand Men to Besiege St. Salvador, which was always guarded by four thousand, and thirty Carvels lay ready before Lisbon to carry four thousand more thither.

* 1.453All things went very ill on the Hollanders side at this present; for besides that the fore-mention'd Fleet had not its wish'd success, most of the Men being destroy'd by the immoderate Heat of the Climate, Angola and Loando were also taken by the Portuguese.

These Misfortunes made the West-India Company begin to be very forward to come to a Treaty with the Portuguese Agent, who before seem'd rather to court them, having offer'd to Engage for the restoration of whatever they possess'd at that time, when the ten years Peace was concluded; but when they came to insist upon that Point, he answer'd, That he must expect new Orders from Lisbon con∣cerning Loando, because the taking of that Place caus'd an alteration in the state of Affairs. But the States no way satisfi'd with Delays, that were like to prove both hurtful and disgraceful, resolv'd to put into Execution what they had before agreed upon, viz. The East-India Company was impower'd to make Prize of all Portuguese Ships towards the payment of the fifteen Tuns of Gold ordain'd for the West-India Company, to help them against the Portuguese Oppression. The West-India Com∣pany also receiv'd Commissions to Cruise for Portuguese Vessels before Brasile.

* 1.454On the seventeenth of February, Anno 1649. three thousand Soldiers that came over in the fore-mention'd Fleet, besides two hundred Negro's, and as many Sea∣men, marching to Besiege Gararapes under the Command of Schuppe and Coche, were so furiously set upon by the Sallying Enemy, that they were forc'd to break up the Siege in great disorder, whilest the Portuguese being in number two thousand five hundred, fell upon the Rere; and though the Dutch Officers us'd all the care they could possible to bring their Men to face about, yet they were not able to keep them from running away; in which flight great slaughter of them was made by the Portuguese Horse, consisting of a hundred and thirty, Arm'd with Lances, inso∣much that in the flight and the pursuit, a thousand Netherlanders were slain, and nineteen Ensigns or Colours were left behind as Trophies for the Portuguese; the chief of the Slain were Colonel Brink and Houteryve.

The Zealanders were much concern'd at the improsperous Affairs of Brasile, in re∣gard a fifth part of the West-India Companies Stock belong'd to Middleburg, Flushing, and Veer, insomuch that the Complaints of Widows and Orphans that shar'd in the common loss, mov'd the States to fit out six great Ships, and as many Ketches, Mann'd with two thousand eight hundred Men, for Brasile, where all things ran to ruine, the Grandees both of the Council, Army, and Fleet, being at variance, and impeaching one another.

The rest of the Provinces, especially Friesland, being less inclin'd to the West-India Company, were somewhat colder in the pursuit of this Business; nevertheless, up∣on a fresh Letter of Complaint from Walter Schonenbergh, President of the Brasilian Council, they held a Consultation together, how to raise Moneys for the fitting out of twenty Ships and five Ketches for the Relief of Brasile.

The Admiral De Wit returning home, was, upon the accusation of the Council in Brasile, and the General, Sigismond Schuppe, made Prisoner in the Hague; and to∣gether with him the other five Captains that went with him were Committed by the Admiralty, for returning without the Consent of the Council; but they were soon releas'd by the Magistrates of Amsterdam, who upon the Admiralties refusing to deliver them, commanded their Provost-Marshal to break open their Prison Doors.* 1.455 De Wit after his Releasement justifi'd what he had done before a full As∣sembly of the States, and alledg'd that it was according to the Orders he receiv'd when he undertook this Expedition.

The Portuguese Agent, Sousa Macede, obtaining Audience of the States, told them how ready the King his Master had been to come to a perfect Agreement of Peace with them, but that their own Acts of Hostility had been the occasion of the breach of that Treaty of Peace that had been concluded on; that the Robberies and Inso∣lencies committed by those Portugueses under their Jurisdiction, was not any way

authoris'd or countenanc'd by him; lastly, he offer'd them free Trade to Brasile, eighty Tun of Gold to the West-India Company, 800000 l. to the Orphans and Wi∣dows in Zealand, and payment of all private Debts. But making no mention of restoring the Places in Brasile, he seem'd to mock the States; who resented it so much, that they would admit of no farther Conference with him.

Mean while the West-India Companies Business in Brasile went daily more and more to ruine, insomuch that in the Year 1654. they lost all their Forts and Places of Strength and Habitation, and amongst them Reciffa, the chief Residence of the Council of Brasile,* 1.456 who returning home, brought nothing but a doleful Relation of their unfortunate Proceedings. Schuppe, Haeks, and Schonenbergh, made each of them a long Oration, setting forth the sad Condition of the Place, and the Miseries they had endur'd a long time before they left it; also excusing their total quitting thereof to the Enemy by the great want of Provisions and other Supplies, which they so often had written for in vain, at least receiv'd short of what their Necessities requir'd, and by the Clamours of the Soldiers, who were ready upon all occasions to Mutiny or Revolt, as appear'd by their crying out upon the discovery of a Fleet of Portuguese upon the Coast, Behold our Deliverers from the Netherlanders Tyranny; lastly, by the growing Power of their Enemies, which they could not have resisted, though they themselves had been much stronger than they were.

But the West-India Company sensibly touch'd at the thoughts of their Losses, were not satisfi'd with the Relation of Schonenbergh, Haeks, and Schuppe, but requir'd a Journal of every days Transactions, or Testimonies to confirm the truth of their Relation: They also demanded an Account of the Condition of the Store-houses when Reciffa was surrendred, and fell upon them with several Interrogatories, viz. Why the Fort Afogados was forsaken? Why the Garrisons were not drawn in from the North to Reciffa? Why they did not keep footing on the Land, and guard those Places they had left when Reciffa was lost? Why they made such ado for want of Provisions and Ammunition to dishearten the People? Why the Money proffer'd by several Citizens was not taken? Why they did not burn the Enemy's Fleet, since, according to the opinion of several, it might easily have been done? How they could testifie the Sedition of the Soldiers, since none of their Comman∣ders complain'd of it? Whether they us'd any Means to encourage the Besieged? Who did, and who did not consent to the Surrender? Whether no better Terms could have been made?* 1.457 In fine, they prevail'd with the States to secure Schonenbergh, Haeks, and Schuppe, in their Houses, and on the ninth of September, Anno 1654. brought them before a Council of War in the Hague, where the chief things objected against them were, That the Portuguese had gotten by the Conquest of Reciffa, above two hundred Brass Guns, most of them Demi-Culverins, and four hundred Iron Guns, valu'd together at ten hundred thousand Rixdollars; That the Store-houses were sufficiently stock'd with Provision and Ammunition; That they took care to se∣cure their own Goods, but left what belong'd to the West-India Company as a Prey to the Enemy.

* 1.458Schuppe on his part alledg'd, that he could do nothing of himself, as being under the Command of the Brasilian Council. Haeks and Schonenbergh pleaded the want of Men, by reason of the many that daily dropt from them, either by Death or Defection, to the Enemy, and those that remain'd, unsafe to be trusted, as consist∣ing of so many different Nations; also their being block'd up at the Sea by the Portuguese Fleet, the great want of Ammunition, especially Instruments of Fortifi∣cation; lastly, the head-strong Resolutions of the Soldiers, to deliver up the Place, whatever their Officers should determine to the contrary; notwithstanding which,

to shew that it was not quitted upon disadvantageous terms, they produc'd the Articles of Agreement upon which it was surrendred to Francisco, Governor of Pernambuco. In conclusion, the Council of War pass'd their Sentence on Schuppe,* 1.459 viz. That he should lose all the Sallary that was due to him from the West-India Company since the twenty sixth of January 1654. when he Sign'd the Agreement with Baretto for the delivering up of Reciffa.

Thus the Portuguese recover'd full and absolute possession of Brasile, yet notwith∣out fear of an afterclap of War; wherefore the Portuguese Agent, upon condition of an absolute Peace to be concluded, proffer'd the States General in the Hague, Satisfa∣ction for the Damages which the West-India Company had sustain'd in Brasile, eighty Tun of Gold, a free Trade to Brasile, and payment of the Debts due to them from several Portugueses in Brasile; but told them, that to surrender them any Places there, was not in the power of the Portuguese Crown. On the other side, the Spa∣niard proffer'd to assist them in the total Conquest of Brasile, and to restore them those Places they formerly possess'd, as soon as they had subdu'd the Portuguese; to which the Zealanders began to hearken, who being great Losers by the Portugueses Treachery, wish'd for nothing more than Revenge; but Holland having a great Trade to Portugal, was more inclin'd to Peace: Whereupon His Majesty of great Britain proffer'd himself to be Mediator between the Portuguese Crown and the United Netherlands; and accordingly on the sixth of August, Anno 1661. a Peace was concluded with Portugal on these Terms:

• * 1.460I. That Portugal was to pay to the United Netherlands eighty Tun of Gold, either in ready Money, Sugar, Tobacco, or Salt, or deduct the same out of the Customs payable in the Portuguese Harbors.
• II. That the Guns on Reciffa were to be restor'd to the West-India Company.
• III. That the Salt-Trade at St. Uves and other Places under the Portuguese Jurisdiction, whether in Africa or Brasile, should be granted to the Netherlands, paying the Customs as the Portuguese do themselves.
• IV. That the conquer'd Places gotten on both sides, should remain in the hands of the pre∣sent Possessors.
• V. That the King of Portugal should not lay an Embargo on any Netherland Vessel, on any pretence whatsoever, though they should carry all manner of Ammunition to his Enemies, pro∣vided it were not out of any of the Portuguese Havens.
• VI. That no Netherlander should ever be call'd before any Judge about any Difference in Religion, but should have freedom thereof granted him, either in his House or Ship, and also a convenient Burying-place.
• VII. That if any Difference should chance to arise between Portugal and the Netherlands, they should not extend it to prejudice the Trade, but every Merchant should be free to call in his Debts, and send Ships without hinderance.
• VIII. That this present Agreement should not be broken by any Misdemeanors acted by any Subjects, either in the East or West-Indies, Who were to be punish'd by their lawful Judges.
• IX. That the Havens belonging to both Parties were to be free for either Men of War or Merchant-Men.
• X. That the Netherlanders Trading in Portugal, might go Arm'd, take Houses and Store-houses.
• XI. That the Goods laden in an Enemy's Ship might he declar'd free Prize.
• XII That the Portuguese in Brasile should pay their Debts which they ow'd to the West-India Company, or any other Person or Persons; to which purpose three appointed Commissioners were to Sit at Lisbon, to hear and determine the Causes that should be brought before them, and

• ...without the usual Circumstances, pass their Sentence, which was to be Executed by a higher Power.

A few days after this Agreement was concluded, the Portuguese Ambassador, Henrico Sousa Tovares, went for Lisbon, where he arriv'd on the last day of September.

* 1.461Not onely Guelderland and Zealand, were much dissatisfi'd with this Agreement, but also Groningen accus'd their Deputy Schulenbergh, that contrary to Orders he had been too forward in concluding the Peace with Portugal, and that he had con∣sented to that which the States of Groningen had not permitted him; for they re∣solv'd to make Peace on no other account, but that Portugal should pay the eighty Tun of Gold in ready Money, and that in a short time; whenas on the contrary, he had allow'd of the payment in Merchandise, and that in a long time. Where∣fore the States of Groningen (who for this Fact and several Accusations brought against Schulenbergh, condemn'd him to be Beheaded, which Sentence had been Exe∣cuted upon him, had he not made his Escape) together with those of Omeland, and others, who disapprov'd of the Peace concluded with Portugal, drew up many Rea∣sons why they dissented, and look'd upon it as both dishonorable and disadvanta∣geous; however, the Articles being Sign'd, and the States General, taking into con∣sideration how impossible a Work it would have been to have gone about to re∣new a War with the Portuguese in Brasile, being at that time in firm possession of all, and that for the Interest of a few, in respect of the whole Common-wealth, they were forc'd to rest satisfi'd, and together with the West-India Company, to sit down with the loss of those Places in Brasile, which had cost so much Blood and Treasure to gain.

* 1.462Nevertheless the West-India Company put in a Memorial at the Hague, of all that had been done by them from time to time, wherein they themselves had been great Sufferers, and the Common-wealth very much advantag'd, as namely, That at first they put in a Stock of seventy four Tun of Gold, sent out divers Fleets under the Admirals Willekens, John Dirkszoon Lam, Boudewyn, Henrickszoon, Peter Hein, Adrian Pater, Henrick Lonk, Dirk Uitgeest, Peter Ita, Loos, Cornelis Houte-been, Lichthart, Bankert, and others, at several times, which had much weakned the Spanish Power, to the great advantage of the United Netherlands, because the Spaniard was not onely forc'd to disperce his Power to defend America, but also lost great Riches on the Coast thereof, which being the Sinews of his War, prevented him from oppressing that State; That to their loss they suffer'd their Forces to stop the Enemy, when he broke into the Veluwe, at that time when the United Netherlands seem'd to hang by a silken Thred; That it would probably have been the ruine of Holland, if the mighty Spa∣nish Fleet which Engag'd with Martin Tromp in the Downs, had been assisted by sixty six Sail, which La Torre was forc'd to send to the Coast of Brasile, against the West-India Company; That this Companies Concern was so great a Nursery of Mari∣ners in the Year 1629. that they had above a hundred Ships at Sea, and fifteen thou∣sand Men in their Service; which the United Netherlands considering, and judging that Charge too great for the Company to maintain, had resolv'd to contribute a certain Sum towards it yearly, which had not yet been paid; which made them take up Money upon Interest, and put in a Supply of thirty Tun of Gold for the payment of the same; That the Expedition of Henrick Brewer to Chili had put them very much behind-hand, because the Enemy having notice of it, secur'd himself, yet was often terrifi'd with it; for Brewer having found out a Way to go from Re∣ciffa to the Province of Chili in two Moneths, and accordingly to do great mischief to the Spanish Power, whose Riches lay bare all along the South Sea; this and

many other things forc'd to make that honorable Peace with the Netherlands, con∣cluded on in Munster, Anno 1648; That their Losses, computed and deliver'd in to the States General, amounted to sixty six Tun of Gold, and forty three thou∣sand two hundred and ninety Guilders, which forc'd them to take up Money to pay Interest for what they had before, yet that they still kept fifty great. Ships at Sea, and were resolv'd to prosecute their Trade with fresh vigor, as soon as Satis∣faction should be given from the Portuguese Crown, as was promis'd them in the Articles of Agreement, and they could obtain of their Lordships, to have their Patent prolong'd for a considerable time; That they were still indebted to those Orphans and Widows who furnish'd them with Money to set out their Forces, which in the first twelve years did the Spaniard so much hurt, that the Damage is reckon'd to amount to one thousand one hundred and eighty Tun of Gold.

These things being taken into consideration by the States General, they granted the Company their Request, and gave them a new Patent, by virtue of which they now Trade to Africa and the Caribbee-Islands, since they were forc'd to quit all they had possess'd in Brasile.

SECT. XII. The Journey of Rodulphus Baron, with the Description of the Customs and Manners of the Tapuyans.

ROdulphus Baron, to make a Discovery of the Countrey, upon the Encourage∣ment of Grave Maurice, who allow'd him to that purpose a yearly Reve∣nue, undertook a remarkable Journey, accompany'd with three Tapuyans; who goings out of the Village Caneri without any store of Provisions, left the Moun∣tains Cupaeva on the right-hand, and went seventy Leagues into the Countrey, without meeting with any People, onely he found one Mountain of Fossile Glass; from whence he went Southward to the Villages of the Waripebares and Caripati, who having courteously Entertain'd him, appointed certain Persons to accompany him from one Village to another, with Orders to Complement Grave Maurice, who sent them home with several Gifts.

The Waripebares and Caripati inhabit fourteen Villages on the Mountains which Bound Brasile Westward, live by Hunting and Fishing, eat wild Honey and all manner of Fruit, and maintain continual Wars against a mighty People which in∣habit the Western Plains.

* 1.463As for the Tapuyans, they range up and down between the Rivers Grande, Quoau∣guho, Ocioro, Upameoma, and Voiroguo, without having any setled Abodes; they are a strong People, stern of Countenance, and black Hair'd: In stead of Circumcising their Children, they cut them, which is done after this manner: The Priests stand on a row, Dancing and Singing, whilest one of them swings the Child round about his Head before all the Multitude, and then runs away with it; at last returning, sets it in his Lap, whilest another Priest cutting a Hole in the Ears and Lips thereof, puts little Bones into the same, and the Mother cries and howls after a terrible manner. At these Ceremonies, which end with Dancing and Singing, their King is always present.

The Virgins are kept by their Parents till the Mothers perceive them to have their. Monethly Courses, which they immediately reveal to the Priests, who ac∣quaint the King therewith, before whom the Maid, being Painted red, is brought; whom having smoak'd with Tobacco, he throws an Arrow at a Garland, which

[illustration]

she wears on her Head, and if he chances to hit it, he gives her his Benediction, by licking certain parts of her Body, from which she hopes to receire long Life.

So soon as a Woman is gotten with Child by her Husband, she lies no more with him, but he is permitted to enjoy his other Wives, whose number is either more or less, according to every ones pleasure. The Women after Delivery eat their After-birth.

Adultery is free for Men, but if Women be taken in the Act, they are immedi∣ately put to Death.

After they have done Soweing and Planting, the King calls all his People and Subjects together, and appears to them hung round with Garlands; and all of them have their Bodies Painted and stuck full of divers colour'd Feathers.

* 1.464The Priests when they go about to foretel future Events, either Sing or Pipe, and at the same time hold up their Heads towards the Skie, and stand gazing, as if they saw some strange Vision in the Air; on some of their Backs hangs a Bundle of Ostriches Feathers; some throw Feathers in the Air, to see which way the Wind blows. When the Waters overflowing Brasile did much harm, Anno 1641. the Priests being Consulted, brought forth the King's Calabash, in which lay their sa∣cred Stones call'd Cohuterak and Titscheyouh, and began to Dance and Sing; next six Priests were plac'd in a row, which were to Prognosticate: whereupon the first taking up a Stone, said, The Netherlanders have given Battel to those in St. Salva∣dor, but are now about an Agreement: The second held up a Blossom of Indian Wheat, and foretold that there would be plenty of that Grain: The third holding a white Pebble-stone, promis'd store of Milk: The fourth grasp'd a Stone like Bread, telling them that the Countrey should produce much Bread: The fifth holding up a Bowe and Arrow hung full of Feathers, cry'd aloud, This is a Gift of the Angels, Birds shall flie thicker than these Feathers hang together: The sixth, having a lump of Wax, foretold that there would be plenty of Honey made by the Bees that year.

They worship the Constellation Ursa Minor.

They observe a very strange way of Purging; for with a Stick they thrust sharp Leaves down their Throats into their Stomach, which they turn so long till they vomit Blood.

* 1.465In the Summer they have a general Meeting for Wrestling, and other Exercises, which lasts three days. The Wrestlers are strangely attir'd; for they are all over their Bodies beset with divers sorts of Feathers, and in stead of Boots or Buskins, wear the Barks of Trees about their Legs; their Hair besmear'd with Honey, and ty'd in a Tuft, hangs down behind; on their Crowns they wear a Plume of Fea∣thers, about their Necks a Band or Gorget of Feathers; at their Arms they tie the Wings of the Birds Kohitub, and on their Backs a green Bough; their whole Bo∣dies Painted with divers Colours, and their Hair all Red: Thus accoutred, they Engage one with another, and if there be an old Grudge between them, then they Fight in earnest, and often kill one another: The Victor with strange Actions upbraids, the Vanquish'd with Cowardise, and ever after enjoys his Wife and Children.

They eat the Serpent Manuab, being four Yards long, and on the Tail having a Horn, which with a push it thrusts into Man or Beast, as it lights, then winds it self about the Body, and sucks till it hath suck'd the last drop of Blood.

Here are also Serpents which are so poysonous, that the least Wound receiv'd by them is mortal, unless the part bitten be either immediately cut out, or off.

The Priests cut the deceased Bodies into pieces, which are roasted by old Wo∣men; the Bones are taken out, and at the next publick Feast are stamp'd, mix'd with Water, and Drank: But the Bodies of Noblemen are to be eaten by none but Persons of that Rank.

* 1.466They also Crown their Kings after a strange manner, viz. The Priests, who are best with Feathers, anoint him with sweet-smelling Oyl, or Balsam, and put a Crown of divers colour'd Feathers on his Head, after which they all fall a Singing and Dancing; but if any one happen to speak a word of the deceased King, they all begin to howl and cry. The Kings Authority consists more in Advising than Commanding.

* 1.467They believe that the Souls of those who die a natural Death are immor∣tal; but those that are kill'd by their Enemies, devour'd by ravenous Beasts, or poyson'd, are totally extinguish'd both Soul and Body for ever. They say like∣wise that Hell is Westward near a dark Pool, where the Devil Examines every Soul how they liv'd on Earth, and what Death they dy'd; the Good are Ferry'd over to a delightful Valley, where there is plenty of Fish, Honey, and Flesh; but the Wicked are miserably tormented.

The Natives live peaceably amongst themselves, their Law being for those that have not, to ask, and for those that have, to give.

They never Travel in the Night for fear of Serpents and other ravenous Beasts, neither do they go any whither till the Sun has dry'd up the Dew.

* 1.468King Janduy before-mention'd, being above a hundred years of age, desir'd the Prince of Juckers fair Daughter to Wife, but being deny'd, contriv'd a subtil Plot, viz. he invited Jucker, with his Courtiers, to a Wrestling; whither he coming with his whole Train, was earnestly minding the Sport, when a considerable number of Janduy's Women falling upon Jucker's Men, destroy'd a great many of them, and got the desir'd Maid for Janduy, who at that time had fourteen Wives and sixty Chil∣dren, but had formerly enjoy'd fifty Wives and Concubines.

* 1.469Not onely amongst the Tapuyans, but generally amongst the rest of the Brasilians, their Arms are great Clubs call'd Tacapes; also sharp Darts, and strong Bowes

[illustration]

call'd Orapares, with Shields, which are made of the Skin of a Beast call'd Tapi∣roussous.

The Women wear long Chains of Snail-shells, which hang down over their Shoulders; their Faces are Painted with divers colour'd Rings, surrounded with Specks; their Necks and Arms they adorn with Necklaces and Armlets of little Bones: They carry their Husbands Provisions in time of War.

Their Army they order by blowing on the Horn Inubia; others play on Mens Bones kill'd a little before: for going by Water they use Boats made of the Barks of Trees, each whereof being able to carry fifty Men, go exceeding swift: The strongest Men always march before, and as many as they take, whether Men, Wo∣men, or Children, they are all kill'd and roasted in their Boucans.

Their Villages consist of Houses of eighty, ninety, or a hundred Paces long; those that lie near the Enemy are fenc'd with Walls and Pallisado's against any Attempt.* 1.470 Their Field-Battels are very terrible; for as soon as they get sight of one another, they howl like Wolves; which Tone they raise as they approach nearer and nearer, and with their Horns and Pipes make also a mighty sound; then sha∣king their former Enemies Teeth (which they wear about their Necks) at one ano∣ther, they cry, That they shall immediately fall into each others hands for Food: whereupon they throw their Darts at one another, which are adorn'd with all sorts of Feathers, and if any one be wounded, he pulls out the Dart, and bites the same like a mad Dog; next falling to their Clubs, they knock one anothers Brains out: which manner of Fighting lasts commonly some hours before the one or other Party leave the Field. All their Prisoners they fatten, and eat them at a Merry-meeting; at which when they have Danc'd seven hours together, three Men lead the Prisoner, ty'd with a Rope made of the Bark of a Tree call'd Juira, through their Village, whilest the Prisoner looking to and again, saith in a scornful manner thus unto them, You, do ye hear? I have eaten your Fathers: and to others, I have roasted your Bro∣ther; your Nephew also tasted very well; my Death will be sufficiently reveng'd: Having carry'd him about for some time, they put the Rope so strait about his Middle,

that he can neither stir one way nor other; then they give him Stones in his Hands, and lay others at his Feet, saying, Now take Revenge for your Death before you die: then he immediately throws at those who are nearest him; and when Stones are want∣ing, he throws with Earth: at last comes the Executioner, adorn'd with Feathers, with a black Club in his Hand, and asks, Have not you at several times eaten of our Re∣lations? to which the Prisoner undauntedly answers, Pache tan tan, ajouca, atoupave, that is, Yes, I am he that have eaten several of your Peole, and laying his Hands upon his Head, cries out, O how valiantly did I behave my self therein! Executioner re∣plies, And therefore shall you be kill'd by me, and serve for Food for these Spectators: Then the Prisoner answers again, What care I, since I know my Death will be reveng'd: which said, his Brains are dash'd out, and falling on the Ground, he is carry'd away by his Wife (for the Conqueror commonly betroths his Sister or Daughter to the Pri∣soner,) who seemingly bemoans the Body, of which she hath the first Cut when it is Dress'd; then the old Women put the Corps into scalding Water, in which they let it lie till the Skin comes off; then the Owner of the Prisoner quartering the Body, distributes it amongst the Guests; the pieces laid on their Gridirons call'd Boucans, are turn'd by the old Women, who lick up the Dripping, desiring the By-standers to bring more such Food, and with the Blood anoint the Childrens Faces; the Meat being broyl'd every one takes a piece, and eats it up to the Bones, which are kept as Trophies.

* 1.471The Brasilians do not onely thus plague one another, but they are likewise tor∣mented by an evil Spirit, which they call Aygnan and Caagerrel, if credit may be gi∣ven to John Leerius a Burgundian, who relates, that he hath often seen them sweat out of fear, and striking their Hands upon their Thighs, cry out, Mair autourassap, acequerey, Aygnan atoupave, that is, O my Fool, my Companion, I fear the Devil above all Evils.

* 1.472Amongst several Diseases to which Brasile is subject, there is one call'd Pians, being as malignant as the French POX, proceeding from libinousness, the whole Body being full of Carbuncles, each about the bigness of a Man's Thumb.

Strangers in Brasile are also much troubled with a Giddiness, occasion'd by the extream Cold in the Night; as also with with sore Eyes, which they get by going abroad before Sun-rising, or after Sun-setting.

The Palsie is also very common there, taking People so suddenly, that falling down stiff on the Ground, they are often in danger of losing their Breath.

Besides these there are several other Distempers that very much infest Brasile, as the Bloody-flux, Dropsie, Rising of the Gall, Worms, Meazles, and St. Anthony's Fire.

* 1.473The aged Brasilians have for the most part great skill in Herbs, which they ga∣ther in the Woods, and apply them to the Sick both inwardly and outwardly; and chiefly they know how to expel Poyson. None can perswade them against the Medicines which they have learn'd from their Predecessors; nay, they will rather chuse to lose their Lives than use any other: and indeed they do not always succeed amiss, but often manifest that they understand the Vertue of Herbs better than our European Physicians. The Learned Guilielmus Piso relates, That he hath seen several times in the Army which Grave Maurice sent against the Portuguese in Brasile, that the Brasilians in a short time cur'd those Wounds with fresh Gums and healing Herbs, which the Netherland Chirurgeons judging past Cure, presently advis'd the cutting off either the Arm or Leg of the wounded Person, Piso adds moreover, That he himself us'd some of Hippocrates's and Galen's Prescriptions in Wine, for the curing of Cancers and Swellings, which the Brasilians have made well onely with the Juice of Tobacco. They also in a moment recover'd a Person given over by all European

Physicians, with the Juice of the Root call'd Jaborandi: wherefore he always de∣sir'd their Company when he went to visit sick or wounded Men.

* 1.474The Distempers in America differ much from the European, not onely in the Signs of any Distemper, but also in the Cure; for when a Distemper cannot be cur'd by the prescribed Medicines, a Father or Mother sends for the Neighbors, to know if they can find any means to cure the Disease: which Custom was anciently ob∣serv'd amongst the Greeks. They also strictly observe a Rule in their Diet, and take care to keep the Patient out of the Sun in the Day, and cold Winds in the Night: however, if their Fathers and Mothers be sick, nevertheless they leave not off their usual Dancing and Singing; but if the sick Person die, especially a Father, they lament and cry over the Corps like Wolves, calling to one another with a quavering Voice, and uttering these Expressions, The strong Man is deceas'd, who carry'd so many Prisoners for a brave Dinner to his House. Oh what a quick Hunter and subtil Fisher hath Death bereav'd us of! we shall see him no more till our Souls are carry'd be∣yond the high Mountains, where our valiant Predecessors Dance in Rings. The Women make the greatest noise, and in the midst of their howling embrace one another, which lasts six hours, and then they put the Body upright into a Grave made like a Hogshead, hanging about it divers colour'd Feathers, and other things in which the Deceased delighted most when living; upon the Grave the nearest Relations place Dishes of Meat, both Flesh and Fish, and the Liquor Cauou-in, that their evil Spirit call'd Aygnan, may be reconcil'd by these Offerings, and not carry away the Body; but when they remove from thence they cover the Grave with the Herb Pindo. This Custom is not observ'd by all Brasilians, for some eat up their de∣ceased Relations.

Sect. XIII. Grave Maurice his Account of Brasile, so far as it concern'd the West-India Company.

BRasile, so far as it concerns the West-India Company, extends from the River Real, which divides Seregippa and the Lordship of St. Salvador, to Maragnan: Seregippa it self reaches along the Sea-Coast thirty two Leagues, and was first brought under the King of Spain's Jurisdiction by Christovan de Barros Cardoso, who being order'd by the King of Spain to Plant this new Countrey, invited many People from St. Salvador, who built four Sugar-Mills, and a Town consisting of a hundred Houses, and four hundred Sheds for Cattel; but the Town being de∣stroy'd, hath nothing left but Heaps of Rubbish; and the Cattel either fell into the Netherlanders hands, or were devour'd by Tygers; the Inhabitants fled back to St. Salvador: Many troubles have prevented the re-building of it.

* 1.475Pernambuco may for its fruitfulness stand in competition with any Place in the World, except in those parts where the Soil is sandy and stonie. The Fields feed abundance of excellent Cattel; the Woods, Deer and Fowl; the Ocean and Rivers, all manner of good Fish. It is inhabited but eight Leagues into the Coun∣trey, because the nearer the Sea, the more convenient it is for Importing and Exporting of Goods; neither could the Portuguese, by reason of their small number, spread themselves farther, as also in regard they found great resistance from the Brasilians. The Negro's that work in the Sugar-Mills between the River Grande and Francisco, amount to four thousand. The Cape Verde, Mina, Angola, Ardra, and Calabaria, generally provide three thousand in a year, to supply the number of the Sick, or those that run away.

SECT. XIV. The Councellor Dussen's Relation of so much of Brasile as concerns the West-India Company.

THat part of Brasile which the West-India Company have subdu'd by force of Arms on the Continent of America, is divided into six Counties, viz. Sere∣gippa, Pernambuco, Itamarica, Parayba, Rio Grande, and Siara.

The Expedition undertaken by Gysseling and Schuppe made Seregippa desolate, the Inhabitants wheof remov'd to the Coast Todos los Sanctos.

Also Siara, which the Portuguese formerly possess'd, was thinly inhabited, and had a mean Fortress there, whither some few Brasilians came now and then to the Netherlanders assistance.

Pernambuco, lying between the Rivers Francisco and Tamarica, excells the other Countrey in fruitfulness and pleasantness. The Brasilians compare it to a hollow Rock, under which fresh Water flows.

* 1.476Moreover, Pernambuco hath several Havens, viz. the outermost Road before Re∣ciffa, which being in the open Sea, is somewhat dangerous, but the innermost is secure against all Storms; also at the Promontory St. Augustine, where the Mouth of the Haven is narrow and dangerous, by reason of the Rocks and shallow Grounds; the Island Alexio is very fit to Crain Ships in; Barra Grande hath a large and safe Inlet, convenient for all manner of Vessels, yet it is inferior to Cororipa; lastly, the Havens Jaragoa and Franco are very eminent.

Amongst the Rivers, the chief are Jangades, Serinhain, Formosa, Porto Calvo,* 1.477 Cama∣rigibi, Antonio, Michael, and Francisco.

Pernambuco also is divided into six Jurisdictions; the first and most ancient is Igarazu; the second and biggest, Olinda; the third, Serinbain; the fourth, Porto Calvo; the fifth, the Alagoas; and the sixth, Rio Francisco, which is the Boundary of Pernambuco on the South.

* 1.478Pernambuco also boasts five Towns, viz. Garasu, Olinda, Maurice-stadt, to which also belongs Reciffa, Bella Pojuca, and Formosa. The Villages Moribeca, St. Laurence, Antonio, Amaro, and others are also not inferior to little Towns.

The Countrey is for the most part Hilly, but is exceeding fruitful in the Val∣leys, and near the Rivers, especially in Sugar-Canes.

Here are also a hundred and twenty Sugar-Mills, of which a great number stand still for want of Negro's.

Next Pernambuco lies Tamarica, which hath onely one Haven, one City, and twenty three Sugar-Mills, of which thirty are onely employ'd. This Island pro∣duces excellent Grapes and Melons, yet is for the most part barren, by reason of the Pismires.

The Countrey Parayba hath its Denomination from the River which washeth it, being deep, and without any Rocks or Sands; on the Banks thereof stand twenty Sugar-Mills, two of which are still standing.

In the Lordship of Rio Grande stands the Town Puntael, whose Buildings were ruin'd in the Wars; after which the Inhabitants had leave to build them another City on a fruitful Soil.

The Countrey hereabouts us'd formerly to be very full of Cattel, but was not onely bereav'd thereof by the Hollanders and Portuguese, but also for the most part made desolate.

The River which washes the Castle Ceulen, affords a convenient and safe Harbor for all sorts of Vessels.

This Lordship of Rio Grande boasts onely two Sugar-Mills, of which one is de∣cay'd; so that in all those Parts in Brasile which belong to the West-India Company, are a hundred and sixty Sugar-Mills constantly employ'd, besides forty six which are about repairing. It is scarce to be reckon'd how much Sugar they make yearly, in regard, through the alterations of the annual Seasons, as also the more or less fruitful Fields, they produce one year, and in one place, more than in another.

The Inhabitants are of two sorts, viz. free People, and Slaves; the Slaves are African Negro's, and the others, Netherlanders, Portugueses, or Brasilians; which last came in of their own accords, or else were absolv'd from their Oaths, and ac∣quitted from their Martial Offices; yet are ready to venture their Lives and Estates, and to Serve either on Foot or Horseback for their Freedom against their Enemies. Those that went from the Netherlands to Brasile on their own Accounts, drive a Trade, or Serve the Traders, or else keep Inns, and follow Handicraft Faculties; some of which, when grown rich, buy Parts in Sugar-Mills; others live on Tilling: by all which several sorts of People Reciffa is very well inhabited, and full of Hou∣ses, which yield great Rents, and are held at high Prices: wherefore Grave Maurice thought good to mark out pieces of Ground on the Isle Antonio Vaes, which were sold for a considerable Sum of Money, insomuch that in a short time a new Ci∣ty call'd Maurice-stadt was built on the same, and inclos'd within strong Bulwarks; yea, notwithstanding the Rumor of a great Spanish Fleet in some measure abated the Courage of the Builders, yet the City was extended down to the Fort Frederick Henrich, and a brave Bridge laid over the Stream Biberibi, cross which they go from Reciffa to Antonio Vaes, where no People were in greater esteem than Handicrafts∣men, who could get their ten or twelve Shillings a day. The Labor which is re∣quir'd in the Sugar-Mills, no Men are able to undergo but the Negro's. Of the Portuguese some have liv'd here a considerable time; others lately came hither, being most of them Jews, of whom there live a great many at Reciffa, and are very dili∣gent in promoting of Trade: They possess several Sugar-Mills, and are kept very much under; their whole study and contrivance is for Gain; they conceal their Hatred against the Christians, as also their Covetousness, yet are mortal Enemies to the Hollanders. The Brasilians, who are the ancient Inhabitants, live apart from other People in their Villages, consisting of long Straw Huts, forty or fifty of them under one Roof sleeping on woven Hammocks; they esteem no Houshold-stuff but Nets and Calabashes, using the first to fish with, and the other to drink out of; about their Huts they plant Mandihoka and Brasile Trees; when they are not employ'd in the Wars, they spend most of their time in Hunting, but many in Idleness; they esteem wild Fruits better than those which are Planted; they Drink night and day, making their Liquor of the chew'd Root Mandihoka, or the Apples Tajovis; they esteem nothing so much as strong Drink, and to wear Linnen next their Skins; they would not value Money, could they but get Brandy and Spanish Wine with∣out it; if they are not promis'd a Reward, they will not work. Each Village, nay House, hath its peculiar Governor; but besides him there is a Hollander, who stirs up the Idle to work, and takes care that the Owners of the Sugar-Mills do them no injury: They never suffer themselves to be Hir'd for above twenty days, at the end whereof they demand their Wages; they are commonly employ'd to chop Wood to boyl the Sugar with; but by reason of the scarcity of Negros, they are often made use of for other Business, which to avoid they hide themselves; as also when they are to go to Fight; they are hard to be kept in Ranks, for they will

run out of their own Fyle into another on the least occasion; but if they put their Enemy to flight, they pursue him, and spare none alive. They little regard the Christian Religion, yet some of them have learn'd the Lord's-Prayer and the Creed of the Roman Priests. The Minister Davil having learn'd the Brasilian Tongue, Con∣verted very many of them, and Baptiz'd them in their Villages.

The Brasilian Women and Children usually go to Wars with their Husbands and Fathers.

The Brasilian Slaves were some years since bought of the Tapuyans, or made Slaves, because they assisted Boudewyn Henrickszoon, when he Landed in the Inlet Tra∣luson; but they have since obtain'd their Freedom of the Portuguese. The Angolan Slaves can undergo greater Labor than any other.

The Brasile Wood grows generally ten or twelve Leagues up in the Countrey from the Sea, not in particular Woods, but amongst other Trees.

The Negro's, when the Sugar-Mills work not, are employ'd in pulling off the white Bark, three Fingers thick, from the Tree, which bears dark-green Leaves, small and prickly at the ends, and hanging on thin Stalks, but bearing neither Blos∣soms nor Fruit.

Osnabrig Linnen is highly esteem'd amongst the Brasilians, as also colour'd Wax, Copper, Tin, Wine, Beer, Butter, Cheese, Meal, Stock-fish, Pork, Hung-beef, and Gammons of Bacon.

The Papists Teach and observe their Religion in publick, their Spiritual Men being divided into Priests and Monks; the Monks consist of Franciscans, Carmelites, and Benedictines; the Franciscans being the most eminent, possess six fair Cloysters, besides which they have neither Land nor other Revenues, but live on what is gi∣ven them daily; their Cloysters stand in Frederick-stadt, Iguaraca, Olinda, Pojuca, Serin∣hain, and Antonio Vaes. But the Carmelites have three Structures at Parayba, and as many more in Frederick-stadt and Olinda, where they live plentifully on what they reap from Tillage, Rents of Houses, and Legacies of deceased Persons. The Bene∣dictins, though they possess onely two Cloysters, one in Frederick-stadt, and the other at Olinda, yet they have the greatest Income from the Sugar-Mills of Muserapa, and the Countrey about Parayba, as also Cattel and Cane-Fields.

Reciffa, the Seat of War, hath two Horn-works towards Olinda; the first rais'd with Stone, defends the Haven with seven Brass Demi-Culverins; the other lies opposite to the River Biberi, and hath five Brass and two Iron Guns. Reciffa also hath a strong Rail about it, and many Guns plac'd in good order. Near the Pow∣der-house stand two Batteries with Guns.

On the Shore towards Olinda, lies the Stone Castle St. Joris, on a Hill opposite to the Haven, fortifi'd with a Bulwark and thirteen Iron Guns.

The Water-Castle, built round, rises out of the Sea, and stands at the end of the Stone Cliff, which makes an Inlet, through which the Ships Sail that come to, and go from Reciffa.

The Fort Bruine hath four Points, seven Brass Guns, and Pallisados round about.

Somewhat farther is the Redoubt call'd The Lady Bruine, which hath two Brass Guns.

The Castle Waerdenbergh, built before the Mouth of the River Capivaribi, in the Bay made by the River Biberibi, hath three Points, each rais'd square, because the fourth Bulwark towards Antonio Vaes, cannot be finish'd, by reason the Earth is sunk away.

The Fort Ernestus stands on the North-side of Maurice-stadt, on the Island An∣tonio

Vaez. That part of the City which respects the Fort, lies open, with five Points and a double Horn-work; it is the more secure from any Invasion, because the Countrey round about is overflow'd at High-water. On the Horn-work stand eight Brass Guns; but the four Redoubts along the River Capivaribi are decay'd.

The square Fort Prince William, standing in a low Ground not far from the River Afogados, hath four Bulwarks, and is inclos'd with a high Wall and strong Pallisa∣do's: the Church appearing above all other Houses in the Castle, may be seen at Olinda.

* 1.479Maurice-stadt lies pleasantly along the River Biberibi, and is wash'd behind by the River Capivaribi; It hath a large Wharf, a brave Magazine, a French Church, and a Guild-hall: The Buildings are not altogether so high as those in Reciffa, where they are commonly three Stories, because the Ground is very dear.

Grave Maurice's Court lying opposite to Reciffa, on the Shore of Biberibi, rises from the middle of a Garden with two high Towers.

Not far from the Castle Ernestus is a Potters Kiln, and on the other side, near the Fort Frederick Henrick seven Wells, and some Morasses, and towards the Water∣side, a Stone Battery.

* 1.480The Fort Orange at the Southern Mouth of the Haven, hath, by reason of its dry Moats, a strong Pallisado, four Bulwarks, and twelve Guns. The Bulwarks about the Church, and the Battery before the Haven, also secures Schuppen-stadt against the Portuguese. On the Battery stand nine Iron and two Brass Guns. At the Northern Entrance of the Haven appears a Tower with three Guns.

The Fort Margareta hath two Brass and forty Iron Guns.

Restringa, surrounded with Pallisado's, rises near a sandy Point in the middle of the River.

The Castle Antonio, wash'd by the Sea, hath onely one Tower, but that suffici∣ently strong to defend it against an Enemy.

The Franciscan Cloyster, strengthned by a Wall and Earthen Works, serve in stead of a Castle to Frederick-stadt, and is the more secure by reason of a Half-Moon, Moats, Rails, and a Battery at the Mouth of the Haven.

The stonie Fortification of Ceulen lies near the Sea. All these are the Fortresses of the Northern Brasile,

To the: Southward of Reciffa appears the Promontory St. Augustine, where the Haven is secur'd by the Forts Vander Dussen, Domburgh, and a Stone Battery.

Porto Calvo is fortifi'd by a Castle, built on a steep Hill forty Foot high.

The Fort Maurice Commands the Ferry of Rio Francisco, and is built on a high and steep Hill, with five Bulwarks; the lowermost Plain is overflow'd by the River in the Summer Season. The Store-houses hereabouts are ill furnish'd, and if not suddenly supply'd, 'tis to be fear'd, that a great Famine will follow, as al∣ready it is begun, and we may thank the faint-heartedness of the Enemy that it hath increas'd no more.

The Militia is distributed into all the Forts or Villages, that so they may the bet∣ter procure their Provisions, watch the approach of the Spaniards, and prevent all Incroach-ments of the Enemy. In Maurice Castle are five hundred and forty Men in Garrison; in the Afogados, two hundred ninety three; in Camarigibi and Porto Calvo, fourhundred and eighty; in Serinhain, seven hundred and eighty; in Pojuca, twenty five; in the Mills Panterra, ninety seven; at the Promontory Antonio, two hundred and forty; in the Castle Vander Dussen, a hundred and seventy; the like number is in Amaro and Moribeca; in the Village St. Laurence, four hundred and twenty two; in the Fort Prince William, two hundred and sixty three; in Frederick

[illustration]

CASTRUM MAURITIJ AD RIPAM FLUMINIS S. FRANCISCUM

[illustration]

ARX PRINCIPIS GUIL•…•…IMI

• A. Fluvius affgodorum.
• B. Castrum.
• C. Civitas olinda à long••.

Henrick, hath two hundred and thirty; in Ernestus, two hundred and eighty; in Reciffa, two hundred and seventy seven; in the Castle Bruine, a hundred and twenty five; in Olinda, a hundred and ninety three; in Iguaraza, ninety three; in Orange, a hundred and eighty two; in Goyana, a hundred and sixty five; in Frederick-stadt, a hundred and one; in the Fort Margareta, three hundred and sixty; in the Castle Ceulen, eighty eight; in Antonio Vaes lies Grave Maurice's Guard; Siara is defended by forty; so that the whole Power consists of six thousand one hundred and eighty Men, too weak a number to resist the Enemy both by Land and Sea; nay, had he had Courage, the West-India Companies Concerns in Brasile would long since have been in a low Condition; for the Spanish Fleet which came lately from Cadis, car∣ry'd three thousand Men, besides seven hundred which they brought from St. Sal∣vador; the Duke of Bagnola was also ready with two thousand Portugueses, and a thousand Brasilians, to joyn with the Seamen, and expected also as great a number from Parayba, Pernambuco, Seregippa, Itamarica, Rio Grande, and Siara, contrary to the Oath taken in Reciffa: But the Spanish Fleet keeping close to the Bay Todos los Sanctos, hath hitherto done nothing, except the sending of several Companies into the Countrey, to rob and pillage the Brasilian Villages. Moreover, the Mulatto's and Negro's do great mischief up and down, and so much the more, because they go and come along private Ways, through which none can follow them. Most of the Ships being badly fitted, are scarce able to keep the Sea; and the Soldiers want Clothes exceedingly. The City St. Salvador keeps the Countrey in a continual Alarm, so that five thousand Men are requir'd to conquer it: Eighteen great Ships, and as many Ketches, besides lesser Vessels, ought to be sent thither, the Sea being full of Pyrats. The common Treasury is so much behind-hand, that none can receive any Pay. The Owners of the Sugar-Mills will not deliver any Sugar without ready Money, because of the Netherlanders removal from thence.

This Relation of the Affairs of the Netherland West-India Company in Brasile, was deliver'd to them in Writing by Vander Dussen.

A Description of the Palace Freyburgh, two Bridges, and a Ban∣quetting-house, all built by Grave Maurice.

GRave Maurice before his coming away from Brasile, built a pleasant Palace along the River Biberibi, before the Fort Ernestus on Antonio Vaes; the out∣most Work whereof was shaded by a double Row of Coco-Trees, and had a Pond full of all sorts of Fish; and not far from thence, on one side, a second en∣compass'd a Coney-Warren, which respected a Pell-mell; near it a Garden, curi∣ously divided into round Parterres, which led into a long Park of Bakkoven-Trees; and at the end a great Dove-house. Next the River stood a large Stable, on one side whereof was a Field to whiten Linnen in, and a Kitchin-Garden, wherein was a large Spot full of Orange-Trees, a row of Vines, which bore Grapes every three Moneths, and a delightful Walk, beset on each side with Lime-Trees. On the other side of this Palace stood a Banquetting-house, near a row of Pome-granate-Trees, and another of Fig and Cittron-Trees. Behind the Palace was a Fish-pond with two Iles, for the Swans. A Dove-house also appear'd near the Fort Ernestus, where the Negro's watch'd the Horses, and led them to Water in a Fishpond in a large Wood. Before the Palace appear'd a Stone Pallisado, which like a Half-Moon ran into the River. The Palace it self rose with two Towers, one of which serv'd for a Sea-mark.

Moreover, Grave Maurice extended his new City to the Fort Frederick Henrick, di∣vided the Morassie Grounds by several Moats, and laid a Bridge cross the River Biberibi, between Reciffa and the City Maurice, and another cross the Stream Capiva∣ribi, between the said City Maurice and the Main Land.

In the time when Albuquerque Govern'd Brasile for the King of Spain, it was Dis∣puted among the Portuguese, whether it were not requisite to desert the City Olinda, and causing the Inhabitants to remove to Reciffa, joyn the same with a Bridge to the Isle Antonio Vaes, because those Places are almost invincible, and much more con∣venient for Ships than Olinda? But the Hollanders surpris'd them on a sudden, before they could bring the Business to pass, and after a while prosecuted the same Design themselves.

* 1.481Grave Maurice spent twenty four thousand Guilders in laying a Bridge over the River Biberibi, between Reciffa and Antonio Vaes. Having rais'd just fifteen Stone Columns from the Ground, they came to the deepest part of the River Antonio Vaes, when the Architect began to despair of accomplishing the same, because the Ground lay deep under Water, and the Stream ran very swift: Those which dwelt at Reciffa cry'd, That they had undertaken a Business which was not in the power of Man to effect, and that there was above ten thousand Pound already spent in vain on fifteen Pillars: in this sort they began to clamor against Grave Maurice, especially the Owners of Houses in Reciffa, who foresaw that many would remove from thence to the plea∣sant Isle Antonio Vaes, as soon as the Bridge was finish'd; after which the Houses in Reciffa would be at low Rates. But Grave Maurice judging that the Disgrace would fall upon him, if the Bridge should be left half finish'd, caus'd at his own proper Charge, huge pieces of lasting Timber to be cut, forty and fifty Foot long, and so ramm'd into the Ground, some streight, others sloaping, to support the rest, and in two Moneths finish'd the same. On the first day after this new Bridge was compleated, there went so many People over it, that the Toll which they paid, amounted to above 60 l. Sterl. and was after that Farm'd for twenty eight thou∣sand Guilders yearly, a Citizen that pass'd over the same being to pay 2 d. and a Negro or Soldier 1 d. but a Horseman paid 4 d. and a Cart or Wayn 7 d.

* 1.482Since this Grave Maurice built a second Bridge cross the River Capivaribi, which joyn'd Antonio Vaez to the Main Continent. This Bridge being eighty six Rods long of durable Timber, was finish'd in seven Weeks.

* 1.483Moreover Grave Maurice built a pleasant Banquetting-house, call'd Bonavista, at his own Charge before the said Bridge, from whence he could see the Palace Frey∣burgh, Olinda, the Fort Ernestus, Maurice-stadt, Reciffa, the French Church, the Ships in the Harbors, and also the Castle Frederick Henrick. This Banquetting-house hath at each corner a Turret, and in the middle thereof a spacious Room, crown'd with a fair Terrace.

[illustration] view of Boa Vista

BOAVISTA.

• A. Fluvius Capibaribi
• B. Domus Boavista, sivi boni visus.
• C. Pons.
• D. Palatium Friburgum.
• E. Mauritiopolis.
• F. Templum Gallicum.
• G. Castrum Ernesti.
• H. Castrum Fred. Henrici.
• I. Reciffa.
• K. Reciffa lapidosa.
• L. Naves portu contentae
• M. Olinda eminus visa.

[illustration] map of northern South America

CHAP. VIII. Guiana.

* 1.484NOrthward of Brasile, over against Maragnan, lieth the Countrey of Guiana, not improbably suppos'd to be so call'd from the River Wia, one of the principal Rivers of the Province, which yet is said to have more and fairer than any other part of America besides: It is by some call'd The Wild Coast, for what reason is uncertain, it being found to be a very fruitful and pleasant Countrey: It is Bounded on the East, with the Atlantick Ocean, or Mare del Nordt; on the West, with some undiscover'd mountainous Countreys, which lie on that side of the Andes; on the North it hath the great River Orenoque; and on the South, that of the Amazons, or Orellana; which last Name, as we have said before, it de∣rives from Francisco Orellana, who is said to have first discover'd it in the Year 1543. It was anciently call'd Tobo, Topoi, and Tapera.

This Countrey lieth on both sides of the Aequator, extended from the fourth Degree of Southern Latitude, to the eighth Degree of Northern, yet enjoyeth a temperate and good Air, not oppressed with any excessive Heat; which is chiefly attributed to the Breezes, or Easterly Winds, almost perpetually about Noon blowing upon it. Towards the Sea-side it is for the most part a flat and level Countrey, in the more Inland parts mountainous and swell'd with Hills, but in all it is generally of such a rich and fertile Soil, that for Fruits, or any outward Com∣modities of the Earth, it yields not to any other Province of the New World, but ra∣ther far excelleth the most, having as it were a continual Summer, without Win∣ter or Autumn, the Trees never uncloth'd or made bare, Fruits always ripe, or growing to maturity, the Meadows and Pastures always verdant and green, and, as we said, so excellently well water'd with Rivers, that no Countrey in the World seems comparable to it in this respect. But since the several Occurrences of Orella∣na's Expedition will give much light to the more particular knowledge of these Parts, we thought good to insert this following Relation thereof.

SECT. II. A Relation of the Journey of Francisco Orellana.

Francisco Orellana travelling with Gonsalvo Pizarro from Quito, to find out the Countrey Cundirumarca (where the Natives, according to the information of a strange American, went Arm'd with Golden Plates) he came after a great deal of hardship to the River Maranon, where Pizarro building a Brigantine, put all his sick and maimed Men into the same, as also all his Baggage under the Com∣mand of Orellana, whom he commanded to forage for some Provisions, of which the Army, that was to follow along the Shore, had great want; but Orellana was in few days driven down so far, that he saw no hopes of getting up again in a years time, and Engag'd daily with the Indians, which came aboard of him in little Boats; at last he went ashore and conquer'd a Village, in which he found Provisions, some Gold, and Gems of great value: not long after which he was in great danger, by reason of a River, which with great force fell into the Channel in which he Sail'd,

and for the space of two hundred Leagues saw neither Man nor House: Next Land∣ing at a Village, he was by the Governor thereof Presented with Turtles, Par∣tridpes, Fish, and other Provisions, and also forewarn'd of the valiant Women, the Amazones, which they call'd Camapuyara. Going from hence, he met for eighty Leagues together, nothing but steep and craggy Mountains on each side of the Shore, insomuch that he could not Land any where for Provisions. Next coming to the inhabited Province Machiparo, he was fiercely assaulted for two days and two nights, by the Casique Aomagua, who pursu'd him with several Boats: Not long after having conquer'd a Village, out of which ran several trodden Paths into the Countrey, he came to a River, in the Mouth whereof there lying three Isles, he gave it the Denomination of La Trinidad, which washeth a fruitful Coast, along which Sail'd divers small Vessels. Somewhat farther in the River Trinidad stood a Village and Banquetting-house, where Orellana took abundance of Provisions, Sil∣ver, Gold, and Earthen Ware curiously Glaz'd and Painted, but judg'd it very ha∣zardous to travel far into the Countrey by the common High-ways, in regard of the multitudes of People that frequented them, to whose Civility he durst not trust; therefore Sailing from hence a hundred Leagues farther, he came to the Countrey belonging to the Lord of Paguana, who civilly Entertain'd him, and Presented him with Sheep, not unlike the Peruvians, and all manner of good Fruit, which the Countrey affords in great abundance. After this on his Lar-board side he disco∣ver'd a River, whose being black like Ink, and disemboguing into another, disco∣lour'd the Water thereof for the space of twenty Leagues; he also saw several Vil∣lages, and at last found the Stream to be so broad, that he could not see from one Shore to the other: he took one of the Villages without any resistance, there being none but Women in the Huts, whither the Men came towards the Evening. Near another Village he espy'd seven Heads sticking upon Poles, from whence the Pro∣vince receiv'd the Denomination De las Picotas, from whence ran several pav'd Ways, on each side planted with Trees, into the Countrey; where Landing, he furnish'd himself with Maiz, Turtles, Geese, and Parrots, and at Can Island took an American Prisoner, who inform'd him, that he was in the Amazones Jurisdiction, and that up in the Countrey liv'd a People not unlike the Spaniards, amongst whom were two white Women, brought thither up the River by a Lord. Going farther he saw divers Villages on each side of him, and at last Landing in a little Town, he found plenty of Oats, Liquor made of Oats, Cotton, Linnen, a Temple hung round about with Arms, and two Episcopal Miters of divers colours. Near a Pro∣montory jutting out into the River, the Tide went so strong, that he was not able to Land; upon the Point stood several fair Buildings, where were also white Women, of a big stature, with long Hair, who animated the Men to fight. This Countrey, which extends it self a hundred and fifty Leagues along the Shore, with Hills, Pasture-Grounds, and Champain, and well inhabited, being discover'd on St. John's Day, was call'd The Province De San Juan; which leaving, he came to seve∣ral Isles, the biggest whereof extended fifty Leagues in length, all of them stand∣ing on high Ground, pleasant, and full of People, who in Boats, by them call'd Periagues, valiantly Engag'd with the Spaniards; but one of them not long after be∣ing taken Prisoner, inform'd them, that the Amazones dwelt in Stone Houses, Wall'd Towns, had plenty of Silver and Gold, and four stately Temples enrich'd with Plates, Dedicated to the Sun. But Orellana Sailing a hundred Leagues farther, along a Coast belonging to the Lord of Caripuna, according to the Prisoners Relation, the Inhabitants hereabouts shot abundance of poyson'd Arrows at the Spaniards, but they made a shift to escape them, and Sailing within sight of Land into the Bay

[illustration] view

ARX NASSOVII.

of Paria, they came to an Anchor before the Island Cubugua, Anno 1541. after they had been eight hundred Leagues.

* 1.485Orellana informing the Spanish Court of his Adventures, desir'd the chief Com∣mand of the Province of the Amazones, which after earnest Sollicitations he ob∣tain'd, and accordingly setting Sail from St. Lucar, he went to the Island Teneriff with three Ships and five hundred Men, where he stay'd three Moneths, and two on Cape de Verd. On Teneriff several of his Men ran from him, and on Cape de Verd he bury'd ninety eight, and left fifty sick behind him; yet he Steer'd to Brasile, where, meeting with contrary Winds, he had undoubtedly perish'd for lack of Water, if the great Showers of Rain had not supply'd his Wants, one of his Ships carrying seventy Men and eleven Horses, was never heard of, with the other two he Sail'd by Baxos de San Roque, and from thence a hundred Leagues Northwardly be∣yond Maragnan, where a great way off at Sea they found fresh Water, in which Orellano Steering, got between the Isles into the River De las Amazones, where he Barter'd for Provisions, Sail'd two Leagues up the River, and came to an Anchor before a few Huts, but slenderly stor'd with Provisions, where he spent three Moneths in breaking up one of his Ships, and building a Ketch. In the mean time fifty seven of his Seamen dy'd. Sailing twenty Leagues farther, he lost his best Ship; whereupon he gave order to build a Barque of the Wreck. Thus he spent thirty days in vain to find the fore mention'd Arm of the River Amazones: the Barque being finish'd in ten Weeks, and going beyond the Isles Maribique and Con∣tan, found the three great Rivers to disembogue into the River Amazones, which there was twelve Leagues broad; but wanting Provisions, and the Men being too weak to go farther, they came back to the fruitful Island Comao, where a hundred Spani∣ards setled themselves, the rest going down with the Barque to find out Orellana, who, as his Wife inform'd them, dy'd with Grief.* 1.486

The English and Netherlanders, who Sail'd hither after the Spaniards left off, ascribe a Breadth of fifty or sixty Leagues to the Mouth of the Amazone River, which dis∣charges its Water with such force into the Northern Ocean, that it keeps its colour and taste above thirty Leagues, according to the ocular testimony of Captain Har∣court. The Western Point, by the Netherlanders call'd The North Cape, runs with a long Slip of low Land into the Sea, into which more North-Westerly fall the Streams Taponnowyny, Arowary, Arykary, Cassepouri, and Wiapoca; some of them wash great Wildernesses full of Trees; others glide between pleasant Meadows.

Eighty Leagues up the Amazone River the Vlussingers have built a Fort call'd Nassaw, on the narrow Island Cogemines, which is twenty Leagues long, and separa∣ted from the Shore by a Creek, and seven Leagues farther, on another Isle, the Fort Orange; from which two Forts they Trade with the Natives, Arowaccas and Apehous, bartering European Trifles for Tobacco, Cotton, Sugar, Gums, and several Tinctures.

* 1.487 Sir Walter Raleigh, Anno 1595. sending Captain Fisher from Wiapoco to Leonard Ragapo, some years before Baptiz'd in England, and then Governor of the Province Cooshebery, lying between the Amazone River and Wapoco, he receiv'd Fisher very ci∣villy, and conducted him fifty Leagues up into the Countrey, to the Mountain Cowob, on whose top is a deep Pool, full of well tasted Fish, and surrounded with the glittering Stones Topaz; which Raleigh took the more notice of, because the same Ground in the East-Indies where these Stones are found, incloses also Dia∣monds. Moreover, the Province Cooshebery rises with pleasant Hills, but consists most in delightful Fields and Woods.

The River Arocawo, falling into the Inlet Wiapoco, disembogues also with the

same between the Capes Orange and Comariboo, into the Northern Ocean.

Most of the Rivers in Guiana lie full of Isles, and cannot be Navigated far, by reason of the great Water-falls.

* 1.488The Yayos, who inhabit on the Banks of the fore-mention'd River, are People of a good Disposition, and go naked: they catch Fish after a strange manner; for they onely throw the strong smelling Wood Ayaw in the Water, which works so upon the Fish, that they suffer themselves to be caught with the Hand. The well-known American Root Cassavi serves them for Bread, being bak'd in round Cakes on hot Stones: of the Cakes they also make the Liquor Perrinoe, which tastes al∣most like stale Beer, and is prepar'd by old Women and little Children, which chew the Cassavi, and spit the same into a Pot full of Water, which having stood a while, they strain the same through a Cloth, and set it a working with Potato-Roots.

They are troubled with no Vermine, not so much as the little Fleas Niquas, by the Spaniards call'd Chigos, which creep in between the Nails.

On the Sea-Coast are many Tortoises, whose Flesh is of a delicious taste, but heavy to digest.

Sheep and Oxen will not thrive here, but Swine would thrive exceedingly, if their Dugs were not bit off in the Night by the Bats.

The River Wiapoco hath many dangerous Water-falls, the one much higher than the other; a little way beyond the first of them the Stream Army falls into Wiapoco.

* 1.489Three days Journey Westerly dwell the Marashewaccas, whose Ears hang down on their Shoulders; they worship for their Deity, an Image representing a Man, who sitting flat on the Ground, with his Legs stretch'd out, leans with his Elbows on his Knees, and holding up his Hands, gapes and stares up towards Heaven.

North-West from Wiapoco rises the Mountain Gomeribo, which produces Maiz, Tobacco, Cotton-Trees, and Vines.

In the same place the Creek Wainary runs Westwardly with fresh Water a days Journey into the Countrey; and from the said Creek a high Mountain, fit for the production of Sugar and Tobacco, extends it self to the River Apurwaca, where the Wiopocaries inhabit a great Tract of Land.

* 1.490North-West from Wiapoco flows the River Aperwacque, whose mountainous Shores bear Brasile Wood and wild Cinamon. The Stream it self takes its original out of a large Lake, in the middle whereof lies a three-corner'd Isle. South-East from the Lake dwell the Harrithiahans, beyond whose Countrey are the Rivers Cauwo, Wia, and Cajani. On the Banks of the first dwelt, Anno 1596. according to the Relation of Laurence Keymis, a People call'd Jaos, driven by the Spaniards from Moruga, and who formerly possess'd the greatest part of Guiana; they distinguish themselves from other People, by pricking their Faces full of Holes with the Tooth of a Beast not unlike a Rat: But at present, the Jaos being departed from hence, the Countrey lies desolate.

The Wia, which springs a great way up in the Countrey, hath a wide Mouth, and near several Islands convenient Harbors: The biggest of the Isles, inhabited by the Shebaios, is full of Provisions, viz. Fowl, Fish, excellent Fruit, wild Hogs, and other Beasts.

The triangular Isles, lying more Westerly, are also very fruitful, but not com∣parable to Gowatery. So far as the Coast extends it self with high Mountains, it is overgrown with Brasile Wood, but the lower Grounds produce Cotton, Pepper, Silk, Balsam, and the Root Wiapassa, tasting like Ginger, and exceeding good against a Lask, or the Head-ache.

Before the Mouth of Cajani appears the high Island Mattoory, surrounded by the lesser Isles Sannawony, Epenesari, and Eponeregemerae.

Between the Rivers Cajani and Maccaria, lies the low Island Muccumbro, out of whose Center rise two Mountains, and which is inhabited, as the Main Coast by Caribbeeans, whose General Arrawicary shew'd great friendship to the Netherlanders: They observe no certain Laws for Government; Adultery and Murder they punish with Death; they are very tyrannical towards their Wives, who for the least act of incivility have their Brains beat out; they esteem one another according to the number of their Wives, the eldest of which performs all Houshold-Offices.

* 1.491The Caribbeeans are accounted to have been the first Inhabitants of this Coun∣trey, for the Jaos, Sappaios, Arowaccas, and Paragotos, were driven hither by the Spa∣niards from Trinidad or Oronoque.

The wild Caribbeeans live farther up into the Countrey, and often fall with great rage upon the other; but since the Netherlanders have furnish'd them with Arms, they have not been so much molested by them.

Beyond Macavia lies the River Caurora, which is very narrow and deep;* 1.492 and next in order the Rivers Manamonary, Sinamary, Cunanama, Juraca, Mawary, Amana, and Ma∣rawyny, full of Isles, and four Leagues broad at the Mouth; along the Shore grow little Trees, whose Leaves wither as soon as touch'd by Mankind, but revives again within half an hour.

Next follow the Rivers Sorrenam, Sorrenamme, Copanama, Marateca, and Curetiny, where the Netherlanders, by virtue of a Patent granted by the States General, drove a Trade for several years.

Somewhat farther the Berbice, Apari, Maycawini, Mabeyca, Mirara and Essekebe, dis∣charge their Waters into the Ocean, twenty days Journey from their Spring-Head, where a great Lake (by the Jaos call'd The Roponowini, and by the Caribbeeans, Parime) spreads it self a great way; and on its Northern Shore hath the Town Manoa.

Along the River Essebeke is an excellent sort of Wood, the Dye call'd Orellano, and abundance of Cassavi: In the Mouth of the River also lies the Isle Ottoma.

Lastly, between Essebeke and the great River Orinoque, glide the lesser Streams Iwapoi, Pauroma, Gayni, Moruga, Ammacoura, and Parima, before which lie several nameless Isles.

* 1.493Christopher Columbus, in his third Voyage to the West-Indies, discover'd the great Island Trinidad, where before the Mouth of the Bay Vallena he was in great danger, as also the Ship Commanded by Alonso de Ojeda, by reason of the Waves, with which the great River Yuyapar, otherwise call'd Orinoque, coming out of the High-lands of Paria, falls into the Sea, which made him call the said Mouth Bocca del Drago; so that Columbus, Anno 1599. discover'd the Main Coast of America to the Northward of Guiana, as far as the Promontory De la Vela, before Americus Vesputius; whither Diego de Ordas Steer'd with three Ships, Mann'd with four hundred Castilians,* 1.494 in the Year 1231. and before Guiana took four Caribbeeans Prisoners in a Canoo, and finding an Emerauld about them as big as a Man's Hand, they inform'd him, that up the River was a Rock all of such Stones, and a Mountain on which grew high Trees, yielding store of Myrrh; but the strong contrary Tides and Water-falls prevented Ordas from going thither; and being troubled at the loss of one of his Ships, he ran along the Shore to Paria, and took the Fort which Antonio Sedenno, Governor of Trinidad, had cast up there, and left the Command thereof to Juan Gonsalvez, Ordas pretending that Sedenno had built it contrary to the Emperor's Order, and that he had made Slaves of the Natives. Martin Jannez Tafur stay'd in the conquer'd Fort according to Ordas his appointment, who went up the River Orinoque not

without great hardship; for his Provisions were not onely short, but he was tor∣mented in the Day by the Muschitoes, and in the Night by the Bats; at last coming to a Village Commanded by Viapari, he was kindly Entertain'd, which made Ordas contrary to the will of his Men, who would willingly have gone farther into the Countrey, stay there all the Winter; but as soon as the rainy Moneths were over, Ordas went farther up the River Orinoque, where his Ship was stav'd against a sandy Shelf, which forc'd him with two hundred Foot and forty Horse, to travel along the Shore, where he was much scanted of Provisions, and for forty days together met none but a few poor wild Fishermen, and at last stopt at an unknown River, which fell into the Orinoque. The Guianian Guide which Viapari had given Ordas, advis'd him to go along the Shore of the new River, because it would lead them to a well Cloth'd and rich People: But Ordas went along by the River Oronoque till he came where the Water falling from the Mountains makes it so terrible rough, that Ordas his Vessels, which were Toed along, were not able to be got any farther, so that after two hundred Leagues advance, he was necessitated, by reason of the fore-mention'd Water-falls, to go aboard and Sail down the Stream: His Men be∣ing weary'd with so troublesom a Journey, forsook him on the Island Cubagua, which made him return over Hispaniola to Spain, where not long after he dy'd with Grief.

* 1.495This unsuccessful Expedition of Ordas no way daunted Hieronimo Ortall from pro∣secuting the same Design; for setting Sail from St. Lucas, Anno 1533. to the Fort which Ordas had taken from Juan Gonsalves, he Steer'd from thence over to Cubagua, to fetch some Men, and sent the Lieutenant Alonso Herrera with five Ketches, carry∣ing two hundred Men, the same way which Ordas had been. Herrera coming to the fore-mention'd Water-falls where Ordas return'd, caus'd his Vessels to be unladen, then Toed them by meer force over the Water-falls, where he discover'd plain Fields without any Inhabitants, extending themselves to the Mouth of the River Meta, where he quitted his Vessels, and with no small trouble got over Morasses and Pools to the fruitful Countrey of the Xaguas, a People both cruel and valiant; whom after a sharp Conflict vanquishing, he became Master of their Village, in which he found plenty of Provisions, as also in another neighboring Town, where his tir'd, and almost starv'd Army began to take Breath, being exceedingly re∣fresh'd with the delicious Meat of a sort of wild Dogs, which were here in great abundance. Having spent the Winter Season here, they were often set upon by the Caribbeeans, by whose poyson'd Arrows several of them being shot, dy'd Di∣stracted, and amongst the rest Herrera himself; after which his Successor Alvaro Or∣das return'd to the Vessels, which were left at the Mouth of the River Meta, from whence he Sail'd back without any other success, the Design being to find out the Golden City Manoa, on the Banks of the great Lake Parime.

* 1.496Not long after Peter Hermandez de Serpa undertook the same Work with three hundred Spaniards, several Brasilians and Negro's; but before he could reach the Ri∣ver Orinoque, he was destroy'd by the salvage People Wikiri, eighteen of his Men onely escaping to bring the news of this sad Disaster.

Peter de Orsua following the footsteps of Gonsalvo Pizarro, went to seek for Gold in Guiana; but being kill'd by Lopes Agira near the Amazone River, that Expedition also prov'd fruitless.

* 1.497With the same desire of finding Gold in Guiana, Antonio Berreo went from New Granada thither; but being taken by Sir Walter Raleigh, was interrupted in his Design; however, he gave him an Account of his Adventures, so far as he had gone, viz. That he went to find out a Way along the River Cassanor, between New Granada

and New Guiana, went from Cassanor to the Stream Meta, and from thence to Ori∣noque, where he was in great danger, by reason of sharp Rocks, over which the Stream flowing, washes several Isles; That he spent a whole year before he came to the utmost Borders of Amapaia; near which he lost several of his Barques, and on the Shore, not onely divers Horses, but also many of his Men, who either dy'd of hardship, or were kill'd by the Natives with poysonous Arrows, so that sixty of his Men were kill'd in the Countrey of Amapaia, which extends along the River Orinoque, besides a great many that dy'd there by drinking the Water, which was full of poysonous Animals, and glided over a slimy and muddy Ground, which made it thick and troubled: Six Moneths he stay'd in the Countrey Amapaia, where he made Peace with the Inhabitants of Anebas, who gave him ten curious Images of massie Gold. The River Orinoque is about four Leagues broad here, and about seven hundred Miles long, before it fall into the Ocean, and is every where en∣rich'd with the Waters of many Rivers which fall into it from the North and South: He added moreover, that he endeavor'd to go down Southerly to Guiana, but was prevented by steep Mountains, and therefore went on Easterly till he came to the Countrey Emeria, where he found a courteous People, and plenty of Provisions; that the Governor of Caripana, being about a hundred years of age, had a long time Convers'd with the Christians on the Islands Trinidad and Margareta, and learn'd a Form of Civil Government; that Sailing down the River Orinoque between many Isles lying at the Mouth of the River to Trinidad, and from thence to Margareta, he took sixty Men into his Service; but that he himself, being tir'd with so great a Journey, and staying to refresh himself at Trinidad, fell into the hands of another Party of the English; that before he was taken he sent several of his Men to Caripana, to find the King of Morequito, who three years before had been with abundance of Gold at Cumana and Margareta, and inform'd a Spaniard call'd Vides so much concerning the Golden Countrey Guiana, that he obtain'd a Patent at the Spanish Court to discover Guiana; but that Vides, jealous that he might be there before him, had not onely incens'd Morequito against him, but so instructed him, that he suffer'd his Men to pass through the Countrey to fetch Gold from the City Manoa, and as they return'd, set upon them and slew them on the Borders of Aro∣maia, together with a Monk that was in their Company, one Man onely escaping; by whom being inform'd of the Murder, he immediately sent divers Soldiers to take Revenge of Morequito, who flying to the Governor Vides, was nevertheless, up∣on his demanding him in the King's Name, deliver'd, to him; and notwithstand∣ing he proffer'd a great Sum of Money for his Ransom, was cruelly put to Death; but not satisfi'd with that Revenge, he over-run all the Countrey of Aromaia, took Morequito's Uncle, call'd Topiawari, Prisoner, who bought his Life for a hundred Plates of Gold, and some Precious Stones; That Listing many Men in Spain for the Gold which he sent thither, he Row'd with Barques up the Rivers Barema, Pat∣troma, and Dessequebe, where he barter'd Trifles for Men, Women, and Children, of whom he made great Sums of Money on the Island Margareta.

This Information which Sir Walter Raleigh got from his Prisoner Berreo, made him desirous to make an Expedition to Guiana; to which purpose he sent Captain George Gifford with a Ketch and a Barque to the River Capuri, where the Water fell before the Vessels could get beyond the Sands in the Mouth of the River.

John Douglas had better success, being likewise sent out by Sir Walter Raleigh, for he with his Boats found that Orinoque had nine Arms to the North Sea, and seven to the South, which embrace divers Isles, of which those on the right side are call'd Pallamos, and those on the left, Horotomaca. The Mouth of the River gapes a hun∣dred

Leagues. On the fore-mention'd-Isles dwell the Titiriras, a modest People, who speak a bald Language; in the Summer they live under the open Skie upon the bare Earth, and in the Winter (being there between May and September) on the tops of the Trees, because during that time the River Orinoque rising thirty Foot higher, overflows all the Isles thereabouts, which are very high and mountainous. But Raleigh himself Rowing up the River Amana, endur'd great hardship, his Men being most of them sweltred with the Heat, and great want of Provisions; and had not their Indian Pilot shew'd them another Stream much easier to Navigate, he would have been forc'd to return successless; but being stor'd with Provision out of a Village built along the Shore, he chased four Canoos, of which he took one, and also an Arwaccas, which in fifteen days time brought him into the River Orinoque, where he saw the high Mountains of Guiana; afterwards Anchoring before a fair sandy Bank, which lay near the Mouth of three Rivers, he took abundance of Tortoises, and was furnish'd with plenty of all sorts of Provisions, sent him from the Governor Toparimaca, who inhabited the pleasant Village Arowocay, built on a little Hill, surrounded with delightful Gardens, and Fields till'd by the Negro's; who accommodating Raleigh with an experienc'd Pilot, he set Sail with a fresh Easterly Wind, and Westward saw the Isles Assapana, twenty five Leagues long, and six broad, and Iwana, of the same bigness. The River Orinoque hath here thirty Leagues in breadth, and receives the Rivers Arrawopana and Europa: He Sail'd next by the Isles Ocaywita and Putayma, opposite to which on the Main Land appears the Mountain Oecope, whose top reacheth the Clouds; on the right side a Plain Coun∣trey discover'd it self a vast way, which the Pilot said was call'd The Plain of Sayma, extending Northerly a hundred and twenty Leagues to Cumana and Caracas, inha∣bited by four sorts of People, viz. the Saymas, Assaways, Wikeries, and Aroras; which last, being a Coal-black People, us'd poyson'd Arrows. Raleigh passing between the two Mountains Aroami and Aio, came to an Anchor near the Island Murscolima, and from thence into the Haven Morequito, where the King Topiawari, a hundred and ten years of age, brought all sorts of Fruit, Poultrey, Fish and Flesh, and gave him an Account of the Condition of Guiana, viz. That the whole Countrey from the Moun∣tains Waccarima to Emeria, bore the Name of Guiana, the Inhabitants calling themselves Orinoque Poni; on the other side of the said Mountains lies the spacious Valley Amariocapana; where the Guianiatas reside. Southerly the Oreiones and Epuremei, who coming out of a strange Countrey, have destroy'd the ancient Inhabitants, lea∣ving onely the Awaaawaqueri and Cassipagoios. The Epuremei built the stately City Ma∣curewarai there. But Raleigh going on his Journey saw the Island Caiama, and came to the Mouth of the River Caroli, whose strong Current he was not able to stem, wherefore he desir'd Aid from Wanuretona, Governor of Canuria, who furnish'd him with Provisions, and Men to Toe him up the fore-mention'd Stream; and inform'd him that the River Caroli, which sprung out of the Lake Cassipa, was inhabited on one side by the Iwarawakeri, and the Lake Cassipa by three powerful People, viz. the Cassiapagotos, Eparagotos and Arawogotos, all mortal Enemies to the Spaniards: where∣upon Raleigh sent some of his Men thither, who return'd with great hopes of find∣ing rich Gold-Mines. The fore-mention'd Lake also produces the Rivers Aroi, Atoica, and Caora, near which dwell the Ewaipanoma, who have neither Necks nor Chins, but their Mouthes just upon their Shoulders. Towards the North the Ri∣ver Cari falls into the Orinoque, and on the West the Stream Limo; between both which the Cannibals reside, whose Metropolis call'd Acamacari is very famous for their strange way of Trading, for there the Women are brought to Market, and bought by the Arwaccas: But because great Showers of Rain fell daily, and the

Stream Caroli glided down wards with extraordinary force, Raleigh return'd to More∣quito; from whence Putima, King of Warapana, conducted him to a rich Golden Mountain in his Countrey, and along the Rivers Mana, Oiana, and Cumaca, to the place where the Orinoque divides it self into three excellent Streams, the chiefest whereof, call'd Cararoopana, washes the Province Emeria, out of whose Mountains the Rivers Waracayari, Coirama, Akaniri, and Iparoma, glide to the Northern Ocean; as also the Araturi, Amacura, Barima, Wana, Morooca, Paroma, and Wyni, all Branches of the River Orinoque: from whence Raleigh return'd home to England.

Not long after he sent Laurence Keymes and Thomas Masham back to Guiana: Keymes found out all the Rivers between the Amazones and the Orinoque, and Masham the Stream Wiapoco; from whence both return'd without any farther success.

* 1.498After this the Business lay still for a while, in regard Sir Walter Raleigh being (to∣gether with Grey, Cobham, and the Romish Priests, Watson and Clark) found guilty of High Treason, was Condemn'd to die; but being Repriev'd by the King, was kept a Prisoner in the Tower for the space of fourteen years; during which time he wrote a Description of Guiana; which the King perusing, was so well pleas'd with it, espe∣cially since he undertook to make out by several Reasons, that England might make it self Master of divers Gold-Mines there, to which Spain could lay no manner of Claim, that he discharg'd him out of Prison,* 1.499 and permitted him to make a second Expedition: Whereupon with ten Ships, Anno 1617. he set Sail for Guiana again; being toss'd with divers Storms, he at last came with five Sail to the River Calliana, where he fell dangerously sick, and therefore sent Captain Keymes with five Sail to the River Orinoque, to conduct the Men to the Gold-Mines; each Ship carrying fifty Men, and the other Captains being Parker, North, Thornap, and Sir Walter Ra∣leigh's Son. The Spaniards having a Garrison at Orinoque, fir'd very fiercely at the English, who suffer'd great damage, and amongst divers others, Captain Raleigh him∣self was slain, whilest the other five Sail lay near the Island Trinidad, under John Pennington's Command, who daily fear'd the Spanish Fleet. But Keymes found it very difficult to Land in Orinoque, by reason of the Banks along the Shore, which Diego de Palameque from Puerto Rico kept strongly guarded; therefore going to an even Shore with intention to Land, he was so sharply receiv'd by a Body of Spanish Musquetteers, that divers of his Men were mortally wounded; yet breaking in amongst them, he went towards the Gold-Mines, to which the Way led through a Wood where the Spaniards lay in Ambuscade; but he judg'd himself too weak to do any good upon the Mines, one of which belong'd to Peter Rodrigo de Parama, a second to Herviano Frontino, and the third to Francisco Fashardo: The English also were fearful, by reason of the Spaniards Cruelties, who not long before had flay'd several Merchants alive;* 1.500 so that Keymes contented himself with pillaging and burn∣ing the Town St. Thomas, which the Spaniards had deserted. Soon after which Captain Whitby ran away with a Ship from the Fleet, whilest Keymes return'd back to Raleigh, who laid several things to his Charge concerning the unnecessary Ex∣pence and shame of such an unsuccessful Voyage; which so wrought upon Keymes, that he offer'd to lay violent hands on himself in his Cabbin. At length Raleigh returning to London, was accus'd by the Spanish Ambassador Gundamor for the burn∣ing St. Thomas, urging that his Master resented it so ill, that he threatned to wage a War with England if Raleigh was not Executed; who notwithstanding he alledg'd, That the Spaniards shew'd the first Acts of Hostility against the English, who onely defended themselves; and that St. Thomas was burnt without his knowledge or Order; and that Keymes had not observ'd his Command in the discovering of the Gold-Mines, (which Apologies were generally look'd upon as real Truths) yet

the King esteeming the Peace with Spain of more value than one Man's Life, without taking notice of Gundemor's Accusations, commanded that the Sentence formerly pass'd on him for Treason should be Executed, and accordingly in the six∣tieth year of his Age he was Beheaded, discovering himself, by his Christian Beha∣vior and Profession at his Death, to be a far other kind of Person than what the World had censur'd him to be.

Since this last Expedition of Sir Walter Raleigh, we find not that there hath been any great Resort or Trade unto this Countrey, except by a few Netherland Mer∣chants, who have yearly sent eight or nine Ships to the River Orinoque for To∣bacco.

* 1.501As for the Air or Climate of Guiana, it is very differing, for about the Amazone River, dry Weather begins about August, and the windy and rainy Season about February; but Westward towards Orinoque, the Summer takes beginning in October, and the Winter in April; the Days and Nights are almost of an equal length, and the difference of Heat and Cold is but little.

Burning-Feavers, Dropsie, and the Jawnes, destroy many People here; which last is not unlike the POX, and proceeds from carnal Copulation with the Guianian Women, who are naturally subject to this Disease.

* 1.502The Inhabitants are divided into several sorts, the chiefest whereof being the Caribbees go naked, covering onely their Privities with a Lappet. The Women, though yellow, are very comely; and both Men and Women paint their Bodies with Netto, which grows on little Trees in Cods: They make Holes through their Noses, Lips and Ears, and hang Glass, Bells, pieces of Copper, or any other Trifles that they get from the English and Netherlanders, in them: About their Necks, Arms and Legs, they wear Strings of Beads, or Cockle-shells.

Their Houses with low Roofs, serve them onely to sleep in the Night upon Cotton Hammocks, for in the day-time they sit under high Arch'd open places, that the Wind may blow full upon them. Their Houshold-stuff consists of Earthen Pots and Dishes neatly painted. They live in Tribes or Families together in a Town, which is Govern'd by the eldest of them; and their Militia is Commanded by one that is able to endure most Stripes with Switches without any shew of pain. The chiefest of their Families have commonly three or four Wives, whereas others are contented with one. The Men seldom do any toilsom Work, but make their Wives do all, insomuch that as soon as a Woman is Deliver'd of a Child, she must immediately go about her usual Employment, whilest her Husband lies lozelling out his Moneth on a Hammock.

Their Language sounds not unpleasantly, but is hard to learn, because many words differ but little in the pronunciation, and yet have quite another signi∣fication.

When they march into the Field against their Enemies, then the General sends a Stick to all the Villages under his Jurisdiction, on which are cut so many Notches as there are Days appointed before he intends to set forth, which they cut out again as the Days expire, and on the last they repair to the appointed place.

A not much unlike Custom they observe in all Promises and Bargains; for they give one another as many Sticks as they desire Days to perform the same in, and so throw away every day one, till they have onely one remaining, and then they begin to think of performing their Promise or Bargain.

They know no word whereby to express any greater number than Ten; Twenty they express by laying their ten Fingers on their Toes, and all that ex∣ceeds Twenty, they compare to the Hairs of their Head, crying Ounsa awara.

Some of the painted Canoos made of the Trunks of Trees, will carry five or six Tuns.

* 1.503In their Wars they use Bowes, poyson'd Arrows, short Truncheons of speckled Wood, and Shields full of carv'd Images, and Fight without any Order. They go upon no Design but in the Night, and upon certain advantages. All Women and Children which they take Prisoners, are sold for Slaves, but the Men are cruelly put to death.

There is but little of Religion that can be ascrib'd to these People, onely that some shew Reverence to the Sun and Moon, which they believe are both living Creatures; but they make no Offerings to them.

Their Funeral-Feasts for great Persons are strangely kept, viz. all the Men ma∣king themselves Drunk with the Liquor Parranoro, Dance three or four days one after another, and he that drinks most, and is worst Drunk, gains the greatest Ho∣nor, whilest the Women lament and mourn for the Deceased.

Their Priests, call'd Peeaios, are in great esteem amongst them, because they pre∣tend that they Converse with the Spirits Wattipa and Yarakin, which the Guianians ex∣ceedingly fear, apprehending themselves often beaten black and blue by them.

The Peeaios also profess themselves to be Chirurgeons and Doctors, but if they cure not their Patients, they go in danger of their Lives, unless they speedily get away.

They burn their dead Bodies, together with those things the Deceased affected most in his Life-time. A Prince or Governor also hath his Slaves put to to death at the time when he is burn'd, that they may serve him in the other World.

* 1.504The Cassavi-Root press'd, boyl'd with Pepper, dry'd and bak'd on hot Stones, serves the Natives for Bread.

Each Grain that is Sow'n here produces in Harvest above fifteen hundred.

Their Corn makes wholsom and well tasted Beer, call'd Passiaw, and of their stamp'd Cassavi they make the Liquor Parranow.

In hollow Trees, and Caves under Ground, they find abundance of Honey; and their Vines afford them excellent Grapes twice a year.

No Plant is ever seen here without either Leaf, Blossom, or Fruit, except the European Apple-Tree, which never changes its nature, but blossoms and bears Fruit at the same time of the year as in Europe.

The wild Hogs Pokkiero, whose Navels grow on their Backs; and the Pangio, not unlike our Swine, afford the Inhabitants excellent Food.

Here are also Water-hogs, of a very delicious taste; but because they are very apprehensive, and dive at the least noise, they are seldom taken.

The Woods are full of Baboons and Apes, as also the sloththful Beast Ai.

The Hares here, being of a brown Colour, with white Specks, and the red Rab∣bets, are accounted great Delicacies.

There is no Countrey in America, which breeds greater Armadillo's than Guiana, some of them weighing eighty Pound.

Here are also Bears, which live on nothing but Pismires; they have long hairy Tails, with which they cover their Bodies in rainy Weather; they put their Tongues a Foot deep into the Pismires Nests, and so pulls them out.

The Tygers here are either black, spotted, or red; but the black exceed the other in cruelty, yet are seldom seen near inhabited places; the spotted and red devour abundance of Cattel, but will seldom set upon a Man, especially in the day-time.

The Woods are also full of Land-Turtles, which the Inhabitants take, and keep till they have occasion to make use of their Flesh.

The Eagles that are here with their Claws, Engage with those that go about to take them.

The Catamountains make such an exceeding noise at a certain hour, both in the Night and in the Day, that it is heard two Leagues off.

The Marmozets, a little Beast, biting the Catamountains and Apes in the Ears, forces them to leap from one Tree to another.

The black Beast Quotto hath a Face like an old Woman, and hanging by the Tail, swings from one Tree to another.

The Cuscary is a brown four-footed Creature, about the bigness of a little Dog, but hath the shape of a Lyon.

Moreover,* 1.505Guiana produces Teal, Geese, Crains, Phesants, Partridges, Pigeons, Marlins, Snipes, Falcons, Plovers, and Parrots of all sorts, besides many other strange Fowls; amongst which the chiefest are a sort whose Feathers glitter like Scarlet, and walk along in Rank and Fyle like Soldiers.

The Sea produces abundance of Turbots,* 1.506 Soals, Thornback, yellow Salmon, Sturgeon, Black-fish, Gurnets, Crabs, and Oysters.

Amongst other Fishes, the Cassoorwa, which is somewhat bigger than an Eel, is very strange, having two Sights in each Eye, of which it always holds one above, and the other underneath the Water when it swims.

Here are also the great Fishes call'd Manati and Num-eel, by which if any part of a Man be touch'd, it immediately becomes stiff.

There are likewise divers Vermine,* 1.507 which trouble the Countrey Guiana, among which are Serpents of thirty Foot long, that come out of the Water and feed on the Land; they do little hurt, as not being poysonous: but there are many of a lesser size, whose biting is so venomous, that it causes the Flesh of a Man to rot in twenty four hours time: others there are which have forked Tails, and Tusks in the Roof of their Mouthes.

The Crocodiles here also devour abundance of Cattel.

* 1.508The Scorpions, which are black, and resemble a Lobster, breed under dry Wood or Corn; their Stings are hid in their Tails, with which if any one be touch'd, he is sure to endure an intolerable pain, but without danger of losing his Life for the present, yet nothing can perfectly cure the same, except the Scorpion kill'd and laid on the Wound.

The Bats here are as big as Pigeons, and they suck the Blood of Men and Beasts so gently, that they seldom perceive the same.

The Pismires also do great mischief, especially in sandy Grounds; and likewise the Musketo's, whose Stings cause painful Swellings; but these most of all trouble them that inhabit near the Sea side on low Lands, insomuch that the Fisher-men bury themselves in the Night in Sand, leaving onely Holes to breathe at.

Frogs and Toads also make a terrible noise here, and especially after Rain.

* 1.509The Soil is inferior to none in the World, for the production of Sugar; but the general Commodities of the Countrey are Flax, Cotton, Hemp, the Berry Annoto, which Dyes an excellent Orange colour, another Berry which Dyes a deep Blue, a Tree whose Leaves Dye a Red, and the Wood of another Tree whose Juice Dyes a Purple and Crimson.

Moreover, Guiana produces the Gums Lemnia, Barattu, and Carriman, which be∣ing black and prickly, smells very pleasantly, and cures the Head-ache, Bruises, Pains in the Limbs, Gouts, and green Wounds. The same operation hath the Gum Baratta.

Here are also good Sena, Bolus Armenius, Cassia-Fistula, Terra-Lemnia, the Berry

Kelette, very effectual against the Bloody-flux, the Juice of the Leaf Upee, which cures the Wounds of poyson'd Arrows, and a sort of somniferous Apples, whereof the least bite occasions a deadly Sleep.

There is also a Tree, generally growing about the Houses of the Natives, the Boughs whereof bruis'd between two Stones, and thrown into the Creeks of deep Water full of Fish, cause them to swim above Water upon their Backs.

The Letter-Wood, call'd Pira timinere, turns also to a good account, much more the excellent Stones, Jasper and Porphyr.

Nor are there wanting Gold and Silver-Mines, which doubtless would yield great profit, were they open'd.

The Grain of the Countrey grows on Stalks seven Foot long, on the tops whereof hang two Ears full of Kernels as big as Pease, which ripens in four Moneths.

The Sugar-Canes, being of the bigness of a Man's Arm, and about six Foot long, are at the years end cut off, broken and press'd in a Mill; after which the Juice boyl'd in Copper Kettles to a certain Substance, is put into woodden Tun∣nels, square at the top, and narrow at bottom, with a small Hole, which is open'd as soon as the Sugar is sufficiently hardned, to let out the Syrrup; after which it is put into Hogsheads, and so Transported.

The Negro's which are brought from Angola and Guinee, are so cruelly us'd, that they oftentimes through despair destroy themselves.

The whole Countrey of Guiana is by several modern Writers methodically divi∣ded into these inferior or lesser Provinces, 1. Rio de las Amazones. 2. Wiapoco, or Guiana, properly so call'd. 3. Orenoque; and 4. The Islands of Guiana.

* 1.510Rio de las Amazones, or the Countrey of the Amazones, contains all that part of Guiana which lieth on both sides of the River Orellano, of a rich and good Soil, gene∣rally, abounding with all sorts of Fruits, and especially with those which the Americans call Totok, and love it extreamly, out of an opinion, they say, that it ex∣cites them to Venery, whereunto they are of themselves but too much inclin'd; and another which they call Pita, of a taste far more delicious and pleasing, and not so hurtful as the other. The Countrey was first discover'd by the fore-mention'd Francisco Orellana, a Spaniard from Quito, but it was onely by the River Orellana; and though he be credibly reported to have Sail'd no less than eighteen hundred Leagues down the Stream, and to have discover'd a rich and fair Countrey on both sides the River, well peopled with Natives, and giving in divers places no small Arguments of greater Wealth and Riches more within Land; yet such was the bad success of his second Endeavors, and likewise of those that follow'd him, as is evi∣dent from what hath been before related, that, as yet, there seems no farther Re∣port to be given, at least not of any thing special, concerning that part of the Countrey.

* 1.511Wiapoco, or Guiana, properly so call'd, taketh up the middle part of this Province, being divided, as the other, almost into two equal parts, by the River Wiapoco, which runs through the midst of it. The Countrey on both sides of the River is very rich and fertile, and so naturally apt, both for Sugar-Canes, Cotton-Wooll, and Tobacco, that they are said to grow here (all of them very good) without Planting, or any art of Husbandry. In this Countrey likewise should be the fa∣mous Dorada, as the Spaniards call it, or City of Gold (if it could be found) with the reports and hopes whereof some of our own Nation seem to have been not a little possess'd as well as the Spaniards: nor can we much blame them; for if the Stories of it had prov'd true, it must have been one of the goodliest and fairest Cities in the World (not to speak of the Wealth.) Diego de Ordas, the Spaniard of whom we have

lately had occasion to make frequent mention of, being reported by some to have travell'd one whole day, and half another in it, before he could arrive at the King's Palace; which yet must be suppos'd to have stood but in the midst of the City. Places of less Magnificence, but more Certainty, are 1. Caripo, which was once a Colony of English, setled there by Captain Robert Harcourt, Anno 1608. upon the Banks of Wiapoco, and not far from the Mouth of it; being a place, by the advan∣tage of a Rock, which it hath on the one side of it, of great strength and very dif∣ficult access; the Air about it sound, and said to be very agreeable to English Bodies. 2. Gomaribo, Colony formerly of the Dutch, on the North-West side of the Bay of Wiapoco, but since deserted by them. 3. Woyemon. 4. Crewinay, both of them Towns of the Natives, not far distant from the other.

Orinoque,* 1.512 or the third Division of this Province, comprehendeth the most Nor∣therly parts of Guiana, lying upon, or towards the Banks of this famous River: a Countrey likewise reported to be very rich, and comparable to Peru it self for hid∣den Treasure, which, they say, is not yet discover'd, onely for want of diligent and industrious searching. The Places in it already known are onely 1. Coniolaba, as they call it, which seems to be some Town of the Natives, lying a few Leagues di∣stant from the Orinoque, towards the South. 2. Morequito, a known Port or Haven-Town upon a Branch of the Orinoque, much frequented, and of great use to the Eng∣lish when they discover'd these Coasts. 3. Wenicapora: and 4. St. Thomas, the onely Town which the Spaniards hold upon this part of the Continent, situate upon the principal Channel of the Orinoque, and consisting of two hundred Families, or thereabouts: It is now a fortifi'd Place, and was taken by Sir Walter Raleigh, in that unfortunate Action of 1617. above related more at large.

* 1.513The Islands that belong to, and are commonly reckon'd as parts of Guiana, are either such as lie scatter'd about the Shore of the Province, or such as are found at the Mouth, and sometime far within the Channel of those great Rivers, which em∣pty themselves at several parts of this Countrey into the Sea, viz. Orinoque, Wiapoco, Rio de las Amazones, &c. There are many of them, but of any great name or esteem, onely two, viz. Trinidado and Tabago, the Description whereof we shall here omit, as having already taken notice of them amongst the Sotaventi and Caribbee Islands.

CHAP. IX. Paria, or New Andalusia.

* 1.514VVEstward of Guiana lieth the Countrey of Paria, so call'd from its chief River: It hath also the Denomination of New Andalusia, but for what resemblance with Andalusia of Old Spain, they do not tell us.

This Countrey lying as it doth, brings us back again by the Eastern Coast to the Isthmus or Strait, which, as we have often said, joyns the two parts of the Con∣tinent of America together, at least to those Countreys that lie next upon it to the South, viz. the Kingdom of Granada, &c. It hath on the East Guiana, and those Islands which lie about the Mouth of Orinoque; on the West, the Gulf or Bay of Venezuela, with some part of the new Kingdom abovesaid; on the North it is wash'd with the Atlantick Ocean; and on the South hath some Countreys yet un∣discover'd, toward the Andes. The whole consisteth partly of Continent, and

partly of Islands near adjoyning to it, and is commonly divided into five several Precincts or Parts, which are 1. Cumana. 2: Venezuela, being upon the Continent. 3. Margareta. 4. Cubagua, two Islands above-mention'd, famous for Pearl-fishing; and lastly, some lesser Islands.

SECT. II. Cumana.

* 1.515CUmana is bounded Eastward with the Gulf of Paria and the River Orinoque; on the West, with Venezuela; Northward it hath the Atlantick; and on the South, those undiscover'd Countreys above mention'd; extending a∣long the Northern Ocean, over against Margareta, two hundred Leagues or more, as some say, in length, and not much less than a hundred in breadth.

The Coast of this Countrey, as well as of the Islands Margareta and Cabagua, hath formerly been much fam'd for the rich Trade of Pearls and Pearl-fishing; which failing, its principal esteem now is for an excellent Vein of Salt, which they dig here as out of a Mine, and gather it naturally made ready to their Hands, not half a Mile from the Sea side, on the back side of the Promontory or Cape, by some call'd Punto de Araya, and by others for this reason Cape de Salinas.

* 1.516Places of chiefest consideration here, are 1. Cumana it self, a Colony of Spaniards seated on the Banks of a little River two Miles distant from the Sea, where it hath a good Harbor.

2. St. Jago, a very strong Fortress, which the Spaniards of late years have built, for the defence and security of the Salt-works against the Dutch, who began to Trade much that way, and in the Year 1622. had a Design to have made them∣selves Masters of the Place.

3. St. Michael de Neveri, another Fortress of theirs, standing upon a River bearing the same Name.

4. Guaniba, a Town of the Natives.

This Countrey of Cumana, being generally infested with terrible Crocodiles, hath a large Inlet call'd Cariaco, which flows fourteen Leagues into the Countrey.

* 1.517The Men of this Countrey wear Cotton Cloaks, and anointing their Bodies with Gum, stick the same full of Feathers.

When they go to Wars, or to a general Feast, then they shave their Hair off above their Ears, pull out their Beards, and black their Teeth with a certain Herb.

Their Princes and Grandees take as many Wives as they please, and give to those of their Guests whom they intend most to oblige, their choice of the fairest of them to lie with.

Whoring is accounted no shame, except amongst Marry'd Women, who gene∣rally live very Chaste, unless their Husbands consent to their Adultery.

The Women also Hunt, Fish, Shoot, and Swim, and are diligent in Tilling their Lands, and other Houshold Affairs. Most of them have sore Eyes, occasion'd not so much (as some wrongfully suppose) by their drinking of the Water out of the Stream Cumana, but proceeding rather from their unwholsom Food, as Spiders, and the like.

Amongst the several sorts of Trees that grow here, there are some that yield a white well scented Gum, or delicious Juice like Milk, and produce a Fruit not un∣like a Mulberry, which may be boyl'd to an excellent Syrrup; the Wood also strikes Fire: There are others, whose Timber is good for Shipping.

The Soil also produces Cassia-Fistula, Roses, and other strong smelling Flowers and Herbs.

For Beasts,* 1.518 besides Lyons, Tygers, and wild Hogs, there are several strange kinds here, as the Cappa, which is bigger than an Ass, having shaggy and black Hair; it runs away from Mankind, but devours whasoever else it meets with.

The Aranata, which hath a Goats Beard, and is of the bigness of a Greyhound; it howls very dreadfully, and feeds on Fruits.

The wild Cats which breed here, leap, though great with Young, from one Tree to another.

In the Evening a Beast like a lean Dog comes to their Huts, cries like a Child, and devours all those it meets abroad; wherefore every one that goes out in the Night carries a lighted Stick with him, for this Beast dreads the sight of Fire.

The Trees give Harbor to great numbers of Parrots, and other fine Feather'd Birds.

The Bats here are very large and hurtful, sucking the Blood from Men and Beasts.

The Muschito's also do very much plague and vex the Inhabitants.

The Spiders, much bigger than those of Europe, and of divers colours, make very strong Cobwebs.

Along the Sea-Coast, and in the Rivers is plenty of delicious Fish.

Anno 1513. two Dominican Fryers went over from Terra Firma to Cumana, where the Natives kindly Entertain'd them, till a Spanish Ship Anchoring there for the Pearl-Trade, carry'd away by violence the Governor and seventeen of his Servants; whereupon the Natives threatned, that unless their Lord was restor'd, they would put the two Dominicans to death; the Spaniards promising restauration of him in four Moneths time, inform'd the Council at Hispaniola of it, who not consenting to his Releasement, the two Monks were, according the former threatning, presently put to death. Yet after this the Franciscans and Dominicans built each of them a Cloyster in the Province of Chiribichi, where they kept friendly Correspondence with the Cumana's, till Anno 1520. when Alonso de Ojeda coming to an Anchor before Maracapana, under pretence of bartering Maiz for Spanish Goods with the Tagarez, who came about fifty from the Mountains on which they liv'd, being three Leagues up in the Countrey, and brought Maiz down to the Shore, the Spaniards took thirty six of them Prisoners, and kill'd or wounded the rest: Whereupon the Gover∣nor Gonzales being complain'd unto by the neighboring Prince Maraguey, and his assistance desir'd in taking Revenge of the Dominicans and Franciscans, who had urg'd and perswaded Ojeda to the fore-mention'd Act, Gonzales hereupon made an Agreement with Maraguey, that he should destroy the Monks, whilest he himself would kill Ojeda, which they accordingly perform'd. The Council in St. Domingo inform'd hereof, immediately sent three Ships, Mann'd with three hundred Men, under the Command of Gonzalo de Ocampo, who Anchoring in the Haven of Mara∣capana, feign'd as if he came newly from Spain, and that he knew nothing of the Business between Ojeda and Gonzales, that so he might entice the Natives into his Ship, and accordingly when divers of them came aboard, the Armed Spani∣ards started from under the Decks, and hung them up at their Yard-arms, burnt the Village Maracapana, and ruin'd the Countrey far and near with Fire and Sword.

Ocampo also built the Town Toledo, about half a League farther into the Coun∣trey, where the Bishop Bartholomew de las Casas, making his Visitation, commanded Ocampo to forbear his cruelty against the Natives, he having daily either burnt, hang'd, beheaded, or made Slaves of some or other of them. Casas also caus'd a

little Fort to be built at the Mouth of the River Cumana, to be near to prevent the inhumane Murders and Oppressions committed by his Countrey-men; but be∣cause the Inhabitants of Cubagua bereav'd him of his chief Builder, his Fort was left half unfinish'd; wherefore Casas leaving the Command of this Countrey to Fran∣cisco de Soto, went back to Hispaniola, where in St. Domingo he made his Complaints to the High Court of Justice of the Spaniards Cruelties; but being little regarded, he went into the Dominicans Cloyster, till he was call'd out and made Bishop of Chiapa. Mean while Soto, contrary to Casas his order, had fitted out two Ships to Trade along the Coast of Paria; but the Expedition prov'd very unsuccessful,* 1.519 for he and all his Men were destroy'd by the Natives; not without just reason, for the Spaniards (according to the Relation of Casas from an Eye-witness) destroy'd this Countrey after such a manner, that a Ship Sail'd between Lucago and Hispaniola sixty Leagues without any Compass, finding the Way onely by the floating of dead Bodies, thrown out of the Spanish Ships. Moreover, the Prisoners fainting, were set ashore on Hispaniola, and divided into Companies, each Company consisting of twenty; Parents separated from their Children, and Husbands from their Wives, and Lots cast for them: those that had either sick, decrepid, or old People fall to their share, us'd to cry (as Casas testifies he hath often heard,) What do I do with this sick, decrepid old Dog? give him to the Devil; I will not put my self to the trouble to kill and bury him.

But Soto's Death was not left unreveng'd; for not long after Jacob Castellon setting Sail from St. Domingo, left several Companies on Cubagua, to re-build the Town Cadiz, and rais'd a Fort at the Mouth of Cumana, which hath ever since been kept by the Spaniards, who made great slaughter amongst the Natives.

* 1.520Hieronymo Ortall Sailing up the Stream Negeri, sent his Lieutenant Augustine Del∣gado through the populous Provinces Guacharuco and Parimatuotu to the River Unare, where, not without a sharp Conflict, he took abundance of Provisions in a Village. In the mean time Ortall travell'd to Meta, acting inhumane Cruelties all the way; but approaching Guiana (where Delgado was kill'd) he was deserted by his mutinous Men, who ran over to Nicholas Federman; so that he was forc'd to return back to the new Fort Miguel de Neveri, and from thence to St. Domingo with ten Soldiers, fearing that Antonio Sedenno (who judg'd himself wrong'd by Ortall, because Cumana be∣long'd to his Lordship) would fall upon him.

Sedenno being five hundred Men strong discover'd the Sea-Coast all along to Patigutaro; where Setling himself, he regarded no Discipline; which the Natives observing, kill'd many a Spaniard, and others the Tygers also devour'd, especially in the Night, they being forc'd to keep lighted Fires about them against the wild Beasts

About the beginning of the Year 1537. Sedenno travell'd to the Countrey Anapuya and Orocomay, to the Province Goioguaney, where the Inhabitants defended themselves very valiantly in a woodden Fort, before which many Spaniards were kill'd with poyson'd Arrows, and those who were not mortally wounded, had no way to escape but by burning the Poyson out with hot Irons; yet at last the Defendants were forc'd to flie with their Wives and Children up to the Mountains, overgrown with Brambles. Sedenno marching through barren Fields, and over troublesom Ri∣vers,* 1.521 came to the mountainous Countrey Catapararo, where he found abundance of Maiz, and some little pieces of Gold, and was advanc'd about a League and a half in Cumana, when dying, he made room for his Successor Juan Fernandez, who sur∣viv'd him not long; yet the Expedition was not left unprosecuted: for Sedenno's Men, after the Decease of him and Fernandez, went farther, and discover'd a low

Land, which in the Winter being overflow'd, forc'd the Inhabitants to remove to the Mountains: But at last the Spaniards, being weary with travelling, fell out amongst themselves, and dividing into several Parties, went several ways, some to Venezuela, others to Maracapana, and the rest to Cubagua.

SECT. III. Venezuela.

* 1.522THe principal part of the Province of Venezuela is border'd on the East with Cumana; on the West, with a great Gulf or Bay, call'd The Bay of Venezuela, with the Lake Maracabo, and some part of New Granada; Northward it hath the Ocean, or Atlantick Sea; Southward, some undiscover'd Countreys, which, as we said, lie betwixt the Andes and it. It stretches out in length from East to West, a hundred and thirty Leagues, or thereabouts, but in breadth little more than half so much; it was nam'd Venezuela, or Little Venice, by Alonso de Ojeda, a Spa∣niard, who at his first discovery of the Countrey fell upon a Town of the Natives, which stood like another Venice, all upon the Water, and having no passage to it but by Boats. It is a Countrey extraordinary rich in all sorts of Commodities, af∣fords good Pasture for Cattel, and abundance of fair Herds of them, Oxen, Sheep, Swine, &c. plenty of Corn, and other Grain, great store of Venison in the Woods, of Fish in the Rivers, Gold in the Mines, and therefore not likely but to be well peopled and inhabited, especially by the Spaniards, whose Towns and Places of chief importance are these,* 1.523 1. Venezuela, at the most Westerly Confines of the Countrey, built upon the Sea, with the advantage of a double Haven, in a tempe∣rate and good Air, and the Soil round about it the best in the whole Province: It is now a Bishop's See, who is Suffragan to the Arch-bishop in Hispaniola, and the ordinary Residence of the Governor.

2. Caravalleda, call'd by the Spaniards, Nuestra Sennora de Caravalleda, fourscore Leagues distant from Venezuela towards the East, upon the Sea.

3. St. Jago de Leon, in the Countrey of Caracas, four or five Leagues Southward of Caravalleda, and six or seven distant from the Sea.

4. New Valentia, twenty five Leagues distant from St. Jago.

5. New Xeres, a Town but lately built, fifteen Leagues Southward of New Valentia.

6. New Segovia, but one League distant from Xeres.

7. Tucuyo, a Place well known and frequented, for the abundance of Sugar that is made there, and in the Countrey round about it.

8. Truxillo, or Our Lady de la Paz, eighteen Leagues Southward of the Lake Ma∣racabo, a Place of great resort, and much frequented for Trade both by Spaniards and Natives.

9. Laguna, a Town lying more towards the bottom of the Lake, said to be much haunted with Tygers; and more than this, not much is said of it.

According to the ancient Division of the Natives, this Province contains the Countreys Curiana, Cuycas, Caracas, Bariquicemeto, Tucuyo, and Carora; in which there are estimated to be about a hundred thousand Inhabitants that pay Taxes; which Charge, according to a Law made at the Spanish Court, all Men above fifty, and Youth under eighteen, are freed from: yet this Countrey had formerly much more People, great numbers of them being destroy'd by the Germans, Anno 1529. for the Bishop Bartholomeus de las Casas relates, That above fifty hundred thousand

[illustration] map of Venezuela

VENEZUELA cum parte Australi NOVAE ANDALUSIAE

of the Inhabitants were kill'd by them; nay, they rooted out whole Countreys, notwithstanding the Natives were ready to Entertain them with all Civility ima∣ginable; the Particulars of the Story are as followeth:* 1.524

When the Emperor Charles the Fifth Marry'd with Isabella, Daughter to the King of Portugal, Anno 1526. the Welsares, being Dutch Gentlemen in Augsburgh, made an Agreement with him for a Sum of Money, to Conquer Venezuela; whither they sent Ambrosius Alfinger, and Bartholomeus Sayltar, with four hundred Foot and eighty Horse: These Forces Landing at Venezuela, drove away Juan de Ampues, who Sail∣ing from St. Domingo thither, had discover'd the Coast along Coriano, and already made an Agreement with a mighty Prince of that Countrey, call'd Manaure. But Alfinger marching to the Lake Maracabo,* 1.525 destroy'd all the Inhabitants of the Coun∣trey Axaguas, though they came to meet him Dancing, with rich Presents of Gold; which he not regarding, kill'd them, drove some into a House, and there cut them in pieces, and burnt those that were got upon the Roof. From hence going towards the Pocabuyes, who dwelt on the West side of Maracabo, amongst high Mountains, he was Entertain'd by them a considerable time very courteously, and Presented with rich Gifts, for which at his departure he shut up both Men, Women, and Children, into a high Wall'd Park, where they were all to perish, if they did not every one pay a certain quantity of Gold to be releas'd, which not being able to raise, they all dy'd for want of Food. After the same manner he dealt with the neighboring People Alcoholados, of whom he got much Gold, but not without un∣heard of Cruelties; for he burnt all their Villages and Houses, ruin'd the Coun∣trey with Fire and Sword from Thamaleque to the River Lebrixa, carry'd away ma∣ny of the Natives coupled together with Chains about their Necks, and each of them loaded with at least a hundred pound weight of pillag'd Goods; and as soon as any of them began to faint under their Burthens for want of refreshment, their Heads were immediately cut off. But Alfinger coming to certain cold Mountains, was resisted by a valiant People; in which Conflict he receiv'd a Wound, of which he dy'd at his return to Coro, Anno 1532. Upon which the Welsares sent John Aleman to succeed him; but he also dying, made place for George de Espoira, and Nicholas Federman, of which two Espoira being the chief, spent three years in ranging up and down the Countrey, without any remarkable Transactions, being continually at variance with his Lieutenant Federman.

The afore-mention'd City Venezuela, otherwise call'd Caro, and by the Natives Corana, was, Anno 1539. taken and burnt by the English.

* 1.526Northward from the City, the Promontory St. Roman, in the Province of Para∣goana, runs into the Sea, opposite to the Islands Aruba and Quuracao.

The Countrey Paragoana is low and full of Venison; out of the middle of it rises a high Mountain, the Inhabitants whereof are very hospitable and courteous.

The Lyons that breed in this Countrey run away from Men; but on the con∣trary, the Tygers are exceeding cruel.

From Coro there leads a Way up into the Countrey over the Mountain Xizaeza∣ras, to the Province Bariquicemeto.

Between both these Provinces very fruitful Valleys, which produce Maiz in great abundance, are surrounded by wooddy Mountains, inhabited by Man-eaters, call'd Axaguas.

Anno 1552. Juan de Villegas discovering the Province Tucuyo, he found several rich Gold-Mines near the Mountain Pedro, out of which springs the River Burio. Near this place he built the Town Segovia, which, by reason of the unwholsom Air,* 1.527 was soon after transplanted, and built on the Shore of the River Bariquicimeto, so call'd,

because the Water when touch'd, turns to an Ash-colour. The Plain Countrey round about would be intolerable hot, did not the cool Winds that blow from the Mountains temper the same.

* 1.528The Natives divided into Tribes that understand not one another, live on Calli∣bashes, Deers flesh, Rabbets, and the Juice of the Cocuy.

In the Rivers Hacarigua and Boraute, they throw the stamp'd Root Barbasco, which causes the Fish to appear above the Water, and suffer themselves to be caught with the Hand.

In the Summer they all store themselves with Venison, which they catch after this manner: They set the dry Bushes and Brambles on fire, which makes the wild Hogs, Goats, Deer, Armadillo's, Tygers, the great Serpents Bobas, and other wild Creatures, to leap forth from their Holes and Receptacles to shun the same, whilest the Hunters standing ready with their Bowes and Arrows, seldom miss one of them.

In the hollow Trees near the Rivers, the Bees make abundance of Honey for them.

Most of the Rivers here fall into the Stream Huriapari, which glides from the Peruvian Mountains to the Northern Ocean.

The Province Chioas produces plenty of Gold.

* 1.529The Natives about Segovia go naked, are very ignorant, and much addicted to Drunkenness; in which humor they kill one another: They live without care, feeding on Roots till their Maiz is ripe, which in some places comes to its full ma∣turity in forty days time, and in others in three Moneths.

Close by Segovia glides the Rivulet Claro, whosse clear Water goes but a small Course from its Fountain Head, before it sinks into the Ground; in the Summer it is very high, and in the Winter almost destitute of Water.

* 1.530This Countrey breeds all sorts of Fowls, but especially Quails and Turtle-Doves.

Cattel, Sheep, Goats and Hogs, increase wonderfully here, insomuch that many of them are driven to be sold at New Granada.

The Cotton-Clothes that are woven here, also turn to a good account.

From Segovia runs a Way through a Valley twelve Leagues long, to the Town Tucuyo, which stands low, but in a healthful Climate, and surrounded with Moun∣tains.

The Countrey hereabouts produces plenty of Corn, Pot-herbs, Sugar, and Cotton; and feeds Oxen, Cowes, Horses, Sheep, Deer, and Goats, to which the Tygers and Lyons do great mischief.

Here are Gold-Mines, but they are not open'd by reason of the great want of Men.

There is likewise plenty of the Bezoar-Stones to be had here.

The Cuycas, in whose Countrey stands the Town Truxillo, are a valiant, but very cruel People.

The Lake Maracabo, running forty Leagues up into the Countrey, is ten Leagues broad, Ebbs and Flows, and feeds the great Fish Manati.

Westward dwell the Pocabuyes, and Alcoholados, both quiet and rich People.

* 1.531The Province Xuruara lies towards the South behind high Mountains, inhabited by the valiant Coromochos; and towards the North from Xuruara, the Bobures, hard by the City Merida; the Countrey about which is unhealthful and Morassy, and the Inhabitants exceedingly plagu'd by the Muschito's.

* 1.532The Haven Maracapana is the best in Venezuela, and lies in the Eastern part of the

Province, where the Mountains are inhabited by the wild Chiugotos, who kill and eat all the Spaniards they can get.

The other Havens Westward, not comparable to Maracapana, are Flechado, Sar∣dinas, and Burburute, where some Spanish Families have a Salt-pit.

* 1.533Six Leagues up in the Countrey you come to the fresh Lake Tocarigua, full of little inhabited Isles; the People whereof live quietly, and barter Gold.

Towards the North-West the Ocean makes the great Inlet Triste, before which lies the Island Bonaire, very full of Cattel, and on each side appear the Aves and Quaraco, which abound with Fowl.

The Promontory St. Roman runs twenty Leagues into the Sea, and the Cape Coquibocoa extends farther. Between both these runs the Channel of Venezuela, which touches the Lake Maracapabo.

Before Coquibocoa are seen the four low Islands Monjes, with white sandy Creeks, and full of Trees: out of the middlemost rises a high Mountain.

On the Main Continent also the Mountains De Azieyto appear with scraggy tops beyond the Point: And the Bay Honda affords a safe Road.

The Cape De la Vela hath on one side the Inlet Portete, and on the other, the Vil∣lages Rancheria and Nostra Sennora de los Remedios; between both which runs the Stream La Hacha.

The German Commander, Nicholas Federman, intended to have built a City on Cape Vela, Anno 1535. but finding the Ground too low and unfruitful, the Pearls hereabouts very small, and the Natives living onely on Fish and wild Herbs, he chang'd his Resolution.

SECT. IV. The Islands Margareta, Cubagua, and Coche.

NOtwithstanding we have already spoken something of the Islands Margareta, and Cubagua, in regard they are by some reckon'd amongst the Isles of Northern America; yet because they are by many accounted to make up a part of the Division of New Andalusia, we shall add in this place what we have found most worthy of Re-mention, though much to the same purpose as before.

The Island Margareta, discover'd by Christopher Columbus, Anno 1498. contains thirty two Leagues in circumference, hath many Woods and Pastures, yet little fresh Water. To the Eastward of it lie the Cliffs Testigos, where it is very moun∣tainous, as also on the East. Round about the same are delicious Fish, without which the Natives could not live, because the brackish Soil produces but little Pro∣vision.

* 1.534The chiefest thing for which this Island Margareta is famous, is the Pearl-Fishing, for which in times past a great Trade was driven, though of late it is come to little or nothing. The Spaniards, with inhumane cruelty, taught the Ne∣gro's to Dive for the Pearls, for those that were not nimble or dextrous enough, they beat unmercifully, dropt scalding Wax or scalding Oyl upon them, or stig∣matiz'd them with hot Irons. The Pearl-Banks were cover'd with five, six, seven, or eight Fathom Water; from whence the Negro's pull'd the Oysters with such force, that the Blood gush'd out of their Mouths and Noses when they came above Water to breath; after which, to refresh them, they receiv'd a Glass of Wine and a Pipe of Tobacco. The Spanish Kiay receiv'd a fifth part of the best Pearls that were taken here; but whether the Oysters have forsaken this Place, or

their growth hinder'd by often Fishing for them, we know not, but however it is, few Pearls are found here of late years, which makes Margareta to be more and more deserted.

* 1.535Between the Main Continent of Paria lie the Islands Cubagua and Coche; the first whereof hath an unfruitful and sultry Soil, without either Trees, Birds, and four∣footed Beasts, except Pock Wood, Sea-Fowls, or Parrots; and Castilian Hogs being carry'd thither, change their Nature strangely; for in a short time their Claws grow long and crooked.

The King of Spain us'd formerly to receive fifteen thousand Ducats yearly for his fifth part of the Pearls chat were taken; which Gain invited many thither, who built the Town Nova Cadiz on Cabugua in the Year 1521. but when the Arayans de∣molish'd the Monks Cloyster on Paria,* 1.536 the Spaniards, being three hundred in num∣ber, fled from Nova Cadiz to Hispaniola, where the High Court, displeas'd at their cowardly deserting the Place, gave them but cool Entertainment, and sent five Ships under the Command of Jacomo de Castellan to Cubagua, to build new Store∣houses in Nova Cadiz, which was afterwards re-inhabited; but when the Pearl-Fishing ceased, the Island and Town was at once deserted.

Opposite to Margareta lies the Promontory Araya, behind which lies a salt Lake, in which is found abundance of Salt, not onely above, but under the Water; with which the English, Spanish, and Dutch Ships are fraighted.

* 1.537Isaac du Verne describes the Salt-pans on Araya thus:

Round about the same (saith he) the Ground is craggy, barren, and of a brackish taste, and destitute of fresh Water, which is therefore fetch'd three Leagues farther out of a Brook, flowing from the Mountain Bordones into the Bay of Comena; likewise all manner of Provisions are brought from other Parts. Westward from the Point Araya there is a convenient Harbor where the Ships take in their Salt. Three hundred Paces from the Shore lies a great Salt-pan, where the Salt being first beat in pices, is carry'd in Wheel-barrows to the Ships. The little Salt-pan produces less Salt, and lies also out of the way, which makes few Ships take in their Lading from thence.

The Countrey is every where overgrown with Brambles and Bushes, in which breed Tygers and very poysonous Serpents. There are likewise abundance of Stags, Bucks, Hares, and Coneys, besides other strange Beasts.

* 1.538Till Anno 1605. the Netherlanders came hither unmolested for Salt, when eight Spanish Gallions falling unawares upon them, strangely misus'd their Seamen; but afterwards the United Netherlands having made an Agreement with Spain for a cer∣tain time, renew'd their Trade to Araya, till the King of Spain, having for the bet∣ter security of the Place, built the Fort St. Jago, which Commanded the great Salt∣pan, forbad the Netherlanders from lading any more Salt; who thereupon Storm'd the Fort, though to their cost, for several of them were kill'd, and the rest return'd home empty.

SECT. V. Of the Islands of Southern America.

THe chiefest Islands of note in the Southern part of America, that is to say, those that lie remote from the Continent in Mare del Zur, are Los Ladrones, and the Islands Fernandinas; for the rest being, as we may call them, Mediter∣ranean Islands, fall naturally under the Description of the Continent.

* 1.539 1. Los Ladrones, in English, The Islands of Thieves, lie as it were in the mid-way betwixt the Main Land of America and the Philippine Islands, but some hundreds of Leagues distant from either, in the fourth Degree of Northern Latitude; so nam'd by Ferdinand Magellan, from the pilfering disposition he observ'd in the Natives, when he Sail'd that way for the Moluccae Islands. They were a nimble and active sort of People, yet light-finger'd, tall of stature, and going for the most part naked, excellent Swimmers and Divers, and have not much more to be said in their com∣mendation.

* 1.540 2. The Fernandinae are onely two Islands of no great bigness, lying over against the Coast of Chile, in the three and thirtieth Degree of Southern Latitude, and about a hundred Leagues, or three hundred English Miles from the Continent, yet well stor'd with some lesser sorts of Cattel, as Goats, &c. good plenty likewise of Venison in the Woods, and Fish upon the Coasts; for which reason, though lying at some distance, yet are they not a little frequented by the Spaniards of Peru, who find many good Harbors and Roads for Shipping belonging to, and about these Islands.

Notes

• * 1.1

  Situation and Form of Southern A∣merica.
• * 1.2

  The chief Ri∣vers thereof.
• * 1.3

  The Moun∣tains Andes.
• * 1.4

  Description of Castella Aurea.
• * 1.5

  Rivers.
• * 1.6

  Description of Panama.
• * 1.7

  The antient Division of Panama.
• * 1.8

  The Nature and Customs of the antient Inhabitants.
• * 1.9

  Towns and Places of chief note.
• * 1.10

  The Isles of Pearls.
• * 1.11

  Captain Ox∣enham's Ex∣pedition.
• * 1.12

  Description of Darien.
• * 1.13

  Sebastian and Antiqua, by whom built.
• * 1.14

  Rivers.
• * 1.15

  Places of chief note.
• * 1.16

  Description of New An∣daluzia.
• * 1.17

  Nature and Customs of the antient Inhabitians.
• * 1.18

  The Coun∣trey Ʋrraba.
• * 1.19

  A strange Beast.
• * 1.20

  The Moun∣tain Abibe.
• * 1.21

  Towns and Places of principal note.
• * 1.22

  The Descri∣ption of Car∣thagena.
• * 1.23

  The Balsam of Tolu very famous.
• * 1.24

  Rivers of Carthagena.
• * 1.25

  Description of St. Mar∣tha.
• * 1.26

  The Nature of the Cli∣mate, and Commodi∣ties of the Countrey.
• * 1.27

  Great plenty of Precious Stones in these Parts.
• * 1.28

  Peter di Lugo his Treachery to the Na∣tives.
• * 1.29

  The Welsares Journey.
• * 1.30

  Chief Cities and Places of note.
• * 1.31

  The Tree Xagua.
• * 1.32

  The Root Scorzonera.
• * 1.33

  Chief Rivers.
• * 1.34

  Rio de la Ha∣cha.
• * 1.35

  Chief Towns of this Pro∣vince.
• * 1.36

  Abibeca the last King of this Province
• * 1.37

  First Disco∣very of New Granada.
• * 1.38

  Gonsalvo Xi∣menes his Ex∣pedition.
• * 1.39

  The Nature and Custom of the Moxas
• * 1.40

  The Nature of the Pan∣chas.
• * 1.41

  The Bounds and Dimensi∣ons of Nova Granada.
• * 1.42

  Description of Granada.
• * 1.43

  Towns of chief note.
• * 1.44

  Commodities of the Coun∣trey of To∣caima.
• * 1.45

  Situation and Descri∣ption of Po∣payana.
• * 1.46

  Cities and Towns of chief note.
• * 1.47

  The Isle Gor∣gona.
• * 1.48

  The Isle Del Gallo.
• * 1.49

  The Descri∣ption and Division of Peru.
• * 1.50

  Commodi∣ties of the Countrey.
• * 1.51

  The Foun∣tain Puchio.
• * 1.52

  Another strange Foun∣tain.
• * 1.53

  A most won∣derful Rock.
• * 1.54

  The Customs and Habits of the antient Natives.
• * 1.55

  Giants anti∣ently in St. Helen••.
• * 1.56

  Helvius finds the Bones of the Giants.
• * 1.57

  The original of the King∣dom of Peru.
• * 1.58

  The original of the Ingas.
• * 1.59

  Yaguarguoqu the second Inga.
• * 1.60

  Viracocha In∣ga his great Riches.
• * 1.61

  Yupangui's Policy to gain an Opinion amongst the People.
• * 1.62

  Gross Super∣stition.
• * 1.63

  The Great∣ness and Riches of Guayacava.
• * 1.64

  War between Huascar and his Brother Attabaliba.
• * 1.65

  Huascar burnt alive.
• * 1.66

  Mango Inga Settles in the Mountain Vilcabamba.
• * 1.67

  Cusco the Residence of the Peruvian Kings.
• * 1.68

  The Manner of the Suc∣cession of their Kings.
• * 1.69

  Their Burials and disposal of their Trea∣sure.
• * 1.70

  Their Crown.
• * 1.71

  Their Coro∣nations.
• * 1.72

  Their exact Form of Go∣vernment.
• * 1.73

  Their stately Structures.
• * 1.74

  The great Riches of the Ingas.
• * 1.75

  Their several sorts of Tri∣bute from conquer'd Countreys.
• * 1.76

  Their Provi∣sion for the Poor.
• * 1.77

  Their Indu∣stry.
• * 1.78

  Their Habits.
• * 1.79

  Their Post-Stages.
• * 1.80

  Their severe Laws against Malefactors.
• * 1.81

  Their Marri∣ages.
• * 1.82

  Their man∣ner of living.
• * 1.83

  Their Fune∣rals.
• * 1.84

  Their Reli∣gion.
• * 1.85

  The various Idolatry of the Peruvi∣ans.
• * 1.86

  The Peruvi∣ans believ'd the Immor∣tality of the Soul.
• * 1.87

  Their Ora∣cle.
• * 1.88

  Their Nun∣neries.
• * 1.89

  Their Offer∣ings.
• * 1.90

  Their High Feasts.
• * 1.91

  Their manner of Confessi∣ons.
• * 1.92

  Their Penan∣ces.
• * 1.93

  The Esteem of their Soothsayers.
• * 1.94

  Their month∣ly Feasts.
• * 1.95

  Their Har∣vest Ceremo∣nies.
• * 1.96

  Their Feast Ytri.
• * 1.97

  The Destru∣ction of the old Empire of Peru fore∣told.
• * 1.98

  By whom Peru was first discover'd to the Spaniards
• * 1.99

  Great Diffi∣culties in the Discovery of Peru.
• * 1.100

  Pizarro made Governor of Peru.
• * 1.101

  Pizarro ta∣king Attaba∣liba Prisoner, puts a vast Ransom up∣on him.
• * 1.102

  Huascar burnt by Or∣der of his Brother At∣tabaliba.
• * 1.103

  Attabaliba put to death by the Spa∣niards.
• * 1.104

  Attabaliba strangled by Almagro's Order.
• * 1.105

  The antient Splendor of the Peruvian Ingas.
• * 1.106

  Quisquis, At∣tabaliba's General, stabb'd and cut in pieces.
• * 1.107

  Mango Inga releas'd out of Prison, sets upon the Spaniards, and is at last put to fl ght.
• * 1.108

  Several Par∣ties of the Peruvians set upon the Spaniards and over∣throw them.
• * 1.109

  They are beaten by Alvarado.
• * 1.110

  Civil War between Pi∣zarro and Al∣magro.
• * 1.111

  The Marquess Francisco Pi∣zarro mur∣dered.
• * 1.112

  His Original and the man∣ner of his Ri∣sing.
• * 1.113

  Alm••gro ut∣terly defeat∣ed by Vacca de Castro.
• * 1.114

  Deliver'd up Pris••ner by Salazar, and Beheaded.
• * 1.115

  The Empe∣ror's Procla∣mation in be∣half of the Indians.
• * 1.116

  Ill resented by the Spani∣ards.
• * 1.117

  Pizarro mar∣ches against the Vice-Roy Vela.
• * 1.118

  Vela clashing with the Commission∣ers, is seiz'd upon.
• * 1.119

  Being Shipt for Spain, is brought back by Alvara∣dez.
• * 1.120

  Is put to flight and pursu'd by Pizarro.
• * 1.121

  The Vice-Roy slain by Carvayales.
• * 1.122

  Pizarro's Luxury, and Tyranny.
• * 1.123

  Vela Nunnez and La Torre Plotting a∣gainst Pizar∣ro, are taken and Executed
• * 1.124

  Peter Gasca sent to settle Affairs in Peru.
• * 1.125

  Gasca's Let∣ter to Pi∣zzaro.
• * 1.126

  Pizarro's De∣signs against him.
• * 1.127

  His Party generally fall off to Gasca.
• * 1.128

  Cusco taken by Centeno.
• * 1.129

  Los Reyos de∣clares for the Emperor.
• * 1.130

  Pizarro ut∣terly defeat∣ed, surren∣ders himself into Gasca's Power.
• * 1.131

  Carvayales and Pizarro both put to death by Gasca.
• * 1.132

  Peru Gover∣ned by Vice-Roys.
• * 1.133

  Division of Peru.
• * 1.134

  Situation and Description of Quito.
• * 1.135

  The Fruit Quaba.
• * 1.136

  The Tree Guaiaba.
• * 1.137

  The Inns Tambos.
• * 1.138

  The Nature of the Peo∣ple.
• * 1.139

  Towns and Places of chief note.
• * 1.140

  Spilbergen's Attempt up∣on Payta.
• * 1.141

  Description of Los Quixos
• * 1.142

  The Canela-••ruit.
• * 1.143

  The Grana∣dilla-Apple.
• * 1.144

  Towns and Places of chief note.
• * 1.145

  Bevalcazar overcoming Ruminagua, takes Quito.
• * 1.146

  He comes to an Agree∣ment with Alvarado.
• * 1.147

  Pizarro and his Army dri∣ven to great Straights.
• * 1.148

  Orellana corss'd in his Designs, dies for grief.
• * 1.149

  The misera∣ble Condi∣tion of Pizar∣ro's Men.
• * 1.150

  Quito very much defac'd by siding with Vela a∣gainst Gon∣salvo Pizarro.
• * 1.151

  Situation and Description of the Pro∣vince of Lima.
• * 1.152

  The several Valleys of this Province
• * 1.153

  Two tragical Passages.
• * 1.154

  Spilbergen's Attempt.
• * 1.155

  Strange man∣ner of Hunt∣ing.
• * 1.156

  A vast Trea∣sure found by Ferdinando Pizarro.
• * 1.157

  Chief Towns and Places of note.
• * 1.158

  Prizes taken here by Sir Fran. Drake.
• * 1.159

  Spilbergen at∣tempts the Place in vain.
• * 1.160

  Situation and Description of Cusco.
• * 1.161

  The several Valleys, and other Terri∣tories be∣longing to Collao.
• * 1.162

  Peter Anzu∣rez his Jour∣ney.
• * 1.163

  Towns and Places of note.
• * 1.164

  The original of the City Cusco,
• * 1.165

  The ancient Places and other stately Structures in Cusco▪
• * 1.166

  The Temple Curicanche.
• * 1.167

  A cruel Bat∣tel between two Brothers.
• * 1.168

  Zaires the Son of Mango Inga submit•• to the Spani∣ards.
• * 1.169

  Havens, Isles, and Points in Peru.
• * 1.170

  Situation and Description of Los Char∣cas.
• * 1.171

  Principal Towns and Places of note.
• * 1.172

  The occasion of the first Discovery of the Mines in Potosi.
• * 1.173

  The Mine Potesi, when discover'd.
• * 1.174

  Four Silver Veins, with their several Divisions.
• * 1.175

  The Socabo∣nos or Tren∣••hes, with the manner of Mining.
• * 1.176

  Port-Towns, Rivers, and Havens of Los Charcas.
• * 1.177

  Situation and Description of Collao.
• * 1.178

  Chief Towns and Places of note.
• * 1.179

  The Lake Ti∣ticaca.
• * 1.180

  The Plant Totara.
• * 1.181

  A strange Earthquake at Angoanga.
• * 1.182

  The like in Herefordshire in England.
• * 1.183

  Roads and High-ways made by the Ingas.
• * 1.184

  The manner of the Peru∣vian Regi∣sters.
• * 1.185

  The present State of Peru under the Spanish Go∣vernment.
• * 1.186

  The present flourishing Condition of the City Los Reyos.
• * 1.187

  Miracles re∣ported to have been done by Ra∣mirez.
• * 1.188

  The Miracle of an Augu∣stine Monk.
• * 1.189

  Situation and Description of Chile.
• * 1.190

  Pedro Baldi∣via taken Prisoner and put to death by the Aru∣cans.
• * 1.191

  The Bounds of Chile spe∣cially so call'd.
• * 1.192

  Towns and Places of Importance.
• * 1.193

  Situation and Description of Magella∣nica.
• * 1.194

  〈…〉〈…〉 and ••••••••ghts
• * 1.195

  Description or the Magel∣lan Straights.
• * 1.196

  The Straights of Le Maire.
• * 1.197

  Situation and Description of Paraguay, or Rio de la Plata.
• * 1.198

  The River De la Plata.
• * 1.199

  Situation of Rio de la Plata, pro∣perly so call'd
• * 1.200

  Towns and Places of note.
• * 1.201

  Situation of Tucuman.
• * 1.202

  Towns and Places of note.
• * 1.203

  Situation of La Crux de Sierra.
• * 1.204

  Chief Towns of this Pro∣vince.
• * 1.205

  Situation and Description of Brasile.
• * 1.206

  Pedro Alva∣rez Capralis his Expediti∣on to Brasile.
• * 1.207

  Jesuits ••••••t to Brasi•••• by Pope Paulus the Third and Ignatius.
• * 1.208

  Temperature of Cli∣mate.
• * 1.209

  The Nature of the Soil.
• * 1.210

  Description of the Ta∣manda.
• * 1.211

  The Plant Manyle.
• * 1.212

  Description of the Tree Ibripitanga.
• * 1.213

  The Tree Tatai-iba.
• * 1.214

  The Nature of the Brasili∣ans.
• * 1.215

  Their manner of Living.
• * 1.216

  Their several sorts of Drinks.
• * 1.217

  Their Debo∣ches.
• * 1.218

  Their man∣ner of Taking Tobacco.
• * 1.219

  Their religi∣ous Ceremo∣nies.
• * 1.220

  Their Arms.
• * 1.221

  The Langua∣ges of the Brasilians.
• * 1.222

  The Tobaras and Potigi-iguaras.
• * 1.223

  The Waimoo∣res.
• * 1.224

  The Tomoni∣menos.
• * 1.225

  The Waita∣quazes.
• * 1.226

  The Wainas∣ses.
• * 1.227

  The Descri∣ption of the Plant Vruca.
• * 1.228

  The Topina∣ques.
• * 1.229

  The Pories.
• * 1.230

  The Molopa∣ques.
• * 1.231

  The Motayas
• * 1.232

  The Waiana∣wasons.
• * 1.233

  The Tamoyes.
• * 1.234

  The Tocomans Caryogs, and Maraquites.
• * 1.235

  Their Cu∣stoms de∣scrib'd.
• * 1.236

  Strangeman∣ner of curing the Sick a∣mongst the Tapuyans,
• * 1.237

  Their Feast∣ing in honor of the Stars.
• * 1.238

  Arcisseusky's Relation of the Manners of the new Married.
• * 1.239

  The Religion of the Tapu∣yans.
• * 1.240

  Their fore∣telling of things to come.
• * 1.241

  The Impo∣sture.
• * 1.242

  A pleasant Story be∣tween Arcis∣seusky and a Tapuyan Priest.
• * 1.243

  Brasile by whom pos∣sess'd at pre∣sent.
• * 1.244

  Places of note in the Praefe∣cture of St. Vincent.
• * 1.245

  The Nature of the Tupi∣nikinsi, Na∣tives of St. Vincent.
• * 1.246

  First. Disco∣very and Pos∣sesion of Rio de Janeiro.
• * 1.247

  Jean Leri his Description thereof.
• * 1.248

  Towns and Places of chief note.
• * 1.249

  Description of the Lord∣ship De Spi∣rito Santo.
• * 1.250

  Several strange sorts of Fish.
• * 1.251

  The Serpent Boiguacu.
• * 1.252

  The Bird Ja∣bicu-guacu.
• * 1.253

  Description of Porto Se∣guro.
• * 1.254

  Remakable Wreck of the Ship Batavia
• * 1.255

  Corneliszoon his villanous Attempt.
• * 1.256

  The Beast Capybara.
• * 1.257

  The Tapiirete.
• * 1.258

  Five sorts of Rabbets in Brasile.
• * 1.259

  The Tree Tucum.
• * 1.260

  The Bird Cocoi.
• * 1.261

  Situation and Description of Los Isleos.
• * 1.262

  Situation and Description of Tedos los Sanctos.
• * 1.263

  The manner of Planting Sugar-Canes
• * 1.264

  The Worm Guirapeacopa
• * 1.265

  The manner of making Sugar in the Sugar-Mills.
• * 1.266

  Description of Pernam∣buco.
• * 1.267

  Several sorts of Fish.
• * 1.268

  First Disco∣very.
• * 1.269

  Chief Towns and Places of note.
• * 1.270

  The Expedi∣tion of Lonc∣que.
• * 1.271

  Olinda taken by the Hol∣landers.
• * 1.272

  The Fort St. George taken.
• * 1.273

  The memo∣rable Ex∣ploits of the English under Captain James Lan∣caster.
• * 1.274

  The nature of the Soil in Pernambuco.
• * 1.275

  Sergippo del Rey.
• * 1.276

  Villa de Con∣ception.
• * 1.277

  Description of Parayba.
• * 1.278

  The Silver-Mine Copaoba.
• * 1.279

  Strange Birds
• * 1.280

  The Plant Yarammaca∣rou.
• * 1.281

  The Guara-tereba, with other strange Fish.
• * 1.282

  Description of the Sea Coast of Brasile.
• * 1.283

  Strange Tree.
• * 1.284

  Situation.
• * 1.285

  Fruitful Soil and rich Coast of Maragnan
• * 1.286

  Fruit-Trees.
• * 1.287

  Strange Birds
• * 1.288

  Strange sorts of Fish.
• * 1.289

  Divers kinds of strange Beasts.
• * 1.290

  The Sagovin.
• * 1.291

  The Boyete, and other sorts of Ser∣pents.
• * 1.292

  The occasion of building the Fort Ma∣ragnan.
• * 1.293

  A Colony of French sent over into the Island of Maragnan.
• * 1.294

  Driven out by the Portu∣guese.
• * 1.295

  Description of the Lord∣ship of Ta∣marica.
• * 1.296

  Description of the Lord∣ship of Rio Grande.
• * 1.297

  Description of the Lord∣ship of Siara.
• * 1.298

  Description of the Lord∣ship of Para.
• * 1.299

  A West-India Company erected by the Ʋnited States.
• * 1.300

  St. Salvador set upon by the Dutch under Peters∣zoon and Wil∣lekens.
• * 1.301

  St. Salvador taken by the Dutch.
• * 1.302

  Col. Dorth kill'd by an Ambuscade.
• * 1.303

  Description of St. Salva∣dor.
• * 1.304

  A great Fleet set out by the King of Spain for the reco∣very the reco∣very of St. Salvador.
• * 1.305

  St. Salvador re-taken by the Spaniards from the Hol∣landers.
• * 1.306

  The City Porto Rico surpriz'd by Henrickszoon
• * 1.307

  Capt Ʋzeel slain.
• * 1.308

  The For•• of Margarita taken by Hen∣rickszoon.
• * 1.309

  Herickszoon dying, is suc∣ceeded by Adrian Ches∣zoon.
• * 1.310

  A strange kind of Ba∣boon.
• * 1.311

  The Hollan∣ders ill success before the Castle Del Mine.
• * 1.312

  Success of the Dutch against the Portu∣guese Fleet.
• * 1.313

  Thomas Sickes his Expedi∣tion.
• * 1.314

  Henrick Lu∣cifer set out by the West-India Com∣pany.
• * 1.315

  Peter Adri∣anszoon's Expedition.
• * 1.316

  Ʋitgeest's Ex∣ploits.
• * 1.317

  Peter Hein's Expedition.
• * 1.318

  He gives chace to the Spanish Plate-Fleet, & takes several of them.
• * 1.319

  The Expedi∣tion of Lucas Pol.
• * 1.320

  Adrian Pater his Expedi∣tion.
• * 1.321

  Hoorn's Ex∣pedition.
• * 1.322

  Henrick Lon∣que's Expedi∣tion.
• * 1.323

  Takes Olinda
• * 1.324

  Ita being set upon by the Enemy, e∣scapes very narrowly.
• * 1.325

  Great Sup∣plies sent to Brasile by the Netherland! West-India Company.
• * 1.326

  St. Martha taken by the Dutch.
• * 1.327

  The valiant Exploit of John Lich∣thart.
• * 1.328

  The Expedi∣tion of the Brown-Fish Frigat.
• * 1.329

  The Fort of Tamarica as∣saulted by the Dutch in vain.
• * 1.330

  Fight between the Dutch and Spanish Fleet.
• * 1.331

  Admiral Pa∣ter drown'd.
• * 1.332

  Two Tapuyan Kings offer their Service to the Hol∣landers.
• * 1.333

  Olinda deser∣ted and de∣molish'd by the Hollan∣ders.
• * 1.334

  Callenfels at∣tempts to take the Ci∣ty, but with∣out success.
• * 1.335

  The Expedi∣tion of Nek∣ker, Houte-been, and o∣thers.
• * 1.336

  The Mar∣quess Salinas murther'd for his Jewels
• * 1.337

  Walbeck's Ex∣ploits.
• * 1.338

  The Expedi∣tion of Mar∣tin Thyszoon and Stein Callenfels.
• * 1.339

  The City of Garasu sur∣pris'd by the Hollanders.
• * 1.340

  Description of Garasu.
• * 1.341

  The Hollan∣ders Coun∣cels betray'd to the Portu∣guese by Leo∣nard van Lom.
• * 1.342

  Schuppe and Lichthart take the Fort For∣mosa.
• * 1.343

  Articles be∣tween the West-India Company and the King of Spain
• * 1.344

  The Portu∣guese begin to fall off to the Hollan∣ders.
• * 1.345

  Jacob Huigen slain.
• * 1.346

  A notable Victory of Byma over Francisco Al∣meda.
• * 1.347

  Van Hoorn's Exploits.
• * 1.348

  Byma's bold Attempt.
• * 1.349

  Prizes taken by Smient and Lichthart.
• * 1.350

  Van Ceulen's Expedition.
• * 1.351

  Lichthart drives the Portuguese out of the Puntael.
• * 1.352

  They endea∣vor in vain to regain the Puntael.
• * 1.353

  Byma at∣tempts the taking of Real, but without suc∣cess.
• * 1.354

  Overtures of Peace from the Portu∣guese.
• * 1.355

  Ceulen and Gysseling re∣turn home.
• * 1.356

  Jandur's great Service to the Ne∣therlanders.
• * 1.357

  Ambassadors sent to con∣sult with him about carry∣ing on their Designs.
• * 1.358

  His Power, Enemies, and Allies.
• * 1.359

  The Fort Co∣nayou taken by Arcisseusky
• * 1.360

  The Fort Santa Mar∣gareta attem∣pted by the Hollanders.
• * 1.361

  The Fort Margareta taken by Schuppe.
• * 1.362

  The Fort An∣tonio taken by Lichthart.
• * 1.363

  The City Pa∣rayba desert∣ed by Bag∣nola.
• * 1.364

  Parayba, or Henrick-stadt describ'd.
• * 1.365

  Rebellino for∣ced to flye from place to place.
• * 1.366

  The Castle Real taken by Arcisseusky
• * 1.367

  Bagnola rou∣ted by Lich∣thart.
• * 1.368

  Porto Calvo surpris'd by Albuquerque.
• * 1.369

  A great Fleet of Spaniards appears be∣fore Reciffa.
• * 1.370

  Houte-been taken by Dunkirkers.
• * 1.371

  Borgia's Ar∣my defeated by Arcisseusky and himselt slain.
• * 1.372

  The Spani∣ards under Rebellino routed by Stackhower and Lichthart
• * 1.373

  Camaron put to flight by Arcisseusky.
• * 1.374

  Eyssens, slain in a great Fight with Rebellino.
• * 1.375

  Rebellino put to flight by Arcisseusky.
• * 1.376

  Several Pri∣zes taken by Houte-been after his Re∣leasement.
• * 1.377

  An unlucky Accident.
• * 1.378

  Grave Mau∣rice sent by the Ʋnited States to Go∣vern Brasile.
• * 1.379

  He is joyfully receiv'd at Reciffa.
• * 1.380

  He marches against the Portugueses.
• * 1.381

  Povacon ta∣ken by 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Hollanders.
• * 1.382

  Grave Mau∣rice begins his Govern∣ment with the making of good Laws
• * 1.383

  Isleos taken by Lichthart.
• * 1.384

  Colonel La∣tan slain.
• * 1.385

  The Brasili∣ans offer their assistance to the Dutch for the taking the Fort Siara.
• * 1.386

  The Fort ta∣ken by Garts∣man.
• * 1.387

  Grave Mau∣rice sets forth with a Fleet for the re∣taking of St. Salvador.
• * 1.388

  Grave Mau∣rice is forc'd to leave the Siege of St. Salvador.
• * 1.389

  Houte-been Engages the Spanish Fleet.
• * 1.390

  Arcisseueky Imp••aches Grave Mau∣rice and his Council.
• * 1.391

  Is sent back into Holland.
• * 1.392

  Several Judg∣ments con∣cerning him.
• * 1.393

  Coin sent Field-Mar∣shal in his stead.
• * 1.394

  A Spanish Fleet lies be∣fore St. Sal∣vador.
• * 1.395

  Cornelsizoon Loos with his small Power sets out to Engage the great Spanish Fleet.
• * 1.396

  Admiral Loos slain.
• * 1.397

  Huigens cha∣seth the Spa∣nish Fleet.
• * 1.398

  Alderick's va∣liant Exploit
• * 1.399

  The Spanish Fleet again put to flight by Huigens.
• * 1.400

  Cameron's Forces and Barbalio's put to flight by Coin.
• * 1.401

  Portugueses Plot against the Nether∣landers disco∣ver'd.
• * 1.402

  Capt. Brand taken Priso∣ner.
• * 1.403

  Coin unsuc∣cessfully Storms Spi∣rito Sancto.
• * 1.404

  Woods of Brasile set on fire by Peter Vist.
• * 1.405

  Hector de Calce taken P••isoner.
• * 1.406

  Grave Mau∣rice desir'd by the States and West-India Company to continue in his Govern∣ment of Bra∣sile.
• * 1.407

  Loando taken by Houte-been.
• * 1.408

  Description of the City.
• * 1.409

  Meneses in vain Expo∣stulates.
• * 1.410

  Great profit of the Negro-Trade.
• * 1.411

  The Isle of St. Thomas taken by Houte-been.
• * 1.412

  The Fort Cal∣varia taken by the Ma∣ragnans and others.
• * 1.413

  Grave Mau∣rice his De∣sign upon Buenos Aires di∣verted by Pi∣rez his taking of Pavaosa.
• * 1.414

  Description of the Pal∣mares.
• * 1.415

  Grave Mau∣rice counter-sollicited by Agents from the King of Congo and Duke of Sonho.
• * 1.416

  The Agents from Gongo, what kind of Men.
• * 1.417

  Meneses sur∣pris'd by Niewland af∣ter they were come to ternis of A∣greement.
• * 1.418

  Alvares de la Bento his Complaint to Grave Maurice of his Country∣men.
• * 1.419

  Grave Mau∣rice takes his leave of the several Go∣vernors in Brasile.
• * 1.420

  He leaves the Government and returns home.
• * 1.421

  Ill manage∣ment of Af∣fairs after Maurice his departure.
• * 1.422

  Viera's Trea∣chery.
• * 1.423

  A Plot a∣gainst the Netherlanders to be carry'd on by a Wed∣ding.
• * 1.424

  The Plot dis∣cover'd by some of the Conspirators
• * 1.425

  Viera flies in∣to the Wood.
• * 1.426

  Hoogenstraet ••••••t to Treat ••••ith Autonio Silva, is pri∣••••••ely tempt∣ed by him to deliver up the ••ort St. Au∣gustine.
• * 1.427

  Grave Mau∣rice his stately Palace demo∣••••h'd.
• * 1.428

  Bonavides ap∣pears with a great Fleet ••••fore Re∣ciffa, but pre∣••••••ds Friend∣••••p.
• * 1.429

  Serinhain, ta∣ken by Vidal and others.
• * 1.430

  The Fort St. Augustine treacherously surrendred by Hoogenstraet to the Portu∣guese.
• * 1.431

  Lichthart gains a noble Victory over the Portu∣guese Fleet.
• * 1.432

  Bouilloux put to Death by the Gover∣nor of Prayba.
• * 1.433

  The distres∣sed Conditi∣on of Reciffa.
• * 1.434

  The barbrous Cruelty of Vidal.
• * 1.435

  The Soldiers at Reciffa mutiny for want of Pro∣vision.
• * 1.436

  A new Fleet sent by the States to Brasile.
• * 1.437

  The Dutch Fleet set out for Brasile.
• * 1.438

  Garstman ••••'d and Disgrac'd up∣on King Da∣ry's Com∣plaint.
• * 1.439

  The Portu∣guese Invita∣tion prevails above the Netherlanders
• * 1.440

  Revolt of the Tapuyans.
• * 1.441

  The Fort of Rio Grande taken by Hinderson.
• * 1.442

  Capt. Mon∣tague over∣power'd by the Enemy, and slain.
• * 1.443

  Schuppe's Vi∣ctory on the Island Tape∣rica.
• * 1.444

  Lichthart's Death.
• * 1.445

  A pitiful Ex∣ample of a young Soldi∣ers Execu∣tion.
• * 1.446

  A notable Passage of a Portuguese, Executed for Treason.
• * 1.447

  Admiral Bankert gains a great Vi∣ctory over the Portu∣guese Fleet.
• * 1.448

  Marshal Hous arrives at Reciffa with a fresh Supply.
• * 1.449

  The Council of Reciffa sent over Messengers to represent the sad condi∣tion of the Place.
• * 1.450

  Bankert's Death and Character.
• * 1.451

  Overtures of Peace from the Portu∣guese resus'd by the Ne∣therlands.
• * 1.452

  Grave Mau∣rice his high Demands.
• * 1.453

  Angola and Loando taken by the Por∣tuguese.
• * 1.454

  Schuppe and Coche misera∣bly defeated as they were Besieging Gararapes.
• * 1.455

  De Wit re∣leas'd from Prison, justi∣fies his Re∣turn.
• * 1.456

  Schuppe, Haeks, and Schonenbergh, declare the Reasons of the loss of Reciffa.
• * 1.457

  They are try'd at a Council of War.
• * 1.458

  Their Pleas.
• * 1.459

  Schuppe con∣demn d at a Council of War to lose his Salary.
• * 1.460

  Articles of Peace be∣tween Portu∣gal and the Ʋnited Ne∣therlands.
• * 1.461

  The States of Groningen and others, disapprove the Peace with Portu∣gal, and con∣demn Schulenbergh.
• * 1.462

  The West-India Com∣panies Me∣morial deli∣ver'd in to the States.
• * 1.463

  The Customs and Manners of the Tapu∣yans.
• * 1.464

  Strange kind of Progno∣stication.
• * 1.465

  Their man∣ner of Wrest∣ling.
• * 1.466

  Their man∣ner Crow∣ning their Kings.
• * 1.467

  Their Opi∣nions concer∣ning the Soul.
• * 1.468

  King Janduy his u bu le Plot.
• * 1.469

  Their Arm••.
• * 1.470

  Their man∣ner of Fight∣ing.
• * 1.471

  Brasilians molested by an evil Spirit.
• * 1.472

  Diseases pe∣culiar to Bra∣sile.
• * 1.473

  Brasilians success in curing of se∣veral Di∣stempers by their know∣ledge in Herbs.
• * 1.474

  Their man∣ner of curing the Sick, and bewailing the Dead.
• * 1.475

  The fertility of Pernam∣buco.
• * 1.476

  Havens of Pern••mbuco.
• * 1.477

  Rivers.
• * 1.478

  Towns of Pernambuco:
• * 1.479

  Description of Maurice∣stadt.
• * 1.480

  Forts of Bra∣sile.
• * 1.481

  Grave Mau∣rice his stately Bridge over the River Biberibi.
• * 1.482

  Another o∣ver the River Capivaribi.
• * 1.483

  His Pleasure-house Bono∣vista,
• * 1.484

  Situation and Description of Guiana.
• * 1.485

  The Expedi∣tion of Orel∣lana.
• * 1.486

  He dies with Grief.
• * 1.487

  Sir Walter Raleigh sends Fisher to dis∣cover Cooshe∣bery Pro∣vince.
• * 1.488

  The Yayos.
• * 1.489

  The Marashe∣waccas.
• * 1.490

  The Harri∣thiahans.
• * 1.491

  Caribbeeans the Inhabi∣tants of Gui∣ana.
• * 1.492

  Rivers.
• * 1.493

  The Disco∣very of these Parts begun by Columbus.
• * 1.494

  Diego de Or∣das his Ex∣pedition.
• * 1.495

  The Expedi∣tion of Hiero∣nimo Ortall
• * 1.496

  Is follow'd by Herman∣des and o∣thers.
• * 1.497

  Berreo's Re∣lation of his Adventures to Sir Walter Raleigh.
• * 1.498

  Sir Walter Raleigh con∣demu'd for Treason.
• * 1.499

  He is Re∣priev'd and sent again to Guiana.
• * 1.500

  Raleigh upon Gundamor's Accusation Beheaded.
• * 1.501

  The tempe∣rature of the Air.
• * 1.502

  The Nature of the Inha∣bitants.
• * 1.503

  Their man∣ner of ••ight∣ing, Re••••gi∣on, &c.
• * 1.504

  Their Bread-Corn.
• * 1.505

  Birds.
• * 1.506

  Fise.
• * 1.507

  Vermin.
• * 1.508

  Strange kind of Scorpions.
• * 1.509

  Commodi∣ties of the Countrey.
• * 1.510

  Rio de las Amazones.
• * 1.511

  Wiapoco, or Guiana, pro∣perly so call'd
• * 1.512

  Orinoque,
• * 1.513

  Islands be∣longing to Guiana.
• * 1.514

  Situation and Description of Nova An∣dalusia.
• * 1.515

  Bounds and Description of Cumana.
• * 1.516

  Towns and Places of note.
• * 1.517

  Manners and Customs of the People.
• * 1.518

  Beasts.
• * 1.519

  Soto with all his Men de∣stroy••d by the Indians.
• * 1.520

  Hieronymo Ortall desert∣ed by his Men
• * 1.521

  The Death of Sedenno and Juan Fernandez.
• * 1.522

  Situation and Description of Venezuela.
• * 1.523

  Towns and principal Places of Ve∣nezuela.
• * 1.524

  The Expedi∣tion of Alfinger and Sayl∣tar to Vene∣zuela.
• * 1.525

  Alfinger's horrid Cru∣elties upon the Natives.
• * 1.526

  The Provin∣ces Paragoa∣na and Bari∣quicimeto.
• * 1.527

  Segovia built by Juan de Villegas.
• * 1.528

  The Natives of the Pro∣vince Bari∣quicemeto, their manner of Living.
• * 1.529

  Also of the Natives a∣bout Segovia
• * 1.530

  The Commo∣dities of the Countrey hereabouts.
• * 1.531

  The Province Xuruara.
• * 1.532

  Havens of Ve∣nezuela.
• * 1.533

  Islands and Promonto∣ries.
• * 1.534

  The Pearl-Fishing of Margareta.
• * 1.535

  The Nature of the Island of Cubagua.
• * 1.536

  The City No∣va Cadiz built there, but at length totally de∣serted.
• * 1.537

  Da Vern's Description of the Salt∣pans on A∣raya.
• * 1.538

  The Nether∣landers beaten out of their Salt-Trade here by the Spaniards.
• * 1.539

  The Isles Los Ladrones.
• * 1.540

  The Isles Fer∣nandinae.